department of electrical and electronics engineering (eee)

SREENIDHI INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (An Autonomous Institution)

DEPARTMENT OF

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (EEE)

Program objective:

B. Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering program emphasizes the fundamentals of electrical

& electronics in daily life.

The first two years of this program begins with a set of introductory courses, like Mathematics,

physics, English, computer languages (C, C++), circuits and networks, DC machines and introduction

to power systems which provide students with a firm foundation in mathematics, Electrical, as well as

communication skills. These courses include weekly labs in which students use state-of-the art

techniques and equipments to create solutions to interesting problems.

The last two years of study focuses on the concepts and techniques used in the design and

development of advanced systems in electrical and electronics. In addition, students choose from a

rich set of electives, which covers skills in demand. These advanced courses give broad opening for

research and help them to choose specialization in their higher studies. A generous allotment of open

electives allows students to learn foreign languages like French, German, Spanish; and it includes

computing with a business focus.

Students in this program pursue an inter-disciplinary course of study that combines strong foundation

in electrical and electronics with a focus on interdisciplinary areas. This program is designed for

students who seek to blend their abilities with skills in demand and skills specific to another domain

to solve problems in that domain.

Having completed this course, a student is prepared to work independently within a well structured

design frame work in the job and for higher studies.

VISION

To emerge as a premier center in Electrical & Electronics engaged in teaching, research and

consultancy with focus on human values and professional ethics.

MISSION

1. To empower the students and provide the academic environment to pursue and attain

competencies in their studies at undergraduate, post graduate and doctoral levels in Electrical

& Electronics Engineering.

2. To develop liaison with academia, R&D institutions and electrical industry for hands-on

training which enable the students to design and produce novel products for better service to

society.

3. To inculcate interpersonal skills, team work, leadership qualities and professional ethics in

students.

4. To enable the students to pursue higher studies and conduct research which will help them in

developing the qualities for life-long learning and for a successful professional career.

Program Educational Objectives of Electrical & Electronics Engineering

I. Graduates will have a strong foundation in fundamentals of mathematics, science, electrical &

electronics and basic engineering knowledge with abilities of problem analysis, design and

development of optimal solutions to engineering problems.

II. Applying the knowledge of theory using modern tools to solve the complex problems with

investigation shall produce the graduates who are professionally competent engineers to assess

societal, health, safety legal, environmental and sustainable issues by following the ethical

principles and makes them globally employable.

III. Ability to work effectively as an individual, team member or a leader or entrepreneur with

awareness of gender sensitization apart from good communication, project and finance

management skills.

IV. Encouraging the students to pursue higher studies in internationally reputed institutes thus

making them life-long learners.

Program Outcomes of EEE Department

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization of Electrical & Electronics Engineering to the

solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering

problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural

sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design

system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for

the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods in the area of Electrical & Electronics Engineering including design of experiments,

analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools available for Electrical & Electronics Engineering including prediction

and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions

in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms

of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in

diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive

clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one‘s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in

independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

SREENIDHI INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS)

B.Tech in Electrical & Electronics Engineering

Course structure for B. Tech I Year I Semester EEE (2018-19)

Sl.No Course code Name of the Course L T P C Max

Marks

CIE CIE

1. 7HC05 Engineering Physics 3 1 0 4 30 70

2. 7FC01 Problem solving using C 3 0 0 3 30 70

3. 7HC06 Engineering mathematics – I 3 1 0 4 30 70

4. 7BC02 Engineering Graphics & Design 1 0 4 3 30 70

5. 7HC02 English (Oral communication skills) 1 0 0 1 30 70

6 7HC20

(Mandatory)

Human Values and Professional Ethics

in Higher Studies

2 0 0 0 30 70

7 7HC65 Engineering Physics lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70

8 7FC71 Problem solving using C Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70

9 7HC62 English (Oral communication skills)

Lab

0 0 2 1 30 70

10 7A191 Technical Seminar - I 0 0 2 1 100 --

Total 11 2 14 20

Course structure for B.Tech I Year II Semester EEE (2018-19)

Sl.No Course Code Name of the Course L T P C Max Marks

CIE CIE

1. 7HC03 Chemistry 3 1 0 4 30 70

2. 7A201 Electrical Circuits and Networks-I 3 0 0 3 30 70

3. 7HC08 Engineering mathematics – II 3 1 0 4 30 70

4. 7BC01 Workshop/Manufacturing

practices(Theory)

1 0 0 1 30 70

5. 7HC63 Chemistry lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70

6. 7AC61 Electrical Circuits and Networks

Analysis Lab

0 0 2 1 30 70

7 7HC01 English ( Reading, Listening and

writing)

1 0 0 1 30 70

8 7BC61 Workshop/Manufacturing practices

Lab

0 0 3 1.5 30 70

9 7HC61 English (Reading, Listening and

writing) Lab

0 0 2 1 30 70

10 7A292 Technical Seminar - II 0 0 2 1 100 --

Total 11 2 12 19

II Year – I Semester S. No Subject

Code

Subject L T P/D C Max Marks

CIE SEE

1 7HC13 Transformation Techniques and

Numerical methods

2 --- --- 2 30 70

2 7C302 Digital Logic design 2 1 --- 3 30 70

3 7C301 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 --- --- 3 30 70

4 7A302 Electro Magnetic Fields 4 --- --- 4 30 70

5 7A303 Electrical machines – I 3 --- --- 3 30 70

6 7A304 Electrical Circuits & Networks – II 3 --- --- 3 30 70

7 7BC04 Elements of Mechanical Engineering 2 --- --- 2 30 70

8 7HC21 Environmental Science and Ecology 2 --- --- --- 30 70

9 7C371 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab --- --- 2 1 30 70

10 7A373 Electrical machines Lab – I --- --- 2 1 30 70

11 7A393 Technical Seminar - III --- --- 2 1 100 --

Total 23

II Year – II Semester S. No. Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7HC15 Probability Theory and Statistics 2 -- --- 2 30 70

2 7A405 Electrical machines – II 3 -- --- 3 30 70

3 7A406 Power system – I 3 -- --- 3 30 70

4 7AC07 Control systems 3 -- --- 3 30 70

5 7C405 Analog Circuits 3 -- --- 3 30 70

6 7ZC01 Management science and Financial

Accounting

2 -- --- 2 30 70

7 7A475 Control systems & Simulation Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

8 7C474 Analog Circuits Lab --- --- 2 1 30 70

9 7A494 Technical Seminar - IV --- --- 2 1 100 --

10 7A472 Comprehensive Viva - I --- --- -- 1 50 50

11 7HC21 Environmental Science and Ecology 2 -- -- -- 30 70

12 Summer Industry Internship - I Evaluated in III-year I-Semester

Total 20

III Year – I Semester

S. No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7CC16 Linear and Digital IC Applications 3 -- --- 3 30 70

2 7A508 Electrical machines – III 3 -- -- 3 30 70

3 7A509 Power electronics 3 -- -- 3 30 70

4 7A510 Power systems – II 3 -- -- 3 30 70

5 Open Elective – I 3 -- -- 3 30 70

6 Professional Elective - I 3 -- --- 3 30 70

7 7H576 Quantitative aptitude 1 -- -- 1 30 70

8 7CC81 Linear and Digital IC Applications Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

9 7A578 Power electronics & Simulation Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

10 Evaluation of Summer Industry Internship – I -- -- -- 1 30 70

11 7A595 Technical Seminar - V --- --- 2 1 100 --

Total 25

Open Elective – I Subject Code Name of the subject Stream

Java Programming Computer

Product and services TEP

Banking operations, Insurance and Risk Management Management

Basic German Language Foreign Language

SAP-I : SAP ABAP workbench fundamentals SAP

Indian Economy Civil Services

Professional Elective –I Subject Code Name of the subject Stream

Fundamentals of Signals And Systems Communications

Advanced Control systems Control systems

Special Electrical machines Machines

High Voltage Engineering Power systems

Switched Mode Power Conversion Power electronics

Computer Architecture Electronics

III Year – II Semester

S. No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers 3 -- -- 3 30 70

2 Switch gear and protection 4 -- --- 4 30 70

3 Measurements & Instrumentation 3 -- -- 3 30 70

4 Professional Elective -II 3 -- --- 3 30 70

5 Open Elective – II 3 -- --- 3 30 70

6 Soft skills --- -- 2 1 30 70

7 Logical reasoning -- -- 2 1 30 70

8 Electrical machines Lab – II -- -- 2 1 30 70

9 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

10 Group project --- --- 4 2 30 70

11 Comprehensive Viva - II --- --- --- 1 50 50

12 Summer Industry Internship – II (IOMP) To be evaluated in IV-year I-Sem

Total 25

Professional Elective –II Subject Code Name of the subject Stream

Renewable Energy Sources Power systems

Digital Signal processing Communications

Digital Control systems Control systems

VLSI Systems Electronics

Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles Power electronics/ Machines

Open Elective – II

Subject Code Name of the subject Stream

Data Base Systems Computer

Project management and Structured Finance TEP

General Management and Entrepreneurship Management

Basic French Language Foreign Language

SAP-II : SAP ABAP workbench concepts SAP

Indian Polity and Ecology Civil Services

SWAYAM MOOCS Course* *The department will identify the MOOCS Course from the available courses in SWAYAM

portal for the semester.

IV Year – I Semester

S.No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 Power systems Analysis and Control 3 1 -- 4 30 70

2 Power Semi Conductor Drives 3 1 --- 4 30 70

3 Utilization of Electrical energy 3 1 --- 4 30 70

4 Professional Elective -III 3 -- --- 3 30 70

5 Open Elective - III 3 -- -- 3 30 70

6 Project –I -- -- 4 2 30 70

7 Evaluation of Summer Industry Internship – II -- -- -- 1 30 70

8 Electrical workshop -- -- 2 1 30 70

9 Measurements & Instrumentation Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

Total 23

Professional Elective – III

Subject

Code Name of the subject

Stream

Electrical distribution Systems Power systems

Power quality and FACTS Power electronics

Optimal Control systems Control systems

Analog and Digital Communications Communications

Embedded systems Electronics

Open Elective – III Subject Code Name of the subject Stream

Fundamentals of Operating systems Computer

Innovation and Design Thinking TEP

Management

Basic Spanish Language Foreign Language

ERP SAP

Indian History Civil Services

IV Year – II Semester S.

No.

Subject

Code Subject L T P/D C

Max Marks

CIE SEE

1 Professional Elective – IV 3 -- -- 3 30 70

2 Professional Elective – V 3 -- -- 3 30 70

3 Project –II --- --- 10 5 50 150

Total 6 11 110 290

Professional Elective – IV

Professional Elective – V

L - Lectures; T - Tutorial; P/D - Practical / Drawing; C – Credit

Note: All End Examinations (Theory and Practical) are of Three hours duration.


Electrical machine Design Machines

Power system Reliability and Planning Power systems

Power system Deregulation Power systems

Reactive power Control & Management Control systems


Energy auditing and Maintaince Power systems

Programmable Logic Controllers Control systems

HVDC Transmission Systems Power electronics Digital Image Processing Communications

Real Time Operating systems Electronics

A b c d e f g h i j k l

X X X

Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester

Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE)

ENGINEERING PHYSICS

L T P C

Code: 7HC05 3 1 0 4

Course Objectives:

To know about the semiconductors, types, carrier concentration, Thermistor, Hall effect and also to understand the

concept of PN-junction, I-V Characteristics, LED, Solar Cell and Photo diode.

Explain about the Quantum Mechanics to understand wave particle duality, necessity of quantum mechanics to

explore the behavior of sub atomic particles. Schroedinger‘s Time Independent Wave Equation, Physical

Significance of the Wave Function – Application of Schroedinger wave equation.

To understand the basic concepts of normal light, Laser and its applications and to know about the fiber optics,

principle (TIR), Numerical Aperture, Types of optical Fibers, Step index and graded index Fibers, attenuation in

optical fibers. Applications: optical fiber communication system, fiber optic sensors, medical endoscopy.

To study the concepts of magnetism and superconductivity, Bohr magneton, Hysteresis nature, domain structure,

Meissner effect, types of superconductors, BCS theory and applications of superconductors.

To understand the concepts of dielectrics, polarizations and its types, internal fields, Clausius-Mossitti equation,

Frequency and temperature effect on dielectrics and its applications – Piezo-electricity, pyro-electricity and ferro-

electricity.

To discuss about the nano-technology, preparation techniques and characterization (XRD, SEM & TEM), CNTs

and to know about the fundamentals of radioactivity and its applications.

Unit:1

Semiconductors

Fermi Level in Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, calculation of carrier concentration of Intrinsic

and Extrinsic Semiconductors, Direct & Indirect Band Gap Semiconductors, Thermistor, Hall Effect

in semiconductors and applications.

Semiconductor devices

Formation of PN Junction and working of PN Junction, Energy Diagram of PN Diode, Diode equation

(Quantitative treatment), I-V Characteristics of PN Junction, Application - LED, Solar Cell and Photo

diode.

Unit:2

Wave nature of particles, Schroedinger equation and its application

Waves and Particles, de Broglie Hypothesis, Matter waves, Davisson and Germer‘s Experiment, G.P.

Thomson Experiment, Heisenberg‘s Uncertainty Principle, Schroedinger‘s Time Independent Wave

Equation – Physical Significance of the Wave Function – Application of Schroedinger wave equation

- Particle in One Dimensional Potential Box.

Unit:3

Lasers

Characteristics of LASER, Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission of Radiation, Meta-stable State,

Population Inversion, Lasing Action, Einstein‘s Coefficients and Relation between them and

significance, Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser, Semiconductor Diode Laser, Applications of Lasers.

Fiber optics

Introduction, Principle of Optical Fiber, Acceptance Angle and Acceptance Cone, Numerical

Aperture, Types of Optical Fibers, Step index and graded index Fibers Attenuation in Optical Fibers.

Applications: Optical Fiber communication system, Fiber Optic Sensors, Medical Endoscopy.

Unit:4

Magnetic and Superconducting materials

Permeability, Field Intensity, Magnetic Induction, Magnetization, Magnetic Susceptibility, Origin of

Magnetic Moment, Bohr Magneton. Hysteresis behavior of Ferro Magnetic materials based on

Domain theory. Hard and Soft Magnetic Materials, Properties of Anti-Ferro and Ferri Magnetic

Materials and their applications,

Super conductivity, effect of Magnetic Field, Critical current density, Meissner effect, Type-I and

Type-II superconductors, BCS theory, applications of

superconductors.

Unit:5

Dielectric materials and their properties

Electric Dipole, Dipole Moment, Dielectric Constant, Electric Susceptibility, Electronic and Ionic

polarizability (Quantitative) Orientation Polarization (Qualitative), Internal fields in Solids, Clausius -

Mossotti equation, Frequency and temperature effect on Dielectrics (Qualitative), Applications -

Piezo-electricity, Pyro-electricity and Ferro-electricity.

Unit:6

Nanotechnology

Origin of Nanotechnology, Nano Scale, Surface to Volume Ratio, Quantum Confinement, Bottom-up

Fabrication, Sol-gel, Precipitation, Chemical vapor Deposition(CVD); Top-down Fabrication;

Thermal evaporation, Ball Milling, Characterization of Nano materials (XRD&TEM), carbon nano

tubes(CNTs), Applications of Nano Materials.

Nuclear Energy: Radioactivity, Nuclear binding energy, Nuclear fission, Nuclear fusion, , β, γ rays

decay, Geiger-Muller counter and practical applications of nuclear physics.

Text Books:

1.B.K. Pandey & S. Chaturvedi Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning

2.D.K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, OXFORD university press.

Reference Books:

1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley Publisher

2. A.S. Vasudeva , Modern engineering Physics, S Chand

3. Dekker, Solid State Physics

4. Dr.M.N. Avadhanulu, Engineering Physics, S Chand

5. Dekker, Solid State Physics

6. Halliday and Resnick, Physics

7. S.O. Pillai, Solid State Physics

8. P K Palanisamy, Engineering Physics, Sitech Publications

9. A. Ghatak - Optics

Course Outcomes: After completing the course, students will be able to

Explain semiconductor behaviour, types, carrier concentration, Hall effect, Thermistor, demonstrate and analyze

semiconductor devices like a PN-junction, I-V characteristics, LED, solar cell, photo diode and their applications.

Differentiate the wave and particle, de-Broglie matter waves-its experimental evidence, Schroedinger’s wave

concept and its application for a particle in one dimension box.

Explain about emission, its types, laser principle, types, working and its applications and to reveals about TIR

principle, optical fiber-types and signal propagation, attenuation, communication system and applications of

optical fibers (sensors and medical endoscopy)

Reveals about the magnetism-its origin and types, Hysteresis, domain theory, Anti-ferro and ferri magnetism

superconductivity, experimental facts, theoretical analysis, types of superconductors and its applications.

Explain the basic concepts of dielectric materials, polarization and its types, local fields, frequency and

temperature effect on dielectrics and their applications (piezo, ferro and Pyro electricity).

Summarize nano & bulk concepts, surface to volume ratio, quantum confinement, CNTs and preparation methods

(physical & chemical), analysis the techniques like XRD, SEM, TEM and also to understand the radioactivity,

fusion & fission, alpha, beta and gamma rays decay and its applications.



PROBLEM SOLVING USING C

(Common to All Branches)

Code: 7FC01 L T P C

3 0 0 3 Course Outcomes: After completion of this course student will learn

1. To formulate simple algorithms for arithmetic, logical problems and to translate the algorithms to programs(in C

language)

2. To test and execute the programs and correct syntax and logical errors, to implement conditional branching,

iteration and recursion

3. To decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete program using divide and conquer approach.

4. To use arrays, pointers and structures to formulate algorithms and programs.

5. To apply Programming to solve matrix addition and multiplication problems and searching and sorting problems.

6. To apply Programming to solve simple numerical method problems, namely rot finding of function, differentiation

of function and simple integration.

UNIT I

Introduction to Programming: Introduction to components of a computer system (disks, memory,

processor, where a program is stored and executed, operating system, compilers etc.)

Idea of Algorithm: steps to solve logical and numerical problems. Representation of Algorithm:

Flowchart/Pseudocode with examples.

From algorithms to programs; source code, variables (with data types) variables and memory

locations, Syntax and Logical Errors in compilation, object and executable code

UNIT II

History of C language, Characteristics of C language, Structure of C Language, C Tokens

Arithmetic expressions, Operator Precedence & Associativity

Conditional Branching and Loops

Writing and evaluation of conditionals and consequent branching and Jumping Constructs

Pretest and Post test, Iteration and loops (3 lectures)

UNIT III

Function: Functions (including using built in libraries), Parameter passing in functions, call by value,

passing arrays to functions: idea of call by reference, Storage Classes

Recursion: Recursion, as a different way of solving problems. Example programs, such as Finding

Factorial, Fibonacci series, Ackerman function etc.

UNIT IV

Arrays: Arrays (1-D, 2-D), Character arrays Ragged Arrays and Dynamic Arrays

Basic Algorithms Searching, Basic Sorting Algorithms (Bubble, Insertion and Selection), Finding

roots of equations, notion of order of complexity through example programs (no formal definition

required) Quick sort or Merge sort.

UNIT V

Pointers Idea of pointers, Defining pointers, Use of Pointers in self-referential structures, notation of

linked list (no implementation) Dynamic Memory allocation Functions.

Strings: String Handling Functions.

UNIT VI

Structure: Structures, Defining structures and Array of Structures,

Nested Structures enum, typedef File handling (only if time is available, otherwise should be done as part of the lab)

File Handling Functions, File Modes, File Operations

Suggested Text Books

(i) Byron Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill

(ii) E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill Suggested

Reference Books

(i) Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C programming Language, Prentice Hall

of India

H: High M: Medium L: Low



ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -1

(Common to EEE, ECE, ME, CE)

L T P/D C

Code: 7HC06 3 1 0 4

Pre Requisites: Mathematics Knowledge at Pre-University Level

Course Objectives: To make the students to understand and expected to learn

1. Special functions such as Beta & Gamma functions and their properties, evaluation of improper

integrals and the applications of definite integrals.

2. Mean value theorems and their applications to the given functions, series expansions of a function.

3. To test the convergence of a series and expansion of a function in sine and cosine terms.

4. Basic concepts of multivariable differential calculus.

5. About the linear system and some analytical methods for solution.

6. Concept of Eigen values and Eigen vectors their properties and applications.

Module 1: Calculus

Evolutes and involutes; Beta and Gamma functions and their properties; Evaluation of improper

integrals, Applications of definite integrals to evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions.

Module 2: Calculus

Rolle‘s Theorem and Mean value theorems (Statements and Geometrical Interpretations if any);

Taylor‘s and Maclaurin‘s theorems with remainders (without proof); Taylor‘s and Maclaurin‘s series

expansion.

Module 3: Sequences and series

Convergence of sequence and series, tests for convergence; Power series. Fourier series, Half range

sine and cosine series, Parseval‘s theorem (without proof).

Module 4: Multivariable Calculus (Differentiation):

Limit, continuity and partial derivatives, total derivative; Maxima, minima and saddle points; Method

of Lagrange multipliers; Gradient, directional derivatives, Tangent plane; Concepts of divergence and

curl with physical significance.

Module 5: Matrices:

Inverse of a matrix by Gauss Jordan method, rank of a matrix; System of linear equations- Rank

method/Gauss Elimination method. Symmetric, skew-symmetric and orthogonal matrices;

Module 6: Matrices:

Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors; Cayley - Hamilton Theorem, Diagonalization of matrices and

Orthogonal transformation.

Text Books:

(i) R K Jain and S R K Iyengar Advanced Engineering mathematics, Narosa Publications.

(ii) Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th

Reprint, 2010.

a b c d e f g h i j k l

H M M L

Reference Books:

(i) Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

(ii) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering mathematics, Laxmi Publications,

Reprint, 2008.

(iii) B.S. Grewal, Elementary Engineering mathematics, Khanna Publishers

(iv) C Sankaraiah, A Text book of Engineering mathematics – I, VGS Book Links

(v) G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition, Pearson, Reprint,

2002.

(vi) Veerarajan T., Engineering mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

(vii) D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, Brooks/Cole, 2005.

(viii) Engineering mathematics, Ravish R.Singh, Mcgraw Hill Education.

Course Outcomes: After the course completion the students will be able to

1. Solve the problems using special functions; evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions.

2. Verify the mean value theorems and also express the given function in series form using Taylor’s

theorem.

3. Determine the convergence, divergence or oscillating nature of a series and express the function as

trigonometric series.

4. Compute the extreme values of a function defined with and without constraints.

5. Check the consistency or inconsistency of a linear system and ability to solve real time problems.

6. Calculate the Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a matrix and their application for orthogonal

transformation.



ENGINEERING GRAPHICS & DESIGN

Common to B.Tech I year I sem (EEE, ECE & ME) and II sem (CSE, ECE, IT & CE)

Code : 7BC02

L T P C

1 0 4 3

Course objectives:

1: To teach students the basic principles of Engineering graphics and instruments used

2: To introduce the concept of projections in drawing and its applications for simple drawing entities

3: To impart the knowledge of various types of solids and their projections in different position wrt

principle planes

4: To teach the concept of sections of solids and their applications

5: To develop a clear understanding of the basic principles involved in three dimensional Engineering

drawings.

6: To train the students for the extraction of multiple views from a solid model using AutoCAD

Course outcomes

After completing this course, the student will able to:

1) Get familiar to use the instruments to solve the engineering problem and draw various type of curves

used in engineering

2) Understand and Implement Orthographic projections and draw projections of simple drawing entities

such as points Lines, and Planes

3) Draw projections of different types of regular solids in various positions wrt principal planes of

projection

4) Draw Sections of various Solids including Cylinders, cones, prisms and pyramids and draw the

developments of these solids and their sections.

5) Construct Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections and Views and convert 3D views to 2D orthographic

views

6) Understand from basic sketching through 2D and 3-D solid modeling using computer aided design

(CAD) software

UNIT – I

Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Drawing Instruments and their uses, types of lines, Types and uses of

pencils, Lettering, Rules of dimensioning.

Curves used in Engineering Practice and their Constructions:

Conic Sections including Rectangular Hyperbola - General method, Cycloid, Epicyloid, and Involutes of circles.

UNIT – II

Orthographic Projection: Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions – First angle and third angle

projections (however all drawing exercises must be in first angle only) - Projection of Points, Lines - Inclined to

both planes, Projections of regular Plane, inclined planes - Auxiliary views.

UNIT – III

Projections of Regular Solids: Projections of Regular Solids: Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids, Cones – Axis

inclined to both planes, Auxiliary views.

UNIT – IV

Sections and sectional views of Solids: Sections and Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism,

Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views.

Development of Surfaces: Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids,

Cones and their sections.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M

UNIT – V

Isometric Projections/views: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric Views –

Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane, Simple Solids. Conversion of isometric views to orthographic

views.

UNIT –VI

Overview of Computer Graphics : Demonstrating features of the CAD software - The Menu System,

Toolbars, , Dialog boxes and windows, Drawing entities - lines, circles, arcs etc and editing commands,

Dimensioning of objects,2D drawings-simple exercises , 3D wire-frame and shaded solids- Commands, Boolean

operations.

Text/Reference Books:

(i) Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. & Ingle P.R., (2014), Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House

(ii) Shah, M.B. & Rana B.C. (2008), Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics, Pearson Education

(iii) Agrawal B. & Agrawal C. M. (2012), Engineering Graphics, TMH Publication

(iv) Narayana, K.L. & P Kannaiah (2008), Text book on Engineering Drawing, Scitech Publishers

(v) AUTOCAD Software Theory and User Manuals


X X X X



ENGLISH - Oral communication skills Common to I Year I Semester (ECE, EEE and MECH) and II Semester (ECM, CSE, IT and Civil)

Code: 7HC02 L T P C

1 0 0 1 Course Objectives : The course will develop the students’ ability to

- integrate listening and speaking skills

- communicate effectively

- speak effectively on a given topic

- master the art of presentation

- interact with peers in a group discussion

- get exposed to face interviews

Course Outcomes : After completing the course students will be able to

- understand, analyze and respond to the audience by listening effectively

- acquire the articulation of different types of sentences by practicing pause patterns

and question tags.

- translate and demonstrate self, participate effectively in activities like JAM,

extempore

- express and deliver a presentation on the given topic through role plays and

situational dialogues

- implement English language to meet the standards of corporate and real world in a

group.

- present and communicate effectively by facing mock interviews by experts from

industry and academy. Unit-I: Listening Skills

1.1 Integrating Listening, Reading and Speaking

1.2 Introduction Integrated Speaking Skills

Unit-II: Oral communication skills -I 2.1 Types of Sentences – Assertive, Interrogative, Imperative and Exclamatory

2.2 Difference between Pauses, Gaps

2.3 Question Tags

2.4 Introduction and Greetings

2.5 Asking and Giving Directions

Unit-III: Oral communication skills -II

3.1 Speaking on a particular topic

3.2 Content development using cohesive devices

3.3 Common Errors in Spoken English

Unit-IV: Presentation skills

4.1 Introduction to Presentation Skills

4.2 Role Plays & Situational Dialogues

Unit-V: Group Discussion

5.1 Importance of Group Discussion

5.2 Do‘s and Don‘ts of Group Discussion

Unit-VI: Interview Skills

6.1 Introduction to Interview Skills

6.2 Types of Interviews

6.3 Pre-Interview Preparation

6.4 Interview Etiquette (Non-Verbal)

Suggested Readings:

(i) Step by step learning language and life skills by Niruparani, Jayasree Mohanraj, Indira, Sailakshmi

Pearson Publishers

(ii) Communication skills for technical students by TM Farhathullah, Orient Black swan Publications

(iii) English for technical Communication by K.R. Lakshmi Narayan , Scitech Publications

(iv) Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

(v) Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford University Press. 2011.

(vi) Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University Press

a b c d e F G h i j k l

X X X X



HUMAN VALUES AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS IN HIGHER EDUCATION Common to All Branches

L T P C Code: 7HC20 3 - - -

Orientation Programme for First Year B.Tech Students Syllabus

Course Duration: Three Weeks Evaluation: Is done based on the Grading. Course Objectives This introductory course input is intended

1. To help the students appreciate the essential 'VALUES' and 'SKILLS' to ensure sustained happiness and

prosperity, which are the core aspirations of all human beings.

2. To facilitate the development of a Holistic perspective among students towards life and profession as well as

towards happiness and prosperity based on a correct understanding of the Human reality and the rest of

Existence. Such a holistic perspective forms the basis of Universal Human Values and movement towards

value-based living in a natural way.

3. To highlight plausible implications of such a Holistic understanding in terms of ethical human conduct,

trustful and mutually fulfilling human behavior and mutually enriching interaction with Nature. Thus, this

course is intended to provide a much needed orientational input in value education to the young enquiring

minds.

Course Outcomes: Student will be able to:

1. Learns Being a human, understands human values and purpose of education

2. Understands the importance of different harmony levels needed.

3. Understand self and being in the current moment are the sources of happiness.

4. Improves Learning capabilities and communication skills.

5. Understands and appreciate the importance of personality development and yoga for a holistic life.

6. Understands the essence of Morals, Ethics, Values and Social responsibilities for successful life.

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN VALUES: The current status of an individual, at the level of

Individual, Family, Society and Nature. Basis of Human Beings‘ Conduct, Desire – Aim, Objective and

Purpose. Rationale of Success. Role of Education - Sanskar. Definition of Human aspiration, Human Conduct,

Human Being – Physical Facility and Relationships, Right Understanding for Human Being, Achievement of

Prosperity.

UNIT – II: HARMONY AND HUMAN BEING: Understanding the co-existence of human being, Different

Harmony levels –Harmony in the Human Being, Harmony in the Family, Harmony in the Society and Harmony

in Nature / Existence. Understanding the Relationships, Harmony in the Family, Feelings in Relationship: Trust,

Respect, Affection, Care Guidance, Reverence, Glory, Gratitude and Love.

UNIT – III: THE CYCLE OF HAPPINESS: Meaning of Happiness and Unhappiness, Sources of Happiness,

Self Investigation, Five Dimensions of Human order – Education, Health, Production, Justice and Exchange.

Harmony at the Individual Level and Family level, Concerns at Individual, Family and Nature level. Different

approach of People behavior – Active, Reactive and Proactive. Resource depletion, Global Warming, Pollution,

Harmony in Nature.

UNIT – IV: IMPROVING LEARNING CAPABILITIES: Principles of learning, Study skills and E-

Learning, Listening skills, Soft skills and Employability skills, Effective Reading and Reviewing, Reading

Comprehension, Textbook Reading strategies, Effective Communication in English, Test taking strategies.

UNIT – V: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT: Self Development, Goal Setting, Motivation, Time

Management, Positive Attitude, Building Self Confidence, Decision Making, The Discovery Wheel, Some

attributes of a good personality, Memory management, Interpersonal Skills, Importance of Yoga and

Meditation.

UNIT – VI: ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF STUDENTS: Responsibilities of the students in

shaping themselves, Effective and Successful Habits, Difference between studying in a Professional college and

High school / Junior college, Characteristics of a Successful Student, Morals, Ethics and Values, Some tips to

students to do well in B.tech program and also later in Professional Career.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Improving Learning Capabilities and Personality Development – Manual prepared by SNIST for private

circulation

a b c d e F G h i j k l

X X



ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB

Common to I-Year I-Sem (EEE & ECE) and II-Sem (CSE, IT & ECM)

L T P C

Code: 7HC65 - - 3 1.5

Course Objectives:

To study the concepts (numerical aperture) of a optical fiber,

To explain about magnetic induction, Biot-Savart principle.

To discuss the energy gap (Eg) of a semiconductor diode.

To understand the rigidity modulus, periodicity.

Understand the concept of photo electric effect using photo voltaic cell.

To understand about the ionizing radiation by using the Geiger–Muller counter.

Discuss the dispersive power of prism-minimum deviation method.

Explain the formation of Newton’s rings-interference

Study the frequency of AC mains using Sonometer.

To study the LED characteristics and forward resistance

Explaining about the electrical resonance by using the LCR circuit

To know the time constant of RC circuit

List of Experiments

1. Determination of a Numerical Aperture (NA) of an optical fiber – Fiber optics.

2. Determination of magnetic induction flux density along the axis of a current carrying circular coil

using Stewart and Gee‘s experiment - Magnetism.

3. Determination of the energy gap (Eg) of a given semiconductor-Temperature/semiconductor

4. Determination of rigidity modulus of a given wire material using the Torsional pendulum -

Vibrations

5. Determination the Planck‘s constant using the photo voltaic cell - Photo voltaic cell

6. Studying the characteristics of Geiger–Muller counter and verifying the inverse square law -

Nuclear physics

7. Calculation of dispersive power of a given material of prism by using Spectrometer in minimum

deviation method - Light.

8. Determination of wavelength of a monochromatic light source by using Newton‘s rings

experiment - Light

9. Calculating the frequency of AC supply by using the Sonometer – Electromagnetic/ Electrical

10. Studying the characteristics and calculating the forward resistance of a LED –

Semiconductor/devices.

11. Study of series and parallel resonance of an LCR circuit – Electrical devices

12. Determination of time constant of an RC-circuit – Electrical/ Electronics NOTE: Any TEN of the above experiments are to be conducted.

Course Outcomes:

After completing the experiment, students will be able to

Analyze the concepts of fiber optics, fundamentals, numerical aperture its importance, attenuation in

fiber and applications.

Understand and search to apply the fundamentals of magnetic induction, Ampere’s law, Oersted’s law

and the Biot-Savart law.

Analyze the concept a semiconductors, types, calculation of energy gap of a semiconductor diode and

importance.

Summarize the fundamentals of modulus-types, stress, strain, elasticity, plasticity and Hook’s law.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ionizing_radiation

Understand the concepts of photo electric effect, importance, photo current, colour filters, optical

sensors (photo voltaic cell).

Understand the concept of radiation, ionizing radiation, radiological protection and inverse square

law.

Know about the light properties-dispersion, prism, spectrometer and minimum deviation arrangement.

Understand the concepts of interference, conditions, formation of Newton’s rings-reason.

Know the difference between AC and DC fundamentals, magnetostriction, resonance, air column

vibrations.

Analyze the difference between normal diode, LED, forward bias, reverse bias, I-V characteristics,

direct and indirect band gap semiconductors.

Analyze the LCR circuit combination, parallel, series electrical resonance, inductance, reactance,

capacitance and electrical and electronic fundamentals.

Characterize the RC network, time constant, capacitor functioning and its application.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radiological_protection



PROBLEM SOLVING USING C LAB

(Common to All Branches)

Code: 7FC71 L T P C

0 0 3 1.5 Course Outcomes: After completion of this course student will learn

1. To formulate the algorithms for simple problems

2. To translate given algorithms to a working and correct program

3. To be able to correct syntax errors as reported by the compilers

4. To be able to identify and correct logical errors encountered at run time

5. To be able to write iterative as well as recursive programs

6. To be able to represent data in arrays, strings and structures and manipulate them through a program

7. To be able to declare pointers of different types and use them in defining self referential structures.

8. To be able to create, read and write to and from simple text files. [The laboratory should be preceded or followed by a tutorial to explain the approach or algorithm to be

implemented for the problem given]

1. Unit I (Cycle 1)

1. Write an algorithm for converting a given Celsius temperature to its equivalent Fahrenheit

temperature and draw a flowchart.

2. Write an algorithm to find the largest of three given numbers and draw a flowchart.

3. Write an algorithm and draw a flowchart for finding the roots and nature of roots of a

quadratic equation, given its coefficients.

4. Write an algorithm and flowchart for finding the first n Fibonacci numbers, give n.

2. Unit II (Cycle 2)

1. Write an algorithm, flowchart, and C program for:

2. Finding the area and circumference of a circle of given radius.

3. Finding the volume of a sphere of given radius.

4. Finding the lateral surface area of a right circular cone of given base radius and height.

5. Finding selling price of an item, given its cost price and profit percent.

6. Finding the interest on a given principal for a given period of time at a given rate of per year.

7. Write a C program to display all the sizes of data types in C.

8. Write a C program to display a given decimal integer into an equivalent octal number and

hexadecimal number using %o and %x in printf function.


1. Write a C program to find the roots and nature of the roots of a quadratic equation, given its

coefficients.

2. Write a C program for finding the largest of three given numbers.

3. A salesman gets a commission of 5% on the sales he makes if his sales is below Rs.5000/-

and a commission of 8% on the sales that exceeds Rs.5000/- together with Rs.250/-. Write

an algorithm or a flowchart and develop C program for computing the commission of the

salesman, given his sales.

4. Unit III (Cycle 4)

1. Write three C programs to print a multiplication table for a given number using while, do-

while, and for loops.

2. Write a C program to compute the sum of:

3. 1+x+x2+x

3+………….+x

n, given x and n.

4. 1! + 2! + 3! + . . . + n!, given n.

5. 1 – x2/2! + x

4/4! – x

6/6! + x

8/8! – x

10/10! + … to n terms where the n

th term becomes less than

0.0001.


1. Write a C program in the menu driven style to perform the operations +, -, *, /, % between

two given integers.

2. Write a C program to find the largest and the least of some numbers given by the user.

3. Write a C program to find the sum of the digits of a positive integer.


1. Write C functions for the following:

a) A function that takes an integer n as argument and returns 1 if it is a prime number and

0 otherwise.

b) A function that takes a real number x and a positive integer n as arguments and returns

xn.

c) A function that takes a positive integer n as an argument and returns the nth Fibonacci

number.

2. Using recursion write C functions for the following:

a) Factorial of a non-negative integer n.

b) Number of combinations of n things taken r at a time.

c) Greatest Common Divisor of two integers.

d) Least Common Multiple of two integers.


a) Write a menu driven style program to compute the above functions (cycle 6) on the

choice of the function given by the user.

b) Define macros for the following and use them to find sum of the squares of the

minimum and maximum of two given numbers.

1. Larger of two numbers.

2. Smaller of two numbers.

3. Sum of the squares of two numbers.

c) Write a program to generate Pascal‘s triangle.

d) Write a program to count the number of letters, words, and lines in a given text.

8. Unit IV (Cycle 8)

1. Write a program to store the numbers given by the user in an array, and then to find the mean,

deviations of the given values from the mean, and variance.

2. Write a C program to initially store user given numbers in an array, display them and then to

insert a given number at a given location and to delete a number at a given location.

3. Write a program to store user given numbers in an array and find the locations of minimum

and maximum values in the array and swap them and display the resulting array.


1. Write a C program to implement the operations of matrices – addition, subtraction,

multiplication.

2. Write a program to find whether a given matrix is symmetric, lower triangular, upper

triangular, diagonal, scalar, or unit matrix.

10. Unit V (Cycle 10)

1. Write a function to swap two numbers.

2. Write a function to compute area and circumference of a circle, having area and

circumference as pointer arguments and radius as an ordinary argument.

11. Unit VI (Cycle 11)

1. Define a structure for complex number. Write functions on complex numbers (addition,

subtraction, absolute value, multiplication, division, complex conjugate) and implement them

in a menu driven style.

2. Define a structure point. Write a program to find the distance between two points.

3. Define a structure student having members roll no., name, class, section, marks. Create an

array of 10 students give the data and find the average marks, section-wise.


1. Write a program to:

a) Create a file by the name given by the user or by command line argument and add the text

given by the user to that file.

b) Open the file created above and display the contents of the file.

c) Copy a file into some other file, file names given by the user or by command line

arguments.

d) Append a user mentioned file to another file.

e) Reverse the first n characters of a file.


X X X X



ENGLISH LAB (Oral communication skills) Common to I Year I Semester (ECE, EEE and MECH) & II Semester (ECM, CSE, IT and Civil)

Course code: 7HC62 L T P C

0 0 2 1 Course Objectives: The course will develop the students’ ability to

- integrate listening and speaking skills

- communicate effectively

- speak effectively on a given topic

- master the art of presentation

- interact with peers in a group discussion

- get exposed to face interviews

Course Outcomes: After completing the course students will be able to

- understand, analyze and respond to the audience by listening effectively

- acquire the articulation of different types of sentences by practicing pause patterns and

question tags.

- translate and demonstrate self, participate effectively in activities like JAM, extempore

- express and deliver a presentation on the given topic through role plays and situational

dialogues

- implement English language to meet the standards of corporate and real world in a group.

- present and communicate effectively by facing mock interviews by experts from industry and

academy. Unit-I : Practice sessions on

Listen & Speak

Listen, Read, and Speak

Unit-II: Practice sessions on

Articulation of types of Sentences

Question Tags

Introduction and greeting

Asking for and Giving

Directions

Unit-III: Practice sessions on

JAM/Extempore/

Impromptu

Prepared talk on given topics

Unit-IV: Practice sessions on

Formal Presentation

Role Plays & Situational Dialogues

Unit-V : Practice sessions on

Group Discussion

Unit-VI: Practice sessions on

Mock Interviews

Suggested Readings:

(i) Step by step learning language and life skills by Niruparani, Jayasree Mohanraj, Indira, Sailakshmi Pearson

Publishers

(ii) Communication skills for technical students by TM Farhathullah, Orient Black swan Publications

(iii) English for technical Communication by K.R. Lakshmi Narayan , Scitech Publications

(iv) Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

(v) Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford University Press. 2011.

(vi) Exercises in Spoken English. Parts. I-III. CIEFL, Hyderabad. Oxford University Press


x x x



TECHNICAL SEMINAR -I

Code: 7A191

Course Objectives:

To make the student to learn:

i. To have good communication skill

ii. To have good presentation skill

iii. To independent learning

Course Outcomes:

Students are able to understand about conventional and non conventional Power Plants

i. Students are able to understand basics of electrical protection

ii. Students are able to understand about home appliances

iii. Students are able to understand overview of power system

Topics for Technical Seminar

1. Basic knowledge about Hydro Power Plants

2. Basic knowledge about Thermal Power Plant

3. Basic knowledge about nuclear Power Plant

4. Knowledge about common protection devices like Fuse, HRC Fuse, MCB.

5. Basic knowledge about solar Power Plant.

6. Basic knowledge about Wind mill Power Plant.

7. Basic working knowledge Captive Power generation and its types of sources

8. Knowledge on working principle about home applications like Fan, Wet grinder, Mixer grinder, Fluorescent

Lamp, Motor pump, Refrigerator, Air conditioner.

Procedure

1. Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of technical Seminar in the first two sessions and

enlighten the students on the utility of these Seminars.

2. The slots, titles shall be decided upfront and Seminar in charge shall take signatures.

3. The same sheet shall be affixed in the respective classrooms and Seminar register.

4. If any student fails to present his/her Seminar on the given slot, to genuine reasons, they may be asked

to present in the subsequent slot/week.

5. Progress of the Seminars need to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days.

6. The evaluation for technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the classrooms.

7. Report and presentation must contain topic, introduction, explanation, diagrams, tables, applications

and conclusions.

Distribution of marks

There shall be a Technical Paper writing and Seminar evaluated for 100 marks in First Year First Semester. The

evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:

Literature survey, topic and Content : 10 marks

Presentation including PPT : 15 marks

Seminar Notes : 10 marks

Interaction : 5 marks

Report : 10 marks

Attendance in the Seminar class : 10 marks

Punctuality in giving Seminar as per schedule time and date : 10 marks

Mid semester viva (on the Seminar topics completed up to the

end of 9th week : 10 marks

End semester Viva : 20 marks

_________

Total 100 marks

L T P C

- - 2 1


X X X



CHEMISTRY

(Common to EEE, ME, ECE)

Code: 7HC03

Course Objectives:

1. To understand microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic and molecular orbitals

2. To learn the preparation and applications of commercial and conducting polymers and lubricant

materials

3. To learn the industrial problems caused by water and municipal water treatment

4. To acquire knowledge about different types of batteries and their working mechanism

5. To develop the concepts and types of corrosion and the factors influence corrosion and to understand

the control methods and protective coatings for metals

6. To learn the chemical reactions of drugs that are used in the synthesis of drug molecules

UNIT – I: ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR STRUCTURE (6L)

Molecular orbitals of diatomic molecules and plots of the multicentre orbitals. Equations for atomic and

molecular orbitals. Energy level diagrams of diatomics. Pi-molecular orbitals of butadiene and benzene and

aromaticity. Crystal field theory and the energy level diagrams for transition metal ions and their magnetic

properties. Band structure of solids and the role of doping on band structures.

UNIT – II: ENGINEERING MATERIALS (8L)

Plastics – Thermosetting and Thermoplastics, preparation, properties and engineering applications of plastics:

PVC, Teflon, Bakelite. Fibers: Nylon 6,6 and Dacron.

Rubbers – natural and artificial rubber, vulcanization of natural rubber, Buna-S, Buna-N and their engineering

applications.

Lubricants

Definition, classification and function of lubricants, Types of lubrication and mechanisms – Thick Film or

Hydrodynamic Lubrication, Thin Film or Boundary Lubrication, Extreme Pressure Lubrication. Classification

and properties of lubricants – Viscosity, flash and fire point, cloud and pour point and acid value. Engineering

applications:

UNIT - III: WATER TECHNOLOGY (8L)

(a) Introduction:- Hardness of water – types of hardness (temporary and permanent), calculation of hardness-

Numerical problems. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA Method.

(b) Water for Industrial purpose: Food, sugar, textile, paper and pharma industries, water for steam making

characteristics of boiler feed water, boiler troubles- scale and sludge & Carry over (priming

&foaming),boiler corrosion, caustic embrittlement.

(c) Water Treatment: Internal conditioning- phosphate, carbonate & calgon conditioning. External Treatment:

Ion-exchange process. Desalination-reverse osmosis. Municipal water treatment-sedimentation,

coagulation, filtration, disinfection-chlorination, ozonization. Engineering applications: Methodology

and working of mineral water plant for drinking purpose.

UNIT – IV: ELECTROCHEMISTRY (8L)

Conductance – conductors (metallic and electrolytic), types of conductance – specific, equivalent and molar

conductance – effect of dilution on conductance.

Free energy and emf, cell potentials, electrode potential (oxidation and reduction). Types of electrodes - redox

electrode (quinhydrode electrode), metal – metal insoluble salt electrode and Ion selective electrode.

Cell notation and cell reaction –Nernst equation and applications. Engineering Applications: Batteries : Types

of batteries

(a) Primary batteries – Lechalanche cell (dry cell), Lithium cell

(b) Secondary batteries(Accumulators) – Lead acid battery, Lithium-ion battery

L T P C

3 1 0 4

(c) Fuel cells- H2 – O2 fuel cell and MeOH-O2 fuel cell-advantages and applications.

Engineering applications – future water powered car, Hydrogen production and storage.

UNIT - V: CORROSION AND ITS PREVENTION (7L)

Corrosion – basic concepts –types of corrosion, chemical, electrochemical corrosion (absorption of O2 and

evolution of H2). Types of electrochemical corrosion – galvanic corrosion, pitting corrosion- factors affecting

the rate of corrosion.

Cathodic protection – sacrificial anodic protection and impressed current cathodic protection method.

Methods of metallic coatings-hot dipping (tinning and galvanizing), metal cladding (Al cladding),

electroplating (copper plating) and electroless plating (nickel plating).

UNIT-VI: ORGANIC REACTIONS AND DRUG MOLECULES (5L)

Introduction : reactions involving substitution(SN1, SN2 ) addition to double bond(C=C), elimination(E

1 and E

2),

oxidation (using KMnO4, CrO3), reduction (Hydrogenation by Ni/H2, Pd/C)

Drugs : Definition, classification structure and applications of commonly used drug molecules- paracetamol,

aspirin, ibuprofen and diphenhydramine (Benadryl)

Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules: Electronic spectroscopy. Fluorescence and its applications in

medicine. Vibrational and rotational spectroscopy of diatomic molecules-Applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Chemistry: by Jain & Jain ,Dhanapathrai Publications (2015)

2. Engineering Chemistry: by Thirumala Chary & Laxminarayana, Scitech Publications (2016)

3. Engineering Chemistry: by & B.Rama Devi, Prsanta Rath & Ch. Venkata Ramana Reddy, Cengage

Publications (2016)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy by C. N. Banwell

2. Drugs by David Krupadanam- Universities Press

3. University chemistry by B. H. Mahan

4. Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane

5. Organic Chemistry: Structure and Function by K. P. C. Volhardt and N. E. Schore, 5th Edition

http://bcs.whfreeman.com/vollhardtschore5e/default.asp

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand and analyse microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic orbitals, molecular orbitals and

intermolecular forces.

2. Identify and differentiate conductivity of polymers, thermoplastic, thermosetting plastics and various

lubricants.

3. Recognize and select the domestic and industrial problems caused by hard water and also learn about

the municipal water treatment using various methods.

4. Understand and interpret the important fundamental concepts of electrochemistry and solve the

problems related to batteries.

5. Differentiate the types of corrosion and methods used to prevent the corrosion.

6. Learn and implement synthesis of drug molecules and learn fundamentals of analytical techniques like

electronic, vibrational and rotational spectroscopy.


x x x



ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS – I

Code: 7A201

Course Objectives :

To make the students to understand:

1. The fundamentals of the basic elements and their application in electrical circuits.

2. The importance of network topology in analysis of electrical networks.

3. The basic concepts of magnetic circuits and their applications.

4. The concept of single phase circuits and their analysis.

5. The significance of resonance and its use

6. Verify the network theorem and their application in electrical networks.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of the course work the student will be able to

1. Apply Kirchhoff’s laws for solving electrical circuits.

2. Draw the network graph and solve the problems of electrical networks.

3. Analyze and solve the problems of composite magnetic circuits.

4. Understand the basic concepts of single phase AC circuits and ability to solve the problems related to

steady state analysis.

5. Compute for parameters like Q factor and bandwidth for resonance circuits.

6. Apply and solve the problem associated with electrical networks using network theorems

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS:

Circuit concept, R – L – C parameters, Voltage and current sources, Independent and dependent

sources, Source transformation, Kirchhoff‘s Laws, Network reduction techniques, Series, Parallel,

Series - parallel, Star – to – delta and Delta – to – star transformation, Mesh analysis, Nodal analysis,

Concept of super mesh and super node. Voltage current relationship for passive elements (for

different input signals – square, ramp, saw tooth, triangular)

UNIT – II: NETWORK TOPOLOGY:

Definitions, Graph, Tree, Basic cut-set and basic tie-set matrices for planar networks, Loop and Nodal

methods of analysis of Networks using graph theory, Duality & dual networks

UNIT – III: MAGNETIC CIRCUITS:

Basic terms in Magnetic Circuits, Comparison between electric and magnetic circuits, Composite

magnetic circuit, Analysis of series, parallel magnetic circuits, Faraday‘s Laws of electromagnetic

induction, Concept of self and mutual inductance, Dot convention, Co-efficient of coupling.

UNIT - IV: SINGLE PHASE A.C. CIRCUITS:

R.M.S. and Average values, Form factor for different periodic wave forms, j Notation, Complex and

polar forms of representation, Steady state analysis of R,L,C circuits (in series, parallel and series

parallel combinations) with sinusoidal excitation, Concept of Reactance, Impedance, Susceptance and

Admittance, Phase angle, Concept of power factor, Real, Reactive powers and Complex power.

UNIT – V: LOCUS DIAGRAMS & RESONANCE:

Locus diagrams of R-L, R-C circuits with variation of various parameters (series and parallel),

Resonance in series, parallel circuits, Concept of band width and Q factor.

L T P C

3 - - 3

UNIT – VI: NETWORK THEOREMS:

Tellegen‘s, Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevenin‘s, Norton‘s, Maximum Power transfer, Millman‘s

and Compensation theorems with D.C.& A.C. excitations.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6th

edition.

2. Circuits & Networks - A.Sudhakar and Shyamamohan S.Palli, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3rd

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Network Analysis - M.E. Vanvalkenberg, Printice Hall of India, 3rd edition

2. Circuit theory (Analysis & Synthesis) - A.Chakravarthy, Dhanpath Rai & Co., 6th

edition.

3. Circuits & Networks – M.S. Sukhija, T.K. Nagasarkar, Oxford University Press, 2nd

edition.




ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS -II

(Common to EEE, ECE, ME, CE)

L T P/D C

Code: 7HC08 3 1 0 4

Pre Requisites: Engineering mathematics-I

Course Objectives: To make the students to understand and expected to learn

1. Multiple integration and its applications also acquire knowledge on curvilinear coordinate system.

2. Various analytical methods to solve first order first degree and also the equations not of first degree

ordinary differential equations.

3. Methods to solve higher order ordinary differential equations.

4. Series solution of second order ordinary differential equations with variable coefficients.

5. Basic concepts of Complex Analysis and conformal mapping and their properties.

6. Series expansion of a function using Taylor’s and Laurent’s series. Evaluation of definite integrals and

improper integrals.

UNIT 1: MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS (INTEGRATION):

Multiple Integration: Double integrals (Cartesian), change of order of integration in double integrals,

Change of variables (Cartesian to polar), Applications: areas and volumes, Center of mass and

Gravity (constant and variable densities); Triple integrals (Cartesian), Introduction to orthogonal

curvilinear coordinates, Simple applications involving cubes; Scalar line integrals, vector line

integrals, scalar surface integrals, vector surface integrals, Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes

(without proofs).

UNIT 2: FIRST ORDER ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS:

Exact, linear and Bernoulli‘s equations; Equations not of first degree: equations solvable for p,

equations solvable for y, equations solvable for x and Clairaut‘s type.

UNIT 3: ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF HIGHER ORDERS:

Higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients, method of variation of

parameters, Cauchy-Euler equation;

UNIT 4: SERIES SOLUTIONS TO SECOND ORDER ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL

EQUATIONS:

Power series solutions: Legendre polynomials, Bessel functions of the first kind and their properties.

UNIT 5: COMPLEX VARIABLE – DIFFERENTIATION:

Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions, harmonic functions, finding harmonic

conjugate; elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties;

Conformal mappings, Mobius transformations and their properties.

UNIT 6: COMPLEX VARIABLE – INTEGRATION:

Contour integrals, Cauchy-Goursat theorem (without proof), Cauchy Integral formula (without proof),

Liouville‘s theorem and Maximum-Modulus theorem (without proof); Taylor‘s series, zeros of

analytic functions, singularities, Laurent‘s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue theorem (without proof),

Evaluation of definite integral involving sine and cosine, Evaluation of certain improper integrals

using the Bromwich contour.


H M M L

TEXT BOOKS:

(i) R K Jain and S R K Iyengar Advanced Engineering mathematics, Narosa Publications.

(ii) Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th

Reprint, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

(i) Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

(ii) N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering mathematics, Laxmi Publications,

Reprint, 2008.

(iii) B.S. Grewal, Elementary Engineering mathematics, Khanna Publishers

(iv) Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD university press.

(v) G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition, Pearson, Reprint, 2002.

(vi) Veerarajan T., Engineering mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

(vii) Engineering mathematics, P. Sivaramakrishna Das, Pearson Publications.

Course Outcomes: After the course completion the students will be able to

1. Solve the problems of multiple integration and apply these concepts for finding the parameters like

surface area, volume, center of mass and centre of gravity.

2. Find the solutions of first order first degree and not of first degree differential equations and their

applications such as Newton’s law of cooling, Natural growth and decay.

3. Identify and solve higher order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using some

standard methods and also their applications in LCR circuits.

4. Write the solutions of Legendre and Bessel’s equations s series.

5. Understand the concept of analyticity of a function; solve the problems on conformal mapping.

6. Express the functions of a complex variable in series form also able to evaluate definite and improper

integrals using complex integration.



WORKSHOP/MANUFACTURING PRACTICES (THEORY)

Common to I year I sem (CSE, IT & CE) II sem (EEE, ECE & ME)

Code: 7BC01 L T P C

1 0 0 1 Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this course, the students will gain knowledge of the different manufacturing processes

which are commonly employed in the industry, to fabricate components using different materials.

Course Outcomes:

1) To understand various basic tools to perform simple joints using metal and wood.

2) To understand the principle of various electrical and electronic appliances and their applications.

3) To understand the manufacturing process of welding, casting and tin smithy and their applications.

4) To understand the operation of basic as well as advanced machines used for fabrication of Metals,

Plastics and Glass.

I: Theory: In theory classes the following syllabus is to be covered in 10hrs using PPTS and Videos

(Elementary treatment only)

1. Fitting & Power Tools

2. Electrical & Electronics Appliances

3. Carpentry

4. Plastic molding & Glass Cutting

5. Metal Casting

6. Metal Joining: Arc & gas welding and brazing

7. Metal forming

8. Machining

9. Advanced manufacturing methods: (Micro machining, USM,ECM,EDM )

10. CNC machining & Additive Manufacturing

Suggested Text/Reference Books:

(1) Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K., ―Elements of Workshop

Technology‖, Vol. I 2008 and Vol. II 2010, Media promoters and publishers private limited, Mumbai.

(2) Rao P.N., ―Manufacturing Technology‖, Vol. I and Vol. II, Tata McGrawHill House, 2017.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M



CHEMISTRY LABORATORY Code: 7HC63

Course Objectives:

The student will be able to learn:

1. Preparation of coordination complex NiDMG Complex

2. Determination of surface tension

3. Determination of viscosity

4. Saponification /acid value of an oil

5. Ion exchange column for removal of hardness of water / Estimation of Hardness of water by EDTA

Method

6. Determination of chloride content of water

7. Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions (HCl Vs NaOH / Mixture of acid Vs

Strong base)

8. Potentiometry - determination of redox potential and emf (FeSO4 Vs KMNO4 / HCl Vs NaOH)

9. Determination of the rate constant of acid catalyzed hydrolysis of methylacetete

10. Synthesis of a polymer- Thiakol rubber / Urea-Farmaldehyde resin

11. Synthesis of a drug- Aspirin

12. Thin layer chromatography

List of Experiments 1. Preparation of coordination complex NiDMG Complex

2. Determination of surface tension

3. Determination of viscosity

4. Saponification/acid value of an oil

5. Ion exchange column for removal of hardness of water / Estimation of Hardness of water by

EDTA Method

6. Determination of chloride content of water

7. Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions (HCl Vs NaOH / Mixture of acid

Vs Strong base)

8. Potentiometry - determination of redox potential and emf (FeSO4 Vs KMNO4 / HCl Vs

NaOH)

9. Determination of the rate constant of acid catalyzed hydrolysis of methylacetete

10. Synthesis of a polymer- Thiakol rubber / Urea-Farmaldehyde resin

11. Synthesis of a drug- Aspirin

12. Thin layer chromatography

Course Outcomes

After completion of the course, the student will be able to learn:

1. Methods to prepare inorganic complexes.

2. The process to determine surface tension of different liquids using stagnometer

3. The process to determine viscosity of lubricants by using redwood viscometer.

4. How to find acid value of an oil.

5. The principle and determination of Hardness of a water sample.

6. The methods to estimate amount of chlorine in water.

7. To determine unknown concentration of acid by using conductometric method.

8. To determine unknown concentration of acid by using potentiometric method.

9. Estimate rate constants of reactions from concentration of reactants/products as a function of time.

10. Methods to prepare industrially important polymers.

11. The method of preparation for organic compounds.

12. To separate the organic compounds from their mixture by using Thin layer chromatography.

L T P C

0 0 3 1.5



ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS ANALYSIS LAB

Common to (ECE I Year I Sem) (EEE & ECM I Year II Sem) Code: 7AC61

Course Objectives:


i. Verification of network theorems experimentally.

ii. To measure frequency of RLC series and parallel circuits under resonance

iii. To determine self & mutual inductance and co-efficient of coupling for coupled circuits

iv. The construction of current locus diagram for a given parallel circuit.

v. Simulation for analysis of electrical networks

vi. Method for determining the parameters of a coil

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to

i. Perform the test for verification of various network theorems

ii. Measure the frequency for a RLC series/parallel circuits under resonance.

iii. Conduct an experiment for determination of self & mutual inductance and coefficient of coupling

iv. Construct current locus diagram by performing a test on single phase parallel circuits

v. Simulate for analysis of electrical circuits.

vi. Determine the parameters of the coil

List of Experiments (ANY 10 Experiments to be conducted)

1. Verification Thevenin‘s Theorem and Norton‘s Theorem

2. Verification of Maximum Power Transfer Theorem

3. Verification of Superposition Theorem

4. Verification of Compensation Theorem

5. Verification of Reciprocity Theorem and Millmann‘s Theorem

6. Finding resonant frequency in Series and Parallel circuits

7. Determination of Self Inductance, Mutual Inductance and Coefficient of coupling

8. Calculation of Z and Y Parameters

9. Construction of current locus diagram for RL and RC circuit

10. Mesh and Nodal Analysis by simulation

11. Determination of Average value and RMS value of a complex wave

12. Determination of parameters of a coil.

13. Determination of Time constant of RL and RC series circuit.


x x x

L T P/D C

- - 2 1


X X X X



ENGLISH - Reading, Listening and Writing Common to I Year I Semester (ECM, CSE, IT and Civil) & II Semester (ECE, EEE and MECH)

Code: 7HC01 L T P C

1 0 0 1 Course Objectives : The students will

- acquire knowledge on various types of listening techniques, barriers and benefits of

listening

- recognize the speech sounds and learn the intonation patterns

- learn various vocabulary patterns

- develop the ability to structure and punctuate the sentences

- learn different reading techniques

- learn different writing skills

Course Outcomes : At the end of the course the students will be able to

- understand and differentiate different types of listening techniques used to interact

with real world problems

- differentiate the speech sounds and improve their accent and modulation while

speaking

- understand and illustrate different word roots, word derivatives – synonyms,

antonyms and word inflections

- discriminate a variety of sentence types, their structure and use punctuations

- get acclimatized to reading strategies and note making.

- develop proficiency in writing and preparing resume

Unit-I : Listening

1.1 Importance of Listening;

1.2 Types of listening

1.3 Barriers to Listening

1.4 Benefits of Listening

Unit-II: Basic Communication Skills

2.1 Introduction to Speech Sounds

2.2 Vowels, Diphthongs, Consonant Sounds

2.3 Significance of word accent

2.4.Intonation Patterns

Unit-III: Vocabulary

3.1 Word Roots - Affixes: Prefixes and Suffixes

3.2 Homophones, Homonyms, Homographs

3.3 Synonyms – Antonyms

3.4 One word substitutes

3.5 Idioms and Phrases

Unit-IV: Basic Writing Skills

4.1 Sentence Structure

4.2 Kinds of Sentences

4.3 Punctuation in Writing

Unit-V : Reading Comprehension

5.1 Skimming and Scanning

5.2 Prediction Techniques and Inferring

5.3 Note Making

5.4 Reading Comprehension

Unit-VI: Writing Skills

6.1 Paragraph Writing

6.2 Paraphrasing

6.3 Letter Writing

6.4 Resume Writing

Suggested Readings:

(i) English grammar just for you Rajeevan Karal, Oxford publications

(ii) Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

(iii) Remedial English Grammar. F.T. Wood. Macmillan.2007

(iv) On Writing Well. William Zinsser. Harper Resource Book. 2001

(v) Study Writing. Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasly. Cambridge University Press. 2006.

(vi) Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford University Press. 2011.

(vii) Learn to Write by Dr. G. Varalakshmi, Kindle Edition 2016

(viii) A practical course for developing writing skills in English by J.K. Gangal, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd.



WORKSHOP/MANUFACTURING PRACTICES (LAB)

B.Tech I year I sem (CSE, ECM, IT & CE) II sem (EEE, ECE & ME)

Code: 7BC61

Course Objectives:

1) To identify various basic tools to perform simple joints using metal and wood.

2) To recognize various electrical and electronic and their applications.

3) To understand the manufacturing process of welding, casting and tinsmith and apply the processes in

making simple products.

4) To understand and operate basic machines for fabrication of Metals, Plastics and Glass.

5) To understand the functions and parts of commonly used domestic appliances.

Course outcomes:

1. After completion of the course, the student will be able to fabricate components with their own hands.

2. Assemble different components and produce small devices of their interest.

Work shop and Manufacturing Practices Minimum of 10 experiments out of twelve given here under is to be completed

S.No Trades List of Experiments

1 Fitting Shop 1. Preparation of T-Shape Work piece

2. Preparation of U-Shape Work piece which contains: Filing, Sawing, Drilling,

Grinding.

2 Carpentry 3.Practice of Cross Half lap joint

4. Practice of Half lap Dovetail joint

3 Electrical &

Electronics

5. One lamp one switch Practice

6. Stair case wiring: Practice

4 Welding shop

( Arc & Gas)

Demonstration of Gas and Resistance welding

7. Practice of Lap and Butt joint using Arc welding

5 Casting 8.Preparation of mould by using split pattern

9. Mould preparation and pouring of molten metal.

6 Tin Smithy 10. Preparation of Rectangular Tray & Square box

7 Machine Shop 11. Demonstration of turning , Drilling and Reaming operations

8 Plastic molding

& Glass Cutting

12 a) Demonstration of Injection Moulding

b) Demonstration of Glass Cutting with hand tools

9 Domestic

Appliances

13.Demonstration of Electric Iron, fan, Mixer, Hair Drier, Washing Machine etc.

10 Lab project 14. Making various components and / or assembling the components which can be

useful in domestic / engineering applications

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M

L T P C

0 0 3 1.5


X X X X



ENGLISH LAB (Reading, Listening and Writing) Common to I Year I Semester (ECM, CSE, IT and Civil) & II Semester (ECE, EEE and MECH)

Code: 7HC61 L T P C

0 0 2 1 Course Objectives : The students will

- acquire knowledge on various types of listening techniques, barriers and benefits of

listening

- recognize the speech sounds and learn the intonation patterns

- learn various vocabulary patterns

- develop the ability to structure and punctuate the sentences

- learn different reading techniques

- learn different writing skills

Course Outcomes : At the end of the course the students will be able to

- understand and differentiate different types of listening techniques used to interact

with real world problems

- differentiate the speech sounds and improve their accent and modulation while

speaking

- understand and illustrate different word roots, word derivatives – synonyms,

antonyms and word inflections

- discriminate a variety of sentence types, their structure and use punctuations

- get acclimatized to reading strategies and note making.

- develop proficiency in writing and preparing resume

Unit-I : Practice sessions on

Listening for Basic Vocabulary

Listening for General Information

Listen for specific information

Listening Comprehension

Unit-II: Practice sessions on Pronunciation

Articulation of Vowel and Consonant sounds

Listening for Word accent

Intonation Patterns

Unit-III: Exercises on Word Roots

Affixes: Prefixes and Suffixes

Identifying Homophones,

Homonyms, Homographs

Synonyms - Antonyms

One word substitutes

Idioms and Phrases

Unit-IV: Exercises on

Punctuation and Spelling

Error Identification in Sentences

Conversion of Sentences

Unit-V : Practice sessions on

Using passages for skimming and scanning

Note Making using Texts

Reading Comprehension using different techniques

Unit-VI: Exercises on

Paragraph Writing using hints/Guided Paragraphs

Writing Letters

Writing Resume

Suggested Readings:

(i) English grammar just for you Rajeevan Karal, Oxford publications

(ii) Practical English Usage. Michael Swan. OUP. 1995.

(iii) Remedial English Grammar. F.T. Wood. Macmillan.2007

(iv) On Writing Well. William Zinsser. Harper Resource Book. 2001

(v) Study Writing. Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasly. Cambridge University Press. 2006.

(vi) Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushp Lata. Oxford University Press. 2011.

(vii) Learn to Write by Dr. G. Varalakshmi, Kindle Edition 2016

(viii) A practical course for developing writing skills in English by J.K. Gangal, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd.


x x x



Technical Seminar -II

Code: 7A292

Course Objectives:


i. To have good communication skill

ii. To have good presentation skill

iii. To independent learning

Course Outcomes:

Students are able to understand about conventional and non conventional Power Plants

i. Students are able to understand basics of electrical protection

ii. Students are able to understand about home appliances

iii. Students are able to understand overview of power system

Topics for Technical Seminar

1. Overview of electrical Power generation and consumption scenario in Telangana state, India and world.

2. Working principle and operation of earthing / grounding with types

3. Different types of losses in generation, transmission and distribution electrical power system

4. Overview of power system and Electro Magnetic Field effect on power system.

5. Applications of different types of motors in electric vehicles

6. Overview of solar power generation in India

7. Overview of Wind power generation

8. Overview of HVDC transmission in India

Procedure










and conclusions.








Report : 10 marks






_________

Total 100 marks

L T P C

- - 2 1

II Year B.Tech I Semester

TRANSFORM TECHNIQUES AND NUMERICAL METHODS

(Common to ECE & EEE)

L T P/D C

Code: 7HC13 2 0 0 2

Pre Requisites: Engineering mathematics – II

Objectives: The students are expected to learn

Concept, properties of Laplace transforms

Solving ordinary differential equations using Laplace transforms techniques.

Various methods to the find roots of an equation.

Concept, properties of Z-Transforms, Solving Difference equations using Z-Transforms.

Form partial differential equations and find the solution to first order linear and nonlinear partial

differential equations.

Applications of PDE.

Concept of finite differences and to estimate the value for the given data using interpolation.

Evaluation of integrals using numerical techniques

Solving ordinary differential equations using numerical techniques.

UNIT - I: LAPLACE TRANSFORMATIONS:

Laplace transform of standard functions, shifting theorems, change of scale property, Laplace Transform of

Derivatives and Integrals, Multiplication by powers of ‗t‘, Divison by ‗t‘ (without proofs). Laplace transform of

unit step function, Impulse function. Inverse Laplace transforms: properties, partial fraction method and

convolution theorem (without proof). Solving ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using

Laplace Transforms.

UNIT - II: Z- TRANSFORMS:

Z- Transforms and Inverse Z-transforms, properties, damping rule, Shifting properties, Initial and final value

theorems Convolution theorem (without proofs).

Applications-Solution of difference equation by Z- transforms

UNIT– III: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Formation of Partial Differential Equations by Elimination of Arbitrary Constants and Arbitrary Functions.

Solutions to First order Linear and Non-linear Equations-Standard Forms, Equations Reducible to Standard

Forms. Classification of partial differential equations. Method of Separation of Variables, Solution of One

dimensional Heat Equation.

UNIT- IV: SOLUTION OF ALGEBRAIC AND TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS AND NUMERICAL

INTEGRATION:

The Bisection Method – The Method of False Position –Fixed point iteration Method – Newton-Raphson

Method. Newton-Cotes Quadrature Formula, Trapezoidal rule – Simpson‘s 1/3 rule – Simpson‘s 3/8 rule.

UNIT – V: INTERPOLATION:

Introduction– Finite differences- Forward Differences, Backward differences, Central differences. Newton‘s

formulae for interpolation – Gauss Central Difference Formulae (without proofs), Lagrange‘s Interpolation

formula for unevenly spaced points.

UNIT – VI: NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS:

Solution by Taylor‘s series – Picard‘s Method of successive Approximations – Euler‘s Method – Runge-Kutta

Methods of fourth order, Predictor-Corrector Methods-Milne‘s Method.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. R K Jain and S R K Iyengar Advanced Engineering mathematics, Narosa Publications.

2. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 35th Edition, 2000.

3. S. S. Sastry, Introductory methods of numerical analysis. PHI, 4th

Edition, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS:


H M M L

1. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th

Reprint, 2010.

2. Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD university press.

3. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition, Pearson, Reprint, 2002.

4. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006.

Course outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to

Use the Laplace transforms techniques for solving ODE’s

Use the Z-Tranforms technique for solving Difference equations

Form partial differential equations and find the solution to first order linear and nonlinear partial

differential equations.

Find the root of a given equation.

Estimate the value for the given data using interpolation

Find the numerical solutions for a given ODE’s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H H M M L


Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN

(Common to ECE/ECM/EEE)

CODE: 7C302

COURSE OBJECTIVES: To learn the different numbering systems, Boolean functions and design of

Combinational and Sequential Circuits.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After completing this course, the students will have demonstrated

i. an ability to understand number systems and apply the rules of Boolean algebra to simplify Boolean expressions.

ii. an ability to simplify of Boolean expressions using K-map.

iii. an ability to design MSI combinational circuits such as full adders, multiplexers, decoders, encoders. Code

converters.

iv. an ability to design basic memory units (latches and flip-flops) and sequential circuits such as counters and

registers

v. an ability to design digital design using PLD’s such as ROM’s, PLA’s, PAL s.

vi. an ability to design digital controllers using Algorithmic State Machine Charts .

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k L m

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO6 3 2 2 2 2 3

UNIT – I NUMBER SYSTEM:

Binary, decimal, octal, hexa decimal, weighted and un-weighted codes.

Boolean Algebra: Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra, Binary operators, postulates of and theorems.

Boolean addition, subtraction, 1‘s complement, 2‘s complement. Switching functions, Canonical forms and

Standard forms, Simplification of switching functions using theorems.

UNIT – II LOGIC GATES:

Basic gates and universal gates.

Minimization of Switching Functions: simplification rules, Karnaugh map method, Prime implicants, don‘t

care combinations, Minimal SOP and POS forms, Quine-McCluskey Tabular Method, Prime Implicant chart.

Application: Design of a Basic Calculator Using Logic Gates.

UNIT – III COMBINATIONAL LOGIC DESIGN: Single output and multiple output combinational logic circuit design, AND-OR, OR-AND, and NAND/NOR

realizations, Exclusive-OR and Equivalence functions, Binary adders/subtractors, Encoder, Decoder,

Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, MUX realization of switching functions, Parity bit generator, Code-converters,

Concepts of threshold logic and threshold gates.

Applications: Application of Decoder in Seven Segment Display, application of Encoders in Servomotors.

UNIT - IV SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS-1: Classification of sequential circuits (Synchronous, Asynchronous Pulse mode, and Level mode with examples).

Basic flip-flops-Triggering and excitation tables. Conversion of flip-flops.

Applications: Application of SR Flip Flop in Switch Debounce Circuit.

UNIT – V SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS-2:

The sequential circuit model, Asynchronous counters, Design of simple synchronous sequential circuits such as

counters (Design of modulo-N counter, Ring counter, twisted ring counter) and Shift registers

Applications: Design of 1010 sequence detector, Design of Digital Clock using Counters

UNIT – VI PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES:

Basic PLD‘s-ROM, PROM, PLA, and PLD Realization of Switching functions using PLDs. Algorithmic State

Machines: State machines and state diagrams.

Applications: Design of a Weighing machine and Binary multiplier.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Morris Mano-,Digital design –PHI, 2nd Edition.

L T P/D C

2 1 - 3

2. ZviKohavi and Niraj K Jha -Switching & Finite Automata theory – Cambridge, 3rd Edition.

3. SubrataGhoshal, Digital electronics,2012, Cengage Learning

REFERENCES:

1. Fletcher -An Engineering Approach to Digital design – PHI.

2. Fundamentals of Logic design, Roth, Kenny, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning

3. R.P.Jain-Switching Theory and Logic design- TMH Edition,2003.

4. John M. Yarbrough -Digital Logic Applications and Design – Thomson Publications, 2006

5. CVS Rao -Switching Theory and Logic design –Pearson Education, 2005

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H M H M L


Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester

Code: 7C301 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

(Common to ECE/EEE/ECM)

Course Objectives:

The objective of this course is to provide the learners with a comprehensive understanding of electronic devices, circuits and

their applications.

Course Outcomes:

After studying this course, the students will be able to

1. Learning the operation of diode and its application as rectifier and filters

2. Understand the Fundamentals of BJT operation, Characteristics, different biasing circuits, analysis of BJT

amplifiers.

3. Analyze and Design of BJT Single stage, multistage amplifiers at low and high frequencies.

4. Analysis of small signal model of FET and frequency response

5. Design different types of Feedback Amplifier, Oscillators and their analysis

6. Understand the Basic regulator circuits and voltage multipliers.


a b c d e f g h i j k l m

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO6 3 2 2 2 2 3

UNIT-I PN JUNCTION DIODE: P-N junction diode under forward & reverse bias. Transition capacitance and Diffusion capacitance. Break

down of junctions (Avalanche and Zener Break down). Zener Diode Characteristics.

Applications: Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier: Analysis. Problems based on rectifiers.

Introduction to power supply filters.(L,C and π filters )

UNIT- II BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR: Fundamentals of BJT& Operation, Minority carrier profiles. I/P and O/P Characteristics CB, CE and CC

configurations. Transistor as a switch. Switching characteristics (Rise time, Fall time, Delay Time and Storage

time), Design of transistor as switch. Problems on transistor switch. BJT Biasing Methods & Stabilization. -

Fixed Bias, Collector to Base Bias, Voltage Divider Bias and Problems, Concept of Thermal runway in BJTs.

UNIT-III SMALL SIGNAL & HIGH FREQUENCY ANALYSIS OF BJT: Small signal Model of BJT, h-parameter representation – Exact analysis of .CE Amplifier-. Approximate

analysis of CE, CB and CC Amplifiers.

BJT hybrid π model. – relationship between high frequency parameters and h- parameters, β cut off Frequency

(common Emitter short circuit Current gain), Millers Theorem, Concept of Multistage amplifier - N-stage

cascaded amplifier, equivalent circuits, Darlington pair( high input resistance transistor circuits), Cascode

(CE+CB) amplifier, Frequency response of single & two stage RC coupled Amplifier, Analysis at Low and

High frequencies.

UNIT-IV FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR: Construction & Working of JFET, JFET characteristics, FET Parameters, Construction & Working of

MOSFET, MOSFET characteristics, (Enhancement and depletion mode); Comparison of JFET & MOSFET

Biasing of JFET - Self bias and fixed bias. Small signal Analysis of common source, common drain and

common gate amplifier configurations

UNIT- V FEED BACK AMPLIFIERS

Fundamentals-classification- Characteristics of feedback Amplifier effect of feedback in voltage series, voltage

shunt, current series and current shunt amplifiers. Problems

OSCILLATORS Classification of Oscillators. Condition for Oscillations. RC Phase shift Oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator-

Hartley oscillator, Colpitts oscillator, Quartz crystal Oscillator,

UNIT-VI VOLTAGE REGULATORS:

L T P/D C

3 - - 3

Classification of Voltage Regulators - Basic regulator circuit: Zener, Transistor Based: Shunt and Series Voltage

regulators. Protection Circuits: Current limiting, Short circuit protection. Specifications of Voltage regulator,

Voltage multipliers. Switching Regulators – (boost up, step down (buck) & Flyback)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electronic Devices and Crcuits-J.Millman, C.C.Halkias and satyabratha jit Tata McGraw Hill,2 Ed. 2007

2. Electronic Devices AND Circuits-R.L.Boylestad &Louis Nashelsky, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 9th edition,

2006.

3. Electronic devices and Circuit Theory-Robert L. Boylstead, Louis Nashelsky, 9ht ed., 2008, PE

4. Integrated electronics-J.Milliman and C.C.Halkias, MC Graw –Hill-1972

REFERENCES:

1. Electronic Circuit Analysis-K.Lal Kisshore,2004,BSP

2. 2.Electronic Devices and Circuits – K.LalKishore, 2 ed., 2005, BSP

3. 3.Electronic Devices: Systems and Applications – Robert Diffenderter, 2nd Indian Reprint., 2010,

Cengage Learning

4. Electronic Devices and Crcuits by Sanjeev Guptha,Dhapat Rai Publications.

5. Electronic Devices and Circuits by S.Salivahanan and N.Suresh Kumar, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications

6. Electronic Circuits and Applications, Muhammad H Rashid, Cengage Learning

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L L



Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Code: 7A302 ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELDS

L T P/D C

4 -- -- 4

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of static and dynamic electric fields.

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the Principle of electrostatics.

2. Understand the principle of dipole and field due to dipole.

3. Understand the Fundamentals of dielectrics and calculation of capacitance.

4. Understand the Fundamentals of Ampere circuital law and force in magnetic field.

5. Understand the magnetic dipole and magnetic potential.

6. Understand the self and mutual inductance and time varying fields.

UNIT – I ELECTROSTATICS:

Coordinate systems-Cartesian, Spherical and Cylindrical coordinate systems- Conversion of coordinates to other

systems.

Electrostatic Fields – Coulomb‘s Law – Electric Field Intensity (EFI) – EFI due to a line and a surface charge –

Work done in moving a point charge in an electrostatic field – Electric Potential – Properties of potential

function – Potential gradient – Guass‘s law – Application of Guass‘s Law – Maxwell‘s first law, div ( D )=ρv-

Laplace‘s and Poison‘s equations.

UNIT – II ELECTRIC DIPOLE & CONDUCTORS:

Electric dipole –Dipole moment – potential and EFI due to an electric dipole – Torque on an Electric dipole in

an electric field, Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field.

Behavior of conductors in an electric field, Conductors and Insulators, Current density – conduction and

Convection current densities – Ohm‘s law in point form – Equation of continuity.

UNIT – III DIELECTRICS, CAPACITANCE & MAGNETO STATICS:

Electric field inside a dielectric material – polarization – Dielectric – Conductor and Dielectric – Dielectric

boundary conditions, Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors with

composite dielectrics.

Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart‘s law – Oesterd‘s experiment - Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to

a straight current carrying filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current – Carrying wire –

Relation between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI – Maxwell‘s second Equation, div(B)=0-

UNIT – IV AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW & FORCE IN MAGNETIC FIELDS:

Ampere‘s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of current and a long current

carrying filament – Point form of Ampere‘s circuital law – Maxwell‘s third equation, Curl (H)=Jc, Field due to a

circular loop, rectangular and square loops.

Magnetic force - Moving charges in a Magnetic field – Lorentz force equation – force on a current element in a

magnetic field – Force on a straight and a long current carrying conductor in a magnetic field – Force between

two straight long and parallel current carrying conductors –

UNIT – V MAGNETIC DIPOLE & MAGNETIC POTENTIAL:

Magnetic dipole and dipole moment – a differential current loop as a magnetic dipole – Torque on a current loop

placed in a magnetic field.

Scalar Magnetic potential and its limitations – vector magnetic potential and its properties – vector magnetic

potential due to simple configurations – vector Poisson‘s equations.

UNIT – VI SELF & MUTUAL INDUCTANCE AND TIME VARYING FIELDS:

Self and Mutual inductance – Neumans‘s formulae – determination of self-inductance of a solenoid and toroid

and mutual inductance between a straight long wire and a square loop wire in the same plane – energy stored

and density in a magnetic field.

Time varying fields – Faraday‘s laws of electromagnetic induction – Its integral and point forms –Maxwell‘s

fourth equation, Curl (E)=-∂B/∂t – Statically and Dynamically induced EMFs – Simple problems -Modification

of Maxwell‘s equations for time varying fields – Displacement current – Poynting Theorem and Poynting

vector.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Electromagnetism - William H. Hayt & John. A. Buck Mc. Graw-Hill Companies, 7th

Editon.2006.

2. Electro magnetic Fields - Sadiku, Oxford Publications

REFERENCES:

1. ―Introduction to Electro Dynamics‖ - D J Griffiths, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2nd edition

2. ―Electromagnetics‖ - J P Tewari.

3. ―Electromagnetics‖ - J. D Kraus Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 4th

edition 1992.

4. ―Electromagnetic fields‖, S. Kamakshaiah, Right Publishers, 2007.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L


II Year I semester


Code: 7A303 ELECTRICAL MACHINES – I

L T P/D C

3 -- -- 3

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of DC machines and their applications.

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the constructional features & Principle of operation of DC machine.

2. Understand the characteristic features of DC machines.

3. Understand the starting & speed control techniques of various types of DC motors.

4. Analyze the various testing procedures of DC machines.

5. Understand the various applications of DC machines.

UNIT – I D.C. GENERATORS – CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION:

D.C. Generators, Principle of operation, Action of commutator, Constructional features, Armature windings,

Lap and wave windings, Simplex and multiplex windings, Use of laminated armature, E. M.F Equation,

Problems.

UNIT – II ARMATURE REACTION IN D.C. GENERATOR:

Armature reaction, Cross magnetizing and de-magnetizing AT/pole, compensating winding, Commutation

reactance voltage, Methods of improving commutation, Simple Problems.

UNIT – III TYPES OF D.C GENERATORS:

Methods of Excitation, Separately excited and self excited generators, Build-up of E.M.F, Critical field

resistance and critical speed, Causes for failure to self excite and remedial measures, Problems.

UNIT –IV LOAD CHARACTERISTICS OF GENERATORS:

Load characteristics of shunt, Series and compound generators, Parallel operation of d.c shunt and series

generators, Load sharing, Problems.

UNIT – V D.C. MOTORS AND SPEED CONTROL METHODS:

D.C Motors, Principle of operation, Back E.M.F, Torque equation, Characteristics and application of shunt,

Series and compound motors, Speed control of d.c. Motors: Armature voltage and field flux control methods.

Ward-Leonard system, Principle of 3 point and 4 point starters, Protective devices, Problems.

UNIT – VI TESTING OF D.C. MACHINES:

Losses in a D.C. Machines, Calculation of efficiency, Condition for maximum efficiency, Methods of Testing,

brake test , Swinburne‘s test, Hopkinson‘s test and Field‘s test, Problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electric Machinery – A. E. Fritzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 5th

edition.

2. Electrical machines – P.S. Bimbra, Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCES: 1. Performance and Design of D.C Machines – Clayton & Hancock, BPB Publishers.

2. Electrical machines -S.K. Battacharya.

3.Electric Machines - I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, Tata Mc Graw – Hill Publishers, 3rd

edition, 2004.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year I semester


Code: 7A304 CIRCUITS and NETWORKS- II

L T P/D C

3 - - 3

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of electrical engineering.

Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the three phase circuits.

2. Understand the DC and AC transients.

3. Understand the network functions.

4. Analyze the network parameters.

5. Understand the different types of filters.

6. Understand the Fourier analysis of AC circuits.

UNIT – I: THREE PHASE CIRCUITS:

Phase sequence, Star and delta connection, Relation between line and phase voltages and currents in balanced

system, Analysis of balanced and unbalanced 3 phase circuits, Measurement of 3 active power by two watt

meter method and reactive power by one watt meter method.

UNIT – II: D.C AND A.C. TRANSIENT ANALYSIS:

Transient response of R- L, R-C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel combination) for D.C. excitation, Initial

conditions, Solution method using differential equation and Laplace transforms. Transient response of R- L, R-

C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel combination) for sinusoidal excitations, Initial conditions, Solution

method using differential equation and Laplace transforms.

UNIT – III: NETWORK FUNCTIONS:

The concept of complex frequency, Physical interpretation of complex frequency, Transform impedance and

transform circuits, Series and parallel combination of elements, Terminal pairs or ports, Network functions for

the one port and two-port, Poles and zeros of network functions, Significance of poles and zeros, Properties of

driving point functions, Properties of transfer Functions, Necessary conditions for driving point functions,

Necessary conditions for transfer functions, Time domain response from pole zero plot.

UNIT – IV: NETWORK PARAMETERS:

Two port network parameters, Z, Y, ABCD and hybrid parameters and their relations, Series, parallel and

cascaded networks, Concept of transformed network, 2 port network parameters using transformed variables.

UNIT – V: FILTERS:

Classification of filters, Filter networks, Characteristic impedance in the pass and stop bands, Constant k and m

– derived T – Section filters (Low pass, High pass, Band pass and Band stop), illustrative problems.

UNIT – VI: FOURIER ANALYSIS OF A.C. CIRCUITS:

The Fourier theorem, Consideration of symmetry, Exponential form of Fourier series, Line spectra and phase

angle spectra, Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms, Properties of Fourier transforms.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Circuit theory (Analysis & Synthesis) - A.Chakravarthy, Dhanpath Rai & Co., 6th

edition.

2. Circuits & Networks (Analysis, Design & Synthesis) – M.S. Sukhija, T.K. Nagasarkar, Oxford University

Press, 2nd

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6th

edition.

2. Circuits & Networks - A.Sudhakar and Shyamamohan S.Palli, Tata McGraw – Hill, 3rd

edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


B. Tech. II Year I semester


Code: 7BC04 ELEMENTS of MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Common to All Branches except Mechanical Engineering)

L T P/D C 2 -- -- 2

Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to offer the students fundamental knowledge of First Law of

Thermodynamics. Working of SI and CI engines, working principle of different types of Turbines& pumps.

properties of material and engineering application. Working principles of various types of power transmission

systems

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of basic mechanical engineering a student should be able to

1. To acquire the knowledge of basic concepts of thermodynamics and analyze the p-v & t-s diagrams of

the different cycles.

2. To acquire the knowledge two and four stroke engines, the function of components used in the steam

Power Plant

3. To identify & understand the function of components used in VCR & VAR system, & about the

working of hydraulic pumps & hydraulic turbines.

4. To identify & understand properties of material and engineering application

5. To acquire the knowledge of various types of power transmission systems

6. To acquire the knowledge the different NC and CNC machine.

UNIT – I: Energy Resources and Conversion:

Basic concepts of Thermodynamics – general classification of heat engines, Property and state, System,

Boundary and surroundings, Zeroth Law, First Law of Thermodynamics and its applications- Joule‘s

experiment, reversible non-flow processes-Constant volume, constant pressure, constant temperature process,

polytropic process, Second Law of Thermodynamics – Statements, Heat engines, Carnot cycle, Air standard

cycles – Otto, Diesel Cycles.

UNIT-II: Internal combustion engines:

Internal combustion engines, definition, classification, components, working of four stroke cycle engines, SI

and CI Engines, Performance parameters, Need for cooling, and lubrication of IC engines.

Steam Power Plant, Boiler, Steam Turbines: Layout of steam Power Plant, Water tube and Fire tube Boilers:

- Simple cross-tube boiler, Cochran, Babcock and Wilcox Boiler and High Pressure Boilers. (Benson & La-

mount only).

UNIT- III:

a) Hydraulic pumps & turbines:- Centrifugal Pumps, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan

Turbine -- Layout of Hydro electric Power Plant

b) Refrigeration & Air conditioning systems: - Description of Vapour Compression and Vapour

Absorption systems

UNIT-IV: Engineering Materials:

Classification, mechanical properties, Ferrous Materials – Constituents of Cast Iron & types of Cast Iron,

Steels – manufacture by Bessemer converter, Arc furnace, types of steel, effect of alloying elements on steel,

Stainless steel, Non- Ferrous Materials: Properties and applications of Aluminum & alloys, Copper and alloys,

composite materials – types, fabrication methods, Ceramics – Properties and applications

UNIT-V: Transmission of Motion and Power:

Shafting, Belt drive, types of belt drive, types of belts, chain drives, types of chain drive, Pulleys, parts,

types of pulleys, gear drive- classification, Terminology of spur gear, Gear trains – simple and compound,

Clutches – purpose and basic principle of contact clutch, brakes - purpose and basic principle of block brake.

UNIT-VI: Robot and sensors:

Introduction, definition, Robot component, CNC Machine tools – Introduction, Machine control, Vertical

and Horizontal spindles, CNC drill, mill, boring and tapping, Adaptive control, NC and CNC turning

centers.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mathur, M.L., Mehta, F.S. and Tiwari, R.P., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Jain Brothers, New Delhi,

2005.

2. R.K. Rajput, ―Elements of Mechanical Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications, 1994.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


Syllabus for B. Tech II Year I semester


ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ECOLOGY

Common to All Branches

L T P C

Code: 7HC21 3 0 0 0 II B. Tech I Sem (for EEE, ME and ECE)

II B. Tech II Sem (for CSE, IT, ECM and CE)

(Mandatory course)

There are no credits but grading will be given based on marks scored as Outstanding/ Excellent/ Very good/

Good/ Above average/ Average/ Satisfactory/Not satisfactory

Course Objectives:

• Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.

• Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures.

• Understanding the environmental policies and regulations Course Outcomes:

• Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate / develop technologies on the

basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations which in turn helps in sustainable

development

UNIT-I Ecosystems: Definition, Scope, and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure, and function of

an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs, and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy, Biogeochemical cycles,

Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity.

UNIT-II Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water resources:

use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams: benefits and problems. Mineral

resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, Land Energy

resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy source.

UNIT-III Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem

diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and optional values.

India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit. Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,

poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts; conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation.

UNIT-IV Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution: Classification of

pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants. Acid rain, Global warming, Ozone layer depletion,

Water pollution: Sources and types of pollution. Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of modern

agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution: Sources and Health hazards, standards, Solid waste: Municipal

Solid Waste management, composition and characteristics of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control

technologies: Sewage water Treatment, Kyoto protocol, and Montréal Protocol.

UNIT-V Sustainable development and Green Technology: Concept of sustainable development, threats to

sustainability population and its explosion, Crazy consumerism, over- exploitation of resources, strategies for

achieving sustainable development environmental education, conservation of resources, urban sprawl

sustainable cities and sustainable communities, human health , role of IT in Environment, Environmental Ethics,

Environmental Economic – Concept of Green Building, Clean Development Mechanism ( CDM ).

UNIT-VI Environmental Policy, Legislation & Environment Impact Assessment: Environmental Protection

act, Legal aspects Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and

handling rules, biomedical waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste management and handling

rules. EIA: EIA structure, methods of baseline data acquisition. Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological

and Socio-economical aspects. Strategies for risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan

(EMP).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Environmental Science Dr. Y. Anjaneyulu, 2004, BS Publications.

2. Environmental Studies by Erach Bharucha, 2005 University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL Learning Private

Ltd. New Delhi.

2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela. 2008 PHI Learning

Pvt. Ltd.

3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA edition.

4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international publishers.

5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS Publications.



X X X X

II Year, I - Sem.

Electrical and Electronics Engineering ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS LAB

(Common to ECE/ECM/EEE)

Code: 7C371

PART A: Electronic Workshop Practice (in 3 lab sessions):

1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components (Colour Codes), Potentiometers, Bread

Boards.

2. Identification and Specifications of Active Devices like Diodes, BJTs, JFETs, MOSFETs.

3. Study and operation of

• Multimeters (Analog and Digital)

• Function Generator

• Regulated Power Supplies

PART B: (For Laboratory examination – Minimum of 10 experiments)

1. Study and Operation of CRO:

Oscilloscope, CRT features vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system, sweep, triggerPulse, delay

line, sync selector circuits, Dual trace oscilloscope, standard specifications of CRO, probes for CRO,

Measurement of amplitude and frequency. Time Period measurement, Lissajous patterns.

2. PN Junction diode characteristics A. Forward bias B. Reverse bias.

3. Zener diode characteristics

4. Transistor CB characteristics (Input and Output)

5. Transistor CE characteristics (Input and Output)

6. Half wave Rectifier with and without filters.

7. Full wave Rectifier (Centre tapped and Bridge)with and without filters

8. FET characteristics

9. CE Amplifier

10. CC Amplifier (Emitter Follower).

11. FET amplifier (Common Source)

12. RC Phase Shift Oscillator

L T P/D C

- - 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year I Semester


Code: 7A473 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – I

L T P/D C

- - 3 2

The following experiments are required to be conducted:

1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator for the calculation of critical field resistance and

critical speed.

2. Determination of characteristics from the Load test on DC shunt generator.

3. Determination of characteristics from the Load test on DC series generator.

4. Determination of characteristics from the Load test on DC compound generator.

5. Hopkinson‘s test on DC shunt machines for the determination of the efficiency.

6. Fields test on DC series machines for the determination of efficiency.

7. Swinburne‘s test and speed control of DC shunt motor and Predetermination of efficiencies.

8. Brake test on DC compound motor for the determination of performance curves.

9. Brake test on DC shunt motor for the determination of performance curves.

10. Separation of losses in DC shunt motor.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H M


II Year I semester


Technical Seminar - III

Code: 7A393

Course objective

Develop an ability to understand and present the latest technological developments in computer science.

Identify one of them, understand its impact on the event/method/society as a whole and present the Seminar

on the same which enhances oratory and interview facing skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES :

1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.

2 Explain domain knowledge to resolve real time technical issues

3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas.

4 Demonstrate team leading qualities.

5 Demonstrate public speaking skills.

6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise.

7. Develop debating and interview skills.

Procedure










and conclusions.








Report : 10 marks






_________

Total 100 marks

L T P/D C

- - 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year II Semester


Code: 7HC15 PROBABILITY THEORY AND STATISTICS L T P/D C

(Common to All Branches) 2 -- -- 2

Pre Requisites: Nil

Course Objectives: Students are expected to learn

1. Basic concepts of probability and able to evaluate probability.

2. Concepts on discrete probability distributions and methods to solve problems.

3. Concepts on continuous probability distributions and methods.

4. About the concepts on correlation and regression

5. Basic concepts of testing of hypothesis for large size samples and methods to solve problems.

6. Test the hypothesis related to small size samples.

UNIT-I: BASIC PROBABILITY:

Probability spaces, conditional probability, independent events, and Bayes‘ theorem.

Random variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, Expectation of Random Variables, Moments,

Variance of random variables, Chebyshev's Inequality

UNIT-II: DISCRETE PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS:

Binomial, Poisson, evaluation of statistical parameters for these distributions, Poisson approximation to the

binomial distribution

UNIT-III: CONTINUOUS RANDOM VARIABLE & DISTRIBUTIONS:

Continuous random variables and their properties, distribution functions and densities,

Normal, exponential and gamma distributions, evaluation of statistical parameters for these distributions

UNIT-IV: APPLIED STATISTICS:

Curve fitting by the method of least squares- fitting of straight lines, second degree parabolas and more general

curves; Correlation and regression – Rank correlation.

UNIT-V: TESTS OF HYPOTHESIS FOR LARGE SAMPLES:

Tests of Hypothesis, Type–I and Type-II Errors, Hypothesis testing concerning one mean and two means and

test of hypothesis concerning to one Proportion and difference of proportions.

UNIT-VI: TESTS OF HYPOTHESIS FOR SMALL SAMPLES:

Student t-test, Hypothesis testing concerning one mean and two Means, F-test and 2 test-Goodness of fit,

Independence of Attributes.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ronald E. Walpole,Raymond H. Myers,Sharon L. Myers,Keying Ye, Probability & Statistics For

Engineers & Scientists, 9th

Ed. Pearson Publishers.

2. S C Gupta and V K Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical statistics, Khanna publications.

3. Probability and Statistics, T.K.V. Iyengar, B. Krishna Gandhi, S. Ranganatham, M.V.S.S.N. Prasad, S.

Chand Publications.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Miller and Freund‘s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, 8th

Edition, pearson Educations.

2. Ramana B.V., Higher Engineering mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th

Reprint, 2010.

3. A.Ross, A First Course in Probability, 6th

Ed., Peasrson Education India, 2002.

Course Outcomes: After the course completion the students will able to solve

1. The random variable problems and probability distributions.

2. Problems on discrete probability distributions.

3. Problems on continuous probability distributions

4. Problems on curve fitting, correlation and regression.

5. Test the hypothesis related to samples concerning to the means and proportions of large size samples.

6. Apply and solve the problems using t-test, Chi-square test also testing the hypothesis problems on

small size samples, goodness of fit and independence of attributes.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L


II Year II Semester


Code: 7A405 ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II

L T P/D C

3 - - 3

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of Transformers and induction motors with

applications.

Course Outcomes: Students

1. Learn basic concepts of single phase transformer.

2. Study about testing of single phase transformer and auto transformer.

3. Study about poly phase transformer.

4. Study about poly phase induction motors.

5. Study about torque speed characteristics and circle diagram of induction motor.

6. Study about different starting methods of induction motor.

UNIT-I SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMERS – CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND

PERFORMANCE:

Single phase Transformers-types - constructional details-minimization of hystersis and eddy current losses-emf

equation - operation on no load and on load - phasor diagrams- Equivalent circuit - losses and efficiency-

regulation. All day efficiency - Effect of variations of frequency & supply voltage on iron losses

UNIT-II - TESTING OF SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER AND AUTOTRANSFORMER: OC and SC tests - Sumpner‘s test - predetermination of efficiency and regulation-separation of losses test-

parallel operation with equal and unequal voltage ratios - auto Transformers-equivalent circuit - comparison

with two winding Transformers.

UNIT-III - POLYPHASE TRANSFORMER:

Polyphase Transformers - Polyphase connections - Y/Y, Y/, /Y, / and open , Third harmonics in phase

voltages-three winding Transformers-tertiary windings-determination of Zp, Zs and Zt transients in switching -

off load and on load tap changing; Scott connection.

UNIT- IV POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS:

Polyphase induction motors-construction details of cage and wound rotor machines-production of a rotating

magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor frequency - rotor reactance, rotor current and pf at

standstill and during operation- Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and their

inter relation.

UNIT-V - TORQUE- SPEED CHARACTERISTICS AND CIRCLE DIAGRAM OF INDUCTION

MOTORS:

Torque equation-deduction from torque equation- expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque

slip characteristic- Double cage and deep bar rotors - crawling and cogging - equivalent circuit - phasor

diagram-Circle diagram-no load and blocked rotor tests-predetermination of performance.

UNIT-VI METHODS OF STARTING AND SPEED CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR:

Methods of starting and starting current and torque calculations-Speed control-change of frequency; change of

poles and methods of consequent poles; cascade connection. Injection of an emf into rotor circuit (qualitative

treatment only)-induction generator-principle of operation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electrical machines- P S Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.

2. Theory & Performance of Electrical machines, J. B. Gupta, S.K. Kataria & Sons.

REFERENCES: 1. Performance and Design of AC Machines – MG. Say, BPB Publishers

2. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery – Langsdorf, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies, 2nd

edition.

3. Electric Machines – I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 7th

Edition, 2005.

4. Electric machinery - A.E. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Mc Graw Hill Companies, 5th

edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L L


II Year II Semester


Code: 7A406 POWER SYSTEMS - I

L T P/D C

3 1 - 3

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of different conventional power generation

methods and transmission requirements.


1. Learn basic concepts of hydro electric and thermal Power Plants.

2. Study about gas and nuclear Power Plants.

3. Study about transmission line parameters and efficiency.

4. Study about performance of transmission lines.

5. Learn basic about over head insulators and mechanical design.

6. Learn fundamentals of underground cables.

UNIT -1 HYDROELECTRIC POWER STATION:

Elements of hydro electric power station, Types, Concept of pumped storage plants, Storage requirements, Mass

curve(explanation only) Estimation of power developed from a given catchments area, Heads and efficiencies

Thermal power stations:

Line diagram of Thermal Power Station (TPS) showing paths of coal, Steam, Water, Air, ash and flue gasses,

Brief description of TPS components, Economizers, Boilers, Super heaters, Turbines, Condensers, Chimney and

Cooling towers.

UNIT -II GAS AND NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS:

Nuclear Fission and Chain reaction, Nuclear fuels, Principle of operation of Nuclear reactor, Reactor

Components, Moderators, Control rods, Reflectors and Coolants, Radiation hazards, Shielding and Safety

precautions, Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR.

Gas Power Stations, Principle of Operation and Components (Block Diagram Approach Only).

UNIT-III TRANSMISSION LINE PARAMETERS:

Types of conductors - calculation of resistance for solid conductors - Calculation of inductance for single phase

and three phase, single and double circuit lines, concept of GMR & GMD, symmetrical and asymmetrical

conductor configuration with and without transposition, Numerical Problems. Calculation of capacitance for 2

wire and 3 wire systems, effect of ground on capacitance, capacitance calculations for symmetrical and

asymmetrical single and three phase, single and double circuit lines, Numerical Problems.

UNIT-IV PERFORMANCE OF SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG LENGTH TRANSMISSION LINES:

Classification of Transmission Lines - Short, medium and long line and their model representations -Nominal-T,

Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical & Asymmetrical Networks, Numerical Problems.

Mathematical Solutions to estimate regulation and efficiency of all types of lines - Numerical Problems.

Long Transmission Line-Rigorous Solution, evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants, Interpretation of the Long Line

Equations, Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines, Wave Length and Velocity of Propagation of Waves -

Representation of Long Lines - Equivalent-T and Equivalent Pie network models (numerical problems).

UNIT-V OVERHEAD LINE INSULATORS:

Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical Problems – voltage

distribution, calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static Shielding.

SAG AND TENSION CALCULATIONS:

Sag and Tension Calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers, Effect of Wind and Ice on weight of

Conductor, Numerical Problems - Stringing chart and sag template and its applications.

Skin and Proximity effects - Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors -Ferranti effect -

Charging Current - Effect on Regulation of the Transmission Line, Shunt Compensation. Corona - Description

of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical voltages and power loss, Radio Interference.

UNIT-VI UNDERGROUND CABLES:

Types of Cables, Construction, Types of Insulating materials, Calculations of Insulation resistance and stress in

insulation, Numerical Problems. Capacitance of Single and 3-Core belted cables, Numerical Problems. Grading

of Cables - Capacitance grading, Numerical Problems, Description of Inter-sheath grading.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L. Soni, P.V. Gupta, U.S. Bhatnagar, A. Chakrabarthy,

Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd.

2. Electrical power systems - C.L. Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1998.

REFERENCES:

1. Power system Analysis- John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC Companies, 4th

edition

2. Power system Analysis and Design - B.R. Gupta, Wheeler Publishing.

3. Power system Analysis - Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition.

4. Modern Power system Analysis - I.J. Nagaraj and D.P. Kothari, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd

Edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year II Semester


Code: 7AC07 CONTROL SYSTEMS

L T P C

3 1 - 3

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of time and frequency domain analysis of a

given system.


1. Learn basic concepts of control systems.

2. Study about time response analysis.

3. Learn basic concepts of stability and root locus method.

4. Study about frequency response analysis.

5. Learn basic concepts stability analysis in frequency domain.

6. Learn fundamentals of state space analysis.

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION:

Concepts of Control systems- Open Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences- Classification

of control systems, Feed-Back Characteristics, Effects of feedback. Mathematical models – Differential

equations, Impulse Response and transfer functions – Translational and Rotational mechanical systems

Transfer function representation:

Transfer Function of Synchro transmitter and Receiver, Block diagram representation of systems considering

Electrical Systems as examples -Block diagram algebra – Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction

using Mason‘s gain formula.

UNIT-II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS:

Standard test signals - Time response of first order systems – Characteristic Equation of Feedback control

systems, Transient response of second order systems - Time domain specifications – Steady state response -

Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of proportional derivative, proportional integral systems, PID

controllers.

UNIT – III STABILITY ANALYSIS IN S-DOMAIN:

The concept of stability – Routh‘s stability criterion – qualitative stability and conditional stability – limitations

of Routh‘s stability.

Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept - construction of root loci-effects of adding poles and zeros to

G(s)H(s) on the root loci.

UNIT – IV FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS:

Introduction, Frequency domain specifications-Bode diagrams-Determination of Frequency domain

specifications and transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-Stability Analysis

from Bode Plots.

UNIT – V STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN:

Polar Plots-Nyquist Plots-Stability Analysis.

CLASSICAL CONTROL DESIGN TECHNIQUES: Compensation techniques – Lag, Lead, Lead-Lag

Controllers design in frequency Domain.

UNIT – VI STATE SPACE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS:

Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams,

Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its Properties.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Automatic Control systems 8th edition –B. C. Kuo 2003– John wiley and sons.

2. Control systems Engineering – I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers, 2nd

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd

edition, 1998.

2. Control systems – N.K. Sinha, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 3rd

Edition, 1998.

3. Control systems Engg. – NISE 3rd

Edition – John wiley.

4. ―Modeling & Control of Dynamic Systems‖ – Narciso F. Macia George J. Thaler, Thomson Publishers.

II Year II Semester


L T P C

3 - - 3

CODE : 7C405 ANALOG CIRCUITS

Course Objectives:

To understand the basic functioning and applications of various devices such asd amplifiers and oscillators.

COURSE OUTCOMES:


1. Understand Power Amplifiers

2. Analyze and Design tuned and RF amplifiers such as single tuned, double tuned, stagger tuned and

wide band amplifier.

3. Understand the responses and applications of RC and RL circuits, basic operations of clippers,

Clampers

4. Understand different types multivibrators, their analysis, designing and applications

5. Understand different sweep generators and comparisons

6. Understand types of Logic gates and Sampling gates.



CO1 3 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3

CO6 3 2 2 2 3

UNIT I: POWER AMPLIFIERS

Classification of Power Amplifiers - Class A, B, AB & C power amplifiers –push pull configuration,

complementary symmetry circuits, Distortion in Amplifiers. Harmonic distortion and Crossover Distortion in

Power Amplifiers– Conversion efficiency and relative performance.

UNIT II: TUNED AND RF AMPLIFIERS

Introduction to Tuned Amplifiers, Q-Factor. single tuned capacitive coupled amplifier, tapped single tuned

capacitance coupled amplifier, single tuned inductively coupled amplifier, stagger tuning, synchronous tuned

Amplifier.

UNIT III: WAVE SHAPING:

RC high pass, low pass circuit response for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp & exponential inputs-

Differentiator –Integrator. RL, Diode clippers- Transistor clipper- clipping at two independent levels – Emitter

coupled clipper- comparator-– Applications of voltage comparators.

Clamping operation – clamping with source, diode resistances- clamping circuits theorem- practical clamping

circuits.

UNIT IV: MULTIVIBRATORS:

Stable states of Bistable Multivibrator A fixed bias transistor Bistable Multivibrator -A self biased transistor

Bistable Multivibrator - commutating capacitor – Unsymmetric triggering of Bistable Multivibrator - triggering

through a unilateral device- symmetrical triggering – Schmitt trigger circuit.

General operation of monostable multivibrator, collector coupled monostablemultivibrator - wave forms of

collector coupled monostable multivibrator - Emitter coupled monostablemultivibrator - triggering of

monostable multivibrator. Astablemultivibrator, collector coupled Astable multivibrator -Emitter coupled

Astable multivibrator. Designing of Bistable, Monostable and Astable Multivibrators.

UNIT V: TIME BASE GENERATORS:

General features of time base signals-sweep circuit using a transistor switch-UJT,UJT characteristics, UJT as a

sweep circuit, - General considerations & principles of Miller & Boot strap time base generators- the transistor

miller time base- the transistor, Boot strap time base generator- A simple current sweep transistor current time

base generator.

UNIT VI: SAMPLING GATES:

Basic operating principle unidirectional, Bidirectional sampling gates using diodes, transistors- reduction of

pedessed sampling scope.

LOGIC GATES: Digital operation of a system- OR, AND, NOT, NAND & NOR gates- DTL Logic– RTL

Logic, TTL logic – comparison.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Integrated electronics-J.Milliman and C.C.Halkias, MC Graw –Hill-1972

2. Pulse digital and switching wave forms-J. Millman and H. Taub, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,2001.

3. Solid State Pulse circuits - David A. Bell, PHI, 4th Edn., 2002 .

REFERENCES:

1. Pulse and Digital Circuits – A. Anand Kumar, PHI, 2005.

2. Wave Generation and Shaping - L. Strauss

3. Electronic Circuit Analysis-K.Lal Kishore, 2004, BSP


L T P C

2 0 0 2 II Year II Semester


CODE: 7ZC01 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE AND FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (MSFA)

Course Objective: To make students understand the basics of management and Financial

Accounting, its principles, practices and latest concepts for increasing the performance of

engineering graduates in their respective fields, which facilitate them in making better

planning and decisions

Course Outcomes:

1. Outlines the significance of management, defines the basic concepts and applicability

of management principles in changing paradigms.

2. Helps in understanding organization behavior, personality determinants and other key

aspects

3. Infers the need to understand the importance of Strategic management and Business

environment in particular

4. Enrich students with basic concepts of Financial Accounting.

5. Understand basic concepts of Depreciation and need for preparing trial balance.

6. Helps in preparation of Financial Statements (final accounts).

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT:

Management- Definitions, Levels of Management, Functions of management- Planning: types of planning,

planning process; Organizing: Organizational Design and Structure, Staffing; Directing; Controlling: Basic

control process- Fayol‘s principles of Management - Taylor‘s principles of scientific management- Maslow‘s

Motivational theory.

UNIT II: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR:

Definition, Nature and Scope of OB, Personality-determinants of Personality – Perception- Attitudes-

Attribution theory- Johari Window and Transactional Analysis, Stress Management- factors and remedies

UNIT III: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT:

Introduction to Strategic Management, Vision, Mission, Goals, Objectives, Environmental Scanning- PESTEL,

SWOT Analysis, Competitive Advantage, Concept of Core Competence, PORTER‘s five force model, types of

strategies, Strategic formulation and Implementation.

UNIT IV: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING:

Definition of Accounting, Accounting Concepts and conventions, principles of Double-Entry system, Book

Keeping, Overview of books of original records Journal, Ledger and Subsidiary books

UNIT V: TRIAL BALANCE AND DEPRECIATION OF FIXED ASSETS: Significance of Trial balance,

Preparation of trial balance Definition of Depreciation, Depreciation of fixed assets, Methods of Depreciation –

Straight line method and Diminishing Balance method

UNIT VI: CLASSIFICATION OF REVENUE AND CAPITAL EXPENSES, AND PREPARATION OF

FINAL ACCOUNTS:

Revenue expenditure, Capital expenditure, Preparation of Final Accounts - Trading Account, Profit and Loss

Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments

REFERENCES:

1. A R Aryasri: Management science, Tata Mc Graw Hill

2. Ambrish Gupta, Financial Accounting for Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi

3. A R Aryasri: Managerial economics and Financial Analysis, Tata Mc Graw Hill

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year II Semester


COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE-I

Code: 7A472

Course Objective:

Evaluate, comprehend and assess of the concepts and the knowledge gained in the core courses of the

first and the second year.

Course Outcomes :

At the end of this course, the student will be able to

1. Comprehend the concepts in the core and elective courses.

2. Exhibit technical knowledge to face interviews.

3. Exhibit lifelong Learning skills for higher education and to pursue Professional practice.

There will be 100 marks in total with 30 marks of internal evaluation and 70 marks of external

evaluation.

Internal:

Comprehensive Viva Voce is Conducted twice in a semester and evaluated for 15 marks each.

End examination : 70 Marks.

The end examination will be carried out by a committee consisting of an external examiner, head of

the department, a senior faculty member and the supervisor.

L T P/D C

- - - 1

II year B.Tech – II Sem

Code: 7A475 CONTROL SYSTEMS AND SIMULATION LAB

L T P C

2 1

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to

1. An ability to explore the applications of control systems.

2. An ability to explore the concepts of control systems.

The following experiments are to be conducted:

1. Time response of Second order system

2. Characteristics of Synchro

3. Programmable Logic Controller – Study and verification of truth tables of logic gates, simple

Boolean expressions and application of speed control of motor.

4. Effect of feedback on DC servo motor

5. Transfer function of DC motor

6. Lag and lead compensation – Magnitude and phase plot

7. Characteristics of magnetic amplifiers

8. Characteristics of AC servo motor

9. PSPICE simulation of Op-Amp based Integrator and Differentiator circuits.

10. Linear system analysis (Time domain analysis, Error analysis) using MATLAB and State space model for

classical transfer function using MATLAB

11. Stability analysis (Bode, Root Locus, Nyquist) of Linear Time Invariant system using MATLAB

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Simulation of Electrical and electronics Circuits using PSPICE –M.H. Rashid, M/s PHI Publications.

2. PSPICE A/D user‘s manual – Microsim, USA.

3. MATLAB and its Tool Books user‘s manual and – Mathworks, USA.


x x x x

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H M M M M


II Year II Semester


Analog Circuits Lab

Code: 7C473


x x x x x x

Course Objectives: To prepare students to practice the design and analysis of any Analog electronics circuit.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the laboratory course, the students will be able to

1. To understand the design and working of various linear and non-linear wave shaping circuits.

2. To demonstrate the working principle of various multivibrators.

3. To verify the functionalities of various logic gates.

4. To perform and verify the BJT/ FET and feedback amplifiers.

5. To perform and verify the working of oscillators and voltage regulators.

6. To perform laboratory experiment to verify the conversion efficiency of various power amplifiers.

Syllabus Content:

Part-A: Hardware based experiments

1. Linear wave shaping.

2. Non Linear wave shaping – Clippers, Clampers.

3. UJT Relaxation Oscillator

4. Astable and monostable Multivibrator.

5. Bistable Multivibrator.

6. Study of Logic Gates with discrete components.

Part-B: Software Simulation based experiments (Multisim OR Pspice OR Tina Pro Or Equivalent

Simulation Software)

1. Common Emitter and Common Source amplifier

2. Voltage shunt and Feedback Amplifier

3. Cascade Amplifier (CE+CE, CE+CC)

4. RC Phase Shift Oscillator using Transistors

5. Class- A and Class-B Complementary Symmetry Power Amplifier

6. Series and Shunt Voltage Regulator.

L T P/D C

- - 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M M


II Year II Semester


TECHNICAL SEMINAR - IV

Code: 7A494

Course objective

Develop an ability to understand and present the latest technological developments in computer science.

Identify one of them, understand its impact on the event/method/society as a whole and present the Seminar

on the same which enhances oratory and interview facing skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.




5 Demonstrate public speaking and lifelong learning skills for higher studies and to pursue professional practice.


7 Develop debating and interview skills.

Procedure










and conclusions.








Report : 10 marks






_________

Total 100 marks

L T P/D C

- - 2 1

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

COURSE STRUCTURE

AND

DETAILED SYLLABUS for

B.Tech Four Year Degree Course

(A-18 III & IV year) in

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (EEE)

(Applicable for the batches admitted from 2018-19)

SREENIDHI INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

(An Autonomous Institution approved by UGC and affiliated to JNTUH) (Accredited by NAAC with ‘A’ Grade and Accredited by NBA of AICTE)

Yamnampet, Ghatkesar, Malkajigiri Medchal District -501 301.

Nov, 2019



Course structure for B. Tech I Year I Semester EEE (2018-19)

Sl.No Course code Name of the Course L T P C Max

Marks

CIE SEE

1. 7HC05 Engineering Physics 3 1 0 4 30 70

2. 7FC01 Problem solving using C 3 0 0 3 30 70

3. 7HC06 Engineering mathematics – I 3 1 0 4 30 70

4. 7BC02 Engineering Graphics & Design 1 0 4 3 30 70

5. 7HC02 English (Oral communication skills) 1 0 0 1 30 70

6 7HC20

(Mandatory)

Human Values and Professional Ethics

in Higher Studies

2 0 0 0 30 70

7 7HC65 Engineering Physics lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70

8 7FC71 Problem solving using C Lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70

9 7HC62 English (Oral communication skills)

Lab

0 0 2 1 30 70

10 7A191 Technical Seminar - I 0 0 2 1 100 --

Total 11 2 14 20

Course structure for B.Tech I Year II Semester EEE (2018-19)

Sl.No Course Code Name of the Course L T P C Max Marks

CIE SEE

1. 7HC03 Chemistry 3 1 0 4 30 70

2. 7A201 Electrical Circuits and Networks-I 3 0 0 3 30 70

3. 7HC08 Engineering mathematics – II 3 1 0 4 30 70

4. 7BC01 Workshop/Manufacturing

practices(Theory)

1 0 0 1 30 70

5. 7HC63 Chemistry lab 0 0 3 1.5 30 70

6. 7AC61 Electrical Circuits and Networks

Analysis Lab

0 0 2 1 30 70

7 7HC01 English ( Reading, Listening and

writing)

1 0 0 1 30 70

8 7BC61 Workshop/Manufacturing practices

Lab

0 0 3 1.5 30 70

9 7HC61 English (Reading, Listening and

writing) Lab

0 0 2 1 30 70

10 7A292 Technical Seminar - II 0 0 2 1 100 --

Total 11 2 12 19

II Year – I Semester S. No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7HC13 Transformation Techniques and

Numerical methods

2 --- --- 2 30 70

2 7C302 Digital Logic design 2 1 --- 3 30 70

3 7C301 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 --- --- 3 30 70

4 7A302 Electro Magnetic Fields 4 --- --- 4 30 70

5 7A303 Electrical machines – I 3 --- --- 3 30 70

6 7A304 Electrical Circuits & Networks – II 3 --- --- 3 30 70

7 7BC04 Elements of Mechanical Engineering 2 --- --- 2 30 70

8 7HC21 Environmental Science and Ecology 2 --- --- --- 30 70

9 7C371 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab --- --- 2 1 30 70


11 7A393 Technical Seminar - III --- --- 2 1 100 --

Total 23

II Year – II Semester S. No. Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7HC15 Probability Theory and Statistics 2 -- --- 2 30 70

2 7A405 Electrical machines – II 3 -- --- 3 30 70

3 7A406 Power system – I 3 -- --- 3 30 70

4 7AC07 Control systems 3 -- --- 3 30 70

5 7C405 Analog Circuits 3 -- --- 3 30 70

6 7ZC01 Management science and Financial

Accounting

2 -- --- 2 30 70


8 7C474 Analog Circuits Lab --- --- 2 1 30 70

9 7A494 Technical Seminar - IV --- --- 2 1 100 --

10 7A472 Comprehensive Viva - I --- --- -- 1 50 50

11 Summer Industry Internship - I Evaluated in III-year I-Semester

Total 20


S. No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7C508 IC Applications 3 -- --- 3 30 70

2 7A508 Electrical machines – III 3 -- -- 3 30 70

3 7A509 Power electronics 3 1 -- 4 30 70

4 7A510 Power systems – II 3 1 -- 4 30 70

5 Open Elective – I 3 -- -- 3 30 70

6 7H518 Quantitative aptitude 1 1 -- 2 30 70

7 7CC76 IC Applications Lab - - 4 2 30 70


9 7A577 Electrical machines Lab – II -- -- 2 1 30 70

10 7A586 Summer Industry Internship – I -- -- -- 1 30 70

11 7A595 Technical Seminar - V --- --- 2 1 100 --

Total 25

Open Elective – I


7EC01 Data structures Computer

7ZC22 Basics of Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship

7ZC05 Banking, Insurance and Risk Management Finance

7ZC25 Basics of Indian Economy Social Sciences


S. No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7DC05 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 -- -- 3 30 70

2 7A611 Switch gear and protection 3 -- --- 3 30 70

3 7A612 Measurements & Instrumentation 3 1 -- 4 30 70

4 7BC56 Elements of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic

Machinery

2 1 --- 3 30 70

5 Open Elective – II 3 -- --- 3 30 70

6 7HC63 Soft skills -- -- 2 1 30 70

7 7H619 Logical reasoning 1 1 -- 2 30 70

8 7A681 Electrical workshop -- -- 2 1 30 70

9 7DC71 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

10 7BC82 FM and HM Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

11 7A674 Group project --- --- 4 2 30 70

12 7A676 Comprehensive Viva - II --- --- --- 1 50 50

13 Summer Industry Internship – II (IOMP) To be evaluated in IV-year I-Sem

Total 25



7FC03 Python Programming Computer

7ZC24 Innovation and Design Thinking Entrepreneurship

7ZC19 Entrepreneurship Project management and

Structured Finance Finance

7ZC26 Ecology and Disaster Management Social Sciences

SWAYAM MOOCS Course*

*The department will identify the MOOCS Course from the available courses in SWAYAM portal for the semester


S.No Subject

Code


CIE SEE

1 7A714 Power systems Analysis and Control 3 1 -- 4 30 70

2 Professional Elective -I 3 -- --- 3 30 70

3 Professional Elective -II 3 -- --- 3 30 70

4 Professional Elective -III 3 -- --- 3 30 70

5 Open Elective - III 3 -- -- 3 30 70

6 Project –I -- -- 4 2 30 70

7 7A787 Summer Industry Internship – II -- -- -- 1 30 70

8 7A782 Measurements & Instrumentation Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

9 7A783 Power systems Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

10 7A784 Power systems Simulation Lab -- -- 2 1 30 70

Total 23

Professional Elective –I


7CC03 Signals And Systems Electronics

7A725 Advanced Control systems Control systems

7A716 Utilization of Electrical energy Power systems

7A734 HVDC and FACTS Power electronics

Professional Elective –II


7A715 Renewable Energy Sources Power systems

7CC11 Digital Signal processing Electronics

7A724 Digital Control systems Control systems

7A737 Advanced Power electronics Power electronics


Subject

Code Name of the subject

Stream

7A729 Power system Deregulation Power systems

7A713 Power Semi Conductor Drives Power electronics

7A739 Optimal Control systems Control systems

7CC34 Communication Theory Electronics

Open Elective – III


7FC23 Data Base Systems Computer

7ZC30 Advanced Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship

7ZC15 Financial Institutions, Markets and

Services Finance

7ZC27 Indian History, Geography and Culture Social Sciences

IV Year – II Semester

S.

No.

Subject

Code Subject L T P/D C

Max Marks

CIE SEE

1 Professional Elective – IV 3 -- -- 3 30 70

2 Professional Elective – V 3 -- -- 3 30 70

3 7A883 Project –II --- --- 10 5 50 150

Total 6 11 110 290




Note: All End Examinations (Theory and Practical) are of Three hours duration.


7A835 Electrical and Hybrid Vehicles Power electronics

7A817 High Voltage Engineering Power systems

7A827 Reactive power Control & Management Control systems

7CC35 Fundamentals of VLSI and Embedded

systems

Electronics


7A820 Electrical distribution Systems Power systems

7A826 Programmable Logic Controllers Control systems

7A833 Switched Mode Power Conversion Power electronics

7C831 Artificial Neural Networks Electronics

B. Tech (Electrical & Electronics Engineering)

Program objective B. Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering program emphasizes the fundamentals of electrical

& electronics in daily life.

The first two years of this program begins with a set of introductory courses, like Mathematics,

physics, English, computer languages (C, C++), circuits and networks, DC machines and introduction

to power systems which provide students with a firm foundation in mathematics, Electrical, as well as

communication skills. These courses include weekly labs in which students use state-of-the art

techniques and equipments to create solutions to interesting problems.

The last two years of study focuses on the concepts and techniques used in the design and

development of advanced systems in electrical and electronics. In addition, students choose from a

rich set of electives, which covers skills in demand. These advanced courses give broad opening for

research and help them to choose specialization in their higher studies. A generous allotment of open

electives allows students to learn foreign languages like French, German, Spanish; and it includes

computing with a business focus.

Students in this program pursue an inter-disciplinary course of study that combines strong foundation

in electrical and electronics with a focus on interdisciplinary areas. This program is designed for

students who seek to blend their abilities with skills in demand and skills specific to another domain

to solve problems in that domain.

Having completed this course, a student is prepared to work independently within a well structured

design frame work in the job and for higher studies.

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

VISION

To emerge as a leading Electrical and Electronics Engineering Department in Technical

Education and Research in India with focus to produce professionally competent and socially

sensitive engineers capable of working in multidisciplinary global environment.

MISSION

1. To empower the students and provide the academic environment to pursue and attain

competencies in their studies at undergraduate, post graduate level in Electrical &

Electronics Engineering.

2. To develop liaison with academia, R&D institutions and electrical industry for hands-

on training which enable the students to design and produce novel products for better

society.

3. To inculcate interpersonal skills, team work, leadership qualities and professional

ethics in students.

4. To enable the students to pursue higher studies and conduct research which will help

them in developing the qualities for life-long learning and for a successful

professional career.

Program Educational Objectives of B. Tech (Electrical and

Electronics Engineering)

PEO-I: To empower the students by providing necessary knowledge, critical thinking

and problem solving capabilities in the field of Electrical and Electronics Engineering so

that they can excel in their profession, in industry, higher studies and Research &

Development.

PEO-II: To develop competencies in core and allied fields, so as to conduct

experiments, comprehend, analyze, design and apply appropriate techniques / tools to

arrive at optimal solutions to face real time challenges.

PEO-III: To inculcate the sense of responsibility towards ethics, Intellectual Property

rights, good communication skills and entrepreneurship with adequate knowledge of

project / finance management skills for betterment of society at large.

PEO-IV: To motivate the students to be academically excellent and also to be sensitive

to Professional ethics, to acquire leadership skills and to be life-long learners for a

successful professional career.

Program outcomes (POs) of B.Tech(EEE)

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles

of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs

with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,

societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,

and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex

engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent

responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the

knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities

and norms of the engineering practice.

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities

with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to

comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective

presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and

understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to one‘s

own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in

multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and

ability to engage in Independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of

technological change.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSO)

1. Able to demonstrate the applications of knowledge gained into the recent

technologies in the areas of Power systems, Power electronics and allied fields.

2. Recognize the need of self learning and ability to get into the advanced fields

such as renewable energy systems and smart grids.

B.Tech. (EEE) III Year – I Sem

CODE: 7C508 IC APPLICATIONS

L T P C

3 -- -- 3

Course Objectives

To maintain the right blend of theory and practice in analyzing and designing a wide variety of

applications using IC 741 op-amps

To acquaint the learners with a wide variety of Digital ICs families, and their applications in various

digital circuits and systems.

Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to 1. Demonstrate the concepts of Differential Amplifier and Operational Amplifier and their characteristics.

2. Design the basic circuits using Operational Amplifiers.

3. Explore, design and analyze Filters, Timers, Voltage Controlled Oscillator and Phase Locked Loop.

4. Demonstrate the design and analyze Oscillators, D/A Converters and A/D Converters, and IC

regulators.

5. Classify and characterize the TTL/ECL Logic Families.

6. Explore the design of various logic gates using CMOS logic.


A b C d e f g h i j k l

CO1 3 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 2 3 2

CO6 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

UNIT – I

OPAMP & ITS CHARACTERISTICS

Differential Amplifiers and its Characteristics. Op-Amp Block Diagram, Ideal OP-AMP Characteristics, DC and

AC Characteristics. 741 Op-Amp and its Features and Characteristics. Parameters Measurement: Offset Voltage

and Current, Slew Rate and CMRR. Frequency Compensation.

UNIT – II

BASIC APPLICATIONS OF OP-AMPs Adder/Subtractor, Difference Amplifier, Instrumentation Amplifier, Differentiator, Integrator, V/I & I/V

Converters, Comparators, Multivibrators, Square and Triangular Waveform Generators, Clippers, Clampers,

Peak Detector, S/H circuit.

UNIT – III

FILTERs, TIMERs & PLLs

Filters:Introduction, Butterworth Filters- First and Second Order Active Filters- LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF.

Introduction to 555 Timer, Functional Block, 555 timers as Monostable and Astable Multivibrators and

Applications, Schmitt Trigger. Voltage Controlled Oscillator (IC 566), Phase Locked Loop.

Applications: Design of visitors counter using 555 timer.

UNIT – IV

OSCILLATORS, D/A AND A/D CONVERTERS, IC REGULATORS

Oscillators: Introduction, Design and Analysis of Wein Bridge, RC Phase shift Oscillators using op-amp. D/A

Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, R-2R Ladder, Weighted Resistor, Inverter R-2R type D/A

Converter, A/D Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, Counter Type, Dual Slope, Successive

Approximation and Flash types A/D Converters, IC REGULATORS: Three terminal voltage regulators 7805,

7809, 7912, IC 723.

UNIT – V

LOGIC FAMILIES

Classification of IC Logic Families, Multi emitter transistor logic. Standard TTL NAND & NOR Gate-Analysis

& TTL Open Collector Outputs ,Tristate TTL. Unsaturated logic- ECL logic family ,ECL Inverter/Buffer, ECL

NOR/OR logic. Electrical characteristics of logic gates.

UNIT – VI

MOS& CMOS LOGIC FAMILY

NMOS & PMOS logic- Logic gates implementation, Passive pull up & active pull up .CMOS logic family-

Design of logic gates and Boolean functions. CMOS Open Drain and Tristate Outputs. Comparison of Various

Logic Families. IC interfacing, TTL driving CMOS & CMOS driving TTL.

Applications: Design of 4x1 MUX using CMOS

Text Books

1. D. Roy Chowdhary, Linear Integrated Circuits , New Age Publications (P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2003.

2. Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps & Linear ICs, PHI,1987.

3. John F. Wakerly, Digital design Principles & Practices, PHI/ Pearson Education Asia, 3rd Ed., 2005.

References

1. Sergio Franco, Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits, McGraw Hill, 1988.

2. R.F. Coughlin & Fredrick Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, PHI, 6th

Edition.

3. K. Lal Kishore, Linear Integrated Circuit Application, Pearson Educations,2005.

4. Millman, Micro Electronics, McGraw Hill,1988.

5. C.G. Clayton, Operational Amplifiers, Butterworth & Company Publ. Ltd. Elsevier,1971.

B.Tech. EEE III year – I Sem

Code: 7A508 ELECTRICAL MACHINES - III

L T P C

3 - 3


x x x x

Corse Objective:

It deals with the detailed analysis of Synchronous generators and motors which are the prime source of electrical

power generation and its utilities. Also concerns about the different types of single phase motors which are

having significant applications in house hold appliances and control systems.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of this course the students are able to

1) Explain the constructional details and generation of EMF.

2) Ex plain the causes for harmonics and its suppression and also armature reaction.

3) Evaluate the performance of alternator by different methods.

4) Explain how to operate the alternators in parallel for load sharing and how to control the reactive power.

5) Analyze and explain applications of synchronous motor.

6) Explain the various applications of single phase induction motor and special purpose motors.

UNIT – I CONSTRUCTION AND PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR:

Constructional Features, Armature windings, Integral slot and fractional slot windings, Distributed and

concentrated windings, Distribution, Pitch and winding factors, E.M.F Equation.

UNIT-II SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR CHARACTERISTICS:

Harmonics in generated E.M.F., Suppression of harmonics, Armature reaction, Leakage reactance,

Synchronous reactance and impedance, Experimental determination, Phasor diagram, Load characteristics.

UNIT – III REGULATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR:

Regulation by synchronous impedance method, M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method and A.S.A. methods, Salient

pole alternators, two reaction analysis, Experimental determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test) Phasor diagrams,

Regulation of salient pole alternators.

UNIT – IV PARALLEL OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR:

Synchronizing alternators with infinite bus bars, synchronizing power torque, parallel operation and load

sharing, Effect of change of excitation and mechanical power input. Analysis of short circuit current wave

form, Determination of sub-transient, Transient and steady state reactance‘s.

UNIT – V SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS:

Principal of operation, Phasor diagram, Power flow equation, Variation of current and power factor with

excitation, Power circles, Synchronous condenser, Hunting and its suppression, Methods of starting.

UNIT – VI SINGLE PHASE AND SPECIAL MOTORS:

Single phase induction motor, constructional features, double revolving field theory, elementary idea of cross,

Field theory, Split-phase motors, and Shaded pole motor.

Principle & performance of A.C. Series motor, Universal motor, Stepper motor and reluctance motor.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Electric Machines –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishers, 7th Edition

.

2. Electrical machines - P.S. Bimbra, Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCES:

1. The Performance and Design of A.C.Machines – M. G. Say, ELBS and Ptiman & Sons.

2. Electric Machinery – A.E. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 5th

edition.

3. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery - Langsdorf, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2nd

edition.

4. Electromachanics - III (Synchronous and single phase machines) -S. Kamakashiah, Right Publishers.

III year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 7A509 POWER ELECTRONICS

L T P C

3 1 4


x x x x

Course Objective:

With the advent of semiconductor devices, Revolution is taking place in the power transmission distribution and

utilization. This course introduces the basic concepts of power semiconductor devices, Converters and choppers

and their analysis.

Course Outcomes:

After completion of this course the students are able to

1) Understand the construction and operation of various power semiconductor devices and analyze about

the series and parallel operation of SCRs.

2) Analyze the operation of different configurations of single phase converters for different loads.

3) Analyze the operation of different configurations of three phase converters for different loads.

4) Explain the operation of different type‘s choppers.

5) Explain the operation of inverter and applications of inverters.

6) Explain the working of an AC voltage controller and Cyclo-Converters for different configurations.

UNIT – I POWER SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES:

Thyristors, Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR‘s), BJT, Power MOSFET, Power IGBT, DIAC, TRIAC, GTO

and their characteristics. Basic theory of operation of SCR, Static characteristics, Two transistor analogy, Turn

on and turn off methods, Dynamic characteristics of SCR, Turn on and Turn off mechanism., SCR, UJT firing

circuit, Series and parallel connections of SCR‘s, Snubber circuit details, Specifications and Ratings of SCR‘s,

BJT, IGBT.

UNIT – II SINGLE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS:

Phase control technique, Single Phase Line commutated converters, Midpoint and Bridge connections; Half

controlled and Fully controlled converters, Derivation of average load voltage and current with R and RL loads,

UNIT – III THREE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS:

Three phase half controlled and fully controlled bridge converters with R and RL loads, Effect of Source

inductance, Waveforms, Numerical Problems.

UNIT – IV CHOPPERS:

Choppers, Time ratio control and Current limit control strategies, Step down choppers Derivation of load

voltage and currents with R, RL and RLE loads, Step up Chopper, load voltage expression, Jones chopper and

waveforms, Problems, Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost choppers.(Qualitative treatment).

UNIT – V INVERTERS:

Inverters, Single phase inverter, Half and Full bridge VSI & CSI inverters, Waveforms, Voltage control

techniques for inverters, Three phase inverters with 120degrees and 180 degrees mode of conduction, Pulse

width modulation techniques (Multiple Pulse and Sinusoidal), Numerical problems.

UNIT –VI AC VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS & CYCLO CONVERTERS:

AC voltage controllers, Single phase two SCR‘s in anti parallel with R and RL loads, Derivation of RMS load

voltage, current and power factor wave forms, Firing circuits, Numerical problems, Cyclo converters, Single

phase midpoint cyclo converters with Resistive and inductive load (Principle of operation only), Bridge

configuration of single phase cyclo converter (Principle of operation only), Waveforms

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Power electronics - P.S.Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers.

2. Power electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications - M. H. Rashid, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Power electronics - Vedam Subramanyam, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.

2. Power electronics - V.R. Murthy 1st edition, OXFORD University Press.

3. Power electronics - P.C. Sen,Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing.

4. Power electronics - M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company.

III YEAR B.TECH – I SEM

CODE: 7A510 POWER SYSTEMS-II

L T P C

3 1 4


x x x x

Course Outcomes:

1) Understand the importance of power factor and analyze the different methods of power factor and

voltage control.

2) Analyze the factors affecting the economic aspects of power generation and tariff, different methods of

tariff.

3) Learn about components of substation and different methods of grounding.

4) Learn about per unit system and symmetrical fault analysis.

5) Learn about symmetrical components, sequence impedances and unsymmetrical fault analysis.

6) Analyze different types of distribution systems.

UNIT – I POWER FACTOR AND VOLTAGE CONTROL:

Causes of low p.f, Methods of Improving p.f, Phase advancing and generation of reactive KVAR using static

Capacitors, Most economical p.f. for constant KW load and constant KVA type loads, Numerical Problems.

Dependency of Voltage on Reactive power flow, Methods of Voltage Control, Shunt Capacitors, Series

Capacitors, Synchronous Capacitors, Tap changing and Booster Transformers

UNIT-II ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF POWER GENERATION AND TARIFF METHODS:

Load curve, Load duration and integrated load duration curves, Load, Demand, Diversity, Capacity, Utilization

and plant use factors, Numerical Problems, Costs of Generation and their division into Fixed, Semi - fixed and

Running Costs. Desirable Characteristics of a Tariff Method, Tariff Methods, Flat Rate, Block-Rate, Two-part,

Three –part and power factor tariff methods and Numerical Problems.

UNIT - III SUBSTATIONS & GROUNDING:

Classification of Substations, Air insulated substations, Indoor & Outdoor substations, Substations layout

showing the location of all the substation equipment, Bus bar arrangements in the sub-stations, Simple

arrangements like single bus bar, sectionalized single bus bar, and Main and transfer bus bar system with

relevant diagrams.

Gas insulated substations (GIS): Advantages of Gas insulated substations, Single line diagram of gas insulated

substations, Comparison of Air insulated substations and Gas insulated substations.

NEUTRAL GROUNDING:

Grounded and Ungrounded Neutral Systems, Effects of Ungrounded Neutral on system performance, Methods

of Neutral Grounding, Solid, Resistance, Reactance, Arcing Grounds.

UNIT – IV SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS:

Per Unit System of Representation, Per Unit equivalent reactance network of a three phase Power system,

Numerical Problems.

SYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS Short Circuit Current and MVA Calculations, Fault levels, Application of Series Reactors, Numerical Problems.

UNIT-V SYMMETRICAL COMPONENT THEORY: Symmetrical Component Transformation, Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components: Voltages,

Currents and Impedances.

Sequence Networks: Positive, Negative and Zero sequence Networks, Numerical Problems.

UNSYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS: LG, LL, LLG faults with and without fault impedance, Numerical Problems

UNIT-VI -GENERAL ASPECTS OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS:

D.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS:

Classification of Distribution Systems - Comparison of DC vs AC and Under-Ground vs Over - Head

Distribution Systems- Requirements and Design features of Distribution Systems-Voltage Drop Calculations

(Numerical Problems) in D.C Distributors for the following cases: Radial D.C Distributor fed one end and at the

both the ends (equal/unequal Voltages) and Ring Main Distributor.

A.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS:

Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in A.C. Distributors for the following cases: Power Factor

referred to receiving end voltage and with respect to respective load voltages.

TEXT BOOKS

1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L. Soni, P.V. Gupta, U.S. Bhatnagar and A.

Chakraborti, Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

2. Principles of Power systems - V.K Mehta and Rohit Mehta S.CHAND& COMPANY LTD., New

Delhi.

REFERENCES:

1. Electrical Power systems - C.L. Wadhawa New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.

2. Electrical Power generation, Transmission and Distribution - S.N. Singh., PHI.


L T P/D C

3 0 0 3

III Year B.Tech EEE - I Sem

CODE: 7EC01 DATA STRUCTURES

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course Objective:

1. Understand the concepts of Abstract data Type, linear data structures such as stacks, queues and

lists and their applications.

2. Comprehend different non linear data structures such as trees and graphs and analyze their time

complexities.

3. Understand object oriented Programming and advanced C++ concepts and be able to write

programs with C++ features such as composition of objects, operator overloads, dynamic memory

allocation, inheritance and polymorphism, Templates etc.

Course Outcomes:

1 Explain Abstract data type, stack and Queues with their applications

2 Write programs on Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular list and explain their operations.

3 Explain concepts of Trees, AVL Trees and Graphs with examples and applications.

4 Describe and solve problems of searching and sorting and evaluate the time complexity of each algorithm.

5 Explain concepts of OOPs and implement programs using objects, classes, constructors and destructors.

6 Explain and apply concepts of oops , write programs implementing functions , operator overloading and

inheritance.

UNIT I

Introduction to data structures: Abstract data type (ADT), Stacks, Queues and Circular queues and their

implementation with arrays.

Applications of Stack: infix to post fix conversion, postfix expression evaluation.

Applications of Queues .

UNIT II

Singly linked lists, Advantages of Linked lists over Arrays, Doubly linked lists, Circular list and their

operations, representing stacks and queues with Linked lists.

UNIT III

Trees- Binary trees, terminology, representation, traversals. AVL trees, AVL tree operations: Insertion, deletion

and searching. Graphs- terminology, representation, graph traversals (DFS and BFS).

UNIT IV

Searching - Linear and binary search methods. Sorting - Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort,

Merge sort. Heaps - Introduction, Min Heap, Max Heap, Operations on Heaps, Heap Sort; Performance

analysis of Searching and Sorting Algorithms

UNIT V:

Introduction to C++ Programming-object oriented Programming concepts, Structured Vs OOP.

Classes and objects-class definition, Objects, class scope and accessing members, Constructors-default

constructor, parameterized constructor, copy constructor. Destructor.

UNIT VI:

Static class members, this pointer, friend functions, Dynamic memory management with operators new and

delete. Overloading-function overloading, Operator overloading, restrictions on operator overloading,

overloading unary and binary operators, templates, inheritance: single, multiple and multi level inheritance.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Data structures and C++ by Reema Thareja

2. Data Structure through C by Yashavant Kanetkar.

3. The complete reference C++ By Herb Schildt.

REFERENCES:

1. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, John E. Hopcroft. Data structures and Algorithms. Addison Wesley,

1983.

2. Data structures using c Aaron M.Tenenbaum , Yedidyah Langsam,Moshe J Augenstein.

3. Introduction to Data structures In C By Kamtane

4. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg and Behrouz A. Forouzan.


x x x

L T P/D C

3 0 0 3


CODE: 7ZC22 BASICS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of

Entrepreneurship, and its importance to business to the engineering students, which will

allow them to get the required intuition and interest in starting their own start-up‘s

Course Outcomes:

1. The students‘ will acquire basic knowledge on Skills of Entrepreneurship.

2. The students‘ will understand the techniques of selecting the customers through the

process of customer segmentation.

3. Business Models and their validity are understood by the students‘.

4. The basic cost structure and the pricing policies are understood by the students‘.

5. The students‘ will acquire knowledge about the project management and its

techniques.

6. The students‘ get exposure on marketing strategies for the Start up.

Unit – I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship: - Define Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship

as a Career option, Benefits and Myths of Entrepreneurship, Success Rate of Entrepreneurs

related to Experience and Family Backup, Characteristics, Qualities and Skills of

Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Propensity, Life as an Entrepreneur, Impact of

Entrepreneurship on Economy and Society.

Unit – II: Opportunity & Customer Analysis: - Identify your Entrepreneurial Style,

Identify Business Opportunities, Methods of finding and understanding Customer Problems,

Process of Design Thinking, Identify Potential Problems, Customer Segmentation and

Targeting, Customer Adoption Process, craft your Values Proportions, Customer-driven

Innovation.

Unit – III: Business Model & Validation: - Types of Business Models, Lean approach, the

Problem-Solution Test, Solution Interview Method, difference between Start-up Venture and

Small Business, Industry Analysis, Identify Minimum Viable Product (MVP), Build-

Measure-Lean Feedback loop, Product-market fit test.

Unit – IV: Economics & Financial Analysis: - Revenue sources of Companies, Income

Analysis, and Costs Analysis - Product Cost and Operations Cost, basics of Unit Costing,

Break Even Analysis Profit Analysis, Customer Value Analysis, different Pricing Strategies,

advantages and disadvantage of various Sources of Finance, Investors Expectations, Return

on Investment , Practice pitching to Investors and Corporate.

Unit – V: Team Building & Project management: - Leadership Styles, Shared Leadership

Model, Team Building in Venture, Role of good team in venture, Roles and Respondents,

Explore collaboration tools and techniques- Brainstorming, Mind mapping. Importance of

Project management, Time Management, Workflow, Network Analysis Techniques – Critical

Path Method, Project Evaluation Review Technique and Gantt chart.

Unit – VI: Marketing & Business Regulations: - Positioning, Positioning Strategies,

building Digital presence and leveraging Social Media, Measuring effectiveness of Channels,

Customer Decision-making Process, Sales Plans and Targets, Unique Sales Proposition

(USP), Follow-up and close Sales. Business regulations of starting and operating a Business,

Start-up Ecosystem, Government schemes.

References:

1. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters, Dean A Shepherd, Entrepreneurship, Sixth

Edition, New Delhi, 2006.

2. Thomas W. Zimmerer, Norman M. Scarborough, Essentials of Entrepreneurship

And Small Business Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson, New Delhi, 2006

3. Alfred E. Osborne, Entrepreneur‘s Toolkit, Harvard Business Essentials, HBS Press,

USA, 2005.

4. Madhurima Lall, Shikha Sahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel Books, First Edition, New

Delhi, 2006.

5. S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand and Company Limited, New

Delhi, 2007.

6. H. Nandan, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Prentice Hall of India, First Edition,

New Delhi, 2007.

7. S.R. Bhowmik, M. Bhowmik, Entrepreneurship-A tool for Economic Growth And

A key to Business Success, New Age International Publishers, First Edition,

(formerly Wiley Eastern Limited), New Delhi, 2007.


x x

L T P/D C

3 0 0 3


CODE: 7ZC05 BANKING OPERATIONS, INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course Objective: To make the students understand the concepts and principles of Indian

Banking Business, Insurance Business and Capital market business products and services,

which facilitate them to understand the nature of market

Course Outcomes:

1. Describe the new dimensions and products served by the banking system in INDIA.

2. Explain the credit control system and create awareness on NPA‘s

3. Apply the knowledge of Insurance concepts in real life scenarios

4. Recognize the importance of regulatory and legal frame work of IRDA

5. Identify the risk management process and methods.

6. Calculate the diversity of risk and return

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO BANKING BUSINESS: Introduction to financial services - History

of banking business in India, Structure of Indian banking system: Types of accounts,

advances and deposits in a bank. KYC norms, New Dimensions and products- E-Banking:

Mobile-Banking, Net Banking, Digital Banking, Negotiable Instruments: Cheque system.

UNIT II

BANKING SYSTEMS AND ITS REGULATION: Banking Systems: Branch Banking,

Unit Banking, Correspondent Banking, Group Banking, Deposit Banking, Mixed Banking

and Investment Banking - Banking Sector Reforms with special reference to Prudential

Norms, Capital Adequacy Norms, Classification of Assets and NPA‘s, Functions of RBI,

Role of RBI in regulating Indian Banking. Banking Ombudsman scheme.

UNIT III

INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE: Introduction to insurance, Need and importance of

Insurance, principles of Insurance, characteristics of insurance contract, branches of

insurance and types of insurance: Life insurance and its products, General Insurance and its

variants.

UNIT IV

INSURANCE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT: Procedure for issuing an insurance policy –

Nomination - Surrender Value - Policy Loans – Assignment - Revivals and Claim Settlement;

Insurance as a tax mitigation tool, Role of IRDA in Insurance Regulation.

UNIT V

FINANCIAL MARKETS AND RISK MANAGEMENT: Introduction to Financial

Markets: Money Market – Capital market; Introduction to Risk Management, meaning and

classification of risks, Risk management process, Risk Management Approaches and

Techniques.

UNIT VI

DERIVATIVES AS A RISK MANAGEMENT TOOL: Introduction to Financial

Derivatives, Advantages of Derivatives - types of Derivative Contracts - Forwards, Futures,

Options and Swaps - Differences among Forwards, Futures and Option Contracts.

References:

1. Varshney, P.N., Banking Law and Practice, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.

2. General Principles of Insurance Harding and Evantly

3. Mark S. Dorfman: Risk Management and Insurance, Pearson, 2009.

4. Scott E. Harringam Gregory R. Nichanus: Risk Management & Insurance, TMH,

2009.

5. Geroge E. Rejda: Principles of risk Management & Insurance, 9/e, pearson Education.

2009.

6. G. Koteshwar: Risk Management Insurance and Derivatives, Himalaya, 2008.

L

T P/D C

3 0 0 3


CODE: 7ZC25 BASICS OF INDIAN ECONOMY

(Common to all Branches)

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course objectives: To provide basic knowledge relating to the Indian Economy thus making

the students aware of the current aspects taking place in the Indian and world economy.

Course Outcomes:

1. Gain knowledge relating to Economics, various sectors and its growth

2. Will gain knowledge relating to various concepts of National income and related

aggregates

3. Students will learn about Indian Industrial policy and benefits of LPG to India

4. Comprehend knowledge relating to Fiscal policy & Taxation system in India

5. Learn about inflation & business cycles.

6. Know about the BoP and its influence on economy.

Unit 1: Introduction to Economics:

Definition, Economics and economy, back ground of economy, sectors of the economy, types

of economy, growth of economy, primary moving force of Economic growth in India, mixed

economy.

Unit 2: National Income and related aggregates Aggregates related to National Income: Gross National Product (GNP), Net National Product

(NNP), Gross and Net Domestic Product (GDP and NDP) - at market price, at factor cost;

National Disposable Income (gross and net), Private Income, Personal Income and Personal

Disposable Income; Real and Nominal GDP.

Unit 3: Industrial policy & Liberalization of Economy

Industrial policy in India, its objectives, Review of Industrial policies up to 1986, Industrial

policy 1991 - causes of its implementation, benefits of Liberalization, privatization &

Globalization to the Indian economy.

Unit 4: Fiscal policy & Taxation system

Fiscal policy- Definition, objectives, importance, setbacks, recent fiscal policy of India,

Reforms to strengthen the fiscal policy in India. Taxation system in India, methods of

taxation, a good tax system, VAT, GST, Reforms in taxation.

Unit 5: Inflation & Business Cycles: Inflation – Definition, types, effects of inflation on

various segments of the population and sectors of the economy, measures to control inflation,

Business cycles: Introduction, Depression, Recovery, Boom, and Recession.

Unit 6: Balance of Payments Balance of payments account - meaning and components; balance of payments deficit-

meaning. Foreign exchange rate - meaning of fixed and flexible rates and managed floating.

Determination of exchange rate in a free market


x x

References:

1. Indian Economy, Datt & Mahajan, 70th

Edition, Sultan Chand publishers.

2. Indian Economy, Misra & Puri, 33rd

Edition, Himalaya publishing house.

3. Latest Budget document by Ministry of Finance

4. Latest Economic survey

5. 12th

Five year plan

6. News articles in The Hindu, The Business Line


Code: 7H576 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE

L T P C

1 1 0 2


x x

Course Objective :

Learn and practice problems on numbers systems, ratios, mensuration and relations to Excel in and competitive

examinations.

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, students should able to

1. Solve problems related to number systems

2. Find averages of numbers and groups

3. Solve problems related to ratio and proportion

4. Find simple interest, solve time work and distance problems

5. Solve menstruation problems

6. Interpret the various kinds of data and find the relation between them.

UNIT I Number System: Test for Divisibility, Test of prime number, Division and Remainder – HCF and LCM of

Numbers - Fractions.

UNIT II Average: Average of different groups, Replacement of some of the items - Percentage - Profit and Loss.

UNIT III Ratio and Proportion: Properties of Ratio, Comparison of Ratios, Useful Simple Results on Proportion –

Partnership and Share – Mixtures.

UNIT IV Simple Interest: Effect of change of P, R and T on Simple Interest - Compound Interest: Conversion Period,

Difference between Compound Interest and Simple Interest – Time and Work – Time and Distance.

UNIT V Mensuration: Area of Plane Figures, Volume and Surface Area of Solid Figures.

UNIT VI Data Interpretation: Tabulation, Bar Graphs, Pie Charts, Line Graphs.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Quantitative aptitude by R.S. Agarwal

2. Quantitative aptitude by Abhijit Guha


IC APPLICATIONS LAB

Code:7CC76

L T P C

0 0 4 2

Prerequisites: EDC, ECA, STLD.

Course Objectives:

The objectives of this course are

To Design and analyze the various circuits and systems using IC 741 op-amp.

To Design and analyze the various circuits and systems using Digital ICs.

Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

An ability to explore the applications of IC 741 OP-AMP.

An ability to design Active filters and its applications

An ability to understand and implement generate square and Triangular waveforms using 555 Timers

An ability to design D to A converters and its applications


a b c d e f g h i j k L m

CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 2

2 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 3

3 2

3 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 3

CO6 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2

Syllabus Content

(IC Application Lab)

Design and testing of

1. OP AMP Modes(-ve feed back) – Inverting ,Non inverting, Differential amp, Unity gain.

2. OP AMP Applications – Adders, Subtractor.

3. OP AMP Applications – Comparator Circuits.

4. OP AMP Applications – clipper Circuits.

5. Square wave generator using OP AMP

6. Triangular wave generator using OP AMP

7. Active Filter Applications – LPF, HPF (first order)

8. Oscillators-RC phase shift , wein bridge.

9. IC 555 Timer – Monostable

10. IC 555 Timer -Astable .

11. 4 bit DAC using OP AMP.

12. IC 723 voltage regulator


Code: 7A578 POWER ELECTRONICS AND SIMULATION LAB

L T P C

2 1


x x x x x x


1. Understand the concepts studied in theory subject.

2. Understand the applications of the concepts.

The Experiments in Power electronics Lab

1. Study of Characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT

2. Gate firing circuits for SCR‘s

3. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads

4. DC Jones chopper with R and RL Loads

5. Single Phase Parallel inverter with R and RL loads

6. Single Phase Cycloconverter with R and RL loads

7. Three Phase half controlled bridge converter with R-load

8. Single Phase series inverter with R and RL loads

9. PSPICE simulation of single-phase full converter using RLE loads and single-phase AC voltage controller

using RLE loads.

10. PSPICE simulation of resonant pulse commutation circuit and Buck chopper.

11. PSPICE simulation of single phase Inverter with PWM control.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE – by M. H. Rashid, M/s PHI Publications.

2. PSPICE A/D user‘s manual – Microsim, USA.

3. PSPICE reference guide – Microsim, USA.

4. MATLAB and its Tool Books user‘s manual and – Math-works, USA.


Code: 7A577 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – II

L T P C

2 1


x x x x x x


1. Understand the concepts studied in theory subject.


The following experiments are required to be conducted:

1. O.C. & S.C. Tests on Single phase Transformer

2. Sumpner‘s test on a pair of single phase Transformers

3. Scott connection of Transformers

4. No-load & Blocked rotor tests on three phase Induction motor

5. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by synchronous impedance & m.m.f. methods

6. V and Inverted V curves of a three—phase synchronous motor.

7. Equivalent Circuit of a single phase induction motor

8. Determination of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine

9. Brake test on three phase Induction Motor

10. Regulation of three-phase alternator by Z.P.F. and A.S.A methods


Code: 7586 SUMMER INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP – I

L T P/D C

0 0 2 1


X X

III Year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 7A595 TECHNICAL SEMINAR-V

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.




5 Demonstrate public speaking and lifelong learning skills for higher studies and to pursue professional

practice.



Procedure:

1. Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of Technical Seminar in the first two sessions and


2. The slots, titles shall be decided upfront and Seminar In-charge shall take signatures from students.



to present in the subsequent slot / week.

5. Progress of the Seminars needs to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days.

6. The evaluation for Technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the classrooms.


and conclusions.

Distribution of Marks

Day to day progress of the work 15 marks

Final report and viva 15 marks

Level of content 20 marks

Presentation 20 marks

Discussion & Involvement 20 marks

Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

III year B.Tech – II Sem

Code: 7DC05 MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERS

L T P C

3 - 3


x x x x x

Course Objectives: In this course the student will learn

1. The microprocessor and microcontroller architecture, instructions set and procedures of Programming.

2. Understand the assembly language programs, pin diagram and timing diagrams for 8086 & 8051.

3. Understand and practice the interfacing related applications of 8255 with 8086 and serial

communication.

4. Learn the usage of multiple interrupts of 8051, USART architecture, RS232.

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, Students will be able to

1. Understanding the concepts of 8086 Architecture

2. Understanding the concepts of Instruction set & developing skills in writing assembly language

programs.

3. Ability to interface keyboard, stepper motor ADC, DAC to 8086 using 8255

4. Understanding the concepts of 8051 Architecture

5. Exploring the concepts of instruction set of 8051

6. Ability to interface LED, LCD, Keyboard DAC, ADC with 8051

UNIT – I: Architecture of 8086 Microprocessor: Memory segmentation, BIU and EU. General purpose registers. 8086 flag register and function of 8086 Flags.

Pin diagram of 8086-Minimum mode and maximum mode of operation. Timing Diagram.

UNIT – II: Instruction set of 8086: Addressing modes of 8086. Assembler directives. Simple programs, procedures, and macros. Assembly

language programs involving logical, Branch & Call instructions, sorting, evaluation of arithmetic expressions,

string manipulation. Introduction to DOS and BIOS interrupts.

Applications: Design of an 8-bit Calculator

UNIT – III: Interfacing with 8086: Interfacing with RAMs, ROMs along with the explanation of timing diagrams. 8255 PPI – various modes of

operation. Interfacing with key boards, ADCs, and DACs Stepper Motor .Interrupt structure of 8086. Vector

interrupt table. Interrupt service routines. 8259 PIC Architecture and interfacing cascading of interrupt controller

and its importance.

Applications: Interfacing of a Temperature sensor with 8086

UNIT – IV: The 8051 Architecture: Architecture of 8051 Micro controller, Memory Organization. Special

Function Registers. Input/Output Ports and Circuits, External Memory, Counter and Timers, Serial data

Input/Output, Interrupts.

UNIT – V: Instruction set of 8051: Data Transfer and Logical Instructions. Arithmetic Operations, Decimal Arithmetic. Jump and Call Instructions,

Simple programs.

Programs based on Timer Interrupts, External Hardware Interrupts ,Serial communication interrupts Timers and

counters..

UNIT – VI: Applications of 8051: Interfacing with keyboards, LEDs, 7 segment LEDs, LCDs, Interfacing with ADCs. Interfacing with DACs,

Concept of Multiple Interrupts.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Advanced microprocessor & Peripherals - A.K.Ray & K.M.Bhurchandi, TMH, 2000.

2. Microprocessors and interfacing – Douglas V. Hall, TMH, 2nd

Edition, 1999.

3. 8051 Microcontroller–Kenneth J. Ayala, Penram International/ Thomson, 3rd

Edition, 2005.

4. The 8051 Microcontroller And Embedded systems Using Assembly And C – Mazidi, Pearson Education

India, 2nd

edition, 2008.

REFERENCES:

1. Micro computer systems, The 8086/8088 Family Architecture, Programming and Design – Y.Liu and G.A.

Gibson, PHI, 2nd

Edition.

2. 8051 Micro Controllers and Embedded systems – Dr. Rajiv Kapadia, Jaico Publishers.


Code: 7A611 SWITCH GEAR AND PROTECTION

L T P C

3 - 3


x x x x

Course Outcomes:

1) Understand about power system transients and its effects.

2) Learn about protection against over voltages.

3) Learn about different types of Circuit Breakers and its importance.

4) Learn about different types of electromagnet relays.

5) Learn about different types of static relays.

6) Learn about generator, transformer and feeder protection.

UNIT –I POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS

Types of System Transients - Traveling or Propagation of Surges - Attenuation, Distortion, Reflection and

Refraction Coefficients - Termination of lines with different types of conditions - Open Circuited Line, Short

Circuited Line, T-Junction, Lumped Reactive Junctions (Numerical Problems). Bewley‘s Lattice Diagrams (for

all the cases mentioned with numerical examples).

UNIT – II PROTECTION AGAINST OVER VOLTAGES:

Generation of Over Voltages in Power systems, Protection against Lightning Over Voltages ,Valve type and

Zinc-Oxide Lighting Arresters, Insulation Coordination -BIL, Impulse Ratio, Standard Impulse Test Wave,

Volt-Time Characteristics.

UNIT – III CIRCUIT BREAKERS:

Elementary principles of arc interruption, Restriking Voltage and Recovery voltages, Restriking Phenomenon,

Average and Max. RRRV, Numerical Problems, Current Chopping and Resistance Switching, Types and

Numerical Problems, Auto recloser‘s.

Description and Operation of following types of Circuit Breakers: Minimum Oil Circuit Breakers, Air Blast

Circuit Breakers, Vacuum and SF6 Circuit Breakers. CB ratings and Specifications.

UNIT – IV ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAYS:

Principle of Operation and Construction of Attracted armature, Balanced Beam, Induction Disc and Induction

Cup relays. Relays Classification, Instantaneous, DMT and IDMT types, Application of relays, over current,

under voltage relays, Directional relays, Differential relays and Percentage Differential Relays.

Universal torque equation, Distance relays, Impedance, Reactance, Mho and Off-Set Mho relays, Characteristics

of Distance Relays and Comparison

UNIT – V STATIC RELAYS:

Static Relays, Static Relays verses Electromagnetic Relays. Amplitude and phase comparators, coincidence type

phase comparators, static over current relay, definite over current relay, static directional over current relay,

static impedance relay, static reactance relay, advantages and disadvantages of static relays, Microprocessor

based relays.

UNIT – VI GENERATOR, TRANSFORMER, FEEDER AND BUS-BAR PROTECTION:

Protection of generators against Stator faults, Rotor faults, and Abnormal Conditions. Restricted Earth fault and

Inter turn fault Protection. Numerical Problems on % Winding Unprotected.

Protection of Transformers, Percentage Differential Protection, Numerical Problem on Design of CT s Ratio,

Buchholtz relay Protection.

Protection of Lines, Over Current, Carrier Current and Three-zone distance relay protection using Impedance

relays. Translay Relay. Protection of Bus bars, Differential protection.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, New Age international (P) Limited, Publishers, 3rd

edition.

2. Protection and Switchgear- Bhavesh Bhalja, R. P. Maheshwari, N.G. Chothani, Oxford University

Press, 1st edition.

3. Power system Protection and Switchgear – Badri Ram, D.N Viswakarma, TMH Publications.

REFERENCES:

1. Fundamentals of Power system Protection –Paithankar and S.R.Bhide.,PHI.

2. Art & Science of Protective Relaying – C R Mason, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

3. Switchgear and Protection – Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publlishers

4. A Text book on Power system Engineering – B.L.Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat Rai

& Co.


Code: 7A612 MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION

L T P C

3 - - 3


x x x x x

Course Objective:

The basic principles of all measuring instruments and in measurement of electrical and non-electrical parameters

viz., Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance, voltage, current Power factor, Power, Energy, Strain, Temperature,

Torque, Displacement etc. and the different types of electrical and non electrical transducers. It introduces the

different signal analyzers and oscilloscopes.

Course Outcomes: The student should be able to

1. Understand the principle of operation of different types of instruments viz., PMMC, moving iron type of

instruments, the required characteristics of an instrument in general. The student demonstrates the ability to

compensate for the errors in the instruments and to extend the range of the instruments.

2. Demonstrates the knowledge of Potential and Current Transformers; the errors in them and the effect of

having an open/short in the secondary circuits; Understand the principle of operation of Dynamometer and

Moving-iron type of Power factor meters.

3. Comprehends the principle of operation of dynamometer type of Wattmeter and Induction type of Energy

meter; use the wattmeter to measure the Active and Reactive power and demonstrates the ability to extend

the range of them.

4. Identify and use different techniques of measurement of Resistance, Inductance and Capacitance values.

5. Understand the principle of operation of Different type of digital voltmeters, wave analyzers, spectrum

analyzers and Cathode ray Oscilloscope.

6. Demonstrates the ability in characterizing the different types of transducers and uses them to measure Strain,

Gauge Sensitivity, Displacement, Velocity, Acceleration, Force, Torque and Temperature.

UNIT-I MEASURING INSTRUMENTS- INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS:

Significance of Measurement, static characteristic of system- Linearity, Sensitivity, Precision, Accuracy -

Classification - Deflecting, Control and Damping torques, Ammeters and Voltmeters, PMMC, Moving iron

type instruments, Expression for the Deflecting torque and Control torque, Errors and Compensations,

Extension of range using Shunts and Series resistance.

UNIT –II: INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Introduction, advantages, burden of instrument transformer, Current Transformer - errors in current transformer,

Effect of secondary open circuit, Potential transformer- errors in potential transformer, Testing of current

Transformers with silsbee‘s method.

Power Factor Meters: Type of P.F. Meters, Dynamometer and Moving iron type, 1- ph and 3-ph meters.

UNIT –III MEASUREMENT OF POWER& ENERGY:

Single phase dynamometer wattmeter-LPF and UPF-Double element and three element dynamometer

wattmeter, Expression for deflecting and control torques, Extension of range of wattmeter using instrument

Transformers, Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced systems, Single phase

induction type energy meter, Driving and braking torques, Testing by phantom loading, Three phase energy

meter .

UNIT - IV MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE - MAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS- A.C. BRIDGES:

Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton‘s potentiometer, Standardization, Measurement of unknown

resistance, current, voltage. Method of measuring low- Medium and High resistance, sensitivity of Wheatstone‘s

bridge, Carey Foster‘s bridge, Kelvin‘s double bridge for measuring low resistance, Measurement of high

resistance, loss of charge method, Measurement of inductance, Quality Factor, Maxwell‘s bridge, Hay‘s

bridge, Anderson‘s bridge, Owen‘s bridge. Measurement of capacitance and loss angle, Desauty Bridge, Wien‘s

bridge, Schering Bridge.

UNIT-V DIGITAL VOLTMETERS- SIGNAL ANALYZERS- CRO:

Digital voltmeters, Successive approximation, Ramp, Dual slope integration continuous balance type, Wave

Analyzers, Frequency selective analyzers, Heterodyne, Application of Wave analyzers, Harmonic Analyzers,

Total Harmonic distortion, spectrum analyzers, Basic spectrum analyzers, Spectral displays, Q meter and RMS

voltmeters . CRO- Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), Screens, Probes, Applications of CRO, Measurement of frequency

and phase using CRO, Block diagram.

UNIT-VI MEASUREMENT OF NON-ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES:

Transducers - Classification of transducers, Advantages of Electrical transducers, Characteristics and choice of

transducers, Principle operation of Resistor, Inductor, LVDT and Capacitor transducers, LVDT Applications,

Strain gauge and its principle of operation, Guage factor- Thermistors, Thermocouples, Piezo electric

transducers, Photovoltaic, Photo conductive cells. Measurement of strain, Gauge Sensitivity, Displacement,

Velocity, Acceleration, Force, Torque, Measurement of Temperature.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments – E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, 5th Edition,

Wheeler Publishing.

2. Transducers and Instrumentation– D.V.S Murthy, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd

Edition.

3. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation -A.K. Sawhney,

Dhanpatrai & Co. 18th

Edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – D O Doeblin- Tata MC Graw-Hill.

2. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – A.S Morris, Pearson /Prentice Hall of India.

3. Electronic Instrumentation- H.S. Kalsi Tata MC Graw – Hill Edition, 3rd

Edition.

4. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement techniques – A.D Helfrick and W.D.Cooper,

Pearson/Prentice Hall of India.

III Year B.Tech – II Sem

Elements of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery

Code: 7BC56

L T P/D C

3 -- -- 3

Course Objectives:

To understand the basic principles of fluid mechanics and types of flows. To understand boundary layer

concepts and flow through pipes. Evaluate the performance of hydraulic turbines and characteristic curves of

pumps.

Course Outcomes:

After studying this course, the students will be able to:

1. Understand the fluid properties and measurement of pressure with monometers.

2. Understand the classification of fluid, Bernoulli‘s equation, momentum equation and their applications

3. understand Reynolds‘s experiment, major losses, minor losses

4. Understand velocity triangle, work done calculations, elements of hydroelectric Power Plant, and pump

storage plant.

5. Understand the classifications of turbines working principles of turbines, draft tube theory,

performance of turbine.

6. Understand various types of pumps working principle of reciprocating pump, centrifugal pump,

performance characteristics of centrifugal pump.

UNIT I: FLUID STATICS: Dimensions and units: physical properties of fluids- specific gravity, viscosity surface tension- vapor pressure

and their influence on fluid motion- atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure – measurement of pressure-

Piezometer, U-tube and differential manometers. Applications: Foundation of basic concepts and pressure

measurement devices.

UNIT II: FLUID KINEMATICS: Stream line, path line and streak lines and stream tube, classification of flows-steady & unsteady, uniform, non

uniform, laminar, turbulent, rotational, and irrotational flows-equation of continuity for one dimensional flow

and three dimensional flow.

Fluid dynamics: Surface and body forces –Euler‘s and Bernoulli‘s equations for flow along a stream line,

momentum equation and its application on force on pipe bend.

Applications: The fluid dynamics concepts are employed in analyzing fluid flow problems and design of

hydraulic devices.

UNIT III

Exact flow solutions in channels and ducts, Couette and Poisuielle flow, laminar flow through circular conduits

and circular annuli- concept of boundary layer – measures of boundary layer thickness – Darcy Weisbach

equation, friction factor,

Applications: Analysis of fluid flow through pipes and design of hydraulic pipe.

UNIT IV

Need for dimensional analysis–methods of dimension analysis–Similitude–types of similitude Dimensionless

parameters–application of dimensionless parameters–Model analysis.

UNIT V

Euler‘s equation – theory of Rotodynamic machines – various efficiencies – velocity components at entry and

exit of the rotor, velocity triangles – Centrifugal pumps, working principle, work done by the impeller,

performance curves – Cavitation in pumps- Reciprocating pump–working principle.

Applications: Lifting of water in steam Power Plant, irrigation, and other Power Plants.

POa POb POc POd POe POf POg POh POi POj POk POl

CO1 H L M

L

CO2 H L M L

CO3 H L M L

CO4 H L M L

CO5 H L M L

CO6 H L M L

UNIT VI

Classification of water turbines, heads and efficiencies, velocity triangles- Axial, radial and mixed flow turbines

Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbines, working principles – draft tube- Specific speed, unit

quantities, performance curves for turbines – governing of turbines.

Applications: Turbines used in hydro-Power Plants under different head conditions.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hydraulics, fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machinery MODI and SETH.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by Rajput.

REFERENCES:

1. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by D.S. Kumar, Kotaria & Sons.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery by D. Rama Durgaiah, New Age International.

3. Hydraulic Machines by Banga & Sharma, Khanna Publishers.

4..Hydraulic Machines Including Fluidics PB by Jagdish Lal Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd. , 1994.


L T P/D C

3 0 0 3

III Year II semester

CODE: 7FC03 PYTHON PROGRAMMING


(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objectives:-

After taking this course, you should be able to:

Use Python interactively, execute a Python script at the shell prompt, use Python types, expressions, and None,

use string literals and string type, use Python statements (if...elif..else, for, pass, continue, . . . ), understand the

difference between expressions and statements, understand assignment semantics, write and call a simple

function., utilize high-level data types such as lists and dictionaries, understand the difference between mutable

and immutable types, write a simple class and access methods and attributes, import and utilize a module, read

from and write to a text file.

Course Outcomes:

CO1: Gains exposure towards Python versions and their specifications.

CO2: Build programs using primitive data types.

CO3: Write applications that include functions, modules, packages along with respective exceptional

handling mechanism.

CO4: Writes applications using OO features of Python

CO5: Write applications using Files.

CO6: Hands on exposure on NumPy/Tkinter/Plotpy modules.

UNIT -I: INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON: History, Features, Modes of Execution, Setting up path, working with Python Basic Syntax, Variable and

Data Types, Operators. Conditional Statements (If, If- else, Nested if-else) Looping (for, While Nested loops)

Control Statements (Break, Continue, Pass).

Input-Output: Printing on screen, Reading data from keyboard, Opening and closing file

UNIT-II: FUNCTIONS: Defining a function, calling a function, Types of functions, Function Arguments, Anonymous functions, Global

and local variables

String Manipulation: Accessing Strings, Basic Operations, String slices, Function and Methods

Lists: Accessing list, Operations, Working with lists Function and Methods

Tuple: Accessing tuples, Operations, Working.

Dictionaries: Accessing values in dictionaries, working with dictionaries, Properties Functions and Methods.

UNIT-III: MODULES: Importing module, Math module, Random module, Packages

Exception Handling: Exception, Exception Handling, except clause, Try? Finally clause User Defined

Exceptions

Unit-IV: Python- OOPs concept: Class and object, Attributes, Inheritance, Overloading Overriding, Data hiding.

Regular expressions: Match function, Search function, Matching VS Searching, Modifiers Patterns.

Unit -V:

Introduction to Files, File Handling, Working with File Structure, Directories, Handling Directories

Unit -VI: Case Study with NumPy/PlotPy/SciPy/GUI Programming, Introduction, Tkinter Programming, Tkinter widgets

TEXT BOOK:

1. [Apress]-Beginning Python. From Novice to Professional, 2nd ed. - [Hetland] (2008)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Computation and Programming using Python, Revised and Expanded Edition, John V.

Guttag, The MIT Press.

2. Programming Python, Fourth Edition by Mark Lutz, O'Relly

3. Python Programming using problem solving approach, Reema Thareja, Oxford Higher Education.


x x

L T P/D C

3 0 0 3


CODE: 7ZC24 INNOVATION & DESIGN THINKING


(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Innovation,

creativity and IPRs, and to motivate the student to start his/her own enterprise with innovative skills.

Course Outcomes:

1. The students gain the knowledge on the inputs required for innovation and also gain familiarity on

Entrepreneurship.

2. The students will get exposure on creative methods of ideation and the importance of protecting the

ideas.

3. The students gain knowledge on design thinking and types of thinking.

4. The students gain familiarity on emerging technologies like Internet of things (IOT).

5. The students understand the process of building the startup.

6. The students gain knowledge on various startup funding and also to branding building for the startup.

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO INNOVATION:

Meaning of Innovation, Difference between innovation and invention, Difference between Innovation and

Creativity, Need to be Creative , Importance of Innovation, Innovation as a Competitive Advantage, Innovation

Continuum, Innovation Cycle, Disruptive Innovation, , Breakthrough innovations and its consequences on the

society, Challenges in Innovation.

UNIT – II: CREATIVE THINKING:

Types of Creative Thinking, Creative Thinking Process, Components of Creativity, Characteristics of a

Creative Mindset, New product ideas, Idea generation methods, Principles of Idea Generation, Difference

between Idea Generation and Brainstorming, Killing the ideas through Stage Gate Models, Process of Reverse

Thinking. Intellectual Property Rights, Importance of IPR, Role of WIPO, Case Studies on Patents and

Infringement of Rights.

UNIT – III: DESIGN THINKING & LIBERAL ART:

Concept of Design Thinking, Difference between Designer and Scientist, Stages of Design Thinking,

Difference between Convergent Thinking and Divergent Thinking. Definition of Liberal Art and its Importance

of Liberal Art, Role of Art and Culture to Innovate Business.

UNIT – IV: EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES:

Meaning of Internet of Things, Components of IoT, Benefits of IoT, Types of Product – Service hybrid,

examples of IoT enabled Innovations, Impact of IoT on Business, Future of IoT. Case Study on IoT. Innovation

Leadership & Network: - Leadership, Skills and Characteristics of an Innovation Leadership, Meaning of

Innovation Network, Significant of Innovation Network, Define Social Media Analysis, Steps to Build an

Innovation Network.

UNIT –V: BUILDING STARTUP

Kelly Johnsons KISS Principle, Road map for building a startup, identify, analyze and evaluate

funding, advantages of crowd funding. Pricing strategies. Determining factors for Monetizing Innovation,

Process of Monetization, Fixing the price of an Innovative Project. Detailed study on market potential, pitfalls

and Negative effects of Monetizing innovation. Reasons for failure of Monetization of Innovation.

UNIT-VI: STARTUP FUNDING & BRANDING

Sources of funding: Bootstrapping, Angel Investors, Crowd funding, Venture capitalists, Advantages of crowd

funding, Schemes of Government through Startup India, role of Institutional support and Commercial Banks.

Introduction to branding a startup and developing branding strategies.

REFERENCES:

Peter Drucker (1993), ―Innovation and Entrepreneurship‖, Hyper Business Book.

C.K. Prahalad, M.S. Krishnan, The new age of Innovation – TATA McGRAW-HILL Edition 2008.

―Innovation by Design", Gerald H. (Gus) Gaynor, AMACOM {American Management Association),

NYC, 2002

Bholanath Dutta: Entrepreneurship – Text and cases, Excel, 2009.

Vasanth Desai: Entrepreneurship, HPH, 2009

Barringer: Entrepreneurship, Pearson, 2009.

H. Nandan: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI, 2009.

John M Nicholas ―Project management for Business and Technology‖ Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

Stay Hungry Stay Foolish, Rashmi Bansal and published by IIM., Ahmedabad


x x x x

L T P/D C

3 0 0 3


CODE: 7ZC19 ENTREPRENEURSHIP, PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND STRUCTURED FINANCE

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Entrepreneurship,

its importance and to create an awareness regarding the systematic planning and implementation of projects;

highlight the components of structured finance and establish a framework of CMBS with respect to Servicing

Agreements

Course Outcomes: 1. Students will understand the nature of Entrepreneurship and its importance

2. Will gain knowledge regarding project, its life cycle and organization

3. Will gain knowledge relating to project formulation and implementation

4. Comprehend the components of structured finance

5. Establish a framework of CMBS

6. Students will gain knowledge relating to the CRE Servicing

UNIT I: CONCEPTS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP:

Definition of Entrepreneurship, Evolution of Entrepreneurship, Classification of Entrepreneurs, Characteristics

of Entrepreneur, Selection of Product and the means required for starting an enterprise, Financing and Financial

incentives available, Success rate of entrepreneurs – a case study.

UNIT-II: BASICS OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT:

Concept and characteristics of a project - types of projects - Objectives of project management - Project

Organizational structure - Project life cycle - Challenges and problems of project management - Qualities &

functions of a project manager.

UNIT III: PROJECT FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION: Generation of Project Ideas; Monitoring the environment; Preliminary Screening of Projects; Feasibility study;

Project Selection. Detailed Project Report: Market, Technical, Financial and Economic aspects. Pre-requisites

for Successful Project Implementation; Control of in-progress Projects (Gantt chart, PERT, CPM); Project Risk

Management Process, Post-audit; Abandonment Analysis

UNIT-IV: INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURED FINANCE:

Term Loans, Bonds/Debentures, Types of debentures, Issue of debt instruments. Structured Finance: Evolution,

Securitization process, characteristics, and structured finance products (ABS, CDO, MBS, CDS)

UNIT-V: COMMERCIAL MORTAGAGE LOAN BASICS:

Definition and characteristics of CMBS, CMBS Vs other Mortgage Backed Securities, CMBS three level

perspective: property level, loan level, bond level; Life cycle of commercial real estate loans – Loan cycle, Key

players in loan cycle; Property types and characteristics, property performance.

UNIT- VI: BASICS OF CRE SERVICING:

Introduction to servicing, Role of the Servicer, Servicing approaches, Influence of technology, Ethics in

commercial servicing, Servicing – sources of income, Overview of servicing agreements, Pooling & Servicing

agreement, Sub servicing agreement.

REFERENCES:

1. H. Nandan, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Prentice Hall of India, First Edition, New Delhi, 2007.

2. Jeffrey K. Pinto ―Project management‖, 2nd

edition, Pearson

3. Dhandapani Alagiri ―Structured Finance – Concepts & Perspectives‖, ICFAI University press.

4. Projects by Prasanna Chandra, McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd

5. Project management: Systems approach to Planning Scheduling and Controlling, H. Kerzner.

6. The Complete Real Estate Documents by Mazyar M. Hedayat, John J. Oleary

7. The Fundamentals of Listing and Selling Commercial Real Estate - By Keim K. Loren (Author)

L T P/D C

3 0 0 3


CODE: 7ZC26 ECOLOGY AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT


(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objectives:

To provide basic knowledge relating to the Ecology and Disaster Management, thus making the students

appreciate the current aspects related to both Ecology and Disaster Management.

Course outcomes:

CO1: Comprehend knowledge relating to the conservation of the environment.

CO2: Learn about bio-diversity and climatic changes occurring in the environment.

CO3: Know about the international treaties, conventions and organizations active in the field of environmental

protection.

CO4: To provide students an exposure to disasters, their significance and types.

CO5: To enhance awareness of institutional processes in the country

CO6: To gain a preliminary understanding of approaches of Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR)

Unit I ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT : Environment-Origin, Evolution of Environment and its uses by

Humans; Degradation of Natural Environment, Principles of Ecology; Composition and various types of

Ecosystem; International Solar Alliance.

Unit II BIO-DIVERSITY AND CLIMATE CHANGE: Classification of Biodiversity, Biodiversity loss,

Methods of biodiversity conservation, Conservation of Natural Resources such as Soil, Land, Water and Energy.

Sustainable Development and Cleaner Technology. Green house effect and Global Warming, Strategies to cope

with Green House Effect, Desertification, Depletion of ozone layer.

Unit III INTERNATIONAL TREATIES, CONVENTIONS & ORGANIZATIONS: Indian Board for

Wildlife (IBW). United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP), United Nations Framework Convention

for Climate Change (UNFCCC). International Union for conservation of Nature and National Resources

(IUCN), World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF). Montreal Protocol (1987), Kyoto Protocol (1997), Paris

Agreement (2016).

Unit IV: INTRODUCTION TO DISASTERS: Concepts and definitions (Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability,

Resilience, Risks) Disasters – Classification, Causes, Impacts (including social, economic, political,

environmental, health, psychosocial, etc.). Differential impacts – in terms of caste, class, gender, age, location,

disability

Unit V: DISASTER MANAGEMENT IN INDIA: Hazard and vulnerability profile of India. Components of

Disaster Relief: Water, Food, Sanitation, Shelter, Health, Waste Management; Institutional arrangements

(Mitigation, Response and Preparedness, DM Act and Policy, Other related policies, plans, programs and

legislation); Case studies.

Unit VI: APPROACHES TO DISASTER RISK REDUCTION: Disaster cycle – its Analysis, Phases.

Culture of safety, prevention, mitigation and preparedness; Community-based DRR: Structural and

nonstructural measures, roles and responsibilities of community, Panchayati Raj Institutions / Urban Local

Bodies (PRIs / ULBs), district administration, states, centre, and other stakeholders; Case studies.

ESSENTIAL READINGS:

Environment and Ecology – Anil Kumar De and Arnab Kumar De, 2009, New Age International (P) Ltd.

B. K. Khanna: ―Disasters: All you wanted to know about‖, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi

Amita sinvhal ,‖Understanding earthquake disasters‖TMH,2010

SUGGESTED READINGS:

ICSE Environment Education for Class X – Dr. M.P. Mishra , 2009, S.Chand and Company

Pradeep sanhi,Madhavi malalgoda and arya bandhu,‖Diasaster risk reduction in south asia ―PHI


x x


Code: 7HC74 SOFT SKILLS


Code: 7H677 LOGICAL REASONING

L T P C

1 1 0 2


x x x

Course Objectives

Understand and solve arithmetic, analogy, coding, puzzles and ranking related problems for enhancing

employability.


1. Generate number and alphabet series

2. Apply concept of analogy and solve related problems

3. Classify and figure out odd one

4. Realize the various techniques for coding and decoding

5. Solve the relations puzzles.

6. Solve the problem related to number, ranking and arithmetic reasoning

UNIT – I

Series Completion: Number Series, Alphabet Series, Alpha – Numeric Series.

Analogy: Completing the Analogous Pair, Simple Analogy, Choosing the Analogous pair, Double Analogy,

Word Analogy, and Number Analogy.

UNIT – II

Classification / Odd One Out: Word Classification, Number Classification, Letter Classification.

Coding – Decoding: Letter Coding, Number Coding, Matrix Coding, Substitution, Deciphering Message Word

Codes, Jumbled Coding.

UNIT – III

Blood Relations, Deciphering Jumbled up Descriptions, Relation Puzzle – Direction sense test.

Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test – Arithmetical Reasoning – Mathematical Operations.

UNIT – IV

Directions, Arithmetical Reasoning.

Puzzle Test: Classification Type Questions, Seating Arrangements Comparison Type Questions, Sequential

Order of Things, Selection Based on given conditions, Family – Based Puzzles, Jumbled Problems.

UNIT – V

Assertions and Reason– Logical Venn Diagrams – Alpha Numeric Sequence Puzzle.

Cubes and Dice – Analytical Reasoning .Logical Deduction: Logic, Statement – Arguments,

UNIT – VI

Clocks & Calendar .Data Sufficiency and Syllogism.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning by R.S. Agarwal


Code: 7A681 ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP

L T P C

2 1


x x x x x

Course Outcomes:

1. Ability to understand how a power contactor works and basic control circuit.

2. Ability to connect properly a basic interlocking circuit

3. Ability to analyze importance of star- Delta Starter

4. Ability to develop an inching circuit.

5. Ability to analyze role and importance of interlocking of group of drives

6. Ability to Study different protections to a motor..

7. Ability to know various parts in a three-phase motor

8. Ability to analyze single phase motors.

9. Ability to Differentiate protections given as under voltage and over voltage to a DOL starter.

10. Ability to test transformer oil and know its usefulness as insulator and as heat absorber.

The list of Experiments:

1. Direct On-Line Starter

2. Forward And Reverse Starter Wiring And Testing

3. Star-Delta Starter Wiring and Testing Suitable For 5 Ho Motor

4. Inching (Jogging) Circuit for Ac Motor

5. Interlocking Of Group of Drives

6. Study of Phase Failure Relay (Single Phase Preventer)

7. 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motor Dismantling, Assembling and Testing

8. 1-Phase Capacitor Start Capacitor Run Induction Motor Dis-Mantling, Assembling and Testing

9. Wiring Undervoltage Relay To A Dol Starter

10. Testing Of Dielectric Strength of Transformer Oil


Code: 7DC71 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB

L T P C

2 1

Course Objectives:

a. Familiarize the architecture of 8086 processor, assembling language Programming and interfacing with

various modules.

b. The student can also understand of 8051 Microcontroller concepts, architecture, Programming and

application of Microcontrollers.

c. Student able to do any type of VLSI, embedded systems, industrial and real time applications by knowing the

concepts of Microprocessor and Microcontrollers.

Course Outcomes:

Analyze and apply working of 8086.

Compare the various interface techniques. Analyze and apply the working of 8255, 8279,8259, 8251,

8257 ICs and design and develop the programs.

Learning the Communication Standards.

Cycle - I

Introduction to MASM/TASM, KIEL IDE, Familiarization with 8086, 8051 Kits

8086 ALP using kit and MASM

1. Basic arithmetic and logical operations

2. Code conversion decimal arithmetic programs

3. String manipulation programs

4. Display a message on the screen of a computer using DOS / BIOS interrupts.

Cycle – II

Following peripherals and interfacing experiments to be implemented on 8086 and 8051 kits

1. A/D and D/A interfacing

2. Serial interfacing with PC

3. Keyboard and display interfacing

4. Stepper motor controller

5. Traffic light controller

6. Real Time clock interface with 8051 using 12C


x x x x x x x


FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB

Code: 7BC82

L T P/D C

-- -- 2 1

Course Objectives:

To understand the basic principles of fluid mechanics and types of flows. To understand boundary layer

concepts and flow through pipes. Evaluate the performance of hydraulic turbines and characteristic curves of

pumps.

Course Outcomes:

After studying this course, the students will be able to:

1. compute the performance of pelton wheel under working conditions

2. compute the performance of francis turbine under working conditions

3. compute performance of reciprocating pump under working conditions

4. compute the Performance of centrifugal pump under working conditions

5. compute the Performance of multistage pump under working conditions

6. compute the coefficient of discharge of venturimeter of orifice meter under working conditions

List of Experiments:

1. Verification of Bernoulli‘s Theorem

2. Calibration of Orifice meter

3. Determination of friction factor for a given pipe line

4. Determination of minor losses in a pipeline.

5. Determination of Co-efficient of discharge for mouth piece (Cd)

6. Determination of Co-efficient of discharge for Notches(Cd)

7. Performance Test on Multi Stage Centrifugal Pump.

8. Performance Test on Reciprocating Pump.

9. Performance Test on Pelton Wheel.

10. Performance Test on Francis Turbine.

11. Performance Test on Kaplan Turbine

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 CO1

H L M L

CO2 H L M L

CO3 H L M L

CO4 H L M L

CO5 H L M L

CO6 H L M L

B. Tech. III Year II semester

Code: 7A674 GROUP PROJECT

L T P/D C

- - 4 2


x

Course Objective :

To acquaire basic knowledge on selecting a projcet , learn related tools and enhance Programming and

communication skills for employabilty.

Pre-Requisites: All Courses till this semester


Use the concepts learned in the courses, so far, in conceptualizing, designing and executing the

modules of the projects.

Exhibit the interest in learning the modern tools and technologies through the bridge courses arranged

in the college, beyond the curriculum, and hence developing the software.

Inculcate an enthusiasm to use the creative ideas to build the innovative projects which are meeting the

current needs of the market and society as a whole.

Improve their communicative skills and team skills largely improve.

Work as an individual and in a team.

A group project shall be carried out by a group of students consisting of 2 to 3 in number in third year first

semester. This work shall be carried out under the guidance of the faculty assigned as internal guide and shall

involve design, fabrication, software development or any other significant activity. This can be of

interdisciplinary nature also.

There will be 100 marks in total with 25 marks of internal evaluation and 75 marks of external

The internal evaluation shall consist of:

Day to day work : 10 marks

Report : 05 marks

Demonstration / presentation : 10 marks

-----------

25 marks


The end examination will be carried out by a committee consisting of an external examiner, head of the

department, a senior faculty member and the supervisor.

B. Tech. III Year II semester Code: 6A676 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA- VOCE- II

L T P/D C

- - - 1


x x x

Course Objectives:

Prepare students in basics and advanced relevant courses to revise and face technical interviews for enhancing

employability.


1. Assess the relevant courses they have undergone till the completion of that academic year.

2. Comprehend the concepts in the core subjects and the elective subjects, to make them ready to

face technical interviews which improve their employability skills.

There will be 100 marks in total with 50 marks of internal evaluation and 50 marks of external evaluation.

Internal:

Comprehensive Viva Voce is Conducted twice in a semester and evaluated for 25 marks each.


The end examination will be carried out by a committee consisting of an external examiner, head of the

department, a senior faculty member and the supervisor.

IV year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 6A714 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND CONTROL

L T P C

3 1 - 4


x x x x x x

OBJECTIVE:

This subject deals with Economic operation of Power systems, Hydrothermal scheduling and modeling of

turbines, generators and automatic controllers. It emphasizes on single area and two area load frequency control

and reactive power control.

Course outcomes:

1) Understand about importance of network matrices and usefulness in power system analysis.

2) Analyze the power system under different types of faults.

3) Analyze the power system under steady state condition for voltage and power flow calculations.

4) Analyze the power system for maintain constant frequency in single area.

5) Analyze the power system for maintain constant frequency in two area.

6) Analyze the power system for maintaining steady state and transient stability.

UNIT -I POWER SYSTEM NETWORK MATRICES:

Graph Theory: Definitions, Bus Incidence Matrix, YBus formation by Direct and Singular Transformation

Methods, Numerical Problems.

FORMATION OF ZBUS: Partial network, Algorithm for the Modification of ZBus Matrix for addition element

for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to reference, Addition of element from a new bus

to an old bus, Addition of element between an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old

busses (Derivations and Numerical Problems), Modification of ZBus for the changes in network (Problems).

UNIT – II LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL SINGLE AREA:

Speed governor, turbine, generator and power system simplified models, excitation system model, Necessity of

keeping frequency constant. Definitions of Control area, Single area control, Block diagram representation of an

isolated power system, Steady state analysis, Dynamic response, uncontrolled case.

UNIT – III LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL TWO AREA:

Load frequency control of 2-area system, uncontrolled case and controlled case, tie-line bias control,

Proportional plus Integral control of single area and its block diagram representation, steady state response,

Load Frequency Control and Economic dispatch control.

UNIT –IV POWER FLOW STUDIES:

Necessity of Power Flow Studies, Derivation of Static load flow equations, Load flow solutions using Gauss

Seidel Method, Acceleration Factor, Load flow solution with and without P-V buses, Algorithm and Flowchart.

Numerical Load flow Solution for Simple Power systems (Max. 3-Buses), Determination of Bus Voltages,

Injected Active and Reactive powers (Sample One Iteration only) and finding Line Flows/Losses for the given

Bus Voltages.

Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Co-Ordinates Form, Load Flow Solution with or without PV

Busses, Derivation of Jacobian Elements, Algorithm and Flowchart. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods,

Comparison of Different Methods, DC load Flow.

UNIT –V POWER SYSTEM STATE STABILITY ANALYSIS:

Concepts of Steady State, Dynamic and Transient Stabilities, Steady State Stability Power Limit, Power Angle

Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability and Methods to improve steady state stability, Derivation of

Swing Equation, Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal Area

Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle Calculation - Solution of Swing Equation: Point-by-Point Method, Methods to

improve Stability, Application of Auto Reclosing and Fast Operating Circuit Breakers.

UNIT-VI ECONOMIC OPERATION OF POWER SYSTEMS:

Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal Power Stations, Heat rate Curve, Cost Curve, Incremental fuel and

Production costs, Input-output characteristics, Optimum generation allocation with line losses neglected.

Optimum generation allocation including the effect of transmission line losses, Loss Coefficients, General

transmission line loss formula. Hydrothermal scheduling.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electrical Power systems – C.L. Wadhwa, Newage International, 6th

Edition.

2. Modern Power system Analysis –I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing

Company Ltd, 2nd

edition.

3. Power system Analysis- T.K. Nagasarkar, M.S. Sukhija, Oxford University Press, 2nd

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Power system Analysis and Design – J. Duncan Glover and M.S. Sarma., THOMPSON, 3rd

Edition.

2. Electric Energy systems Theory – O.I. Elgerd, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2nd

edition.

3. Power system Analysis – Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Power system Analysis – Hadi Saadat, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing, 2nd

Edition.

IV Year, B. Tech – I - Sem.

CODE: 7CC57 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)

L T P C

3 - 3


X X X X


1. Understand the concepts of Signals, Classification of Signals, Signal Approximation and Orthogonal

Functions.

2. Understand the concepts of Fourier series. Properties of Fourier series, Fourier Transforms and

Properties of Fourier Transforms.

3. Understand the concepts of Systems, Classification of Systems, Filter Characteristics of Linear Systems,

Ideal LPF, HPF and BPF Characteristics and Relationship between Bandwidth and Rise Time.

4. Understand the Concept of Convolution in Time Domain and Frequency Domain, Convolution

Properties., Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions, Laplace Transforms, inverse Laplace

Transforms and Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms.

5. Understand the concept of Sampling Theorem, Aliasing and Effect of under Sampling.

6. Understand the Concept of Z- Transform of a Discrete Sequence, Distinction Between Laplace, Fourier

and Z Transforms and Region of Convergence in Z-Transform

UNIT I: SIGNALS Signals. Classification of Signals. Periodic. Non-periodic. Energy and Power Signals. Exponential and

Sinusoidal Signals. Concepts of Impulse Function. Unit Step Function. Signum Function.

SIGNAL ANALYSIS - Analogy between Vectors and Signals. Orthogonal Signal Space. Signal

Approximation using Orthogonal Functions. Mean Square Error. Closed or Complete Set of Orthogonal

Functions. Orthogonality in Complex Functions.

UNIT-II: FOURIER REPRESENTATION OF CONTINUOUS TIME SIGNALS PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier series. Properties of Fourier series. Dirichlet‘s Conditions. Trigonometric.

Exponential & Compact (Cosine) Fourier series. Fourier Spectrum.

NON- PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier Transforms. Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier Series. Fourier

Transform of Arbitrary Signal. Standard Signals. Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals. Properties of Fourier

Transforms. Fourier Transforms Involving Impulse and Signum Functions. Introduction to Hilbert Transform.

Applications: Implementation of Signum function in MATLAB.

UNIT-III: SIGNAL TRANSMISSION THROUGH LINEAR SYSTEMS Systems. Classification of Systems. Linear System. Impulse Response (IR) of a Linear System. Linear Time

Invariant (LTI) System. Linear Time Variant (LTV) System. Transfer Function of a LTI System. Filter

Characteristics of Linear Systems. Distortion Less Transmission Through a System. Signal Bandwidth. System

Bandwidth. Ideal LPF, HPF and BPF Characteristics. Causality and Poly-Wiener Criterion for Physical

Realization. Relationship between Bandwidth and Rise Time.

UNIT-IV: CONVOLUTION AND CORRELATION OF SIGNALS Concept of Convolution in Time Domain and Frequency Domain. Graphical Representation of Convolution.

Convolution Properties. Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions. Properties of Correlation

Function. Energy Density Spectrum. Parseval‘s Theorem. Power Density Spectrum. Relation between Auto

Correlation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density Function. Relation between Convolution and

Correlation.

LAPLACE TRANSFORMS - Review of Laplace Transforms. Partial Fraction Expansion. Inverse Laplace

Transform. Concept of Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms. Constraints on ROC for

Various Classes of Signals. Properties of LT. Relation between LT and FT of a Signal. Laplace Transform of

Certain Signals using Waveform Synthesis. Laplace Transform of a Periodic Signals.

Applications: Pole-zero calculation of 1 KHz Butterworth filter.

UNIT-V: SAMPLING Sampling Theorem. Graphical and Analytical Proof for Band Limited Signals. Impulse(Ideal) Sampling.

Natural(Chopped) Sampling and Flat Top(S&H) Sampling. Reconstruction of Signal from its Samples. Effect

of Under Sampling . Aliasing. Introduction to Band Pass Sampling.

Applications: Design of 8 KHz audio sampler

UNIT-VI: Z–TRANSFORMS

Fundamental Difference between Continuous and Discrete Time Signals. Discrete Time Signal Representation

using Complex Exponential and Sinusoidal Components. Periodicity of Discrete Time using Complex

Exponential Signal. Concept of Z- Transform of a Discrete Sequence. Distinction Between Laplace, Fourier and

Z Transforms. Region of Convergence in Z-Transform. Constraints on ROC for Various Classes of Signals.

Inverse Z-Transform. Properties of Z-Transforms. Introduction to Discrete Time Systems.

Applications: DT Systems Analysis and Synthesis.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Linear Systems and Signal processing – B.P Lathi, Oxford Publications.

2. Signals and Systems – A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawab, PHI, 2nd

Edn.

REFERENCES:

1. Signals & Systems – Simon Haykin and Van Veen,Wiley, 2nd

Edition.

IV Year – I Sem. B.Tech Code: 7A725 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS


a B c d e f g h i j k l

X X X

L T P C

3 - - 3

Objective:

This subject deals with state space, describing function, phase plane and stability analysis including

controllability and observability. It also deals with modern control and optimal control systems.

Course outcomes:

Students will be able to

1. Understand the controllability and observability.

2. Understand the phase plane analysis.

3. Understand the stability analysis.

4. Know about Effect of state feedback on controllability and observability.

5. Understand the minimization of functional of single function

6. Study about formulation of optimal control problem

UNIT – I STATE SPACE ANALYSIS

State Space Representation, Solution of State Equation, State Transition Matrix, Canonical Forms –

Controllable Canonical Form, Observable Canonical Form, Jordan Canonical Form.

CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY

Tests for controllability and observability for continuous time systems – Time varying case, minimum energy

control, time invariant case, Principle of Duality, Controllability and observability form Jordan canonical form

and other canonical forms.

UNIT – II DESCRIBING FUNCTION ANALYSIS

Introduction to nonlinear systems, Types of nonlinearities, describing functions, describing function analysis of

nonlinear control systems.

PHASE-PLANE ANALYSIS

Introduction to phase-plane analysis, Method of Isoclines for Constructing Trajectories, singular points, phase-

plane analysis of nonlinear control systems.

UNIT-III STABILITY ANALYSIS

Stability in the sense of Lyapunovs, Lyapunov‘s stability and Lypanov‘s instability theorems. Direct method of

Lypanov for the Linear and Nonlinear continuous time autonomous systems.

UNIT – IV MODAL CONTROL

Effect of state feedback on controllability and observability, Design of State Feedback Control through Pole

placement. Full order observer and reduced order observer.

UNIT-V CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS

Minimization of functional of single function, Constrained minimization. Minimum principle. Control variable

inequality constraints. Control and state variable inequality constraints. Euler Lagrangine Equation.

UNIT-VI OPTIMAL CONTROL

Formulation of optimal control problem. Minimum time, Minimum energy, minimum fuel problems. State

regulator problem. Output regulator problem. Tracking problem, Continuous-Time Linear Regulators.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Modern Control system Theory – by M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers, 2nd edition,1996.

REFERENCES:

1. Modern Control Engineering – by K. Ogata, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 1998

2. Control systems Engineering by I.J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, New Age International (P) Ltd.

3. Digital Control and State Variable Methods – by M. Gopal, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 1997.

4. Systems and Control by Stainslaw H. Zak , Oxford Press, 2003.


x x

IV Year B.Tech – I Sem

CODE: 7A716 UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – I)

L T P/D C

3 - 0 3

Course Objective:

This subject deals with the fundamentals of illumination and its classification and the electric heating and

welding. It gives the detailed study of all varieties of Electric drives and their applications to electrical

engineering.

Course Outcomes:

The student will able to:

1. Know the importance of different type of electric drives, selection of motor based on starting and running

characteristics, required speed control, tolerance of temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives,

and understands different types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads etc

2. Know the importance of advantages and methods of electric heating, and applications of resistance heating

induction heating and dielectric heating.

3. Identify the core areas of illumination, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves,

photometry, integrating sphere, and their applications & sources of light.

4. Differentiate Discharge lamps of MV and SV lamps, tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes,

understands basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting.

5. Understands System of electric traction and track electrification.

6. Understand and Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for a given run, effect

of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

UNIT – I DRIVE APPLICATIONS:

Type of electric drives, Choice of motor, starting and running characteristics, Speed control, Temperature rise,

Particular applications of electric drives, Types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads,

Load equalization.

UNIT – II ELECTRIC HEATING:

Advantages and methods of electric heating, Resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating.

Electric welding:

Electric welding, resistance and arc welding, electric welding equipment, comparison between A.C. and D.C.

Welding.

UNIT – III ILLUMINATION FUNDAMENTALS:

Introduction, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere,

sources of light.

UNIT – IV VARIOUS ILLUMINATION METHODS

Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes,

Basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting.

UNIT – V ELECTRIC TRACTION - I:

System of electric traction and track electrification. Review of existing electric traction systems in India. Special

features of traction motor, methods of electric braking-plugging rheostatic braking and regenerative braking.

Mechanics of train movement. Speed-time curves for different services – trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed

time curves.

UNIT – VI ELECTRIC TRACTION - II:

Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for given run, effect of varying acceleration

and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction - J.B. Gupta, S.K.Kataria & Sons, 9th

edition.

2. Utilization of Electric Energy - E.Open Shaw Taylor Orient Longman, 2nd

edition.

3. Art & Science of Utilization of electrical energy - Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2nd

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Utilization of Electrical Power including Electric drives and Electric traction - N.V.

Suryanarayana, New Age International (P) Limited, 1st edition.

2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of electrical energy - C.L. Wadhwa, New Age International (P)

Limited, 1st revised edition.


CODE: 7A734 HVDC TRANSMISSION & FACTS


L T P C

3 - 3


x x x x x

Objectives:

Understand operating principles of HVDC systems and control aspects.

Deals with analysis of harmonics, filters, reactive power and power flow

Understand concepts and control aspects of FACTS devices.

Course Outcomes: The student will be able to

1. Acquire the knowledge to compare AC and HVDC systems in terms of power transmission and

stability.

2. Acquire knowledge on analysis of harmonics, filters, reactive power and power flow in HVDC

systems.

3. Acquire knowledge in improving the transmission capability and stability of the power system by

applying FACTS controllers.

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION:

Comparison of AC and DC transmission systems, application of DC transmission, types of DC links, typical

layout of a HVDC converter station. HVDC converters, pulse number, analysis of Graetz circuits with and

without overlap, converter bridge characteristics.

UNIT – II: CONVERTER & HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL:

Principles o DC Link Control – Converters Control Characteristics – system control hierarchy, firing angle

control current and extinction angle control starting and stopping of DC link.

UNIT-III: HARMONICS, FILTERS AND REACTIVE POWER CONTROL:

Introduction, generation of harmonics, AC and DC filters. Reactive power Requirements in steady state,

sources of reactive power, Power Flow Analysis in AC/DC Systems: Modeling of DC/AC converters, Controller

Equations – Solutions of AC/DC load flow – Simultaneous method-Sequential method,

UNIT-IV: Introduction to FACTS:

Flow of power in AC parallel paths and meshed systems, basic types of FACTS controllers, brief description

and definitions of FACTS controllers.

UNIT –V: STATIC SHUNT COMPENSATORS:

Objectives of shunt compensation, methods of controllable VAR generation, static VAR compensators, SVC

and STATCOM, comparison between SVC and STATCOM.

UNIT –VI: STATIC SERIES COMPENSATORS:

GCSC, TSSC, TCSE & SSSC, Objectives of series compensator, Variable impedance type series compensators,

Basic operating control schemes, Power angle characteristics, Control range and VA rating, External control.

Combined Compensators: Introduction, unified power flow controller (UPFC), basic operating principle,

independent real and reactive power flow controller, control structure.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. HVDC Transmission – S Kamakshaiah, V. Kamaraju, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publications, 1st Edition, 2011.

2. Understanding FACTS – Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems‖ Narain G.

Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi, Wiley India publications, 2011.

3. HVDC Transmission – J. Arrillaga, IEE, 2nd

Edition, 1998.

4. Direct Current Transmission -. E.W. Kimbark, Volume 1, John Wiley & Sons, 1971.


Code: 7A715 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(Professional Elective – II)

L T P C

3 - 3


x x x x

Course Objectives:

Becomes familiar with solar energy, its radiation, Collection, storage and application and also gets introduced to

other forms of Renewable Energy sources viz., the Wind energy, Biomass energy, geothermal energy and ocean

energy.

Course Outcomes:

The student should be able to

1. Understand the role and potential of new and renewable energy sources realize the potential of solar

energy, its impact on environment; define and understand the terms describing the different angles that

one may incur in setting up a solar panel and be able to use the instruments for measuring solar

radiation.

2. Demonstrates the knowledge of different techniques of solar collection and storage.

3. The student becomes familiar with the different types of horizontal and vertical axis wind mills and

understands the performance characteristics of the same. The student also demonstrates the knowledge

of different Bio-gas digesters and factors influencing its yield.

4. Aware of the potential of geothermal energy in India and will be able to characterize different types of

geothermal wells.

5. Aware of the different methods of kinetic energy extraction from Ocean waves and tides and thermal

energy extraction from Oceans.

6. Demonstrates the knowledge of Direct Energy Conversion in different phenomena viz., Joule Thomson

effect, Seebeck effect, Peltier effect etc. and the principle of operation of Fuel Cells.

UNIT – I -PRINCIPLES OF SOLAR RADIATION:

Role and potential of new and renewable source, The solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power,

Physics of the sun, the solar constant, Extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation, Solar radiation on titled

surface, Instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, Solar radiation data.

UNIT-II- SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Flat plate and

concentrating collectors, Classification of concentrating collectors, orientation and thermal analysis, advanced

collectors.

Different methods, Sensible, Latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar

heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, photovoltaic energy conversion.

UNIT – III WIND ENERGY:

Sources and potentials, Horizontal and vertical axis windmills, Performance characteristics, Betz criteria

BIO-MASS: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, Types of Bio-gas digesters, Gas yield,

Combustion characteristics of bio-gas, Utilization for cooking, I.C. Engine operation and economic aspects.

UNIT – IV GEOTHERMAL ENERGY:

Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, Potential in India.

UNIT-V OCEAN ENERGY:

OTEC, Principles utilization, Setting of OTEC plants, Thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy, Potential

and conversion techniques, Mini-hydel Power Plants and their economics.

UNIT-VI DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION:

Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, Limitations, principles of DEC. Thermoelectric generators, seebeck, Peltier and

joul Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials, Applications, MHD generators, Principles, Dissociation and

ionization, Hall effect, Magnetic flux, MHD accelerator, MHD Engine, Power generation systems, Electron gas

dynamic conversion, economic aspects. Fuel cells – principles - Faraday‘s law‘s - Thermodynamic aspects -

selection of fuels and operating conditions.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources - G.D. Rai

2. Renewable Energy Technologies - Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa.

REFERENCES:

1. Renewable energy resources - Tiwari and Ghosal/ Narosa.

2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /Wiley Eastern.

3. Non-Conventional Energy Systems - K Mittal /Wheeler

4. Solar energy - Sukhame

L T P/D C

3 - 0 3


X X X


CODE: 7CC11 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-II)


1. Distinguish between CT and DT signals and systems and understand the growing need of DSP and

study the concepts of discrete time signals and systems.

2. Represent periodic DT signals as a Fourier series; non-periodic DT signals as a Fourier Transform and

use a powerful mathematical tool called DFT.

3. Compute the Fourier Transform of DT signals using the FFT algorithms.

4. Realize a digital filter in several forms and structures for a given transfer function H (z).

5. Distinguish IIR and FIR filters; Design each type by several methods once the desired specifications

are given.

6. Understand the need and implement the multirate sampling techniques.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION:

Introduction to Digital Signal processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, linear shift invariant systems,

stability, and causality. Linear constant coefficient difference equations. Frequency domain representation of

discrete time signals and systems.

UNIT II: DISCRETE FOURIER SERIES:

Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete Fourier transforms:

Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT, Computation of DFT. Relation between Z-

transform and DFS

UNIT III: FAST FOURIER TRANSFORMS:

Fast Fourier transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT Algorithms,

Inverse FFT.

UNIT IV: REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS:

Review of Z-transforms, Applications of Z – transforms, solution of difference equations of digital filters, Block

diagram representation of linear constant-coefficient difference equations, Basic structures of IIR systems,

Transposed forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function.

UNIT V: IIR DIGITAL FILTERS:

Analog filter approximations – Butter worth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters,

Design Examples: Analog-Digital transformations

FIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, frequency response. Design of FIR Digital

Filters using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling technique, Comparison of IIR & FIR filters.

UNIT VI: MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING:

Decimation, interpolation, sampling rate conversion, Implementation of sampling rate conversion. Applications

of Multirate signal processing. Introduction to DSP Processors

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Digital Signal processing – Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, PHI Ed., 2006

2. Digital Signal processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications: John G. Proakis, Dimitris G.

Manolakis, Pearson Education / PHI, 2007.

IV Year B.Tech – I Sem.

Code: 7A724 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS



x x x x x

L T P C

3 - - 3

Objective:

This subject deals with different mathematical methods of Optimization.

Course outcomes:


1. Understand the Sampling And Reconstruction.

2. Understand the Z – Transforms.

3. Understand the State Space Analysis.

4. Know about Stability Analysis.

5. Understand the Design Of Discrete Time Control system By Conventional Methods.

6. Study about State Feedback Controllers And Observers.

UNIT – I SAMPLING AND RECONSTRUCTION

Introduction, Examples of Data control systems – Digital to Analog conversion and Analog to Digital

conversion, sample and hold operations.

UNIT-II THE Z – TRANSFORMS

Introduction, Linear difference equations, pulse response, Z – transforms, Theorems of Z – Transforms, the

inverse Z – transforms, Modified Z- Transforms.

Z-PLANE ANALYSIS OF DISCRETE-TIME CONTROL SYSTEM

Z-Transform method for solving difference equations; Pulse transforms function, block diagram analysis of

sampled – data systems, mapping between s-plane and z-plane.

UNIT – III STATE SPACE ANALYSIS

State Space Representation of discrete time systems, Pulse Transfer Function Matrix solving discrete time state

space equations, State transition matrix and its Properties, Methods for Computation of State Transition Matrix,

Discretization of continuous time state – space equations.

CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY

Concepts of Controllability and Observability, Tests for controllability and Observability. Duality between

Controllability and Observability, Controllability and Observability conditions for Pulse Transfer Function

UNIT – IV STABILITY ANALYSIS

Mapping between the S-Plane and the Z-Plane – Primary strips and Complementary Strips – Constant frequency

loci, Constant damping ratio loci, Stability Analysis of closed loop systems in the Z-Plane. Jury stability test –

Stability Analysis by use of the Bilinear Transformation and Routh Stability criterion.

UNIT– V DESIGN OF DISCRETE TIME CONTROL SYSTEM BY CONVENTIONAL METHODS

Transient and steady – State response Analysis – Design based on the frequency response method – Bilinear

Transformation and Design procedure in the w-plane, Lead, Lag and Lead-Lag compensators and digital PID

controllers.

UNIT – VI STATE FEEDBACK CONTROLLERS AND OBSERVERS

Design of state feedback controller through pole placement – Necessary and sufficient conditions, Ackerman‘s

formula. State Observers – Full order and Reduced order observers.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Discrete-Time Control systems - K. Ogata, Pearson Education/PHI, 2nd Edition

REFERENCES:

1. Digital Control systems, Kuo, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2003.

2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods by M.Gopal, TMH.


Code: 7A737 ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS


L T P C

3 - - 3

UNIT – I - MODERN POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES:

Modern power semiconductor devices- MOS turn off Thyristor (MTO)-Emitter Turn off Thyristor (ETO) –

Integrated Gate- Commutated Thyristor (IGCT) – MOS – controlled Thyristors (MCTs) – Static Induction

Circuit – comparison of their features.

UNIT – II - PHASE CONTROLLED RECTIFIERS: Principle of phase controlled converter operation, single phase full converters, dual converters, three phase full

and semi converters, reactive power, power factor improvements – extinction angle control, symmetrical angle

control and PWM control.

UNIT – III - DC-DC CONVERTERS: Study of class – A, B, C, and D choppers, non – isolated DC-DC converters, buck boost, buck-boost converters

under continuous and discontinuous conduction operation.

UNIT – IV – ISOLATED DC-DC CONVERTERS:

Isolated DC-DC converters forward, fly-back, push-pull, half-bridge and full –bridge converters Relationship

between I / P and O/P voltages. Expression for filter inductor and capacitors.

UNIT – V - INVERTERS:

Single phase and three – phase inverters, 1200 and 180

0 modes of operation, PWM techniques: single, multiple

and sinusoidal PWM techniques, selective harmonic elimination, space vector modulation, current source

inverter, multi- Current source inverter, techniques for reduction of harmonics.

UNIT –VI – MULTILEVEL INVERTERS:

Diode clamped multi level inverters, capacitors clamped multilevel inverters, cascaded H bridge inverter,

SPWM, SVPWM and other modulation techniques, applications of multilevel inverters, techniques for reduction

for harmonics.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Power electronics – Circuits, Devices & Applications: M.H.Rashid, PHI

2. Power electronics: Converters, Applications: Ned Mohan, T.M. Undeland, William P.Robbins, John Wiley &

Sons.

REFERENCES: 1. Switch Mode Power Supply Handbook: Keith H.Billing, MC Graw Hill International Edition 1996.

2. Switching Power supply Design: Abrahan L.Pressman, Mc.Graw Hill International Second Edition, 1996.

L T P/D C

3 - 0 3


x x x

IV Year B.Tech – II Sem

Code: 7A829 POWER SYSTEM DEREGULATION

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-III)

UNIT – I: OVERVIEW OF KEY ISSUES IN ELECTRIC UTILITIES:

Introduction –Restructuring models –Independent system operator (ISO) –Power Exchange -Market operations

–Market Power –Standard cost –Transmission Pricing –congestion Pricing –Management of Inter zonal/Intra

zonal Congestion.

UNIT- II: OASIS: OPEN ACCESSES SAME-TIME INFORMATION SYSTEM: Structure of OASIS -Posluing of Information –Transfer capability on OASIS –Definitions Transfer Capability

Issues –ATC –TTC –TRM –CBM calculations –Methodologies to calculate ATC

UNIT – III: ELECTRICITY PRICING: Introduction –electricity Price Volatility Electricity Price Indexes –challenges to Electricity Pricing –

Construction of Forward Price Curves –Short-time Price Forecasting.

UNIT – IV: POWER SYSTEM OPERATION IN A COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT: Introduction –Operational Planning Activities of ISO-The ISO in Pool Markets –The ISO in Bilateral Markets –

Operational Planning Activities of a Genco

UNIT – V: ANCILLARY SERVICES MANAGEMENT: Introduction –Reactive power as an Ancillary Service –a review –Synchronous Generators as Ancillary Service

Providers.

UNIT – VI: RELIABILITY AND DEREGULATION:

Reliability Analysis, The network Model, Reliability Costs, Hierarchical Levels, Reliability and Deregulation,

Performance Indicators

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kankar Bhattacharya, Math H.J. Boller, JaapE.Daalder, Operation of Restructured Power system, Klum,

er Academic Publisher –2001.

2. AshikurBhuiya: Power system Deregulation: Loss Sharing in Bilateral Contracts and Generator Profit

Maximization, Publisher VDM Verlag, 2008.

3. Mohammad Shahidehpour, and Muwaffaqalomoush, Restructured Electrical Power systems, Marcel

Dekker, Inc. 2001.

4. Loi Lei Lai; ―Power system Restructuring and Deregulation, Jhon Wiley & Sons Ltd., England.


Code: 7A713 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

L T P C

3 - 3


x x x

Course Objective:

This course is an extension of Power electronics applications to AC and DC drives. Control of DC motor drives

with single phase and three phase converters and choppers are given in detail. The control of AC motor drives

with variable frequency converters and variable voltage are presented.

Course Outcomes:

1) Identify the necessity of drive; understand the operation of different converters connected to D.C separately

excited motors and series motors derive the Speed.

2) Understand four Quadrant operations of dc drives and analyze electric braking.

3) Understand four Quadrant operations of Chopper fed dc drives.

4) Describe the operation of Induction motor with its equivalent circuit, speed control of Induction motor with

V/ F control and its speed torque Characteristics

5) Explain the concept of slip power and deduce an expression for speed variation with slip power

6) Analyze the working of different Synchronous Motor drives.

UNIT – I CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE CONVERTERS:

Introduction to Thyristor controlled Drives, Single Phase and three phase semi and Fully controlled converters

connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and

current waveforms, Speed and Torque expressions, Speed, Torque Characteristics, Problems on Converter fed

d.c motors.

UNIT – II FOUR QUADRANT OPERATION OF DC DRIVES:

Introduction to Four quadrant operation, Motoring operations, Electric Braking, Plugging, Dynamic and

Regenerative Braking operations. Four quadrant operation of D.C motors by dual converters, Closed loop

operation of DC motor (Block Diagram Only).

UNIT-III CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY CHOPPERS:

Single quadrant, Two - quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed dc separately excited and series excited motors,

Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current wave forms, Speed torque expressions, speed torque

characteristics, Problems on Chopper fed D.C Motors, Closed Loop operation ( Block Diagram Only).

UNIT – IV CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON STATOR SIDE:

Variable voltage characteristics, Control of Induction Motor by AC Voltage Controllers, Waveforms, speed

torque characteristics, Variable frequency characteristics, Variable frequency control of induction motor by

Voltage source and current source inverter and cyclo converters, PWM control, Comparison of VSI and CSI

operations, Speed torque characteristics, numerical problems on induction motor drives, Closed loop operation

of induction motor drives (Block Diagram Only).

UNIT –V CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON ROTOR SIDE:

Static rotor resistance control, Slip power recovery, Static Scherbius drive, Static Kramer Drive, Their

performance and speed torque characteristics, Advantages applications, problems.

UNIT – VI CONTROL OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS:

Separate control & self control of synchronous motors, Operation of self controlled synchronous motors by VSI

and CSI cyclo converters. Load commutated CSI fed Synchronous Motor, Operation, Waveforms, Speed torque

characteristics, Applications Advantages and Numerical Problems, Closed Loop control operation of

synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram Only), Variable frequency control, Cyclo converter, PWM, VFI,

CSI.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Electric Drives – G K Dubey, Narosa Publications

2. Power electronic Circuits, Devices and applications – M.H.Rashid, PHI.

REFERENCES:

1. Power electronics – MD Singh and K B Khanchandani, Tata – McGraw-Hill Publishing Company.

2. Modern Power electronics and AC Drives – B.K.Bose, PHI.

3. Thyristor Control of Electric drives – Vedam Subramanyam Tata McGraw Hill Publications.

4. A First course on Electrical Drives – S K Pillai New Age International (P) Ltd, 2nd

Edition.


CODE: 7A739 OPTIMAL CONTROL SYSTEMS


L T P C

3 - 3


x x x x x

UNIT I:

An overview of Optimization problem - concepts and terms related to Optimization - constrained and

unconstrained problems and their solutions using different techniques.

UNIT II

Convex set and convex function - convex Optimization problem - quadratic Optimization problem - Karush -

Kuhn - Tucker (KKT) necessary and sufficient conditions for quadratic programming problem.

UNIT III

Interior point method for convex Optimization - linear Programming - primal and dual problems and basic

concept of multi - objective Optimization problem. Concept of functional, different types of performance

indices, Euler - Lagrange equation.

UNIT IV

Calculus of variation to optimal control problem - Fundamental concepts, functionals of a single function,

functional involving several independent functions, necessary conditions for optimal control, linear regulator

problems. Linear quadractic regulator, remarks on weighting matrices, solution of Riccati equation.

UNIT V & VI

Frequency domain interpretation of linear quadratic regulator, robustness studies. Dynamic programming,

Pontrygin‘s minimum principle, time optimal control, concept of system and signal norms, statement of problem

and its solution.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Jasbir S. Arora, Introduction to optimum design, Elesevier, 2005.

2. A Ravindran, K.M. Ragsdell, and G.V. Reklaitis, Engineering Optimization : Methods and applications,

Wiley India Edition.

3. Donald E.Kirk, Optimal Control Theory an Introduction, Prentice - Hall Network series – First edition, 1970.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. D.S. Naidu, Optimal control systems, CRC Press, First edition, 2002.

2. Arturo Locatelli, Optimal control: An Introduction, Birkhauser Verlag, 2001.

3. S.H.Zak, Systems and Control, Indian Edition, Oxford University, 2003.

4. Niclas Anreasson, Anton Evgrafov and Michael Patriksson, An introduction to continuous Optimization,

Overseas Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.


CODE: 7CC34 COMMUNICATION THEORY



x x x

B. Tech. IV Year I semester

Code: 7FC23 Database Systems

(Open Elective – III)

L T P/D C

3 - - 3

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will learn basics of databases and understand the architecture of database management

systems.

2. Students will learn about good database design techniques and database theories behind.

3. Understand conceptual database designs, and functional dependencies and normalization.

4. Students will understand the Mathematical foundation for relational databases.

5. Student will be able to understand concept of Constraints, Views and will be able to create dynamic

databases.

6. Learn transaction management, concurrency controls.

UNIT – I Introduction to Databases and Transactions What is database system, purpose of database system, view of data,

relational databases, database architecture, transaction management

UNIT- II: DATA MODELS

The importance of data models, Basic building blocks, Business rules, The evolution of data models, Degrees of

data abstraction.

UNIT-III Database Design ,ER-Diagram and Unified Modeling Language Database design and ER Model: Overview, ER-

Model, Constraints, ER-Diagrams, ERD Issues, weak entity sets, Codd‘s rules, Relational Schemas,

Introduction to UML Relational database model: Logical view of data, keys, integrity rules. Relational Database

design: features of good relational database design, atomic domain and Normalization (1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF).

UNIT- IV Relational Algebra and Calculus Relational algebra: introduction, Selection and projection, set operations,

renaming, Joins, Division, syntax, semantics. Operators, grouping and ungrouping, relational comparison.

Calculus: Tuple relational calculus, Domain relational Calculus, calculus vs algebra, computational capabilities.

UNIT- V Constraints, Views and SQL What is constraints, types of constrains, Integrity constraints, Views: Introduction

to views, data independence, security, updates on views, comparison between tables and views SQL: data

definition, aggregate function, Null Values, nested sub queries, Joined relations. Triggers.

UNIT-VI Transaction management and Concurrency control Transaction management: ACID properties, serializability

and concurrency control, Lock based concurrency control (2PL, Deadlocks), Time stamping methods, optimistic

methods, database recovery management.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, ―Database System and Concepts‖, fifth

Edition McGraw-Hill , Rob, Coronel, ―Database Systems‖, Seventh Edition, Cengage Le

L T P/D C

3 - 0 3


CODE: 7ZC23 ADVANCED ENTREPRENEURSHIP


(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

Course Objective: The course is designed to impart the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging

Entrepreneur for the Engineering students to enhance their prospects as an Entrepreneur.

Course Outcomes:

1. The Students‘ gain knowledge on the stages of Startup and the turbulence environment it undergoes

and the stages related to growth of the Startup.

2. The Students are exposed to the various business models and critically evaluating the effectiveness of

the business models.

3. The students understand the method of business traction and the need of customer relationship

management.

4. The students understand the various channels of revenue building and exploration of new revenue

avenues.

5. The students understand the need of sales planning and sales management and also financial modeling

6. The students are exposed to the legal implications affecting the company‘s prospects and the issues

related to intellectual property rights.

UNIT – I ORIENTATION TO GROWTH:

Stages of a Startup Company, Infant Mortality of Startup‘s, Sustaining the Phase of Launching, Entrepreneurial

Propensity, Locus of Control, First Generation Entrepreneur, Growth Opportunities, Diversification and

Expansion of Business, Growth Assessment, SWOT Analysis, Growth strategies adopted by ideal startup,

Ansoff Growth Matrix, Six ways of Adjacencies for Growth. Case Study of Nike

UNIT - II - EXPANDING CUSTOMER BASE: Customer Segmentation: Division of Market into Segments, Evaluating the profitability of Segments.

Developing Business Model in relation to the current customers. Changing customer segments and revisit of

business models. Evaluation of Business Models for new customer segments. Critical evaluation of business

models Old Vs New. Risk of changing the Business Models. Analyzing the scalability of business model using

Break Even Analysis.

UNIT- III - TRACTION OF BUSINESS:

Meaning of Business Traction, Business Traction Process, and Metrics to Measure Business Traction, Customer

Retention, Customer Churning, Relationship Business, Customer Life Time Value, Identifying the unnecessary

moves in business traction. Traction of Business using Bull‘s-eye framework. Measuring the effectiveness of

selected channels. Budgeting and Planning.

UNIT- IV - GROWING REVENUES:

Identifying Growing Revenues, stabilizing growing revenues, Developing additional revenues (licensing and

franchising). Exploring New channels and Partnerships for growth revenues. Evaluating the Growth streams

based on longevity. Lean Startup Canvas.

UNIT V - SALES PLANNING & FINANCIAL MODELING:

Understanding the consumer buying decision behavior, setting sales plans, sales targets, Art of pitching the

sales, Selling process, Building a professional sales team , Sales Management. Price Sensitivity of the market.

Optimization of cost and operational expenses. Financial modeling of the Venture, Assessment of competitors

and Peer‘s financial models.


x x

UNIT –VI - SUPPORT SYSTEM:

Legal Management in Startups: Issues and Legal constraints effecting the business. Need for professional

services: Legal consultancy and Accounting. Need for proper documentation for fool-proof administration of

business. Intellectual Property rights and their importance. Business Mentoring, role of experts in managing

business.

REFERENCES:

1. Entrepreneurship Rajeev Roy ―‖ oxford ,2012

2. Entrepreneurship Development Khanka, ,S.Chand 2012

3. Small Scale industries and Entrepreneurship Vasanth Desai ―Himalya publishing 2012

4. Robert Hisrich et al ―enterpreneruship TMH 2012

5. Entrepreneurship Development Khanka, ,S.Chand 2012

6. Entrepreneurship Development B.Janikairam and M Rizwana

a b c d e f g h i j k

x x x

L T P/D C

3 - 0 3


CODE: 7ZC15 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, MARKETS AND SERVICES


Course Objective: The objective of the course is to provide to students an understanding of Financial Markets,

the major Institutions involved and the Services offered within this framework.

Course Outcomes:

1. This unit enables the students to understand the financial structure and the financial sector reforms after

1991.

2. The unit gives the exposure on the role of RBI and the Regulating and credit policies adopted by the

RBI.

3. The students get awareness on the role of Non-Banking financial institutions and the role of financial

institutions in India.

4. The unit educates the students to know the role of regulatory bodies like SEBI and also to know the

capital and money market instruments

5. The unit equips the students to understand about the asset fund based financial services

6. The students will get exposure about the investment banking and merchant banking.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION: The structure of financial system, Equilibrium in financial markets, Indicators of Financial Development,

Financial system and Economic Development, Financial Sector Reforms after 1991.

UNIT II: BANKING INSTITUTIONS:

Structure and Comparative performance, Functions and Role of RBI, Competition, Interest rates, Spread; Bank

Capital Adequacy norms; Banking Innovations – BPLR to Base rate, Core Banking System, Financial Inclusion,

Current rates: Policy rates, Reserve Ratios, Exchange rates, Lending/ Deposit rates.

UNIT III: NON BANKING FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS: Structure and functioning of Unit Trust of India and Mutual Funds, Growth of Indian Mutual funds and their

Regulation, Role of AMFI. Performance of Non-Statutory Financial Organizations: IFCI, IRBI, NABARD,

SIDBI and SFCs.

UNIT IV: FINANCIAL AND SECURITIES MARKETS:

Role and functions of SEBI, Structure and functions of Call Money Market, Government Securities Market – T-

bills Market, Commercial Bills Market, Commercial paper and Certificate of Deposits; Securities Market –

Organization and Structure, Listing, Trading and Settlement, SEBI and Regulation of Primary and Secondary

Markets.

UNIT V: ASSET/FUND BASED FINANCIAL SERVICES:

Lease Finance, Consumer Credit and Hire purchase Finance, Factoring - Definition, Functions, Advantages,

Evaluation, Forfeiting, Bills Discounting, Housing Finance, Venture Capital Financing. Fee-based Advisory

services: Stock Broking, Credit Rating.

UNIT VI: INVESTMENT BANKING AND MERCHANT BANKING:

Investment Banking: Introduction, Functions and Activities, Underwriting, Banker to an Issue, Debenture

Trustees and Portfolio managers, Challenges faced by Investment Bankers.

Merchant Banking: Definition, Merchant Banks Vs Commercial Banks, Services of Merchant Banks.

REFERENCES:

1. L.M. Bhole: Financial Institutions and Markets, TMH, 2009.

2. E. Gordon, K. Natarajan: Financial Markets and Services, Himalaya Publishing House, 2013.

3. Vasant Desai: Financial Markets and Financial Services, Himalaya,2009

4. Pathak: Indian Financial Systems, Pearson, 2009

5. M.Y. Khan: Financial Services, TMH, 2009.

6. S. Gurusamy: Financial Services and System, Cengage,2009

7. Justin Paul and Padmalatha Suresh: Management of Banking and Financial Services, Pearson, 2009.

8. Gomez, Financial Markets, Institutions and Financial Services, PHI, 2012.

9. R M Srivatsava: Dynamics of Financial Markets and Institutions in India, Excel, 2013.

L T P/D C

3 - 0 3


CODE: 7ZC27 INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE AND GEOGRAPHY

(Common to all branches)


Course Objectives: To equip the students with necessary knowledge relate to ancient, medieval and modern

Indian and its culture and also facts relating to existence of earth.

Course Outcomes:

1. To appreciate and understand our Indian History, Culture and Indian heritage.

2. To understand secularism of our country.

3. To appreciate and understand the social reformers who brought revolutionary changes in Indian society.

4. To understand earth evolution and world climatic change.

5. To understand India Oceanography,

6. Able to enhance and understand Indian monsoons, Indian agriculture.

UNIT I: ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY

Fundamental Unity of Indian Harappan and Vedic Civilization – Evolution of Caste System – ainism and

Buddhism – Gandhara Art., Political unification of India under Mauryas and Guptas, Historical evolution of

Satavahanas., Contribution of Pallavas and Cholas to Art – Chola Administrative Systems .

UNIT II: MEDIEVAL INDIA AND CULTURE

Influence of Islam on Indian Culture – The Sufi, Bhakthi and Vishnavite movements, Historical Achievements

of Vijayanagara Rulers, Contribution of Shershah and Akbar to the evolution of administration system in India –

Cultural Development under Mughals.

UNIT III: MODERN INDIA

Western Impact on India – Introduction of Western Education – Social and Cultural awakening and social

reform movements – Raja Rama Mohan Roy – Dayananda Saraswathi – Theosophical Society – Ramakrishna

Paramahamsa and Vivekananda – Iswara Chandra Vidyasagar and Veeresalingam – Emancipaition of women

and struggle against Caste. Rise of Indian Nationalism – Mahatma Gandhi – Non Violence and Satyagraha –

Eradication of untouchability – Legacy of British rule.

UNIT IV: GEO MORPHOLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY The Origin and Evolution of the Earth, Interior of the Earth, Distribution of Oceans and Continents, Minerals

and Rocks, Geomorphic Processes, Landforms and their Evolution Composition and Structure of Atmosphere,

Solar Radiation, Heat Balance and Temperature.

Atmospheric Circulation and Weather Systems, World Climate and Climate Change.

UNIT V: OCEANOGRAPHY

Water (Oceans), Movements of Ocean Water, Physical features of India viz., The Mountains in the North , The

Northern Plains, The Peninsular Plateau, The Great Indian Desert, The Coast; and The Islands.

UNIT VI: PHYSICAL FEATURES OF INDIA AND INDIA’S MONSOON

India‘s monsoon, winter, summer (pre-monsoon), rainy (monsoon), autumn (post-monsoon), Indian Agriculture,

Agriculture and colonialism, Indian Agriculture after Independence Major Crops and yields, Horticulture,

Organic farming.

REFERENCES:

1. Sharma .R.S., (2011).Indian Ancient past., Oxford Publications.

2. Nitin Singhaniya.,(2017). Indian Culture and Heritage., Publisher: Mcgraw TestPrep., Second Edition.

3. Certificate of Physical and Human Geography, Goh Cheng Leong, Oxford University Press.

4. Bipin Chandra.(2000). India‘s Struggle for Independence., Penguin Global Publishers

5. Saveendra Singh: Physical Geograpghy., Prayag Pustak Bhavan ISBN-10: 8186539298, 1st Edition

Number of Pages : 641 Pages Publication : Year 2006.

6. Majumdar, R. C. et al. An Advanced History of India London: Macmillan. 1960. ISBN 0-333-90298-X

7. Basham, A.L: The wonder that was India, New York: Grove Press, 1954. (OUP, Madras 1983)

8. Basham, A.L: Cultural heritage of India, Vols.I to IV, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1975.


x x x x x x x x x x x x

B. Tech. IV Year I Semester

CODE: 7A779 PROJECT - I

L T P/D C

- - 4 2


CO1 Students identify a topic from the current technical topics of their choice in the electronics and

communication domain and the allied fields, after surveying in the internet resources, journals and

technical magazines in the library.

CO2 Student learnt to arrange the contents of the presentation and scope of the topic, in an effective manner.

CO3 Each student then presents the technical topic they chose in front of the panel and the fellow students,

using the oratory skills.

CO4 Students also face the questions posed by the panel and the students and answer them.

The evaluation is for 100 marks. It is internal evaluation only.

The committee consists of HOD, a Senior Faculty member and Internal Guide.

Division of marks for internal assessment – 100 marks

Progress of Project work and the corresponding interim report

as evaluated by internal guides at the end of 5 weeks : 10 Marks

Seminar at the end of 5 weeks : 10 Marks

Progress of Project work as evaluated by guides

at the end of 10 weeks : 10 Marks


Evaluation by the Guides ( at the end of 15 weeks) : 20 Marks

Project Report : 10 Marks

Final presentation and defense of the project : 30 Marks


CODE: 7A787 SUMMER INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP – II

L T P/D C

- - - 1




Code: 7A782 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTURMENTATION LAB

L T P C

2 1


x x x x

Objectives of the Course:

Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; it can be transformed from one form into another. Out of all the

forms of energies (which are available) electrical energy occupies top position in the hierarchy. So measurement

of electrical quantity plays a vital role in the field of Engineering and Technology. In this lab students will be

able to measure practically different electrical parameters and calibrate the meters.

Course Outcomes:

1. To draw the graph between the distance and EMF for linear variable differential transformer and to measure

the displacement.

2. To measure 3-Ф reactive power using single phase wattmeter.

3. To determine the value of given capacitor and to obtain its dissipation factor, and also the values of the

resistance and inductance of a given coil.

4. To determine the percentage of error of a given single phase energy meter.

5. To measure the parameters of a choke coil using 3-voltmeter & 3-ammeter methods

6. To determine the percentage ratio error and the phase angle error of the given transformer by comparison

with another current transformer whose errors are known.

7. To determine the value of the resistance of the given wire using Kelvin‘s double bridge.

8. To apply Crompton‘s DC potentiometer to, Calibrate a PMMC type ammeter. Voltmeter

9. To calibrate a given 1-Ф power factor meter by phantom loading.

10. To calibrate a given LPF watt meter by phantom loading.

11. To measure the 3-phase power with two number of CTs and a single wattmeter.

The following experiments are required to be conducted

2. Calibration and Testing of single phase energy Meter

3. Calibration of dynamometer power factor meter

4. Crompton D.C. Potentiometer – Calibration of PMMC ammeter and PMMC voltmeter

5. Kelvin‘s double Bridge – Measurement of resistance – Determination of Tolerance.

6. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given C.T. by comparison.

7. Schering Bridge & Anderson Bridge.

8. Measurement of 3 phases reactive power with single-phase wattmeter.

9. Measurement of parameters of a choke coil using 3 voltmeter and 3 ammeter methods.

10. Calibration LPF wattmeter – by Phantom testing

11. Measurement of 3 phase power with single watt meter and 2 No‘s of C.T.

12. LVDT and capacitance pickup – characteristics and Calibration.


Code: 7A783 POWER SYSTEMS LAB

L T P C

2 1

Course Objective: Understand the concepts and determination of Equivalent circuit of a 3-windingtransformer., determination of

sequence impedances of a cylindrical rotor synchronous machine, determination of Sub-transient reactance`s of

Salient Pole Synchronous Machine, determination of Positive, Negative and zero sequence reactance of 3 ph

Transformers. Understand Fault analysis of a 3phaseAlternator, IDMT Characteristics, Testing of

Generator/Transformer and Differential Protection.

Course Outcomes:

Students will able to

1. Ability to determination of Equivalent circuit of a 3-windingtransformer.

2. Ability to determination of sequence impedances of a cylindrical rotor synchronous machine.

3. Ability to Fault analysis of a 3phaseAlternator.

4. Ability to determination of Sub-transient reactance`s of Salient Pole Synchronous Machine.

5. Ability to determination of Positive, Negative and zero sequence reactance of 3 ph Transformers.

6. Ability to determination of IDMT Characteristics of over Current Relay

7. Ability to determination of Characteristics of Percentage biased of Static/Electro Magnetic differential Relay

8. Ability to Performance and Testing of Generator/Transformer Protection System.

9. Ability to Performance and Testing of Transmission line Model 220KV/ 400Km.

10. Ability to determination of Differential Protection on Single Phase Transformer.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Equivalent circuit of a 3-windingtransformer.

2. Determination of sequence impedances of a cylindrical rotor synchronous machine.

3. Fault analysis of a 3phaseAlternator, (LG, LL, LLG, LLLG faults).

4. Determination of Sub-transient reactance`s of Salient Pole Synchronous Machine.

5. Determination of Positive, Negative and zero sequence reactance of 3 ph Transformers.

6. IDMT Characteristics of Over Current Relay

7. Characteristics of Percentage biased of Static/Electro Magnetic differential Relay

8. Performance and Testing of Generator/Transformer Protection System.

9. Performance and Testing of Transmission line Model 220KV/ 400Km.

10. Differential Protection on Single Phase Transformer.


Code: 7A784 POWER SYSTEMS SIMULATION LAB

L T P C

2 1

Course Objective:

Understand the concepts and develop of formation of Y-bus and Z-bus, Guass Seidal method, SIMULINK

model for a single area load frequency problem, three phase inverter, automatic voltage regulator, Lag

compensator.

Course Outcomes:


1. Ability to write a program for formation of Y-bus and Z-bus.

2. Ability to write a program for a power flow study on a given power system network using Guass Seidal

method.

3. Ability to Develop a SIMULINK model for a single area load frequency problem.

4. Ability to develop a program to solve swing equation.

5. Ability to simulate single phase and three phase full converter.

6. Ability to Develop a SIMULINK model for a two area load frequency problem

7. Ability to simulate a three phase inverter

8. Ability to develop a program for PID controller.

9. Ability to Develop a SIMULINK model for a automatic voltage regulator.

10. Ability to Design a Lag compensator through SIMULINK.

Conduct any 10 Experiments

1. Formation of Y-bus, Z-bus and Y bus formation using Sparsity technique.

2. Power flow study on a given power system network using Guass-Seidal method for 5bus system,

IEEE 14bus system and IEEE 30bus system.

3. A SIMULINK model for a single area load frequency problem and simulate with and without

controller.

4. Develop a program to solve swing equation.

5. a) Simulation of three Phases full converter using RL & E loads.

b) Simulation of Single Phase full converter using RL & E loads.

6. A simulink model for a two area load frequency problem and

Simulate with and without controller.

7. Simulation of 3-phase inverter with PWM controller.

8. Program for PID controller.

9. A SIMULINK model for automatic voltage regulator with and without Controller.

10. Design a Lag compensator through SIMULINK.

L T P/D C

3 1 0 3


x x x


Code: 7A835 ELECTRICAL AND HYBRID VEHICLES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)

Course Outcome:

After learning the course the students should be able to:

1. Understand working of Electric vehicles and recent trends

2. Analyze different power converter topology used for electric vehicle application

3. Develop the electric propulsion unit and its control for application of electric vehicles

UNIT – I: ELECTRIC AND HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES:

Configuration of Electric vehicles, Performance of Electric vehicles, Traction motor characteristics, Tractive

effort and Transmission requirement, Vehicle performance, Tractive effort in normal driving, Energy

consumption Concept of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Architecture of Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Series

Hybrid Electric Drive Trains, Parallel hybrid electric drive trains

UNIT – II: ENERGY STORAGE FOR EV AND HEV:

Energy storage requirements, Battery parameters, Types of Batteries, Modeling of Battery, Fuel Cell basic

principle and operation, Types of Fuel Cells, PEMFC and its operation, Modeling of PEMFC, Super

Capacitors

UNIT – III: ELECTRIC PROPULSION:

EV consideration, DC motor drives and speed control, Induction motor drives, Permanent Magnet Motor

Drives, Switch Reluctance Motor Drive for Electric vehicles, Configuration and control of Drives

UNIT – IV: DESIGN OF ELECTRIC AND HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES

Series Hybrid Electric Drive Train Design: Operating patterns, control strategies, Sizing of major

components, power rating of traction motor, power rating of engine/generator, design of PPS

UNIT – V: PARALLEL HYBRID ELECTRIC DRIVE TRAIN DESIGN:

Control strategies of parallel hybrid drive train, design of engine power capacity, design of electric motor drive

capacity, transmission design, energy storage design

UNIT – VI: POWER ELECTRONIC CONVERTER FOR BATTERY CHARGING

Charging methods for battery, Termination methods, charging from grid, The Z-converter, Isolated

bidirectional DC-DC converter, Design of Z- converter for battery charging, High-frequency

transformer based isolated charger topology, Transformer less topology

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell Vehicles:

Fundamentals, Theory, and Design, CRC Press, 2005

2. Iqbal Husain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2003

3. Sheldon S. Williamson, Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in Hybrid Electric vehicles,

Springer, 2013.

4. C.C. Chan and K.T. Chau, Modern Electric vehicle Technology, OXFORD University Press, 2001.

5. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur, David Wenzhong Gao, Hybrid Electric vehicles Principles And Applications

With Practical Perspectives, Wiley Publication, 2011.

IV year B.Tech – II Sem

Code: 7A817 HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)

L T P C

3 - - 3


x x x x x

Course Objective :

This subject deals with the detailed analysis of Breakdown occur in gaseous, Liquids and solid dielectrics.

Information about generation and measurement of High voltage and current. In addition the High voltage testing

methods are also discussed.

Course Outcomes:

1) Learn about applications of different insulating materials.

2) Learn about breakdown in gas, liquid and solid insulating materials.

3) Analyze different methods of generation and measurement of high voltages.

4) Study about high voltage phenomenon and insulation coordination.

5) Study about non destructive testing of material and electrical apparatus.

6) Learn about different tests done on different electrical equipments.

UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO HIGH VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS:

Electric Field Stresses, Gas / Vacuum as Insulator, Liquid Dielectrics, Solids and Composites, Estimation and

Control of Electric Stress, Numerical methods for electric field computation, Surge voltages, their distribution

and control, Applications of insulating materials in Transformers, Rotating machines, Circuit Breakers, Cable

power capacitors and bushings.

UNIT – II BREAK DOWN IN GASEOUS, LIQUID AND SOLID DIELECTRICS:

Gases as insulating media, Collision process, Ionization process, Townsend‘s criteria of breakdown in gases,

Paschen‘s law. Liquid as Insulator, Pure and commercial liquids, Breakdown in pure and commercial liquids.

Intrinsic breakdown, electromechanical breakdown, Thermal breakdown, Breakdown of solid dielectrics in

practice, Breakdown in composite dielectrics, Solid dielectrics used in practice.

UNIT – III GENERATION AND MEASUREMENT OF HIGH VOLTAGES AND CURRENTS:

Generation of High Direct Current Voltages, Generation of High alternating voltages, Generation of Impulse

Voltages, Generation of Impulse currents, Tripping and control of impulse generators.

Measurement of High Direct Current voltages, Measurement of High Voltages Alternating and impulse,

Measurement of High Currents-direct, alternating and Impulse, Oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current

measurements.

UNIT – IV OVER VOLTAGE PHENOMENON AND INSULATION CO-ORDINATION:

Natural causes for over voltages, Lightning phenomenon, Over voltage due to switching surges, system faults

and other abnormal conditions, Principles of Insulation Coordination on High voltage and Extra High Voltage

power systems.

UNIT – V NON-DISTRUCTIVE TESTING OF MATERIAL AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS:

Measurement of D.C Resistively, Measurement of Dielectric Constant and loss factor, Partial discharge

measurements.

UNIT – VI HIGH VOLTAGE TESTING OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS:

Testing of Insulators and bushings, Testing of Isolators and Circuit Breakers, Testing of cables, Testing of

Transformers, Testing of Surge Arresters, Radio Interference measurements.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. High Voltage Engineering – M.S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju, TMH Publications, 3rd

Edition.

2. High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals – E. Kuffel, W.S. Zaengl, J. Kuffel by Elsevier, 2nd

Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. High Voltage Engineering – C.L. Wadhwa, New Age Internationals (P) Limited.

2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering – Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New Age International (P)

Limited.

B.Tech IV Year – II Sem.

Code: 7A827 REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION & MANAGEMENT

(Professional Elective-IV)


x x x

L T P C

3 - - 3

Objective:

This subject deals with reactive power control and management.

Course outcomes:


1. Understand the load compensation.

2. Understand the Steady – State Reactive power Compensation in Transmission System.

3. Understand the Reactive power Coordination.

4. Know about Demand Side Management.

5. Understand the User Side Reactive power Management

6. Study about Reactive power Management In Electric Traction Systems And Arc Furnaces.

UNIT-I: LOAD COMPENSATION

Objectives and specifications – reactive power characteristics – inductive and capacitive approximate biasing –

Load compensator as a voltage regulator – phase balancing and power factor correction of unsymmetrical loads-

examples.

UNIT-II: STEADY – STATE REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION IN TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

Uncompensated line – types of compensation – Passive shunt and series and dynamic shunt compensation –

examples.

Transient state reactive power compensation in transmission systems:

Characteristic time periods – passive shunt compensation – static compensations- series capacitor compensation

–compensation using synchronous condensers – examples

UNIT-III: REACTIVE POWER COORDINATION

Objective – Mathematical modeling – Operation planning – transmission benefits – Basic concepts of quality of

power supply – disturbances- steady –state variations – effects of under voltages – frequency –Harmonics, radio

frequency and electromagnetic interferences.

UNIT-IV: DEMAND SIDE MANAGEMENT

Load patterns – basic methods load shaping – power tariffs- KVAR based tariffs penalties for voltage flickers

and Harmonic voltage levels.

Distribution side Reactive power Management:

System losses –loss reduction methods – examples – Reactive power planning – objectives – Economics

Planning capacitor placement – retrofitting of capacitor banks.

UNIT-V: USER SIDE REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT

KVAR requirements for domestic appliances – Purpose of using capacitors – selection of capacitors – deciding

factors – types of available capacitor, characteristics and Limitations.

UNIT-VI: REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT IN ELECTRIC TRACTION SYSTEMS AND ARC

FURNACES:

Typical layout of traction systems – reactive power control requirements – distribution Transformers- Electric

arc furnaces – basic operations- furnaces transformer –filter requirements – remedial measures –power factor of

an arc furnace.

REFERENCES:

1. Reactive power control in Electric power systems by T.J.E. Miller, John Wiley and sons, 1982.

2. Reactive power Management by D.M. Tagare, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.


CODE: 7CC35 FUNDAMENTALS OF VLSI AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective-IV)


x x


CODE: 7A720 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – V)

L T P C

3 - 0 3

Course Objective:

This course is an extension of Power system I& II. Knowledge of distribution system modeling, and

understanding of various factors like coincidence factor, contribution factor, loss factor etc helps in how loads

effects the system .Various models of feeders & substations and location of faults and protective devices gives

awareness to students their usage in practical applications.

Course Outcomes:

By the end of the unit the student will be able to

1) Know the importance of terms used in distribution system such as load factor, loss factor etc and how

these are interred related.

2) Know the importance of different voltages in primary & secondary distribution systems and types of

feeders in our country.

3) Identify the importance of location of optimal sub –station through theoretical methods.

4) Calculate power loss and voltage drop in balanced lines and derivations connected with these.

5) Understand various types of protective devices and where and how these are used and the general

procedure to coordinate protective devices.

6) Understand the importance of power factor voltage control and how to improve it with various types of

correction equipments and best location for them in a system so as to give optimum results.

UNIT – 1 GENERAL CONCEPT

Introduction to distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics. Coincidence factor, contribution factor

loss factor - Relationship between the load factor and loss factor. Classification of loads (Residential,

Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and their characteristics.

UNIT – II DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS

Design Considerations of Distribution Feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders, Voltage levels, Feeder

loading; Basic design practice of the secondary distribution system.

UNIT – III SUBSTATIONS

Location of Substations: Rating of distribution substation, Service area within primary feeders. Benefits derived

through optimal location of substations.

UNIT – IV SYSTEM ANALYSIS Voltage drop and power-loss calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and

power loss in lines, Manual methods of solution for radial networks, Three phase balanced primary lines.

UNIT – V PROTECTION & CO-ORDINATION

Objectives of distribution system protection, Types of common faults and procedure for fault calculations.

Protective Devices: Principle of operation of Fuses, Circuit Reclosures, line sectionalizes and Circuit Breakers.

Coordination of Protective Devices: General coordination procedure.

UNIT – VI POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT & VOLTAGE CONTROL

Capacitive compensation for power-factor control. Different types of power capacitors, Shunt and series

capacitors, Effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched),

Power factor correction, capacitor allocation - Economic justification - Procedure to determine the best capacitor

location.

Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control, Effect of series capacitors, Effect of AVB / AVR, line drop

compensation.

TEXT BOOK:

1. ―Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering‖ – Turan Gonen, Mc Graw-hill 2nd

edition.

2. Electric Power Distribution – A.S. Pabla, Tata Mc Graw-hill, 4th

edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Electrical Power Distribution and Automation – S.Sivanagaraju, V.Sankar, Dhanpat Rai publishers.

Rai & Co, 1st edition.

2. Electrical Power Distribution Systems – V.Kamaraju, Right Publishers, 2nd

edition.

IV Year B.Tech – II Sem.

Code: 7A826 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS

(Professional Elective – V)


x x x

L T P C

3 - - 3

UNIT – I: PLC: Characteristics, Operation, function, Types of PLC, Architecture Of PLC Applications of PLC,

PC v/s PLC.

UNIT –II: Overview of I/O system. Classification: serial, parallel, discrete, analog special. Direct I/O, Parallel

I/O, Serial I/O, discrete input modules: DC input, AC input, Rectifier with filter, Isolation, logic section.

Discrete output modules: operating principals, Analog input modules: single ended, differential input, Common

AC source, isolation, protection. Configuration, power line conditioner.

UNIT – III: Ladder diagram: of logic gates, multiplexer, Ladder diagram for different logical conditions or

logical equations or truth table, Timers: types of timer, Characteristics. Function of timer in PLC. Classification

of a PLC timer. Ladder diagram using timer, PLC counter. Ladder diagram using counter.

UNIT – IV: Introduction of Management Hierarchy of an industry. Industrial control process . Parallel and

Serial communication interface. Simplex, Half duplex, full duplex. RS 232- DB-25 connector, DB-9 connector,

RS 422, EIA 485 interface, Introduction of industrial network. Bus topology, Ring topology, Star topology, Tree

topology.

UNIT – V: basic Concept, History and Hierarchy of DCS, Functions of each level. Advantages and

Disadvantages, Architecture of SCADA .Working of SCADA.

UNIT – VI: PLC, DCS and SCADA suitability .Applications: Thermal Power Plant, Irrigation and Cement

factory.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Programmable Logic Controllers and Industrial Automation an Introduction Mitra, Madhuchanda;

Gupta, Samarjit Sen Param International Publishing (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Latest edition.

2. Programmable Logic Controllers: principles and applications Webb, John W.; Reis, Ronald A. PHI Learning

Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, Latest edition.

3 Programmable logic controls: principles and applications NIIT PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, Latest

edition.

4. Practical SCADA for Industry Bailey, David; Wright, Edwin Newnes , Burlington, MA


x x x


Code: 7A833 SWITCH MODE POWER CONVERSION


L T P C

3 - - 3

Course Objective:

Understand the concepts of buck, boost converters, voltage, current fed converters, phase modulation technique,

buck, boost, design of drive circuits for switching devices and mechanisms of loop stabilization.

Course Outcomes:


1. Describe Basic topologies of buck, boost converters, buck-boost converters, and cuk converter.

2. Explain Voltage mode and current mode control of converters.

3. Explain types of resonant converters, methods of control and phase modulation technique.

4. Explain Application of state-space averaging to switching converters.

5. Understand Design of filter inductor & capacitor, and power transformer.

6. Understand mechanisms of loop stabilization.

UNIT- I: DC/DC CONVERTERS:

Basic topologies of buck, boost converters, buck-boost converters, and cuk converter, isolated DC/DC converter

topologies—forward, and fly-back converters, half and full bridge topologies, modeling of switching converters.

UNIT –II: CURRENT MODE AND CURRENT FED TOPOLOGIES:

Voltage mode and current mode control of converters, peak and average current mode control, its advantages

and limitations, voltage and current fed converters.

UNIT – III: RESONANT CONVERTERS:

Need for resonant converters, types of resonant converters, methods of control, phase modulation technique with

ZVS in full-bridge topology, series resonant converter and resonant transition converter.

UNIT – IV: CONVERTER TRANSFER FUNCTIONS:

Application of state-space averaging to switching converters, derivation of converter transfer functions for buck,

boost, and fly-back topologies.

UNIT – V: POWER CONVERTER DESIGN:

Design of filter inductor & capacitor, and power transformer, Ratings for switching devices, current transformer

for current sensing, design of drive circuits for switching devices, considerations for PCB layout.

UNIT –VI: CONTROLLER DESIGN:

Introduction, mechanisms of loop stabilization, shaping E/A gain vs. frequency characteristic, conditional

stability in feedback loops, stabilizing a continuous mode forward converter and discontinuous mode fly-back

converter, feed-back loop stabilization with current mode control, the right-half plane zero.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ned Mohan Tore M. Undeland: Power electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design, Edition3, John

Wiley & Sons, 2007.

2. Abraham I. Pressman, Switching Power Supply Design‖, Mc Graw Hill International, Second Edition, 1999.

3. P.C. Sen: Modern Power electronics, S. Chand-2004.

4. Andrzej M. Trzynadlowski Introduction to Modern Power electronics, 2nd Edition, illustrated Publisher John

Wiley & Sons, 2010.

5. Muhammad H. Rashid, Power electronics hand book, ISBN: 81 8147 367 1.


x x x


CODE: 7C831 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS



CODE: 7A883 PROJECT - II

L T P/D C

0 0 10 5




CO1 Students identify a topic from the current technical topics of their choice in the computer science

domain and the allied fields, after surveying in the internet resources, journals and technical magazines

in the library.


CO3 Each student then presents the technical topic they chose in front of the panel and the fellow students,

using the oratory skills.


Out of total 200 marks for project work (in the final year second semester), 50 marks shall be for Internal

Evaluation and 150 marks for the External Evaluation at the end of the Semester.

External Evaluation of the project (viva-voce) shall be conducted by a committee appointed by the chief

superintendent. The committee consists of an external examiner, HoD, a senior faculty member and internal

guide.

The pattern of Internal Evaluation is as follows:


Progress of Project work and the corresponding interim report

as evaluated by internal guides at the end of 5 weeks : 05 Marks


Progress of Project work as evaluated by guides

at the end of 10 weeks : 05 Marks





If the project is conducted internally the marks supposed to be given by external guide will be given by

internal guide himself.

Division of Marks for External Evaluation – 150 Marks

Pattern of External Evaluation for Project

Final Project Report : 30 Marks

Presentation : 20 Marks

Demonstration / Defense of Project : 100 Marks


B.Tech in ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (2017-18)

I Year – I Semester

S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6H101 English – I 2 - --- 2 25 75

2 6H111 Engineering mathematics –I 3 2 --- 3 25 75

3 6H121 Engineering Physics – I 3 1 --- 3 25 75

4 6H131 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 --- 2 25 75

5 6F101 Computer Programming 3 1 --- 3 25 75

6 6B101 Engineering Drawing – I 1 1 4 3 25 75

7 6H171 English Language Communication Skills Lab

--- --- 2 1 25 75

8 6H181 Engineering Physics Lab – I --- --- 2 1 25 75

9 6H186 Engineering Chemistry Lab --- --- 2 1 25 75

10 6F171 C programming Lab --- --- 4 2 25 75

11 6B171 Engineering Workshop -I --- --- 2 1 25 75

12 6F172 IT work shop – I --- -- 2 1 25 75

13 6A191 Seminar on Current Affairs/Technical Topic

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 14 6 15 24 400 900

CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation SEE – Semester End Examination

I Year – II Semester S.No. Subject

Code Subject L T P/D C Max Marks

CIE SEE

1 6H202 English – II 2 2 --- 2 25 75

2 6H213 Engineering mathematics – II 3 2 --- 3 25 75

3 6H223 Applied Physics - I 3 1 --- 3 25 75

4 6E201 Data structures 3 1 --- 3 25 75

5 6B202 Engineering Drawing – II 1 1 2 2 25 75

6 6H232 Environmental and Applied Chemistry

2 1 --- 2 25 75

7 6A201 Circuits & Networks – I 3 2 --- 3 25 75

8 6ZC03 Gender Sensitization, Values, Ethics and Yoga

1 1 -- 1 25 75

9 6E271 Data structures Lab (C, C++) --- --- 4 2 25 75

10 6B272 Engineering Workshop – I --- --- 2 1 25 75

11 6H282 Applied Physics Lab- I --- --- 2/2 1 25 75

12 6A292 Seminar on Science & Its Impact --- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 18 11 9 24 375 825

II Year – I Semester

S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6H316 Engineering mathematics-III 3 2 --- 3 25 75

2 6CC02 Switching Theory and Logic design

3 1 --- 3 25 75

3 6CC01 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 1 --- 3 25 75

4 6A302 Electro Magnetic Fields 2 2 --- 2 25 75

5 6A303 Electrical machines – I 3 1 --- 3 25 75

6 6A304 Circuits & Networks – II 3 1 --- 3 25 75

7 6BC66 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2 2 2 25 75

8 6H373 Functional Communicative English (FCE)

1 2 -- 1 25 75

9 6CC71 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab

--- --- 3 2 25 75

10 6A371 Electrical Circuits and Simulation Lab

--- --- 3 2 25 75

11 6A393 Seminar on Technology and Its Impact

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 19 12 8 25 350 750

II Year – II Semester

S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6HC18 Probability and Statistics 3 2 --- 3 25 75

2 6A405 Electrical machines – II 3 1 --- 3 25 75

3 6A406 Power system – I 3 1 --- 3 25 75

4 6AC07 Control systems 3 1 --- 3 25 75

5 6C446 Electronic Circuits 3 1 --- 3 25 75

6 6EC70 Java Programming 2 2 --- 2 25 75

7 6A472 Comprehensive Viva-Voce- I --- --- --- 1 50 50


9 6C483 Electronic Circuits Lab --- --- 3 2 25 75

10 6A494 Technical Seminar --- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 17 8 8 23 350 650


S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6ZC01 Managerial economics and Financial Analysis

2 1 --- 2 25 75

2 6CC16 Linear and Digital IC Applications 3 1 --- 3 25 75

3 6A508 Electrical machines – III 3 1 -- 3 25 75



6 Open Elective – I 2 1 -- 2 25 75

7 6H576 Quantitative aptitude -- 1 1 1 25 75

8 6A574 Group project -- -- 2 1 25 75



11 6A595 Technology Review and Seminar-I --- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 16 7 11 23 350 750

Open Elective – I

6CC57 Fundamentals of Signals And Systems

6FC32 Data Base Systems

6ZC20 Product and services

6ZC19 Entrepreneur, Project management & Structured Finance

6HC46 Basic German Language

6EC26 SAP-I : SAP ABAP workbench fundamentals

III Year – II Semester S.No Subject


CIE SEE

1 6GC49 Intellectual Property Rights 1 1 -- 1 25 75

2 6DC05 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers 3 1 -- 3 25 75

3 6A611 Switch gear and protection 3 1 --- 3 25 75


5 Professional Elective -I 3 1 --- 3 25 75

6 Open Elective – II 2 1 --- 2 25 75

7 Open Elective – III 2 1 -- 2 25 75

8 6H677 Logical reasoning --- 1 1 1 25 75

9 6HC74 Effective English communication & Soft skills

--- 1 2 1 25 75

10 6A676 Comprehensive Viva-Voce- II -- -- -- 1 50 50



13 6A696 Technology Review and Seminar -II --- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 17 9 11 25 425 875


6A625 Advanced Control systems

6A636 Special Electrical machines

6A617 High Voltage Engineering

6CC15 Digital Signal processing

6A633 Switched Mode Power Conversion


6EC73 Fundamentals of Operating systems

6HC41 Basic French Language

6ZC19 Project management and Structured Finance

6ZC05 General Management and Entrepreneurship

6EC27 SAP-II : SAP ABAP workbench concepts

6BC54 Fundamentals of Operation Research


6HC51 Basic Spanish Language

6FC17 Big Data Analytics

6BC53 Fundamentals of Manufacturing Process

6ZC08 ERP

6A647 Reliability Engineering

Note: Industry oreiented Mini Project will be conducted by all students in summer vacation of III / IV B.Tech, II – Semester for a period of One Month. The report must be submitted in IV / IV B.Tech I –Semester and will have to be defended. Marks allotted are “100” and Two Credits are provided.


S. No.

Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6ZC02 Management science 3 - --- 3 25 75


3 6A713 Power Semi Conductor Drives 3 1 -- 3 25 75

4 6A716 Utilization of Electrical energy 2 1 --- 2 25 75

5 Professional Elective – II 3 1 -- 3 25 75

6 Professional Elective – III 3 2 -- 3 25 75

7 6A779 Project Phase –I -- 1 3 3 100 ---

8 6A780 Industry oreiented Mini Project -- -- -- 2 25 75


10 6DC71 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers Lab

-- -- 3 2 25 75


12 6A797 Technology Review and Seminar-III --- --- 2 1 100 ---

17 7 14 28 450 750


6A715 Non conventional Sources of Energy

6A739 Sensors and Actuators

6CC50 Fundamentals of VLSI and Embedded systems

6A737 Advanced Power electronics

6A731 Smart Grid

6A738 EHV – AC Transmission

6A729 Power system Deregulation

Professional Elective - III


S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 Professional Elective – IV 3 1 -- 3 25 75

2 Professional Elective – V 3 1 --- 3 25 75

3 6A883 Project Phase –II --- --- 20 12 50 150

4 6A884 Comprehensive Viva-voce-III --- --- --- 1 50 50

5 6A898 Technology Review and Seminar-IV

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 6 2 22 20 250 350



L - Lectures; T - Tutorial; P/D - Practical / Drawing; C – Credit Note: All End Examinations (Theory and Practical) are of Three hours duration.

6A718 Optimization Techniques

6A734 HVDC & FACTS

6A724 Digital Control systems

6A728 Power quality

6A820 Electrical distribution Systems

6A822 Electrical machine Design

6EC21 Neural Networks


6A727 Reactive power Control & Management

6A840 Energy auditing and Maintaince

6A826 Programmable Logic Controllers

6A841 Power system Reliability

6A830 Real Time Control of Power systems

B. Tech (Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Program objective: B. Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering program emphasizes the fundamentals of electrical & electronics in daily life. The first two years of this program begins with a set of introductory courses, like Mathematics, physics, English, computer languages (C, C++), circuits and networks, DC machines and introduction to power systems which provide students with a firm foundation in mathematics, Electrical, as well as communication skills. These courses include weekly labs in which students use state-of-the art techniques and equipments to create solutions to interesting problems. The last two years of study focuses on the concepts and techniques used in the design and development of advanced systems in electrical and electronics. In addition, students choose from a rich set of electives, which covers skills in demand. These advanced courses give broad opening for research and help them to choose specialization in their higher studies. A generous allotment of open electives allows students to learn foreign languages like French, German, Spanish; and it includes computing with a business focus. Students in this program pursue an inter-disciplinary course of study that combines strong foundation in electrical and electronics with a focus on interdisciplinary areas. This program is designed for students who seek to blend their abilities with skills in demand and skills specific to another domain to solve problems in that domain. Having completed this course, a student is prepared to work independently within a well structured design frame work in the job and for higher studies.

DEPARTMENT OF Electrical and Electronics Engineering

VISION To emerge as a premier center in Electrical & Electronics engaged in teaching, research and consultancy with focus on human values and professional ethics.

MISSION 5. To empower the students and provide the academic environment to pursue and attain

competencies in their studies at undergraduate, post graduate and doctoral levels in Electrical & Electronics Engineering.

6. To develop liaison with academia, R&D institutions and electrical industry for hands-on training which enable the students to design and produce novel products for better service to society.

7. To inculcate interpersonal skills, team work, leadership qualities and professional ethics in students.

8. To enable the students to pursue higher studies and conduct research which will help them in developing the qualities for life-long learning and for a successful professional career.


V. Graduates will have a strong foundation in fundamentals of mathematics, science,

electrical & electronics and basic engineering knowledge with abilities of problem

analysis, design and development of optimal solutions to engineering problems.

VI. Applying the knowledge of theory using modern tools to solve the complex problems

with investigation shall produce the graduates who are professionally competent

engineers to assess societal, health, safety legal, environmental and sustainable issues

by following the ethical principles and makes them globally employable.

VII. Ability to work effectively as an individual, team member or a leader or entrepreneur

with awareness of gender sensitization apart from good communication, project and

finance management skills.

VIII. Encouraging the students to pursue higher studies in internationally reputed institutes

thus making them life-long learners.


1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization of Electrical & Electronics Engineering to the solution of complex engineering problems.

2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design

system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods in the area of Electrical & Electronics Engineering including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools available for Electrical & Electronics Engineering including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.

6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions

in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms

of the engineering practice. 9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in

diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings. 10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in

independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PEOs Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

I

II

III

IV

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester

ENGLISH – I (Common to all branches)

Code: 6H101 L T P C 2 - - 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES

To enable the students to

Appraise their knowledge base in English

Know the aspects of language skills -LSRW

Acquire basic sentence construction skill

Acquire the vocabulary and grammar skills

Know the features of spoken language

Acquire the basic correspondence ability by using the medium of letters

UNIT 1: PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS by Dr A. P. J. Abdul Kalam

Essence : To inculcate unflinching commitment and the spirit of work to strive for the transformation of the nation into a developed country.

Vocabulary : Word Formation: Prefixes, Suffixes and Compounds Collocations

Grammar : Punctuation, Parts of Speech Reading : Reading and its Importance

Types of Reading

Techniques for Effective Reading-1 Signal Words, Reading Practice: Double Angels. David Scott

Writing : Sentence Structure

Cohesion and Coherence Paragraph Writing UNIT 2: SATYA NADELLA’S E-MAIL TO HIS EMPLOYEES ON HIS

FIRST DAY AS CEO OF MICROSOFT by Satya Nadella

Essence : To develop talents, resources and perseverance required to become successful in personal and professional lives in order to bring about a change in the world

Vocabulary : Homonyms, Homophones, Homographs Synonyms and antonyms

Grammar : Types of Verbs Reading : Techniques for Effective Reading-2

Intensive Reading, Skimming the text, Scanning Reading Poetry: Why is it important?

Reading Practice: The Road Not Taken, Robert Frost Writing : Letter Writing: leave letters, letter seeking permission,

Enquiry Letters (enquiring about the courses offered, the fee structure etc.) Letters of invitation (inviting professors for the extension lectures, chief guest etc.)

UNIT 3: Letter Writing Essence : To acquire the required format , vocabulary and grammar in order to correspond effectively through letters

Vocabulary : Changing words from one form to other, Confusables Grammar : Tenses: Types and Uses, Active and passive voice Conditional sentences Reading : Improving Comprehension Skills, Techniques for good Comprehension

Writing : Letter Writing: Writing cover letters, E-mail Writing

UNIT 4: GOOD MANNERS by J. C. Hill

Essence : To inculcate good manners and develop empathetic attitude to interact with others

Vocabulary : Idioms

One-word Substitutes Grammar : Sequence of Tenses

Subject-Verb Agreement (Concord) Reading : How to Read Poetry

Reading Practice: “If”, Rudyard Kipling Writing : Information Transfer: Tables, Bar Graphs, Flow charts, tree Diagrams, Precis writing.

UNIT 5: OH FATHER, DEAR FATHER by Raj Kinger

Essence : To learn the way of persuading others by sharing their thoughts and sharing their own personal views on the matter concern

Vocabulary : Foreign words in English Language Grammar : Direct and Indirect Speech Reading : Predicting the content, SQ3R technique, Study Skills

Writing : Reports UNIT 6: BASIC EDUCATION by M.K. Gandhi

Essence : To know the value of true education and learn the importance of dignity of labour so as to prepare them to become good citizens Vocabulary : Unambiguous words Grammar : Degrees of Comparison Reading : Sample Reports, Note making

Writing : Writing the Report Prescribed Text Book: Technical Communication

by Meenakshi Raman & Sangeetha Sharma

COURSE OUTCOMES

Students are be able to

get motivated to become aware of the existing problems in the country and realize

their contribution in making India a developed nation (Unit 1)

be able to realize the need for individual commitment and responsibility at workplace

(Unit 2)

be able to make appropriate correspondence(Unit 3)

learn to empathize with people around them by being well-mannered(Unit 4)

be able to share their thoughts and feelings with their parents (Unit 5)

be able to gain confidence through education by overcoming their inhibitions(Unit 6)

be able to use vocabulary ,grammar and LSRW skills effectively

Suggested Reading :

- Essential English Grammar and Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond

Murphy

- Skill Sutras by Jayashree Mohanraj

- Basic Communication Skills for Technology by Andrea J Rutherford

- Strengthen Your English by V R Narayanaswami

- Spoken English for You by G Radhakrishna Pillai

- Situational spoken English by T Venkat Rajaiah

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –I (Common to all branches except Bio-Technology)

L T P/D C 3 2 - 3 Code: 6H111 Course Objectives: To learn mean value theorems and their applications, the basic concepts of functions of several variables, various methods to find solutions to first order and higher order differential equations and applications, evaluation of double and triple integrals and their applications, concepts of rector differential calculus such as gradient, divergence and curl, evaluation of line, surface and value integrals and related theorems for verification.

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student will be able to

1. Represent function in series form using Maclaurin‘s series; evaluate limits, continuity

& differentiability for two variable functions, also able to find maxima and minima of

a function.

2. Solve first order first degree ordinary differential equations.

3. Solve higher order linear differential equation with constant coefficients.

4. Evaluate iterated multiple integration and the technique of change of variables.

5. Solve the problems on gradient, curl and divergence of a vector field,

6. Compute area and volume integrals using Gauss, Stoke‘s and Gauss divergence

theorems. UNIT-I Differential Calculus: Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s and Cauchy mean value theorems (without proofs), Taylor’s series and Maclaurin’s series. Applications in Engineering such as approximating definite integrals. Functions of several variables: Continuity of function of two variables, Partial derivatives of higher order, Euler’s theorem, Total differentiation, Jacobians and its properties, maxima and minima(without constraints)- Applications. UNIT-II Ordinary Differential Equations Of First Order: Differential equations of first order and first degree – Exact, Linear and Bernoulli equations. Applications in Engineering such as law of Natural Growth and Decay, Newton’s Law of Cooling, etc.

UNIT-III Ordinary Linear Differential Equations Of Higher Order: Linear differential equations of second and higher orders with constants coefficients – Method of Variation of Parameters – Systems of linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Applications such as simple harmonic motion and LCR circuit. UNIT-IV Multiple integrals: Double Integrals, Iterated Integrals-Integrals over Rectangular and General Regions, Change of Variables, Polar Coordinates, Triple integrals in Cartesian coordinates. Applications such as Moment of Inertia of various plane surfaces and solids. UNIT-V Vector Differential Calculus: Scalar and Vector Fields, Level surfaces, Directional Derivative: Gradient of a Scalar Field, Divergence and Curl of a vector field, Laplacian operator and related properties. Applications such as velocity and acceleration of a particle in Fluid Mechanics. UNIT-VI Vector Integral Calculus: Line Integral, Surface Integral, Volume Integral and Verification of problems on Green’s Theorem in Plane, Gauss-Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s Theorem (without proofs). Curvilinear systems- Introduction to Cylindrical coordinates, Spherical polar coordinates. Applications such as finding potential function of Irrotational fields in fluid dynamics. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 2. Advanced Engineering mathematics, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Narosa Publication. 3. Engineering mathematics, Ravish R. Singh, McGraw Hill Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering mathematics, P. Sivaramakrishna Das, Pearson Publications. 2. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition. 3. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 4. Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD university press. 5. Engineering mathematics, B. V. Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 6. Advanced Engineering mathematics, Jeffrey, Elsevier Publications. 7. A first course in Differential Equations, Zill.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I Semester ENGINEERING PHYSICS –I (Common to all branches)

Code: 6H121 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Objectives: To understand basic concepts of optics, lasers, statistical distribution functions of

conductivity, quantum mechanics and concepts of conductors and semiconductors along with their applications.

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student will be able to 1. Describe application of Physical Optics using Interference, Diffraction. 2. Describe characteristics, action significance Lasers and Applications of Lasers.

Explain Fiber Optics Principle, Acceptance Angle, its types, other features and applications of optical Fiber in communication system, Fiber Optic Sensors and Medical Endoscopy.

3. Explain concepts of Statistical mechanics such as Maxwell – Boltzmann Statistics, Bose – Einstein Statistics, Fermi – Dirac Statistics, Distribution function and Density of states.

4. Explain Free electron theories of Metals and Electrical Conductivity from quantum free electron theory of metals.

5. Describe principles of Quantum Mechanics and explain Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle and Schroedinger’s Time Independent Wave Equation – Physical Significance of the Wave Function.

6. Describe Band Theory of Solids with Bloch Theorem, Kronig-Penny Model (Qualitative Treatment), E-K Curve, Formation in Solids and Classification of Materials into Conductors, Semi Conductors and Insulators.

Unit I Physical Optics Interference: Introduction, Superposition of waves, Young’s double slit experiment, Interference in thin films due to reflection of light, Newton’s rings. Applications: Calculation of Refractive Index of liquid, Thickness of glass plate. Diffraction: Introduction, Plane diffraction grating (Qualitative), Theory of plane transmission grating, Resolving power of a grating- Applications: calculation of wavelength of spectral light by using grating.

Unit II Lasers: Characteristics of Lasers, Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission of Radiation, Meta-stable State, Population Inversion, Lasing Action, Einstein’s Coefficients and Relation between them and significance, Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser, Semiconductor Diode Laser, Applications of Lasers. Fiber Optics: Introduction, Principle of Optical Fiber, Acceptance Angle and Acceptance Cone, Numerical Aperture, Types of Optical Fibers, Step index and graded index Fibers Attenuation in Optical Fibers. Applications: Optical Fiber communication system, Fiber Optic Sensors, Medical Endoscopy. Unit III Elements of Statistical mechanics: Phase space, Ensemble, Canonical, Micro canonical & grand canonical ensembles, Maxwell – Boltzmann Statistics, Bose – Einstein Statistics, and Fermi – Dirac Statistics, Fermi – Dirac distribution function – variation of F-D function with temperature, Density of states (Quantitative treatment). Applications: The concept of Fermi - Dirac Distribution function in terms of Fermi level in different types of semiconductors. Unit IV Free electron theory of Metals: Classical free electron theory (Drude and Lorentz), drift velocity, Relaxation time, Collision time, mean free path, Mobility and conductivity. Success of classical free electron theory, Breakdown of free electron theory, the quantum frees electron theory, Electrical Conductivity from quantum free electron theory of metals. Applications: Classification of materials based on conductivity, mobility and relaxation time. Unit V Principles of Quantum Mechanics: Waves and Particles, de Broglie Hypothesis, Matter waves, Davisson and Germer’s Experiment, G.P. Thomson Experiment, Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle, Schroedinger’s Time Independent Wave Equation – Physical Significance of the Wave Function – Particle in One Dimensional Potential Box. Applications: Establishing the experimental verification of dual nature of the matter. Explanation of discrete values of energies of electrons from wave nature of electrons. Unit VI Band Theory of Solids: Bloch Theorem, Kronig-Penny Model (Qualitative Treatment), E-K Curve, velocity of electron in periodic lattice, effective mass of an electron and its significance, Origin of Energy Band Formation in Solids, Classification of Materials into Conductors, Semi Conductors and Insulators. Applications: Existence of bands, Eigen values and Eigen vectors from explanation of band theory. Text Books:

1. P K Palanisamy, http://www.amazon.com/Solid-State-Physics-Neil-

Ashcroft/dp/0030839939Engineering Physics, Sitech Publications 2. B.K.Pandey, Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning

http://www.amazon.com/Solid-State-Physics-Neil-Ashcroft/dp/0030839939


Reference Books: 1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley Publisher 2. Dr.M.N.Avadhanulu, Engineering Physics, S Chand 3. Sanjay D Jain, Engineering Physics, Universities Press 4. Neil W. Ashcroft, N. David Mermin,http://www.amazon.com/Solid-State-Physics-Neil-

Ashcroft/dp/0030839939, Solid State Physics, Thomson Publisher, 5. Donald Allan McQuarrie, Statistical Mechanics, University Science Books Publisher, California 6. Sathya Prakash, Statistical Mechanics, PragathiPrakashan Publisher 7. Quantum Mechanics by G. Aruldas 8. John L Powel, Quantum Mechanics, Narosa Publications 9. RamamurtiShanker, Principles of quantum Mechanics, Springer Publication 10. M Chandrashekar and P Appla Naidu, Applied Physics, VGS Book Links

11. K. Vijaya Kumar, S Chandralingam, Modern Engineering Physics, S Chand Publisher



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M M L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I Semester

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY (Common to all branches)

Code: 6H131 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2 Course Objectives:

0. Learn the industrial problems caused by water and undersatand municipal water treatment. Acquire knowledge about different types of batteries and their working mechanism. Develop the concepts and types of corrosion and the factors that influence corrosion. Understand the control methods and protective coatings for metals against corrosion. Understand the separation techniques for materials, preparation and application of alloys.

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student will 1. Understand the domestic and industrial problems caused by hard water and understand the

municipal water treatment. 2. Understand and express the important fundamental concepts used in electrochemistry and

use electrochemical techniques/data analysis to obtain information on a redox system. Student also understands the practical importance of electrochemistry for solving challenges those faced in modern power sources.

3. Apply the electrochemical process methods for consumer and industrial batteries,

which are Ni-Cd, Lead Acid and Li-ion/polymer. It also includes the reusable alkaline

for comparison. 4. Understand and express the concepts and types of corrosion and how these can be

anticipated and prevented. Student will able to apply concepts of corrosion on engineering materials.

5. Understand the necessity of Protective coatings for protection against corrosion and the methods to do the same.

6. Student will get principles in separation of metals and material using the principle of Phase Rule, student also use the preparation methods for alloys and applications of Alloys

UNIT - I WATER TECHNOLOGY

Water quality Parameters:- Sources of water, Impurities of water Hardness of water – types

of hardness (temporary and permanent), Problems on hardness. Estimation of hardness of

water by EDTA Method, Alkalinity of water, TDS. Water for Industrial purpose: Food, sugar, textile, paper and pharma industries, Cooling systems, Water for steam making Characteristics of boiler feed water, Boiler troubles-Carry over (priming &foaming).Boiler Corrosion, Scale and sludge, caustic embrittlement. Treatment of Water: Internal Conditioning- Phosphate, Carbonate & Calgon conditioning. External Treatment: Lime- Soda, Ion-exchange process, Desalination-Reverse osmosis and electro dialysis. Methods of Treatment of Water for Domestic purpose-Sedimentation, Coagulation, Filtration, Disinfection-Chlorination, Ozonization. Engineering applications: Methodology and working of mineral water plant for drinking purpose.

UNIT - II ELECTRO CHEMISTRY Electro Ionics:- Conductance – conductors (metallic and electrolytic) – Types of conductance – specific, Equivalent, molar conductance – Effect of dilution on conductance.

Electrodics :- E M F of electrochemical cells – cell notation and cell reaction – electrode potential ( oxidation and reduction) Nernst Equation and its applications. Types of electrodes (a) Gas electrode (H2 electrode) (b) Metal ion electrode (Zn/Zn+2) (c) Redox electrode (Quinhydrode electrode) (d) Metal – Metal insoluble salt electrode (SCE) (e) Ion selective electrode. Engineering Applications of electrodes. UNIT - III ELECTRO CHEMICAL ENERGY SOURCES – BATTERIES Cell and batteries – types of batteries

(a) Primary batteries – Lechalanche cell (dry cell), Lithium cell (b) Secondary batteries(Accumulators) – Lead acid battery, Ni-Cd battery, , Lithium-ion battery (c) Fuel cells- H2 – O2 fuel cell (d) Photovoltaic Cell- Solar Cell

Engineering applications – future water powered car, solar cells in domestic and automobiles.

UNIT - IV CORROSION Corrosion – Basic concepts –types of corrosion, chemical, electrochemical Corrosion (absorption of O2 and evolution of H2) Types of electrochemical Corrosion – Galvanic Corrosion – Pitting Corrosion, Factors affecting the rate of Corrosion. UNIT – V PROTECTIVE COATINGS Cathodic protection – sacrificial anode and impressed current method. Surface preparation for metallic coatings – sand blasting, Solvent cleaning, mechanical, pickling, and Etching. Applications of metallic coatings-hot dipping (tinning and galvanizing) metal cladding (Al Cladding) electro plating (copper plating) and electroless plating (Nickel plating). Organic coatings- Paints.

Application: Metal and organic coatings against corrosion. UNIT-VI PHASE RULE AND ALLOYS Phase rule:- Introduction, definition of terms with examples, one components system – Water system, reduced phase rule – Two component systems- lead – silver system. Alloys: - Introduction – Definition – properties of alloys – significance of alloying, functions and effect of alloying elements. Engineering applications of ferrous alloys – Ni chrome and stainless steel, nonferrous alloys – brass and bronze. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Chemistry: by Thirumala Chary & Laxminarayana, Scitech Publications

(2016) 2. Engineering Chemistry: by & B.Ramadevi, Prsanta Rath & Ch. Venkata Ramana Reddy,

Cengage Publications (2016) 3. Engineering Chemistry: by Jain & Jain ,Dhanapathrai Publications (2015) REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Text of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara & Mukkanti, S. Chand & CO, New Delhi (2014) 2. Textbook of Engg Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpatrai publications.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester - COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

(Common to all branches) Code:6F101 L T P/D C

3 1 - 3 Course Objectives : Understand the basic fundamentals of computing environment and Programming. Comprehend elements of C program structure. Understand control statements and use them in applications. Understand concepts of pointers and file.

Course Outcomes : After completing this course, the student will be able to

1 Explain basic fundamentals of Computer Systems , computing environments , Computer Languages – Machine Languages. Writing/ Drawing simple Algorithms and flowcharts.

2 Describe C language Programs, Structure of a C Program, Comments, the greeting program, identifiers, constants, variables, types , expressions and keywords.

3 Describe write programs using control structures such as Pre-test and post-test loops, while, do while, for, break and continue statements, comma expression . Write programs using functions . Write programs using recursion.

4 Write programs implementing application on arrays.

5 Write programs using Pointers and string handling functions.

6 Write programs using Enumerated, Structure, Union types and files.

UNIT I Computer fundamentals – Computer Systems, Computer Hardware, Computer Software, Computer Environments – Personal Computing Environment, Time-sharing Environment, Client/Server Environment, Distributed Computing, Computer Languages – Machine Languages, Symbolic Languages, High-Level Languages, Creating and running programs – Writing and Editing, compiling, linking, and executing programs, System Development – SDLC Problem solving Techniques – Algorithms, pseudo code, flowcharts – Simple illustrations and domain applications- Sum of digits of a number, Nature of quadratic equations, Income Tax Problem, Standard Deviation UNIT II Introduction to the C language – Background, C Programs, Structure of a C Program, Comments, the greeting program, identifiers, constants, variables and keywords. Types – void, integral, and floating-point types. Variables – declarations and initialization. Input / Output – Steams, Formatting input and output Expressions – Primary expressions, post-fix expressions, pre-fix expressions, unary expressions, binary expressions, Precedence and associativity, evaluating expressions, type conversions – implicit type conversion, explicit type conversion, statements – statement type, role of semicolon, statements and defined constants Decision control structures – Logical data and operators, Two-way selection – if else, nested if, dangling else, conditional expressions, Multi-way selection – switch statement, else-if. Applications: Age liability testing, Election counting, Bus Reservations. UNIT III

Repetitive control structures – Pre-test and post-test loops – initialization and updation, event and counter controlled loops, while, do while, for, break and continue statements, comma expression. Functions – User-defined functions - Function definition, arguments, return value, prototype, arguments and parameters, inner-function communication. Standard functions – Math functions, Random numbers. Scope – local global Parameter passing – Call by value and call by reference. Recursive functions – Definition, examples, advantages and disadvantages. Macros – Definition, examples, comparison with functions. Applications: Basic operations of calculator, factorial of integers. UNIT IV Arrays – Definition and declaration, initialization, accessing elements of in arrays, storing values in arrays, inter-function communication – passing individual elements, passing the whole array, Two dimensional and multidimensional arrays . Applications: bubble sort, linear search. UNIT V Pointers – Introduction, pointer constants, pointer values, pointer variables, accessing variables through pointers, pointer declaration and definition, declaration versus redirection, initialization of pointer variables, pointer for inter function communication, pointer to pointers. Arrays and pointers – Pointer arithmetic and arrays, Memory allocation functions – static and dynamic memory allocation, array of pointers Strings – Input and Output functions, string handling functions. Applications: searching a string. UNIT VI Enumerated, Structure, and Union types – The type definition (typedef), enumerated types, Structure, Unions Files – File name, file information table, streams, text and binary streams, stream file processing, system created steams, Standard library I/O functions, file open and close, formatting I/O functions, character I/O functions, Binary I/O, Standard library functions. Applications: Basic operations on files. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Computer science, a structured Programming approach using C by B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg, Third edition, Thomson. (Unit 1: (Pages 1 – 28, 1019 – 1032); Unit II: (Pages 29 – 76, 94 – 134, 231 – 263); Unit III: (Pages 303 – 348, 149 – 199, 349 – 359); unit IV: (Pages 459 – 487 and 493, 501); unit V: (Pages 557 – 577, 612 – 633); Unit VI: (Pages 745 – 786, 393 – 441, 821 – 840). REFERENCES: 1. The C programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M.Ritchie, PHI/Pearson Edn. 2. Let us C by Yashwanth P. Kanetkar 8th edition BPB publications. 3. Computer Programming for teens by Mary Farrell.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H L L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester (Common to all branches)

ENGINEERING DRAWING – I

L T P/D C 1 1 4 3

Code:6B101 Course Objectives : To learn basic concepts in engineering drawing, standard principles of orthographic projection of objects and to draw sectional views and pictorial views of solids. COURSE OUTCOMES: After completing this course, the student will be able to

1 Construct polygons , perform scaling and draw curves for constructions 2 Describe Projections or Views . 3 Explain with examples Projections of Planes with regular Planes, traces, Oblique planes and

Auxiliary plane

4 Explain Projections of Solids using Regular Solids, solids of revolution and Axis inclined to both planes.

5 Explain Sections of Solids with Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone and Auxiliary views. 6 Draw Intersection of Similar and Dis-similar Solids using Line, Cutting plane method ,

Intersection of Prism Vs Prism, Cylinders Vs Cylinder and Cylinder Vs Prism .

UNIT – I Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Drawing Instruments and their uses, types of lines, use of pencils, Lettering, Rules of dimensioning. Construction of polygons: Inscription and superscription of polygons given the diameter of circle. Introduction To Scales (Theory Only): Scales Used In Engineering Practice and Concept Of Representative Fraction Curves used in Engineering Practice and their Constructions: Conic Sections including Rectangular Hyperbola - General method only. UNIT – II Drawing of Projections or Views (Orthographic Projection in First Angle Projection Only): Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions – First and Third Angle Projections, Projection of Points, Projection of Lines - inclined to both planes, True lengths, traces. UNIT – III Projections of Planes: Projections of regular Planes, traces, Oblique planes, Introduction to Auxiliary planes

UNIT –IV Projections of Solids: Projections of Regular Solids – Regular Polyhedra, solids of revolution, Axis inclined to both planes. UNIT –V Sections of Solids: Sections and Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views UNIT –VI Intersection of Similar and Dis-similar Solids: Line method, Cutting plane method, Intersection of Prism Vs Prism, Cylinders Vs Cylinder (Under Similar category) and Cylinder Vs Prism (Under Dis-similar category) TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D. Bhatt / Charotar publishers 2. Engineering Drawing, K.L.Narayana and Kannaiah / Scietech publishers. REFERENCES: 1. Engineering Drawing, K.Venugopal/G.Sreekanjana, New Age International Publishers. 2. Engineering Drawing, B.V.R.Gupta, M.Raja Roy/I.K.International Publishing House.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L



ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB


Code: 6H171

L T P/D C

- - 2 1 Contents

NO. OF

UNIT-I classes

CALL Lab 4

1. Listening (importance, types, barriers of listening)

2. English phonology (sounds of English, vowels and consonants,

minimal pairs, pronunciation patterns)

ICS Lab 4 Speaking (difference between spoken language vs written language,

formal and informal language)

Greeting and taking leave

Introducing oneself and others

Ice-breaking activities

JAM session, Situational Dialogues, Role Play, Pair Work

UNIT-II

CALL Lab 2

Stress (word and sentence stress, stress shifts, strong and weak forms)

Intonation

Listening comprehension tests

ICS Lab 4

Features of a good conversation

Getting someone‘s attention, interrupting

Making requests, responding to requests

Asking for permission, giving and refusing permission

Answering the telephone and asking for someone else other than the receiver

Dealing with a wrong number

Telephone talk and leaving messages

Making inquiries over the phone

UNIT-III

CALL Lab 2

Common errors in pronunciation (Mother tongue influence, how

to improve pronunciation)


ICS Lab 4

Describing things and processes

Giving instructions, seeking clarifications

Asking for and giving directions

Thanking and responding to thanks

Asking for and giving opinions

Agreeing and disagreeing with opinions

Seeking and giving advice, making suggestions

UNIT-IV

CALL Lab 2

Listening for general content


ICS Lab 4

Strategies for effective speaking

Non-verbal communication

Making a speech

Extempore speaking

Making a presentation

UNIT-V

CALL Lab 2

Listening for specific details


ICS Lab 4

Interview skills

Group discussions

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H L



ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB – I

L T P/D C - - 2 1

Code:6H181 Course Objectives: To understand and calculate the wavelength of a given source, refractive index, dispersive power of a given material of prism, time constant of R-C components, resonance frequency, quality factor of LCR series/parallel combinations, Numerical aperture of an optical fiber. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student will be able to

1 Determine wave length of monochromatic source of light by using Newton’s Rings and refractive index of a material prism by using spectrometer.

2 Determine wave length of given laser source of light using Diffraction grating. 3 Determine Dispersive power of a glass Prism and Cauchy’s constant by using spectrometer

4 Experiment on R C Circuit and L C R series for calculating resonance and Planck’s constant.

5 Determine Numerical Aperture and Acceptance angle of a given optical fiber cable.

List of Experiments

1. Newtons Rings 2. Prism – Refractive Index 3. Prism – Dispersive Power 4. Diffracting Grating – Spectrometer 5. Cauchy’s Constant – Spectrometer 6. Diffraction Grating – Lazer 7. R-C Network 8. L-C-R Network (Series and parallel Resonace) 9. Plancks Constant 10. Numerical Aperture – Optical Fiber

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H L


B. Tech I Year. I Semester ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB


L T P/D C - - 2 1 Code: 6H186 Course Objectives: To make the student acquire the basic Knowledge on water, organic compounds, estimate compounds and viscosity of lubricants with their applications. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student will be able to 1. Understand the principle and theory in determination of Hardness of a water sample. 2. Understand the method of preparation for organic compounds. 3 learn and understand the methods for estimation of compounds. 4. Learn the process to determine Viscosity of lubricants. List of Experiments 1. Determination of Hardness of a ground water sample. 2. Preparation of Aspirin. 3. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricant by Redwood Viscometer. 4. Estimation of MnO2 in Pyrolusite. 5. Determination of strength of strong acid using Strong Base (HCl vs NaOH) by Conductometric titrations. 6. Determination of Mohr’s salt by Potentiometric method. 7. Estimation of Calcium in Portland cement. 8. Estimation of Iron content in Ore sample using Colorimeter (KSCN) 9. Estimation of rate of Corrosion of Aluminium in acidic and alkaline medium. 10. Determination of Calorific value of Solid fuel by using Bomb Calorimeter. 11. Experiment on Green chemistry; Aldol condensation (not by Classic route) 12. Determination of Flash point and fire point of a lubricant

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester C PROGRAMMING LAB


Code: 6F171 L T P/D C - - 4 2 Course Objectives : Write simple programs using control statements of ‘C’ Language, understand functions, solve problems with Programming and understand role and usage of files for data storage . Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student will be able to

1 Write algorithms and flowcharts to convert temperature Celsius to its equivalent Fahrenheit, calculate roots and Fibonacci series

2 Write programs using control statements while, do-while, and for loops and solve

mathematical series summations.

3 Write programs in menu driven style .

4 Write programs implementing functions , recursion with return values for example

Fibonacci , GCD, LCMD , pascal triangle, large and smallest in a set of numbers.

5 Write a program to implementing applications on arrays , matrices addition ,

multiplication and compute symmetric, lower triangular, upper triangular, diagonal,

scalar, or unit of a matrix.

6 Write programs on complex numbers and implement programs on student data or employees information using files.

1. Unit I (Cycle 1)

1. Write an algorithm for converting a given Celsius temperature to its equivalent

Fahrenheit temperature and draw a flowchart.











6. Finding the interest on a given principal for a given period of time at a given rate of

per year.


8. Write a C program to display a given decimal integer into an equivalent octal number

and hexadecimal number using %o and %x in printf function.


1. Write a C program to find the roots and nature of the roots of a quadratic equation,

given its coefficients.


3. A salesman gets a commission of 5% on the sales he makes if his sales is below

Rs.5000/- and a commission of 8% on the sales that exceeds Rs.5000/- together with

Rs.250/-. Write an algorithm or a flowchart and develop C program for computing

the commission of the salesman, given his sales.


1. Write three C programs to print a multiplication table for a given number using while,

do-while, and for loops.


3. 1+x+x2+x

3+………….+x

n, given x and n.

4. 1! + 2! + 3! + . . . + n!, given n.

5. 1 – x2/2! + x

4/4! – x

6/6! + x

8/8! – x


th term becomes

less than 0.0001.


1. Write a C program in the menu driven style to perform the operations +, -, *, /, %

between two given integers.

2. Write a C program to find the largest and the least of some numbers given by the

user.




a) A function that takes an integer n as argument and returns 1 if it is a prime

number and 0 otherwise.

b) A function that takes a real number x and a positive integer n as arguments

and returns xn.

c) A function that takes a positive integer n as an argument and returns the nth

Fibonacci number.







a) Write a menu driven style program to compute the above functions (cycle 6) on

the choice of the function given by the user.









1. Write a program to store the numbers given by the user in an array, and then to find

the mean, deviations of the given values from the mean, and variance.

2. Write a C program to initially store user given numbers in an array, display them and

then to insert a given number at a given location and to delete a number at a given

location.

3. Write a program to store user given numbers in an array and find the locations of

minimum and maximum values in the array and swap them and display the resulting

array.



multiplication.








1. Define a structure for complex number. Write functions on complex numbers

(addition, subtraction, absolute value, multiplication, division, complex conjugate)

and implement them in a menu driven style.


3. Define a structure student having members roll no., name, class, section, marks.

Create an array of 10 students give the data and find the average marks, section-wise.



a) Create a file by the name given by the user or by command line argument and add

the text given by the user to that file.



arguments.



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H H L



ENGINEERING WORKSHOP – I

Code: 6B171 L T P/D C - - 2 1

Course Objectives:

To understand working of different domestic appliance ,use engineering materials, tools,

equipments with its precision and safety measures along with exposure to various welding

and joining processes.

Course Outcomes : After completing this course, the student will be able to

1 Perform House wiring and install Tube light, connection of Calling Bell as per circuit diagram and connection of stair case as per circuit diagram .

2 Practice of disassembly and assembly of various home appliances such as Fans, Mixers, Air blower, Iron box and Rice cooker .

3 Perform Welding as and when needed i.e Lap Joint, Butt Joint and welding of T-Joint

Introduction and Description of Tools, processes and procedures of all trades with PPT Introduction & Description of Tools, processes and procedures of all trades with PPT I) House wiring

To connect the Tube light as per circuit diagram

To connect the Calling Bell as per circuit diagram

To connect stair case as per circuit diagram II) Home Appliances Practice of disassembly and assembly of various home appliances such as

Fans

Mixers

Air blower

Iron box

Rice cooker III) Welding

Preparation and welding of Lap Joint

Preparation and welding of Butt Joint

Preparation and welding of T-Joint

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester IT WORKSHOP – I

(Common to all branches) Code:6F172 L T P/D C - - 2 1 Course Objectives :

Learn computer system environment with significance of each peripheral. Understand various units for system and how they interact. Learn Installations of various softwares and Operating systems. Understand role of security and Cyber ethics.


1 Identify peripherals of a computer, describe types of Operating system, Install computer with dual boot operating systems .

2 Assembling and Disassemble computer system.

3 Install and Use Microsoft Windows 7 for Programming and application development .

4 Install linux and install applications in Linux and windows.

5 Trouble Software and hardware problems along with configurations setting for application and computer security for software development.

6 Describe and practice Cyber ethics.

Introduction & Description of exercises, processes and procedures with PPT Week1: Introduction to Computer: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components/peripherals in a CPU & its functions. Introduction to the types of Operating system, Install computer with dual boot operating system (Windows, Linux with PowerPoint presentation). Comparison of types of OS in different platform. Week 2: Assembling and Disassembling Practicals Week 3: Introduction to Microsoft Windows 7: Software and data, Components of Desktop, Working with windows

Week 4: Getting Started with Microsoft Windows 7: Using the Start Menu, Obtaining Help on Windows, Changing Setting, Using Applications in Windows, Shutting Down Windows Week 5: Introduction to Linux Operating system, Linux Commands, DOS commands Week 6: Install computer applications in Linux and windows. Software and hardware trouble shoot, personal computer security settings and application software of the system.

Cyber Ethics: Access websites and email, effectively and securely browse (bank sites, https WebPages) and share the data, categories of websites (.com, .in, .edu, .org). TEXT BOOK: 1. “Comdex Information Technology Course Kit” by Vikas Gupta, Dreamtech Press

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H M


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year I semester SEMINAR ON CURRENT AFFAIRS / TECHNICAL TOPIC

L T P C

- - 2 1 Code: 6A191 Course Objective :

Develop ability to be a public speaker. Learn the importance of delivering Seminars for demonstrating oratory and develop interview facing skills.


1. Identify current general, political and technology related topics.

2. Arrange and present Seminar in a effective manner

3. Collect, survey and organize content in presentable manner

4. Demonstrate oratory skills with the aid of Power Point Presentations

5. Exhibit interview facing skills and team leading qualities Procedure

1. Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of technical Seminar in the first

two sessions and enlighten the students on the utility of these Seminars. 2. The slots, titles shall be decided upfront and Seminar in charge shall take signatures. 3. The same sheet shall be affixed in the respective classrooms and Seminar register. 4. If any student fails to present his/her Seminar on the given slot, to genuine reasons, they

may be asked to present in the subsequent slot/week. 5. Progress of the Seminars need to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days. 6. The evaluation for technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the

classrooms. 7. Report and presentation must contain topic, introduction, explanation, diagrams, tables,

applications and conclusions. Distribution of marks There shall be a Technical Paper writing and Seminar evaluated for 100 marks in First Year First Semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:

Content : 20 marks Presentation including PPT : 20 marks Seminar Notes : 10 marks Interaction : 10 marks Report : 25 marks Attendance : 10 marks Punctuality : 5 marks

Total 100 marks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L


Syllabus for B.Tech. I year II Semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

ENGLISH -II

Code: 6H202 L T P/D C

2 2 - 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES


Appraise their knowledge base in English






UNIT 1: Biography of Mokshagundam Visvesvaraya

Essence : To let students understand the life of Mokshagundam

Visvesvaraya. A person can rise to great heights from a poor and

simple background through perseverance and dedication. He

became Diwan of Mysore State and was instrumental in the

construction of Krishnaraja Sagar Dam across Cauvery river

(Mysore), Osman Sagar and Himayath sagar in Hyderabad which

saves Hyderabad from floods. He relinquished the office for the

sake of his principles.

Vocabulary : Word Formation: Base words, Derivatives, Difference between inflection and derivation

Grammar : Joining ideas by conjunctions Reading : Reading Comprehension - Getting the essential information (How to be an active reader picking-up clues while reading) Writing : Paragraph Writing – Developing a paragraph with the given

topic sentence

UNIT 2: The Boy who Broke the Bank by Ruskin Bond

Essence : Communication Distortion. The story reveals how

miscommunication

from one to another can cause a hazardous situation.

Oral communication can be distorted where as written

communication

can’t be.

Vocabulary : Word blending Grammar : Verbs (Correction of Sentences) Reading : Reading Comprehension – Finding the main idea (looking beyond the

facts considering the author’s motive) Writing : Letter writing : Business letters

UNIT 3: Three Questions by Leo Tolstoy

Essence : Learning Skills- Every one of us must help each other who

are in

difficulties without looking into his background and without

expecting anything in return.

Vocabulary : Meaning in context and Unambiguity Grammar : Tenses (Correction of sentences), Correction of ambiguous sentences Reading : Reading Comprehension – Defining vocabulary in context (dealing

with unfamiliar words without a dictionary) Writing : Paraphrasing UNIT 4: An Astrologer’s Day by R.K. Narayan

Essence : Short Story-It is natural that every person goes through some

difficult situation in life. Like a palmist, every one of us must

listen to others problems and give solace so that they will get

some sort of mental relief.

Vocabulary : Phrasal Verbs in sentences Grammar : Emphatic sentences, Question formation – Framing questions with - Wh-questions, verb and do Reading : Reading Comprehension – Difference between fact and opinion Writing : Essay writing

UNIT 5: The Verger by Somerset Maugham

Essence : Assertive Skills- Every one of us goes through difficult phase

in life. When something happens, we should not become

crest- fallen but we should have faith and determination to

overcome the crisis.

Vocabulary : Words : Phobia and mania Grammar : Pronouns and prepositions (correction of sentences) Reading : Reading Comprehension Writing : Report writing

UNIT 6: Of Studies by Francis Bacon

Essence : Education is not just ability to read and write but it is for the

manifestation of character and the holistic development of an

individual.

Vocabulary : British and American English - words and phrases Grammar : Common errors and correction of sentences Reading : Book Reading Writing : Writing a Book Review Prescribed Text Book: English for Professional Success

Text book compiled by the Faculty of English, SNIST

COURSE OUTCOMES


Appreciate the stories and cultivate good principles to become better humans






Suggested Reading :

1. Creative Writing: A Beginner‘s Manual by Anjana Neira Dev, Anuradha Marwah

and Swati Pal

2. Modern Writing Skills by Terry O' Brien

3. Learn to Write by Dr. G. Varalakshmi 4. Essential English Grammar and Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond

Murphy

http://www.amazon.in/Terry-O-Brien/e/B00J6302LO/ref=dp_byline_cont_book_1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


Syllabus for B.Tech I year II Semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –II (Linear Algebra, PDE & Integral Transforms)

(Common to all branches except Bio-Technology) L T P/D C

Code: 6H213 3 2 - 3 Pre Requisites: Nil Course Objectives:

To learn basic concepts of linear algebra to find solutions to linear systems, eigen values and eigen rectors and their properties, formation of partial differential equation and finding solution to linear and non-linear first order partial differential equations, various kinds of integral transforms methods such as Laplace transforms, Z-Transforms, Fourier Analysis and their applications.

Course Outcomes: Students will able to

1. Evaluate the rank of matrix, and able to find the solution to a linear system. 2. Find eigen values and eigen vectors and their applications to find higher powers and inverse

of a matrix. 3. Form partial differential equations and find the solution to first order linear and nonlinear

partial differential equations. 4. Solve the problems in evaluating Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms and its applications

to solve ordinary differential equation with constant coefficients. 5. Solve problems on Z-transform and its application to solve difference equations. 6. Find the Fourier series of a function; solve the problems in finding Fourier transformations

and their applications. UNIT-I: MATRICES AND LINEAR SYSTEMS: Rank of a Matrix, Echelon Form, Normal Form, Inverse of a Matrix by Gauss-Jordan method, Linear Dependence and Independence of Vectors, Solution of Linear Systems –Gauss Elimination Method, Rank method, Gauss Seidal Method (Iterative method). Applications: Finding the current and voltages in an electrical circuit. Applications in coding theory UNIT-II: EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS: Eigen values and Eigenvectors- properties, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof) and its Applications to find higher power and inverse of a matrix Application: Diagonalization of a Matrix. UNIT-III: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Formation of partial differential equations by Elimination of Arbitrary Constants and Arbitrary Functions, Solutions of first order linear equation, Non-linear (Standard type) equations, Method of Separation of Variables. Classification of partial differential equations. Applications: One dimensional Wave, Heat equations, Application in Fluid Mechanics. UNIT-IV: LAPLACE TRANSFORMATIONS:

Laplace transform of standard functions, shifting theorems, change of scale property, Multiplication by powers of’‘t’, Divison by‘t’ (without proofs). Laplace transform of unit step function, Impulse function and periodic functions. Inverse Laplace transforms: properties, partial fraction method and convolution theorem (without proof). Applications: Laplace transforms to solve ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. Applications in finding response of electrical and electronic systems with impulse input. UNIT-V: Z- TRANSFORMS: Z- Transforms and Inverse Z-transforms, properties, damping rule, Shifting properties, Initial and final value theorems Convolution theorem (without proofs). Applications-Solution of difference equation by Z- transforms, converting a filter from analog domain to digital domain. UNIT-VI: FOURIER SERIES:

Fourier series to the functions of any period p=2,2L, Fourier series of even and odd functions, Half-range Expansions. Applications: Fourier series to ordinary differential equations with boundary conditions. Fourier Transform: Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms, Finite fourier transform, Convolution, Parseval’s identity Application : Solution of one dimensional heat and wave equations using Fourier transform. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 2. Advanced Engineering mathematics, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K.Jain, Narosa Publication. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering mathematics, Ravish R.Singh, McGraw Hill Education. 2. Engineering mathematics, P.Sivaramakrishna Das, Pearson Publications. 3. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 4. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H L L


Syllabus for B. Tech I Year II semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Applied Physics – I (Common to EE, ECE and ECM)

Code: 6H223 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3

Objectives:

To understand the features of crystallography, crystal structures and their defects.

To learn and understand the fundamentals of semiconductors, calculation of density of charge carriers, Hall Effect in semiconductors, and calculation of hall coefficient for understand the nature of charge carriers and their applications in LED, Solar cells and Photo diode.

To understand the basic concepts in magnetism, Hysteresis curve in ferro magnetic materials, superconductivity, and their applications.

To understand the basics of nano materials, preparation techniques, characterization and their applications in the field of science &technology.

Course Outcomes

1 Describe elements and features of magnates. 2 Describe the dielectric properties. 3 Explain Semiconductor fundamentals, its properties and Hall Effect in semiconductors with

its applications. 4 Explain fabrication of Semiconductor Devices with PN Junction and working of PN Junction

and its I-V Characteristics. 5 Describe Magnetic Properties , application of Ferro Magnetic materials, Super conductivity

and its types and BCS theory of Superconductivity 6 Discuss significance, features characteristics applications of Nanotechnology and Nano

Materials.

UNIT I: MAGNETIC PROPERTIES: Permeability, Field Intensity, Magnetic Induction, Magnetization, Magnetic Susceptibility, Origin of Magnetic Moment, Bohr Magneton. Hysteresis behavior of Ferro Magnetic materials based on Domain Theory or Weiss theory. Hard and Soft Magnetic Materials, Properties of Anti-Ferro and Ferri Magnetic Materials and their applications, Super conductivity, effect of Magnetic Field, Critical current density, Meissner’s effect, Type-I and Type-II superconductors, Introduction to BCS theory of Superconductivity, applications of super conductors. UNIT II: DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: Electric Dipole, Dipole Moment, Dielectric Constant, Electric Susceptibility, Electronic and Ionic polarizabilities (Quantitative) Orientation Polarization (Qualitative), Internal fields in Solids, Clausius - Mossotti equation, Frequency and temperature effect on Dielectrics (Qualitative). Applications - Piezo-electricity, Pyro-electricity and Ferro-electricity, spark erosion mission. Unit III : Crystallography and Crystal Structures:

Space Lattice, Unit Cell, Lattice Parameters, Crystal Systems, Bravais Lattices, Miller Indices, Crystal Planes and Directions, Inter Planar Spacing of Orthogonal Crystal Systems, Atomic Radius, Co-ordination Number and Packing Factor of SC, BCC, FCC and HCP Structures. Applications: Properties of metals with BCC, FCC and HCP structures Unit IV : Semiconductor Physics: Fermi Level in Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, calculation of carrier concentration of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, Direct & Indirect Band Gap Semiconductors, Applications: Thermistor, Hall Effect in semiconductors and its applications. Unit V : Physics of Semiconductor Devices: Formation of PN Junction and working of PN Junction. Energy Diagram of PN Diode, Diode equation (Quantitative treatment), I-V Characteristics of PN Junction, Application - LED, Solar Cell, Photo diode. UNIT VI: NANOTECHNOLOGY: Origin of Nanotechnology, Nano Scale, Surface to Volume Ratio, Quantum Confinement, Bottom-up Fabrication, Sol-gel, Precipitation, Chemical vapor Deposition (CVD); Top-down Fabrication; Thermal evaporation, Ball Milling, Characterization of Nano materials (XRD&TEM), carbon nano tubes (CNTs), Applications of Nano Materials. TEXT BOOKS: 1. P. K. Palanisamy, Engineering Physics, Sitech Publications 2. B.K. Pandey & S. Chaturvedi Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley Publisher 2. Dr.M.N.Avadhanulu, Engineering Physics, S Chand 3. Dekker, Solid State Physics 4. S.O.Pillai, Solid State Physics 5. Opto Electronics by John Senior.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H H M L



DATA STRUCTURES AND C++ (Common to all Branches)

Code: 6E201 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Objective:

1. Understand the concepts of Abstract data Type, linear data structures such as stacks, queues and lists and their applications.

2. Comprehend different non linear data structures such as trees and graphs and analyze their time complexities.

3. Understand object oriented Programming and advanced C++ concepts and be able to write programs with C++ features such as composition of objects, operator overloads, dynamic memory allocation, inheritance and polymorphism, Templates etc.

Course Outcomes:

1 Explain Abstract data type, stack and Queues with their applications



4 Describe and solve problems of searching and sorting and evaluate the time complexity of each algorithm.

5 Explain concepts of OOPs and implement programs using objects, classes, constructors and destructors.

6 Explain and apply concepts of oops , write programs implementing functions , operator overloading and inheritance.

UNIT I Introduction to data structures: Abstract data type (ADT), Stacks, Queues and Circular queues and their implementation with arrays. Applications of Stack: infix to post fix conversion, postfix expression evaluation. Applications of Queues. UNIT II Singly linked lists, Advantages of Linked lists over Arrays, Doubly linked lists, Circular list and their operations, representing stacks and queues with Linked lists. UNIT III Trees- Binary trees, terminology, representation, traversals. AVL trees, AVL tree operations: Insertion, deletion and searching. Graphs- terminology, representation, graph traversals (DFS and BFS). UNIT IV Searching - Linear and binary search methods.

Sorting - Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort. Heaps - Introduction, Min Heap, Max Heap, Operations on Heaps, Heap Sort. Performance analysis of Searching and Sorting Algorithms. UNIT V: Introduction to C++ Programming-object oriented Programming concepts, Structured Vs OOP. Classes and objects-class definition, Objects, class scope and accessing members, Constructors-default constructor, parameterized constructor, copy constructor. Destructor. UNIT VI: Static class members, this pointer, friend functions, Dynamic memory management with operators new and delete. Overloading-function overloading, Operator overloading, restrictions on operator overloading, overloading unary and binary operators, templates, inheritance: single, multiple and multi level inheritance. TEXT BOOKS:

4. Data structures and C++ by Reema Thareja 5. Data Structure through C by Yashavant Kanetkar. 6. The complete reference C++ By Herb Schildt.

REFERENCES: 1. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, John E. Hopcroft. Data structures and Algorithms. Addison

Wesley, 1983. 2. Data structures using c Aaron M.Tenenbaum , Yedidyah Langsam,Moshe J Augenstein. 3. Introduction to Data structures In C By Kamtane 4. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg and Behrouz A.

Forouzan.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H L L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech. (EEE) I Year II semester

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Engineering Drawing – II

(Common to all branches) Code: 6B202 L T P/D C 1 1 2 2 Course objectives: To provide basic concepts in engineering drawing. To impart knowledge about standard principles of isometric projection of objects. To draw perspective views of solids. COURSE OUTCOMES: Students will be able: 1. To draw the various types of scales for different applications and using various types of units. 2. to understand the practical applications of development of various solids and draw their developments 3. to understand the concept of three dimensional representations of simple and complex objects through

isometric projection principle given their orthographic representation 4. To convert pictorial (Isometric) views to orthographic views. 5. to understand the applications and draw the perspective views of various drawing entities 6. to understand the computer aided drafting technique and commands for generation of basic entities of

drawing UNIT – I: SCALES: Construction of Plain, Diagonal, Comparative, Vernier Scales and Scale of chords. UNIT – II: DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids, Cones and their parts. UNIT – III: ISOMETRIC PROJECTIONS/VIEWS: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric Views – Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids – Isometric Projection of objects having non- isometric lines. Conversion of Orthographic Views to Isometric Views of simple objects. UNIT –IV: TRANSFORMATION OF PROJECTIONS: Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views of simple objects. UNIT –V: PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS: Principle, Perspective elements, Perspective View of Points, Lines, Plane Figures and Simple Solids - Vanishing Point Method, Visual ray method. UNIT –VI: INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING: Generation of points, lines, curves, polygons, simple solids, dimensioning. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D. Bhatt / Charotar publishers 2. Engineering Drawing, K.L.Narayana and Kannaiah / Scietech publishers. REFERENCES: 1. Engineering graphics with Auto CAD- R.B Choudary / Anuradha Publishes 2. Engineering Drawing, K.Venugopal/G.Sreekanjana, New Age International Publishers. 3. Engineering Drawing, Basanth Agarwal/CM Agarwal/ MG graw hill Education

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L


Syllabus for B.Tech. I year II Semester Electrical and Electronics and Engineering ENVIRONMENTAL AND APPLIED CHEMISTRY


Code: 6H232 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2

Course Objectives: To learn the preparation methods and applications of commercial and conducting polymers, to understand the Ecosystems and Bio diversity, sustainable development and green technology, the natural resources available and over exploitation of resources. To develop the concepts and preparation methods of fuels and to have idea about pollution and to learn the control methods for pollution. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, the student has the ability to

1. Explain methodologies that facilitate greater control over product and as a consequence enable novel polymer architectures. Conductivity of polymers also helps in electro chemistry. If a company works with plastics, rubbers, resins, adhesives, composites, coatings, fibers or packaging, a good understanding of polymer chemistry will benefit

2. Understand the concept, Structure and Function of Eco system in order to save the environment.

3. Use the techniques in sustainable development with regard to Water, Wasteland reclamation, Environmental management and green technology

4. Identify the natural resources available and how to save the resources. 5. Apply techniques in preparation and use of energy sources in industries. 6. Apply Control measures of Urban and Industrial waste to reduce the pollution.

UNIT - I POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

Polymer, polymerization - Types of Polymerization.

Plastics – thermosetting and thermoplastics, preparation, properties and Engineering

applications of the following: PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, Nylon 6,6.

Rubber – natural and artificial rubber, vulcanization of natural rubber, Buna-S, Buna-N and

their Engineering applications. Fibers-Natural and Synthetic (Polyamides & Polyesters) Conducting polymers- classification, Mechanism of conduction in Polyacetylene and polyaniline - Engineering Applications: Different types of plastics used in our daily life and industrial applications, environmental degradation due to plastics.

UNIT II: ECOSYSTEMS and BIO DIVERSITY Environmental studies, definition and scope, Ecosystem - concept, Structure and Function, Ecological succession, Classification (Forest and aquatic Ecosystems), Biodiversity –Definition and types, Value of bio diversity, Hot spots, Threats to bio diversity, Conservation strategies: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation. UNIT –III SUSTAINABLE CHEMISTRY AND GREEN TECHNOLOGY

Concept of sustainable development, Strategies for sustainable development- Wasteland

reclamation, -Environmental management, Green Technology - Introduction, Concepts,

Principles of green chemistry, development of green chemistry.

Engineering Applications- Manufacutre of polylactic acid for plastic production,

Production of biodegradable polymer (poly hydroxyl alkanoates (PHA). UNIT- IV NATURAL RESOURCES Definition, classification, Forest resources-use and over-exploitation, deforestation, Forest Conservation Act, Energy resources-energy demand, renewable and non-renewable energy resources, alternate energy resources, Case studies. Food Resources-World Food problems, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources. UNIT - V FUEL TECHNOLOGY Classification of Fuels- Solid, Liquid & gaseous fuels. Characteristics of good fuel, calorific value (HCV&LCV) Problems. Solid Fuels:- Coal and its chemical composition, Analysis of Coal and Significance. Liquid fuels:-Source –Petroleum-refining of petroleum- Production of petrol by Bergius process.- (the production of synthetic petrol).Biodiesel – Blends, Properties, Applications and Usage in Automobiles , Railways and Aircrafts, Advantages and disadvantages. Gaseous Fuels:- Natural gas –Analysis of flue gas by Orsat’s apparatus. Engineering applications of fuels: Influence of Fuels on Environment. UNIT-VI POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY Environmental Segments, Atmosphere- Introduction –Atmospheric structure- Air pollution: causes, effects and Control measures, Global warming, acid rains, green house effect, ozone layer depletion, Chloro Flouro carbons (CFC), Photochemical smog. Water Pollution- use and over-exploitation, floods, drought, dams- benefits and problems, Rain water conservation, Marine Pollution, Sources, Effects and control measures. Soil pollution- soil erosion and desertification, Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides. Solid Waste Management- Effects of solid waste, Control measures of Urban and Industrial waste. Man made environmental disasters: Bhopal disaster, Chernobyl disaster, TEXT BOOK:

1. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES by Kaushik & Kaushik New Age publication (2016). 2. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES by R. Rajagopalan Oxford University Press III Edition.

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. ENVIONMENTAL STUDIES by Deeksha Dave & S.S.Katewa ,Cengage Publications (2012) 2. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY by A.K.DE , New Age Internationals(2014)

L T P/D C 2 1 - 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech I Year II semester

Code: 6A201 Electrical and Electronics Engineering CIRCUITS and NETWORKS – I

Course Outcome : 1. Concepts of active and passive elements, basics of network analysis and responce to different

types of inputs.

2. Fundamental concepts about network topology

3. Fundamental concepts about magnetic circuits.

4. Fundamental concepts about single phase AC circuits

5. Fundamental concepts about locus diagrams

6. Fundamental concepts about network theorms. UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS: Circuit concept, R – L – C parameters, Voltage and current sources, Independent and dependent sources, Source transformation, Kirchoff’s Laws, Network reduction techniques, Series, Parallel, Series - parallel, Star – to – delta and Delta – to – star transformation, Mesh analysis, Nodal analysis, Concept of super mesh and super node. Voltage current relationship for passive elements (for different input signals – square, ramp, saw tooth, triangular) UNIT – II: NETWORK TOPOLOGY: Definitions, Graph, Tree, Basic cut-set and basic tie-set matrices for planar networks, Loop and Nodal methods of analysis of Networks using graph theory, Duality & dual networks UNIT – III: MAGNETIC CIRCUITS: Basic terms in Magnetic Circuits, Comparison between electric and magnetic circuits, Composite magnetic circuit, Analysis of series, parallel magnetic circuits, Faraday’s Laws of electromagnetic induction, Concept of self and mutual inductance, Dot convention, Co-efficient of coupling. UNIT - IV: SINGLE PHASE A.C. CIRCUITS: R.M.S. and Average values, Form factor for different periodic wave forms, j Notation, Complex and polar forms of representation, Steady state analysis of R,L,C circuits (in series, parallel and series parallel combinations) with sinusoidal excitation, Concept of Reactance, Impedance, Susceptance and Admittance, Phase angle, Concept of power factor, Real, Reactive powers and Complex power. UNIT – V: LOCUS DIAGRAMS & RESONANCE: Locus diagrams of R-L, R-C circuits with variation of various parameters (series and parallel), Resonance in series, parallel circuits, Concept of band width and Q factor. UNIT – VI: NETWORK THEOREMS: Tellegen’s, Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power transfer, Millman’s and Compensation theorems with D.C.& A.C. excitations. TEXT BOOKS: 3. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6

th

edition. 4. Circuits & Networks - A.Sudhakar and Shyamamohan S.Palli, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3

rd edition.

REFERENCES: 4. Network Analysis - M.E. Vanvalkenberg, Printice Hall of India, 3rd edition 5. Circuit theory (Analysis & Synthesis) - A.Chakravarthy, Dhanpath Rai & Co., 6

th edition.

6. Circuits & Networks – M.S. Sukhija, T.K. Nagasarkar, Oxford University Press, 2nd

edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech I Year II semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Gender Sensitization, Values & Ethics and Yoga (Common to all Branches)

Code: 6ZC03 Course Objective:

To develop students‘ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary India, provide a

critical perspective on the socialization of men and women, introduce students to information about

some key biological aspects of genders, expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of

work and help students reflect critically on gender violence. Identify the core values that shape the

ethical behavior of an engineer, to create awareness on professional ethics and Human Values and to

appreciate the rights of others.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to

1. To develop students‘ sensibility with regards to issues of gender in contemporary India and to help the

students appreciate the essential complimentarily between ‗VALUES and ‗SKILLS‘ to ensure

sustained happiness and prosperity which are the core aspirations of all human beings.

2. To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men, women and transgenders, to acknowledge

women‘s role at home and at work and to have a wider understanding of Ethics.

3. To help students reflect critically on gender violence, understand engineering ethics and an engineer‘s

responsibility for safety and risk.

4. Perceive gender literacy and understand the importance of gender perspective.

5. Understand rules and principles set by the society in a customary way.

6. Understand and appreciate the importance of personality development through yoga for a holistic life.

UNIT I: UNDERSTANDING GENDER AND VALUES Importance of Gender sensitization, Gender Stereotyping Socialization: Gender Socialization, Being modern in thought, yet rooted in one’s culture Just Relationships: Healthy relationship between men and women UNIT II: GENDER SPECTRUM Beyond the Binary, Gender Imbalance and its Consequences, Decline in Women population (Medico-legal concerns- PC and PNDT Act 1994), Social consequences of skewed gender ratio, Demographic Consequences Housework: The invisible Labour Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economic Unrecognized and Unaccounted Work. Wages and Conditions of Work UNIT III: ISSUES OF VIOLENCE AND GENDER STUDIES Domestic Violence: Physical abuse, mental abuse and Emotional disturbance Consequences of domestic violence and legal Implications (Domestic Violence Act 2005- 498A) Knowledge: Through the Lens of Gender Unacknowledged Women and Men in Indian History- Women Scientist (Rupabai Furdoonji), Early Aviators (Babur Mirza and Pingle Madhusudhan Reddy), and Women Leader ( T N Sadalakshmi) Life Sketches: Mary Kom, Chanda Kochar, Mother Tesera, and Durga Bai Deshmukh UNIT IV: ENGINEERING ETHICS Importance of Value Education, Understanding Social Factors, Morals, Values ,Family Values-Harmony, Respect, Caring; Sharing; Integrity; Honesty; Courage; Cooperation; Commitment; Empathy; Self Confidence; Character; Accountability; Loyalty; Confidentiality; and Attitude Ethics and Ethical Principles, Ethical Theories, and their uses Professional Ethics, Engineering Ethics, Code of Ethics, Moral Autonomy of Engineers, Engineer’s Responsibility for safety and Risk

UNIT V: GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE Distinguish between Bribes and Gifts; Occupational Crimes; Globalization- Cross-Cultural Issues; Environmental Ethics; Internet and Computer Codes of Ethics Case Study: Ethics in Military and Weapons Development-Ethics in Research work UNIT VI: PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT Spirituality, Personality and Our Identity, Understanding Self, Happiness, Positive Thinking, Understanding responsibility towards Society. Introduction to Yoga in India; Origin and Development; Theoretical understanding of yoga; Stress Management : Modern and Yogic perspectives; Tackling ill-effects of Frustration, Anxiety and Conflict through modern and Yogic methods; Meditation Techniques; Suryanamaskar; Pranayama. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Indian Culture Values and Professional Ethics (For Professional Students) by Prof.P.S.R.Murthy; B.S. Publications.

2. Professional Ethics and Human Values by M. Jayakumar, Published by University Science Press, 3. Telugu Academy, Hyderabad, 2015, Towards A World of Equals, A Bilingual Text Book on Gender.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. The Yoga Sutras of Patanjali by Swami Satchitananda 2. The Secret Power of Yoga by Nischala Joy Devi 3. Light on Pranayama by B.K.S. Iyengar

L T P/D C 1 1 - 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L L


Syllabus for B. Tech. (EEE) I Year II semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

DATASTRUCTURES AND C++ LAB (Common to all Branches)

Code: 6E271 L T P/D C - - 3 2

Course objective: Understand the data structures: simple and complex and use them to write the programs for implementing searching, sorting, expression evaluations. Understand the applications that use the particular data structure and its significance in the development of operating systems and the software’s. Understand the object oriented Programming concepts of C++. Course Outcomes:

1 Write programs to implement Stacks, Queues and circular queues. 2 Write programs using tree traversals. In order, preorder and post order. 3 Write Programs on searching and sorting operations. 4 Write programs on Binary trees. 5 Write programs in C++ to implement classes and operator overloading.

List of Programs: 1. Write a C program that implement stack and its operations using arrays 2. Write a C program that implement Queue and its operations using arrays. 3. Write a C program that implement Circular Queue and its operations using arrays. 4. Write a C program that uses Stack operations to perform the following i) Converting infix expression into postfix expression ii) Evaluating the postfix expression 5. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on singly linked list: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal 6. Write a C program using functions to perform the following operations on circular singly linked list: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal 7. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on doubly linked list: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal in both ways 8. Write a C program to implement operations on the following Data structures Using Singly linked list: i) Stack ii) Queue 9. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following: i) Creating a Binary Tree of integers

ii) Traversing the above binary tree in preorder, in order and post order. 10. Write C programs that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform the following searching operations for a Key value in a given list of integers : i) Linear search ii) Binary search 11. Write C programs that implement the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers

in ascending order: i) Bubble sort ii) Insertion sort iii) Selection Sort 12. Write C programs that implement the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers in ascending order: i) Quick sort ii) Merge sort iii) Heap Sort 13. Write a C++ program to read and display the details of student class with data members as name, rollno and 3 subjects’ marks. 14. Write a C++ program to implement all types of constructors. 15. Write a C++ program to implement operator overloading for addition of two complex numbers. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Data structures and C++ by Reema Thareja 2. Data Structure through C by Yashavant Kanetkar. 3. The complete reference C++ By Herb Schildt. 4. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg and Behrouz A. Forouzan.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H L


B. Tech (EEE) I Year II semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Engineering Physics Lab – II (Common to ALL)

Code: 6H282 L T P/D C - - 2/2 1 Course Objectives: To understand and calculate energy gap of a given semiconductor, frequency of a electrically vibrating tuning fork , acceleration due to gravity, moment of inertia of a given metal rod, rigidity modulus of a given metal wire, characteristics of LED and forward resistance of a given LED, determination of magnetic induction along the axis of circular coil. Course Outcomes:

1 Determine the Energy gap (Eg) of a semiconductor. Describe the characteristics of a

Thermistor. 2

Describe the Characteristics of a laser Diode. Determine Numerical aperture of an optical fiber.

3 Determine the frequency of an electrically vibrating tuning fork - using Melde’s apparatus. Describe and determine frequency of A.C signal generator – using Sonometer.

4 Determine rigidity modulus of a given material wire – using Torsional pendulum and acceleration due to gravity and radius of gyration - using compound pendulum

5 Verify of laws of Transverse Vibration of a stretched string - using Sonometer. Describe the characteristics of LED and determine forward resistance of a given LED.

1. Determination of Energy gap (Eg) of a semiconductor. 2. To study the characteristics of a Thermistor. 3. To study the Characteristics of a laser Diode. 4. Determination of frequency of an electrically vibrating tuning fork - using Melde’s apparatus. 5. Determination of frequency of A.C signal generator – using Sonometer. 6. Determination of rigidity modulus of a given material wire – using Torsional pendulum. 7. Determination of acceleration due to gravity and radius of gyration - using compound

pendulum. 8. Verification of laws of Transverse Vibration of a stretched string - using Sonometer. 9. Study of characteristics of LED and determination of forward resistance of a given LED.

10. Determination of Magnetic Induction flux density along the axis of a current carrying

circular coil - using Stewart & Gee‘s Experiment.

Note: Any SIX of the above Experiments are to be conducted

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H



Engineering Workshop – II

(Common to all branches except CSE & IT)

Code: 6B272 L T P/D C - - 2/2 1

Course Objectives:

1. To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various

engineering products.

2. To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials, tools,

equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field.

3. To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at work place.

4. It explains the construction, function, use and application of different working tools,

equipment and machines.

5. To study commonly used carpentry joints.

6. Identify and use marking out tools, hand tools, measuring equipment and to work to

prescribed tolerances. COURSE OUTCOMES: After completing the subject, students will be able: 1. to understand the various tools used for filing and perform fitting on simple joints. 2. to fabricate components made up of tin sheets. 3. to make simple wooden joints using carpentry tools 1. Introduction and Description:

Tools, Processes and procedures of Fitting, Tin Smithy and Carpentry 2. Fitting

To make a Square - Fitting as per the dimensions

To make a V - Fitting as per the dimensions 3. Tin Smithy

Preparation of Rectangular Tray

Preparation of Square box 4. Carpentry

To Make a Cross lap joint

To Make a T joint

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H M


Syllabus for B. Tech (EEE) I Year II semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Seminar on Science and its impact (Common to ALL)

Code: 6A292 L T P/D C - - 2 1 Course objective

Develop an ability to understand and present the latest scientific developments. Identify one of many scientific developments, understand its impact on the event/method/society as a whole and present the Seminar on the same which enhances oratory and interview facing skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES: 1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.

2 Collect , survey and organize Content in presentable manner 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas.

4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking skills.



Procedure: 1. Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of Technical Seminar in the first two sessions and

enlighten the students on the utility of these Seminars. 2. The slots, titles shall be decided upfront and Seminar In-charge shall take signatures from students. 3. The same sheet shall be affixed in the respective classrooms and Seminar register. 4. If any student fails to present his/her Seminar on the given slot, to genuine reasons, they may be asked to present in the subsequent slot / week. 5. Progress of the Seminars needs to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days. 6. The evaluation for Technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the classrooms. 7. Report and presentation must contain topic, introduction, explanation, diagrams, tables, applications

and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –III L T P/D C

Code: 6H316 Common to all branches except Bio-Technology) 3 2 0 3

Prerequisites: Foundation course (No Prerequisites). Course Objectives: Understand and learn to solve Algebraic and Transcendental equations, Numerical Integration, interpolation, and integrals using Residue theorem and Bilinear Transformation and their applications. Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to

1. Find the roots of algebraic and transcendental equations and can solve problems of numerical integration.

2. Find the Interpolating polynomial for the given tabular values. 3. Find the numerical solution of ordinary differential equations of IVPs. 4. Evaluate improper integrals using special functions; understand the basic concepts of

Bessel’s function and its properties. 5. Analyze the complex functions with reference to their analyticity, integration using Cauchy’s

integral theorem and find the Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansion of complex functions. Also evaluate the real integrals by using residue theorem

6. Solve problems in conformal mapping. UNIT-I: SOLUTION OF ALGEBRAIC AND TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS: The Bisection Method – Regular-Falsi Method–Fixed point iteration Method – Newton-Raphson Method. Numerical integration: Newton-Cotes Quadrature Formula, Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 rule – Simpson’s 3/8 rule. Applications in steady state analysis of power systems, computation of areas of irregular shapes. UNIT-II: INTERPOLATION: Introduction– Finite differences- Forward Differences, Backward differences, Central differences. Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Gauss Central Difference Formulae (without proofs), Lagrange’s Interpolation formula for unevenly spaced points, Hermit Interpolation. Applications in estimating the population, estimation of the temperature. UNIT-III: NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Solution by Taylor’s series – Picard’s Method of successive Approximations – Euler’s Method – Runge-Kutta Methods of fourth order, Predictor-Corrector Methods-Milne’s Method. Applications in RC and RL Circuit Analysis UNIT-IV: SPECIAL FUNCTIONS: Beta, Gamma Functions – Properties and Problems. Bessel’s Equation- Bessel function, Expansions of Bessel functions J0, J1, Recurrence formulae, Orthogonality, Generating function. (All theorems without proofs)

Applications of Bessel functions in wide band frequency modulation in analog communication systems UNIT-V: COMPLEX ANALYSIS: Limits, Continuity and Differentiability, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, singularities and zeros, Cauchy’s residue theorem. (All theorems without proofs)

Applications: Evaluation of real integrals:

dxxf )( and

2

0

),(cos dSinf

UNIT VI: CONFORMAL MAPPING: Translation, Inversion, Rotation and Magnification, Invariance of circles and cross ratio-Determination of bilinear transformation – mapping three given points. Applications in computer graphics, application of bi-linear transformation in design of digital IIR filter TEXT BOOKS: 1. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 2. Advanced Engineering mathematics, S. R. K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Narosa Publishing House, London, 2002. 3. Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD University press. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Advanced Engineering mathematics, Alan Jeffrey.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H H M M L


Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN

(Common to ECE/ECM/EEE/CSE) Code: 6CC02

COURSE OBJECTIVES: To learn 1. Introduction to number systems 2. Minimization techniques to simplify Boolean functions 3. Analysis of Combinational circuits 4. Introduction to Flip flops and conversions 5. Counters and Shift register analysis 6. Design mechanism of digital circuits using ASM

COURSE OUTCOMES: After completing this course, the students will have demonstrated

vii. an ability to understand number systems and apply the rules of Boolean algebra to

simplify Boolean expressions.

viii. an ability to simplify of Boolean expressions using K-map.

ix. an ability to design MSI combinational circuits such as full adders, multiplexers,

decoders, encoders. Code converters.

x. an ability to design basic memory units (latches and flip-flops) and sequential circuits

such as counters and registers

xi. an ability to design digital design using PLD‘s such as ROM‘s, PLA‘ s,PAL s.

xii. an ability to design digital controllers using Algorithmic State Machine Charts .

UNIT – I: NUMBER SYSTEM: Binary, decimal, octal, hexa decimal, weighted and un-weighted codes. Boolean Algebra: Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra, Binary operators, postulates of and theorems. Boolean addition, subtraction, 1’s complement, 2’s complement. Switching functions, Canonical forms and Standard forms, Simplification of switching functions using theorems. Application: hexadecimal numbers to design colors on web pages UNIT – II: LOGIC GATES: Basic gates and universal gates. Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Prime implicants, don’t care combinations, Minimal SOP and POS forms, Quine-McCluskey Tabular Method, Prime Implicant chart, simplification rules. Application: Design of a Basic Calculator Using Logic Gates. UNIT – III: COMBINATIONAL LOGIC DESIGN: Single output and multiple output combinational logic circuit design, AND-OR, OR-AND, and NAND/NOR realizations, Exclusive-OR and Equivalence functions, Binary adders/subtractors, Encoder, Decoder, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, MUX realization of switching functions, Parity bit generator, Code-converters, Contact Networks, Hazards and hazard free realizations.

L T P/D C 3 1 - 3

Applications: Application of Decoder in Seven Segment Display, application of Encoders in Servomotors. UNIT - IV: SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 1: Classification of sequential circuits (Synchronous, Asynchronous Pulse mode, and Level mode with examples). Basic flip-flops-Triggering and excitation tables. Conversions of flip flops. Applications: Application of SR Flip Flop in Switch Debounce Circuit. UNIT – V: SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 2: The sequential circuit model. Asynchronous counters, Design of simple synchronous sequential circuits such as counters. Design of modulo-N counter, Ring counter, twisted ring counter. Shift registers Applications: Design of 1010 sequence detector, Design of Digital Clock using Counters UNIT – VI: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC DEVICES: Basic PLD’s-ROM, PROM, PLA, and PLD Realization of Switching functions using PLDs. Algorithmic State Machines: State machines and state diagrams. Applications: Design of a Weighing machine and Binary multiplier. Applications: Application of Traffic Light Controller using ASM TEXT BOOKS:

4. Morris Mano-,Digital design –PHI, 2nd Edition. 5. ZviKohavi and Niraj K Jha -Switching & Finite Automata theory – Cambridge, 3rd Edition. 6. SubrataGhoshal, Digital electronics,2012, Cengage Learning

REFERENCES:

6. Fletcher -An Engineering Approach to Digital design – PHI. 7. Fundamentals of Logic design, Roth, Kenny, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning 8. R.P.Jain-Switching Theory and Logic design- TMH Edition,2003. 9. John M. Yarbrough -Digital Logic Applications and Design – Thomson Publications, 2006 10. CVS Rao -Switching Theory and Logic design –Pearson Education, 2005

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H M H M L


Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

(Common to ECE/ECM/EEE) Code: 6C301

COURSE OBJECTIVES: To learn

1. Different diodes and their applications 2. BJT formation, operation and biasing 3. FET formation ,operation and amplification 4. Amplifiers and oscillators 5. Design of voltage regulators.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1. Understand the operation of semiconductor diode and its application as rectifier.

2. Understand the Fundamentals of BJT operation, Characteristics and different biasing

circuits.

3. Understand the Fundamentals of SCR, JFET operation and their Characteristics.

4. Understand the Analysis and design of Amplifier and Oscillators.


6. Explore the various number systems. UNIT-I : SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES AND APPLICATIONS: Review of p-n junction diode, Characteristics, Parameters and AC equivalent circuit. Half-wave diode rectifier, Ripple factor, Full-wave diode rectifier, other full-wave circuits, Break diodes and their applications in power supply circuits. Application: Design of Dc Regulated power supply UNIT-II : TRANSISTORS: Bipolar Junction transistor, Transistor Voltages and currents, amplification, Common Base, Common Emitter and Common Collector Characteristics, DC Load line and Bias Point. BIASING METHODS: Base Bias, Collector to Base Bias, Voltage divider Bias, Comparison of basic bias circuits. Application: Transistor as a Switch UNIT-III : OTHER SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES: Silicon Controlled Rectifier (S.C.R) and its applications, Uni Junction transistor and its applications, Junction Field Effect Transistors - JFET Characteristics, JFET Amplification (Common source). Application: FET as amplifier UNIT-IV : AMPLIFIERS Concepts of Decibel and Half power points, Single Stage CE Amplifier and Capacitor coupled two stage CE amplifier (Qualitative discussions only), Negative feedback and its effects. Applications: Design of a single-stage amplifier . UNIT-V: OSCILLATORS:

L T P/D C 3 1 - 3

The Barkhausen Criterion for Oscillations, RC phase shift, Hartley, Colpitts and Crystal oscillator (Qualitative discussions only). Applications: Design of oscillators for communication UNIT-VI: VOLTAGE REGULATORS: IC 723 voltage regulators and three terminal IC regulators, Introduction to voltage multipliers, Uninterrupted Power Supplies and switching regulators. Applications: Design of a voltage regulator TEXTBOOKS: 1. Electronic Devices and Circuits: David. A. Bell; PHI, New Delhi, 2004 2. Electrical and Electronics and Computer Engineering for Scientists and Engineers Second Edition

-K.A. Krishnamurthy and M.R. REFERENCEBOOKS: 1. Electronics Devices and Circuits by Sanjeev Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications 2. Electronics Devices and Circuits Theory by Baystad and Nashelsky, PHI

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L L

H: High M: Medium L: Low Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester

Electrical and Electronics Engineering II year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 6A302 ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELDS L T P/D C

2 2 -- 2

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of static and dynamic electric fields. Course Outcomes:

7. Understand the Principle of electrostatics.






UNIT – I ELECTROSTATICS: Coordinate systems-Cartesian, Spherical and Cylindrical coordinate systems- Conversion of coordinates to other systems. Electrostatic Fields – Coulomb’s Law – Electric Field Intensity (EFI) – EFI due to a line and a surface charge – Work done in moving a point charge in an electrostatic field – Electric Potential – Properties of potential function – Potential gradient – Guass’s law – Application of Guass’s Law – Maxwell’s first law, div ( D )=ρv-Laplace’s and Poison’s equations. UNIT – II ELECTRIC DIPOLE & CONDUCTORS: Electric dipole –Dipole moment – potential and EFI due to an electric dipole – Torque on an Electric dipole in an electric field, Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field. Behavior of conductors in an electric field, Conductors and Insulators, Current density – conduction and Convection current densities – Ohm’s law in point form – Equation of continuity. UNIT – III DIELECTRICS, CAPACITANCE & MAGNETO STATICS: Electric field inside a dielectric material – polarization – Dielectric – Conductor and Dielectric – Dielectric boundary conditions, Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors with composite dielectrics. Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart’s law – Oesterd’s experiment - Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to a straight current carrying filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current – Carrying wire – Relation between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI – Maxwell’s second Equation, div(B)=0- UNIT – IV AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW & FORCE IN MAGNETIC FIELDS: Ampere’s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of current and a long current carrying filament – Point form of Ampere’s circuital law – Maxwell’s third equation, Curl (H)=Jc, Field due to a circular loop, rectangular and square loops. Magnetic force - Moving charges in a Magnetic field – Lorentz force equation – force on a current element in a magnetic field – Force on a straight and a long current carrying conductor in a magnetic field – Force between two straight long and parallel current carrying conductors – UNIT – V MAGNETIC DIPOLE & MAGNETIC POTENTIAL:

Magnetic dipole and dipole moment – a differential current loop as a magnetic dipole – Torque on a current loop placed in a magnetic field. Scalar Magnetic potential and its limitations – vector magnetic potential and its properties – vector magnetic potential due to simple configurations – vector Poisson’s equations. UNIT – VI SELF & MUTUAL INDUCTANCE AND TIME VARYING FIELDS: Self and Mutual inductance – Neumans’s formulae – determination of self-inductance of a solenoid and toroid and mutual inductance between a straight long wire and a square loop wire in the same plane – energy stored and density in a magnetic field. Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Its integral and point forms –Maxwell’s fourth equation, Curl (E)=-∂B/∂t – Statically and Dynamically induced EMFs – Simple problems -Modification of Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields – Displacement current – Poynting Theorem and Poynting vector. TEXT BOOKS: 1. “Engineering Electromagnetic’s” - William H. Hayt & John. A. Buck Mc. Graw-Hill Companies,

7th Editon.2006. 2. “Electro magnetic Fields” - Sadiku, Oxford Publications REFERENCES: 1. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics” - D J Griffiths, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2nd edition 2. “Electromagnetics” - J P Tewari. 3. “Electromagnetics” - J. D Kraus Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 4th edition 1992. 4. “Electromagnetic fields”, - S. Kamakshaiah, Right Publishers, 2007.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low II Year I semester

Electrical and Electronics Engineering II Year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 6A303 ELECTRICAL MACHINES – I L T P/D C

3 1 - 3

Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of DC machines and their applications. Course Outcomes:









Problems.











D.C Motors, Principle of operation, Back E.M.F, Torque equation, Characteristics and application of shunt, Series and compound motors, Speed control of d.c. Motors: Armature voltage and field flux control methods. Ward-Leonard system, Principle of 3 point and 4 point starters, Protective devices, Problems. UNIT – VI TESTING OF D.C. MACHINES:

Losses in a D.C. Machines, Calculation of efficiency, Condition for maximum efficiency, Methods of Testing, brake test , Swinburne’s test, Hopkinson’s test and Field’s test, Problems. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric Machinery – A. E. Fritzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 5

th edition.

2. Electrical machines – P.S. Bimbra, Khanna Publishers. REFERENCES: 2. Performance and Design of D.C Machines – Clayton & Hancock, BPB Publishers. 2. Electrical machines -S.K. Battacharya. 3.Electric Machines - I.J. Nagrath & D.P. Kothari, Tata Mc Graw – Hill Publishers, 3

rd edition, 2004.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year I semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Code: 6A304 CIRCUITS and NETWORKS- II L T P/D C

2 2 - 2 Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of electrical engineering.

Course Outcomes: 7. Understand the three phase circuits.





12. Understand the Fourier analysis of AC circuits.

UNIT – I: THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase sequence, Star and delta connection, Relation between line and phase voltages and currents in balanced

system, Analysis of balanced and unbalanced 3 phase circuits, Measurement of 3 active power by two watt meter method and reactive power by one watt meter method. UNIT – II: D.C AND A.C. TRANSIENT ANALYSIS: Transient response of R- L, R-C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel combination) for D.C. excitation, Initial conditions, Solution method using differential equation and Laplace transforms. Transient response of R- L, R-C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel combination) for sinusoidal excitations, Initial conditions, Solution method using differential equation and Laplace transforms. UNIT – III: NETWORK FUNCTIONS: The concept of complex frequency, Physical interpretation of complex frequency, Transform impedance and transform circuits, Series and parallel combination of elements, Terminal pairs or ports, Network functions for the one port and two-port, Poles and zeros of network functions, Significance of poles and zeros, Properties of driving point functions, Properties of transfer Functions, Necessary conditions for driving point functions, Necessary conditions for transfer functions, Time domain response from pole zero plot. UNIT – IV: NETWORK PARAMETERS: Two port network parameters, Z, Y, ABCD and hybrid parameters and their relations, Series, parallel and cascaded networks, Concept of transformed network, 2 port network parameters using transformed variables. UNIT – V: FILTERS: Classification of filters, Filter networks, Characteristic impedance in the pass and stop bands, Constant k and m – derived T – Section filters (Low pass, High pass, Band pass and Band stop), illustrative problems. UNIT – VI: FOURIER ANALYSIS OF A.C. CIRCUITS: The Fourier theorem, Consideration of symmetry, Exponential form of Fourier series, Line spectra and phase angle spectra, Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms, Properties of Fourier transforms. TEXT BOOKS: 3. Circuit theory (Analysis & Synthesis) - A.Chakravarthy, Dhanpath Rai & Co., 6

th edition.

4. Circuits & Networks (Analysis, Design & Synthesis) – M.S. Sukhija, T.K. Nagasarkar, Oxford University Press, 2

nd edition.

REFERENCES: 3. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6

th

edition. 4. Circuits & Networks - A.Sudhakar and Shyamamohan S.Palli, Tata McGraw – Hill, 3

rd edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


B. Tech. II Year I semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Code: 6BC04 ELEMENTS of MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (Common to All Branches except Mechanical Engineering)

L T P/D C 2 2 -- 2

Course Objectives: The main objective of the course is to offer the students fundamental knowledge of First Law of Thermodynamics, working of different boilers, working principle of different types of Turbines& pumps and various production machines. COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of basic mechanical engineering a student should be able to

1. To acquire the knowledge of basic concepts of thermodynamics and analyze the p-v & t-s diagrams of the different cycles.

2. To identify & understand the function of components used in the steam Power Plant & gas Power Plant, & how the power generation takes place in steam and gas Power Plant.

3. To identify & understand the function of components used in VCR & VAR system, & working principle of VCR & VAR.

4. To acquire the knowledge about the working of hydraulic pumps & hydraulic turbines. 5. To acquire the knowledge to identify the different casting methods and welding methods

and their applications. 6. To acquire the knowledge to identify the different machine tools and their construction.

UNIT - I

Thermodynamics: Basic concepts of Thermodynamics, Property of gases, Zeroth Law. First

Law of Thermodynamics and its applications, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle,

Air standard cycles – Otto, Diesel Cycles.

Internal combustion engines: Internal combustion engines, definition, classification,

components, working of two-stroke, four stroke cycle engines, SI and CI Engines,

Performance parameters, Need for cooling, and lubrication of IC engines.

Applications: Design of Thermometers, Automobiles running on Petrol & Diesel

UNIT-II

a) Steam Power Plant, Boiler, Steam Turbines: Layout of steam Power Plant, Water tube

and Fire tube Boilers :- ―Cochron‖, Babcock and Wilcox Boiler and High Pressure

Boilers. (Benson & La-mount only).

b) Steam turbines:- Impulse & Reaction Turbines

c) Gas turbine-Power Plants :- Closed & Open cycle types Applications: Steam Power Plants, Gas based Power Plants, Locomotive & Marine, Engines

UNIT- III a) Hydraulic pumps & turbines:- Centrifugal Pumps, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and

Kaplan Turbine -- Layout of Hydro electric Power Plant

b) Refrigeration & Air conditioning systems:- Description of Vapour Compression and Vapour Absorption systems

Applications: Hydraulic Power Plants, Domestic and Industrial water pump, Domestic and Industrial Refrigeration and Air conditioning systems

UNIT-IV Manufacturing Processes: Foundry Practice:- Patterns, Moulding and Moulding materials, casting methods-Sand

Casting, Shell mould Casting, Investment Casting, Die Casting ,Centrifugal casting – Principle and Application of these processes Welding:- Types of Welding- Electric Arc welding - Coated electrode, TIG welding & MIG welding, Gas welding and cutting, Resistance welding- Spot welding, Soldering and Brazing . Applications:Manufacturing of Heavy/ Light Metal components, Statues, Jewelry, Hollow Metal Pipes, Joining of Steel structural sections, joining of sheet metal parts, Cutting of steel parts,Joining of PCB components

UNIT-V

Mechanical working :- Hot and Cold working, Rolling- Rolling products, Types of

Rolling mills, Forging-operations, forging methods, Extrusion-methods, Metal

Spinning and Wire Drawing

Press working operations:-Cutting, Bending, Drawing and Squeezing

Applications: Production of seamless tubes/pipes, Sheet metals, Automobile parts,

Bend pipes and sheets, Wires, Symmetrical parts

UNIT-VI Machine tools: Construction of lathe, shaper, drilling, milling, grinding and CNC

machine tools-Advantages, Machine controls, vertical & horizontal spindles.

Applications: Production of cylindrical/Prismatic metal components of requisite size

and shape, Producing Holes in metal parts, Surface finishing of machined parts

TEXT BOOKS :

Mathur, M.L., Mehta, F.S. and Tiwari, R.P., Elements of Mechanical Engineering,

Jain Brothers, New Delhi, 2005.

R.K. Rajput, ―Elements of Mechanical Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications, 1994.

REFERENCES :

P.N.Gupta, M.P. Poonia, ―Elements of Mechanical Engineering‖, Standard Publishers

Distributors Nai Sarak, Delhi.

R.C.Gupta, ―Mechanical Engineering‖, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L

H: High M: Medium L: Low II Year I semester

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Functional Communicative English (FCE)

(Common to all branches) Code: 6H373

COURSE OBJECTIVES

To enable students to -

1. Acquire higher competence in communicative English

2. Acquire the skill of presenting Seminars

3. Acquire mastery in applying various sub-skills of reading

4. Develop interpersonal communication skills

5. Participate in group tasks using effective language

6. Enhance written communication from the employability perspective

UNIT 1: Inter-Personal Communication and Building Vocabulary

a. Starting a conversation and responding relevantly

b. Role play in different situations

c. Discourse skills- using visuals – synonyms and antonyms, word roots,

One word substitutes, prefixes and suffixes

d. Study of word origin

e. Business vocabulary and analogy

f. Exercises on Vocabulary building

UNIT 2: Reading Comprehension

a. Vocabulary skills: Word recognition, guessing the meaning from the

context, analysis of word structure (prefix – suffix)

b. Prediction Techniques: Index, headings, sub-headings, nonverbal

context and linguistic clues

c. Scanning skills: Speed reading, Regional practice

d. Skimming Skills for identifying the central idea and recognizing the

main ideas

e. Intensive and Extensive reading

f. Identifying difference between facts/opinions, drawing inferences and

conclusions, identifying the style/tone of the passage/text

UNIT 3: Nature of Technical Communication

a. Definition of Communication, Need and importance of technical

communication; Types of technical communications

b. Stages of Communication; Channels of communication; Nature of

technical Communication

c. Aspects of Technical Competence – Subject competence, Linguistic

competence, Organizational competence

d. Features of Technical Competence – Audience, Objective language,

Format style and Visual cids

L T P/D C 1 2 - 1

e. Difference between General Communication and Technical

communication

f. Barriers to Effective Communication: Improper encoding, Bypassing,

Frame of reference, Physical distractions, Psychological and Emotional

interference and Intercultural differences

UNIT 4: Writing Strategies

a. Three stages of writing : Pre-writing; Writing; Re-writing

b. Letter Writing - Formal and Informal letter writing

c. E-mails: Principles, Fundamentals and Advantages of e-mail,

DOs and DON‘Ts in e-correspondence

d. Nature and Significance of Report Writing : Formats of reports:

Printed, Letter

e. Types of Reports: Oral and written reports, Routine and special

reports, Formal and informal reports, Informational and analytical

reports, Structure of formal reports

f. DOs and DON‘Ts in report writing

UNIT 5: Presentation Skills

a. Nature and importance of oral presentation

b. Defining the purpose of presentation

c. Planning the presentation :

d. The 4 Ps of presentation – plan, prepare, practice and perform

i. Plan : Selecting the topic, developing the central idea and supporting

material

ii. Prepare : Organizing – introduction, body and conclusion

iii. Practice : Rehearsing - vocal aspects, body language, Time

Management, handling questions, meeting unexpected situations,

handling stage fright

e. Analysis of the audience and occasion

f. DOs and DON‘Ts of Presentations

UNIT 6: Group Discussion a. Definitions: Difference between a group discussion and debate

b. Purpose of Group Discussion: Problem solving, Decision making and

Personality assessment

c. Evaluation method in Group Discussion for selection: Subject

knowledge, Oral communication skills, leadership skills and team

management

d. Features / Characteristics of successful group discussion: Agreement

on group goals, orientation, interactive agreement for procedures and

cooperation and friendly atmosphere

e. Group Discussion strategies: Appropriate strategy for effective

participation in group discussion, contributing systematically, creating

a friendly and cooperative atmosphere, moving the discussion along,

promoting optimal participation, handling conflict and effective

closure

f. Techniques for Individual contribution: Topic analysis, Discussing

opinions, problems, case studies

Prescribed Text Book: Effective Technical Communication by Ashraf Rizwi

COURSE OUTCOMES


1. Acquire higher competence in communicative English

2. Acquire the skill of understanding the word origin and its derivatives


4. Develop interpersonal communication skills

5. Acquire the skill of presenting Seminars

6. Participate in group tasks using effective language and etiquette


Suggested reading:

1. Technical communication- Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha Sharma (Oxford

Publications)

2. Technical writing Process and Product by SharonJ Gerson: Fifth edition.Pearson

Publishers.

3. Developing Communication Skills – Krishna Mohan and Meera Benarjee

4. SOFT SKILLS – Dr. K. Alex, S.Chand publications

5. Advanced Technical communication - Kavita Tyagi and Padma Mistri

6. Developing Speaking- Listening Skills in English (With CD)

7. Basic Communication Skills For Technology - Andrea J Rutherfoord- Pearson

8. Developing Communication Skills - Krishna Mohan- Macmillan

9. Written Communication Skills - Michael Hatton-iste

10. Soft skills Know Yourself And Know The World - K Alex- S Chand

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M M M M M M

H: High M: Medium L: Low II Year, I - Sem.


CODE: 6C371 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB (Common to ECE, ECM & EEE)

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

Understand the nature and scope of modern electronics, describe physical models of basic components,

design and construct simple electronic circuits to accomplish a specific function, e.g., designing amplifiers,

oscillators etc. and understand their capabilities and limitations and make decisions regarding their best

utilization in a specific situation.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1 Identify, Specify and test R, L, C Components (Colour Codes), Potentiometers, Switches, Coils, Relays. 2 Identify, Specify and test Active Devices, Diodes, BJTs, Low power JFETs, MOSFETs, Power Transistors,

LEDs, LCDs, SCR, UJT. 3 Describe operation of Multimeters, Function Generator and Regulated Power Supplies. 4 Explain and use CRO for experiments. 5 Explain and demonstrate working of PN Junction diode characteristics.

6 Explain and demonstrate working Half and Full wave Rectifier with and without filters. 7 Demonstrate working and applications of FET, CE and RC Phase Shift Oscilltor.

PART A: ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE (in 3 lab sessions): 1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components (Colour Codes), Potentiometers, Switches (SPDT,

DPDT, and DIP), Coils, Relays, Bread Boards. 2. Identification, Specifications and Testing of Active Devices, Diodes, BJTs, Low power JFETs, MOSFETs, Power

Transistors, LEDs, LCDs, SCR, and UJT. 3. Soldering practice – Simple Circuits using active and passive components. 4. Single layer and Multi layer PCBs (Identification and Utility). 5. Study and operation of

• Multimeters (Analog and Digital) • Function Generator • Regulated Power Supplies

6. Study and Operation of CRO: Oscilloscope, CRT features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system, sweep, trigger Pulse, delay line, sync selector circuits, Dual trace oscilloscope, standard specifications of CRO, probes for CRO, Measurement of amplitude and frequency. Time Period measurement.

PART B: (For Laboratory examination – Minimum of 10 experiments) 1. PN Junction diode characteristics A. Forward bias B. Reverse bias. 2. Zener diode characteristics 3. Transistor CB characteristics (Input and Output) 4. Transistor CE characteristics (Input and Output) 5 Half wave Rectifier with and without filters. 6. Full wave Rectifier (Centre tapped and Bridge) with and without filters 7. FET characteristics 8. CE Amplifier 9. CC Amplifier (Emitter Follower). 10. FET amplifier (Common Source) 11. RC Phase Shift Oscillator 12.UJT characteristics 13. Hartley Oscillator. 14.SCR characteristics

L T P/D C

- - 4 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L


II year B.Tech – I Sem

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Code: 6A371 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SIMULATION LAB

L T P/D C - - 3 2

PART-A: ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS: 1) Thevenin’s, Norton’s and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems 2) Superposition theorem and RMS value of complex wave 3) Verification of Compensation Theorem 4) Reciprocity, Millmann’s Theorems 5) Locus Diagrams of RL and RC Series Circuits 6) Series and Parallel Resonance 7) Determination of Self, Mutual Inductances and Coefficient of coupling 8) Z and Y Parameters 9) Transmission and hybrid parameters 10) Measurement of Active Power for Star and Delta connected balanced loads 11) Measurement of Reactive power for Star and Delta connected balanced loads 12) Measurement of 3-phase Power by two Wattmeter Method for unbalanced loads PART-B: PSPICE SIMULATION: 1) Simulation of DC Circuits 2) DC Transient response 3) Mesh Analysis 4) Nodal Analysis NOTE: • PSPICE Software Package is necessary. • Eight experiments are to be conducted from PART-A & any Two from PART-B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

L H M


II Year I semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

SEMINAR ON TECHNOLOGY AND ITS IMPACT Code: 6A393 Course objective

Develop an ability to understand and present the latest technological developments in computer science. Identify one of them, understand its impact on the event/method/society as a whole and present the Seminar on the same which enhances oratory and interview facing skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES : 1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.




5 Demonstrate public speaking skills.



Procedure:

Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of Technical Seminar in the first two sessions and enlighten the students on the utility of these Seminars.

1. The slots, titles shall be decided upfront and Seminar In-charge shall take signatures from students. 2. The same sheet shall be affixed in the respective classrooms and Seminar register. 3. If any student fails to present his/her Seminar on the given slot, to genuine reasons, they may be

asked to present in the subsequent slot / week. 4. Progress of the Seminars needs to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days. 5. The evaluation for Technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the

classrooms. 6. Report and presentation must contain topic, introduction, explanation, diagrams, tables, applications

and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

L T P/D C - - 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L


II Year II Semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Code: 6HC18 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS L T P/D C (Common to All Branches) 3 2 0 3

Pre Requisites: Nil Course Objectives: Understand and learn the basic concepts of probability, probability distributions, sampling distributions and estimation, correlation and find the regression, understand the concepts of testing the hypothesis of population parameters, design of experiments and Quality Control. Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this course, the student must be able to

1. Able to find the probability of an event. 2. Will able to solve problems on discrete and continuous probability distributions. 3. Find the sampling distributions and estimate the population parameters. 4. Solve the problems on correlation and regression. 5. Test of hypothesis and are able solve problems. 6. Know the fundamentals of Design of experiments and Quality Control.

UNIT-I: PROBABILITY:

The Axioms of probability, Addition theorem, conditional probability, Multiplication

theorem, Baye‘s Theorem. Random variable – Discrete and Continuous, probability mass and

density functions, expectation and variance. Applications in data mining (classification)

UNIT-II: PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS:

Binomial, Poisson and Gaussian (Normal) distribution–Related properties. Applications in statistical Quality Control, calculation of standard deviation and process capability.

Applications of Binomial and Poisson‘s distribution in Queing theory (simple examples

only).

UNIT-III : SAMPLING DISTRIBUTIONS:

Populations and samples, Sampling distribution of the Mean ( - known) and the sampling

distribution of the mean (-unknown), sums and differences, Central limit theorem.

Estimation- Point Estimation and Interval Estimation concerning means.

Applications in sampling inspections. Single and sequential sampling plans (simple example

only)

UNIT-IV: CORRELATION AND REGRESSION:

Types of correlation, coefficient of correlation, Properties. Karl Pearson‘s correlation

coefficient, Spearman‘s rank correlation, linear regression, introduction to multiple

regressions.

Applications of correlation used in matched filter for CDMA, examples of multiple

regression analysis (for understanding only)

UNIT-V: INFERENCES CONCERNING MEANS AND PROPORTIONS:

Tests of Hypothesis, Type–I and Type-II Errors, Hypothesis testing concerning to one mean

and two means of large and small size samples. Test of Hypothesis Concerning to one

Proportion and difference of proportions of large samples.

Test of significance: 2 test-Goodness of fit, Independence of Attributes, F-Test and

Elements of ANOVA (one way).

UNIT-VI: STATISTICAL DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS:

Basic concepts of Design of Experiments, different levels of experiments, Introduction to

Complete Randomized Design (CRD), Randomized Block Design (RBD) and Latin square

designs (LSD). Quality Control: Control Charts –Control lines, determination of control limits, Types of control charts- Control charts for variables ( mean chart, Range chart) – charts for attributes (fraction defective (p-chart), no. of defectives and defects per unit (c-chart))

Text Books: 1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Miller and John E. Freund, PHI Publishers, 9th Edition. 2. Introduction to Probability and Statistics, William Mendenhall, Cengage Learning. 3. Probability and Statistics for Science and Engineering, G.Shnaker Rao, University Press. 4. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Gupta and Kapoor – S. Chand and Co. 5. Statistical Quality Control, M.Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai & Sons REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, Jay L.Devore, Cengage learning. 2. Probability and statistics, G.S.S Bhishma Rao, fifth edition, Scitech Publication.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L



Code: 6A405 ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of Transformers and induction motors with applications. Course Outcomes: Students

7. Learn basic concepts of single phase transformer. 8. Study about testing of single phase transformer and auto transformer. 9. Study about poly phase transformer. 10. Study about poly phase induction motors. 11. Study about torque speed characteristics and circle diagram of induction motor. 12. Study about different starting methods of induction motor.

UNIT-I SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMERS – CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND PERFORMANCE: Single phase Transformers-types - constructional details-minimization of hystersis and eddy current losses-emf equation - operation on no load and on load - phasor diagrams- Equivalent circuit - losses and efficiency-regulation. All day efficiency - Effect of variations of frequency & supply voltage on iron losses UNIT-II - TESTING OF SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER AND AUTOTRANSFORMER: OC and SC tests - Sumpner’s test - predetermination of efficiency and regulation-separation of losses test-parallel operation with equal and unequal voltage ratios - auto Transformers-equivalent circuit - comparison with two winding Transformers.


Polyphase Transformers - Polyphase connections - Y/Y, Y/, /Y, / and open , Third harmonics in phase voltages-three winding Transformers-tertiary windings-determination of Zp, Zs and Zt transients in switching - off load and on load tap changing; Scott connection. UNIT- IV POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS: Polyphase induction motors-construction details of cage and wound rotor machines-production of a rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor frequency - rotor reactance, rotor current and pf at standstill and during operation- Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and their inter relation.

UNIT-V - TORQUE- SPEED CHARACTERISTICS AND CIRCLE DIAGRAM OF

INDUCTION MOTORS: Torque equation-deduction from torque equation- expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristic- Double cage and deep bar rotors - crawling and cogging - equivalent circuit - phasor diagram-Circle diagram-no load and blocked rotor tests-predetermination of performance.

UNIT-VI METHODS OF STARTING AND SPEED CONTROL OF INDUCTION

MOTOR: Methods of starting and starting current and torque calculations-Speed control-change of frequency; change of poles and methods of consequent poles; cascade connection. Injection of an emf into rotor circuit (qualitative treatment only)-induction generator-principle of operation. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric machinery - A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Mc Graw Hill Companies, 5th edition 2. Electrical machines- P S Bhimbra, Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCES: 5. Performance and Design of AC Machines – MG.Say, BPB Publishers 6. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery – Langsdorf, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies, 2nd edition. 7. Electric Machines – I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 7th Edition.2005

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H L L



Code: 6A406 POWER SYSTEMS - I L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of different conventional power generation methods and transmission requirements. Course Outcomes: Students

7. Learn basic concepts of hydro electric and thermal Power Plants. 8. Study about gas and nuclear Power Plants. 9. Study about transmission line parameters and efficiency. 10. Study about performance of transmission lines. 11. Learn basic about over head insulators and mechanical design. 12. Learn fundamentals of underground cables.

UNIT -1 HYDROELECTRIC POWER STATION: Elements of hydro electric power station, Types, Concept of pumped storage plants, Storage requirements, Mass curve(explanation only) Estimation of power developed from a given catchments area, Heads and efficiencies Thermal power stations: Line diagram of Thermal Power Station (TPS) showing paths of coal, Steam, Water, Air, ash and flue gasses, Brief description of TPS components, Economizers, Boilers, Super heaters, Turbines, Condensers, Chimney and Cooling towers. UNIT -II GAS AND NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS: Nuclear Fission and Chain reaction, Nuclear fuels, Principle of operation of Nuclear reactor, Reactor Components, Moderators, Control rods, Reflectors and Coolants, Radiation hazards, Shielding and Safety precautions, Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR. Gas Power Stations, Principle of Operation and Components (Block Diagram Approach Only). UNIT-III TRANSMISSION LINE PARAMETERS: Types of conductors - calculation of resistance for solid conductors - Calculation of inductance for single phase and three phase, single and double circuit lines, concept of GMR & GMD, symmetrical and asymmetrical conductor configuration with and without transposition, Numerical Problems. Calculation of capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems, effect of ground on capacitance, capacitance calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical single and three phase, single and double circuit lines, Numerical Problems. UNIT-IV PERFORMANCE OF SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG LENGTH TRANSMISSION LINES: Classification of Transmission Lines - Short, medium and long line and their model representations -Nominal-T, Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical & Asymmetrical Networks, Numerical Problems. Mathematical Solutions to estimate regulation and efficiency of all types of lines - Numerical Problems. Long Transmission Line-Rigorous Solution, evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants, Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines, Wave Length and Velocity of

Propagation of Waves - Representation of Long Lines - Equivalent-T and Equivalent Pie network models (numerical problems). UNIT-V OVERHEAD LINE INSULATORS: Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical Problems – voltage distribution, calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static Shielding. SAG AND TENSION CALCULATIONS: Sag and Tension Calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers, Effect of Wind and Ice on weight of Conductor, Numerical Problems - Stringing chart and sag template and its applications. Skin and Proximity effects - Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors -Ferranti effect - Charging Current - Effect on Regulation of the Transmission Line, Shunt Compensation. Corona - Description of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical voltages and power loss, Radio Interference. UNIT-VI UNDERGROUND CABLES: Types of Cables, Construction, Types of Insulating materials, Calculations of Insulation resistance and stress in insulation, Numerical Problems. Capacitance of Single and 3-Core belted cables, Numerical Problems. Grading of Cables - Capacitance grading, Numerical Problems, Description of Inter-sheath grading. TEXT BOOKS: 1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar, A.Chakrabarthy,

Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd. 2. Electrical power systems - C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1998. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Analysis- John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC Companies, 4th edition 2. Power system Analysis and Design - B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing. 3. Power system Analysis - Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition. 4. Modern Power system Analysis - I.J.Nagaraj and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L



Code: 6AC07 CONTROL SYSTEMS L T P C 3 1 - 3 Course Objective: Students learn about fundamental concepts of time and frequency domain analysis of a

given system. Course Outcomes: Students

7. Learn basic concepts of control systems. 8. Study about time response analysis. 9. Learn basic concepts of stability and root locus method. 10. Study about frequency response analysis. 11. Learn basic concepts stability analysis in frequency domain. 12. Learn fundamentals of state space analysis.

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Concepts of Control systems- Open Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences- Classification of control systems, Feed-Back Characteristics, Effects of feedback. Mathematical models – Differential equations, Impulse Response and transfer functions – Translational and Rotational mechanical systems Transfer function representation: Transfer Function of Synchro transmitter and Receiver, Block diagram representation of systems considering Electrical Systems as examples -Block diagram algebra – Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using Mason’s gain formula. UNIT-II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Standard test signals - Time response of first order systems – Characteristic Equation of Feedback control systems, Transient response of second order systems - Time domain specifications – Steady state response - Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of proportional derivative, proportional integral systems, PID controllers. UNIT – III STABILITY ANALYSIS IN S-DOMAIN: The concept of stability – Routh’s stability criterion – qualitative stability and conditional stability – limitations of Routh’s stability. Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept - construction of root loci-effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s)H(s) on the root loci. UNIT – IV FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Introduction, Frequency domain specifications-Bode diagrams-Determination of Frequency domain specifications and transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-Stability Analysis from Bode Plots.

UNIT – V STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: Polar Plots-Nyquist Plots-Stability Analysis. CLASSICAL CONTROL DESIGN TECHNIQUES: Compensation techniques – Lag, Lead, Lead-Lag Controllers design in frequency Domain. UNIT – VI STATE SPACE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS: Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams, Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its Properties. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Automatic Control systems 8th edition –B. C. Kuo 2003– John wiley and sons. 2. Control systems Engineering – I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers, 2nd edition. REFERENCES: 1. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition,

1998. 2. Control systems – N.K.Sinha, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 3rd Edition, 1998. 3. Control systems Engg. – NISE 3rd Edition – John wiley. 4. “Modeling & Control of Dynamic Systems” – Narciso F. Macia George J. Thaler, Thomson

Publishers.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H M M



L T P C 3 1 - 3 CODE : 6C446 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT Course Outcomes:

1. Understand the design and analysis of single stage amplifier

2. Understand the different types positive and negative feedback amplifiers.

3. Understand the Fundamentals linear and non linear wave shaping circuits.

4. Understand the working of transistor switch and its design

5. Understand the various multivibrators applications.

6. Understand the concept of power amplifiers and distortions present in amplifiers UNIT – I: SINGLE STATE AMPLIFIERS DESIGN AND ANALYSIS Review of CE, CB, CC & CS amplifiers- classification of Amplifiers, Distortion in amplifiers – Approximate analysis, CE, CB, CC amplifiers comparison. BJT & FET FREQUENCY RESPONSE Logarithms- decibels – General Frequency consideration – Low frequency analysis – Low frequency response of BJT amplifiers- low frequency response of FET amplifier – Miller effect capacitance – High frequency response BJT amplifier. Applications: Public Address systems UNIT – II: FEED BACK AMPLIFIERS: Concept of feedback, classification of feedback amplifiers, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics, voltage series shunt, current series and current shunt feedback configuration, simple problems. OSCILLATORS Conditions for oscillations, RC and LC type Oscillators, Crystal oscillators, Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillators, Generalized analysis of LC oscillators, Quartz, Hartley, and Colpitts Oscillators, RC-Phase shift and Wien-bridge oscillators. Applications: Television, Radios UNIT – III: LINEAR WAVE SHAPING: high pass, low pass RC circuits, their response for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp inputs. NON-LINEAR WAVE SHAPING: clippers and clampers: Diode clippers- Transistor clippers- clipping at two independent levels, Transfer characteristics of clippers, Emitter coupled clipper- comparators, Applications of voltage comparators, Clamping operation, clamping circuits with different inputs, clamping circuit theorem, practical clamping circuits, effect of diode characteristics on clamping voltage, transfer characteristics of clampers. Applications: Image Sharpening and smoothing, comparators, Switch mode power supplies, invertors, Converters. UNIT – IV: SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS OF DEVICES:

Diode as a switch, piecewise linear diode characteristics, Transistor as a switch, Break down voltage consideration of transistor, saturation parameters of transistors and their variation with temperature, design of transistor switch, transistor , Switching times. Applications: Relays UNIT – V: MULTI VIBRATORS: Analysis and Design of Bistable, Monostable, Astable Multi vibrators and Schmitt trigger using transistors and applications of Astable multivibrator and monostable multivibrator Applications: Pulse width modulation, Flip flops, timing circuits, frequency divider circuits UNIT – VI : Large signal amplifiers: Class, A power amplifier, Maximum Value of efficiency of Class – A amplifier, Transformer couple amplifier, Push Pull Amplifier, complimentary symmetry circuits (Transformer Less class B Power Amplifier), Phase inverters, Transistor Power Dissipation, Thermal Runway, Heat sinks. Applications: Public Address Systems TEXT BOOKS:

1. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nasheisky, 9th Edition 2007, Pearson Education.

2. Solid State Circuits - David A.Bell 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India. REFERENCES:

1. Introductory Electronic Devices and Circuits (Conventional Flow version) - Robert T.Paynter, 7th Edition, 2009, PEI

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits- Ani K.Maini, Varsha Agarwal, 1st Edition, Wiley.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low L T P/D C 3 1 0 3

B. Tech. II Year II semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering

Code: 6EC70 JAVA PROGRAMMING

COURSE OBJECTIVES :

Understand the object oriented Programming concepts.

Understand the importance of interface, inheritance, Exception handling and multi-threading.

Understand the event handling mechanism.

Implementation of user defined packages, GUI and applets.

COURSE OUTCOMES : After completing the subject, students will be able to:

Understand the concept of OOP as well as the purpose and usage of principles of inheritance, Identify classes, objects, members of a class and the relationships among them needed for a specific problem.

Understand and implement concepts of polymorphism, encapsulation and method overloading.

Create Java application programs using sound OOP practices (e.g., interfaces and APIs) and proper program structuring (e.g., by using access control identifiers, automatic documentation through comments)

Students understand and implement error exception handling and multi-threading.

Students learn to create GUI and write programs for event-handling using various user interface components on applets.

UNIT-I History of Java, Java buzzwords, datatypes, variables, simple java program,scope and life time of variables,operators, expressions, control statements, type conversion and costing, arrays,, classes and objects – concepts of classes, objects, constructors, methods, access control, this keyword, overloading methods and constructors, string handling, StringTokenizer. UNIT-II Inheritance–Definition ,single inheritance , benefits of inheritance, Member access rules, super class, polymorphism- method overriding, Dynamic method dispatch, using final with inheritance, abstract class, Base class object. UNIT-III Interfaces: definition, variables and methods in interfaces , differences between classes and interfaces, usage of implements and extends keyword, uses of interfaces. Packages: Definition, types of packages, Creating and importing a user defined package. Applications using interface Applications using packages

UNIT-IV Exception handling-exception definition, benefits of exception handling, exception hierarchy, usage of try, catch, throw, throws and finally, built in exceptions, creating user defined exceptions. Multi-Threading:-Thread definition, types of multitasking, uses of multitasking, thread life cycle, creating threads using Thread class and Runnable interface, synchronizing threads, daemon thread. Applications of multithreading. UNIT-V Advantages of GUI over CUI ,The AWT class hierarchy, Component, Frame, user interface components- labels, button, scrollbars, text components, check box, check box groups, choices, lists panels – scrollpane, menubar, graphics, layout, managers –boarder, grid, flow and card layouts. Applications: developing calculator, developing feedback form, developing biodata. UNIT-VI Event handling: Delegation event model, closing a Frame, mouse and keyboard events, Adapter classes. Applets – Concepts of Applets, differences between applets and applications, life cycle of an applet, types of applets, creating applets, passing parameters to applets. Applications: Developing of simple advertisements. TEXT BOOKS 1. Java; the complete reference, 6th editon, Herbert schildt, TMH. 2. Introduction to Java Programming 6th edition, Y. Daniel Liang, pearson education. REFERENCES 1. Core Java 2, Vol 1, Fundamentals, Cay.S.Horstmann and Gary Cornell, seventh Edition, Pearson Education. 2. Core Java 2, Vol 2, Advanced Features, Cay.S.Horstmann and Gary Cornell,Seventh Edition, Pearson Education

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L

H: High M: Medium L: Low II Year II Semester

Electrical and Electronics Engineering COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE-I

Code: 6A472 Course Objective : Evaluate, comprehend and assess of the concepts and the knowlegde gained in the core courses of the first and the second year. Course Outcome : 1. Comprehend the concepts in the core and elective courses. 2. Exhibit technical knowlegde to face interviews. 3. Exhibit life long Learning skills for higher education and to persue Professional practice.

There will be 100 marks in total with 50 marks of internal evaluation and 50 marks of external evaluation. Internal: Comprehensive Viva Voce is Conducted twice in a semester and evaluated for 25 marks each. End examination : 50 Marks. The end examination will be carried out by a committee consisting of an external examiner, head of the department, a senior faculty member and the supervisor.

L T P/D C

- - - 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M L



Code: 6A473 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – I L T P/D C - - 3 2 The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments: 1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator and Determination of critical field

resistance and critical speed. 2. Load test on DC shunt generator. Determination of characteristics. 3. Load test on DC series generator. Determination of characteristics. 4. Load test on DC compound generator. Determination of characteristics. 5. Hopkinson’s test on DC shunt machines and Predetermination of efficiency. 6. Fields test on DC series machines and Determination of efficiency. 7. Swinburne’s test and speed control of DC shunt motor and Predetermination of efficiencies. 8. Brake test on DC compound motor. Determination of performance curves. In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the following list are required to be conducted: 9. Brake test on DC shunt motor. Determination of performance curves. 10. Retardation test on DC shunt motor. Determination of losses at rated speed. 11. Separation of losses in DC shunt motor.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

M H M M M M



Code: 6C483 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB L T P/D C - - 3 2

Minimum ten experiments to be conducted: 1. Linear wave shaping. 2. Non Linear wave shaping – Clippers. 3. Non Linear wave shaping – Clampers. 4. Transistor as a switch. 5. Wien Bridge Oscillator using Transistors 6. RC Phase Shift Oscillator using Transistors 7. Astable Multivibrator. 8. Monostable Multivibrator. 9. Bistable Multivibrator. 10. Schmitt Trigger. 11. Common Emitter and Common Source amplifier 12. Current shunt and Feedback Amplifier 13. Class A Power Amplifier (Transformer less) 14. Class B Complementary Symmetry Amplifier

Equipment required for Laboratories: 1. RPS - 0 – 30 V 2. CRO - 0 – 20 M Hz. 3. Function Generators - 0 – 1 M Hz 4. Components 5. Multi Meters

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H M M



TECHNICAL SEMINAR Code: 6A494 Course objective

Develop an ability to understand and present the latest technological developments in computer science. Identify one of them, understand its impact on the event/method/society as a whole and present the Seminar on the same which enhances oratory and interview facing skills.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies. 2 Explain domain knowledge to resolve real time technical issues 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas. 4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking and lifelong learning skills for higher studies and to

pursue professional practice. 6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise. 7. Develop debating and interview skills.

Procedure:

8. Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of Technical Seminar in the first two sessions and enlighten the students on the utility of these Seminars.


10. The same sheet shall be affixed in the respective classrooms and Seminar register. 11. If any student fails to present his/her Seminar on the given slot, to genuine reasons, they

may be asked to present in the subsequent slot / week. 12. Progress of the Seminars needs to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days. 13. The evaluation for Technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the


applications and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

L T P/D C - - 2 1



COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (2017-18) I Year – I Semester

S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6H101 English – I 2 - --- 2 25 75







--- --- 2 1 25 75

8 6H181 Engineering Physics Lab – I --- --- 2 1 25 75

9 6H186 Engineering Chemistry Lab --- --- 2 1 25 75

10 6F171 C programming Lab --- --- 4 2 25 75

11 6B171 Engineering Workshop -I --- --- 2 1 25 75

12 6F172 IT work shop – I --- -- 2 1 25 75


--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 14 6 15 24 400 900

CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation SEE – Semester End Examination

I Year – II Semester S.No. Subject


CIE SEE

1 6H202 English – II 2 2 --- 2 25 75



4 6E201 Data structures 3 1 --- 3 25 75


6 6H232 Environmental and Applied Chemistry

2 1 --- 2 25 75


8 6ZC03 Gender Sensitization, Values, Ethics and Yoga

1 1 -- 1 25 75

9 6E271 Data structures Lab (C, C++) --- --- 4 2 25 75

10 6B272 Engineering Workshop – I --- --- 2 1 25 75

11 6H282 Applied Physics Lab- I --- --- 2/2 1 25 75


Total 18 11 9 24 375 825


S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE



3 1 --- 3 25 75





7 6BC66 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2 2 2 25 75

8 6H373 Functional Communicative English (FCE)

1 2 -- 1 25 75

9 6CC71 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab

--- --- 3 2 25 75


--- --- 3 2 25 75


--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 19 12 8 25 350 750


S.No. Subject Code


CIE SEE



3 6A406 Power system – I 3 1 --- 3 25 75



6 6EC70 Java Programming 2 2 --- 2 25 75





Total 17 8 8 23 350 650

III Year – I Semester S.No. Subject


CIE SEE


2 1 --- 2 25 75





6 Open Elective – I 2 1 -- 2 25 75

7 6H576 Quantitative aptitude -- 1 1 1 25 75

8 6A574 Group project -- -- 2 1 25 75



11 6A595 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-I

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

12 6A583 Summer Internship Evaluation - - - 1 25 75

Total 15 7 11 23 375 825

Open Elective – I

6CC57 Fundamentals of Signals And Systems

Electronics Stream

6FC32 Data Base Systems Computer Stream

6ZC20 Product and services Technology Entrepreneurship

6ZC22 Basics of Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Stream

6ZC25 Basics of Indian Economy Social Sciences Stream

6ZC05 Banking operations, Insurance and Risk Management

Finance Stream

6EC26 SAP-I : SAP ABAP workbench fundamentals

SAP Stream


S.No Subject Code


CIE SEE


2 6DC05 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers 3 1 -- 3 25 75



5 Professional Elective -I 3 1 --- 3 25 75

6 Open Elective – II 2 1 --- 2 25 75


8 6H677 Logical reasoning --- 1 1 1 25 75

9 6HC74 Effective English communication & Soft skills

1 -- -- 1 25 75




13 6A696 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-II

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 18 8 9 25 425 875

Professional Elective –I 6A625 Advanced Control systems

6A636 Special Electrical machines



6A633 Switched Mode Power Conversion

Open Elective – II 6EC67 Operating systems Concepts Computer Stream

6ZC24 Innovation and Design Thinking Entrepreneurship Stream

6ZC26 Basics of Polity and Ecology Social Sciences Stream

6ZC24 Innovation and Design Thinking Technology Entrepreneurship

6ZC19 Entrepreneurship Project management and Structured Finance

Finance Stream

6EC27 SAP-II : SAP ABAP workbench concepts SAP Stream


6FC35 Python Programming Concepts Computer Stream

6FC33 Data Analytics Computer Stream

6ZC23 Advanced Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Stream

6ZC27 Indian History, Culture and Geography Social Sciences Stream

6ZC21 General Management and Entrepreneurship Technology Entrepreneurship

6ZC15 Financial Institutions, Markets and Services Finance Stream

Note: Industry oreiented Mini Project will be conducted by all students in summer vacation of III / IV B.Tech, II – Semester for a period of One Month. The report must be submitted in IV / IV B.Tech I –Semester and will have to be defended. Marks allotted are “100” and Two Credits are provided.


S. No.

Subject Code


CIE SEE

1 6ZC02 Management science 3 - --- 3 25 75






7 6A779 Project –I -- -- 6 3 100 ---



10 6DC71 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers Lab

-- -- 3 2 25 75


12 6A797 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-III

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

17 6 17 28 450 750


6A715 Renewable Energy Sources

6A739 Sensors and Actuators

6CC50 Fundamentals of VLSI and Embedded systems

6A737 Advanced Power electronics

6A731 Smart Grid

6A738 EHV – AC Transmission


IV Year – II Semester S.No. Subject


CIE SEE





5 6A898 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-IV

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 6 2 26 20 250 350





6A734 HVDC & FACTS


6A728 Power quality



6EC21 Neural Networks


6A840 Energy auditing and Maintaince


6A841 Power system Reliability and Planning


6A827 Reactive power Control & Management

B. Tech (Electrical & Electronics Engineering) Program objective

B. Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering program emphasizes the fundamentals of electrical & electronics in daily life. The first two years of this program begins with a set of introductory courses, like Mathematics, physics, English, computer languages (C, C++), circuits and networks, DC machines and introduction to power systems which provide students with a firm foundation in mathematics, Electrical, as well as communication skills. These courses include weekly labs in which students use state-of-the art techniques and equipments to create solutions to interesting problems. The last two years of study focuses on the concepts and techniques used in the design and development of advanced systems in electrical and electronics. In addition, students choose from a rich set of electives, which covers skills in demand. These advanced courses give broad opening for research and help them to choose specialization in their higher studies. A generous allotment of open electives allows students to learn foreign languages like French, German, Spanish; and it includes computing with a business focus. Students in this program pursue an inter-disciplinary course of study that combines strong foundation in electrical and electronics with a focus on interdisciplinary areas. This program is designed for students who seek to blend their abilities with skills in demand and skills specific to another domain to solve problems in that domain. Having completed this course, a student is prepared to work independently within a well structured design frame work in the job and for higher studies.

DEPARTMENT OF Electrical & Electronics Engineering








I. Preparation: To prepare students to excel in postgraduate programmes or to succeed in electrical industry/technical profession through global, rigorous education.

II. Core Competence: To provide students with a solid foundation in mathematical, scientific and engineering fundamentals required to solve engineering problems and also to pursue higher studies.

III. Breadth: To train students with good scientific and engineering breadth so as to comprehend, analyze, design, and create novel products and solutions for the real life problems.

IV. Professionalism: To inculcate in students’ professional and ethical attitude, effective communication skills, team work skills, multidisciplinary approach, and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social context.

V. Learning Environment: To provide student with an academic environment aware of excellence, leadership, written ethical codes and guidelines, and the life-long learning needed for a successful professional career.

Program Outcomes of EEE Department a) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of differential equations, vector calculus, complex

variables, matrix theory, probability theory, physics, chemistry and electrical and electronics engineering.

b) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, formulate and solve electrical engineering problems.

c) Graduate will demonstrate an ability to design electrical and electronic circuits and conduct experiments with Electrical Systems, analyze and interpret data.

d) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design digital and analog systems and component.

e) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks.

f) Graduate will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipment to analyze problems.

g) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibilities. h) Graduate will be able to communicate effectively in both verbal and written form. i) Graduate will show the understanding of impact of engineering solutions on the society and

also will be aware of contemporary issues. j) Graduate will develop confidence for self education and ability for life-long learning. k) Graduate who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations like GATE, GRE.

Program Educational objectives

Program Outcomes


I X X X

II X X X X X X

III X X X X

IV X X X X

V X X

III year B.Tech. – I Sem Code: 6ZC01 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS L T P C

2 1 - 2


x x

Course Objective: To make the students understand the concepts and principles of Business Economics at micro level and basic principles of Financial Accounting and Analysis, which facilitate them in making better planning and decisions? Course Out Comes: 1) Understand the basics of Business Economics at Micro level and Demand analysis in particular.

2) Understand Production patterns and various Costs involved.

3) Understand different types of Markets, Business organizations and Pricing strategies.

4) Enrich students with basic concepts of Financial Accounting.

5) Understand basic concepts of Depreciation and Final accounts.

6) Increase Competence of Analyzing Financial Statements.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Definition, Nature and Scope of Business Economics–Demand Analysis: Demand Determinants, Law of Demand and its exceptions, Elasticity of Demand and Demand Forecasting. UNIT II: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS Production Function – Isoquants and Isocosts, Internal and External Economies of Scale, Laws of Returns. Cost Analysis: Cost concepts, different types of costs, cost control and cost efficiency, Break-even Analysis (BEA)-Determination of Break-Even Point (simple problems). UNIT III: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETS Market structures: Types of competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition. Pricing strategies, transfer pricing and performance measurement, Price-Output Determination in case of Perfect Competition and Monopoly UNIT IV: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Definition of Accounting, Concepts and conventions, principles of Double-Entry system, Book Keeping, Overview of books of original records Journal, Ledger and Subsidiary books UNIT V: DEPRECIATION OF FIXED ASSETS AND FINAL ACCOUNTS Depreciation, Depreciation of fixed assets, Methods of Depreciation – Straight line method and Diminishing Balance method Classification of revenue and capital expenses, Trial Balance, Final Accounts - Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments. UNIT VI: RATIO ANALYSIS Introduction to Ratio analysis – Leverage ratios – Liquidity ratios – Turnover ratios – Profitability ratios, Du-pont chart. (Simple problems) TEXT BOOK: 1. Aryasri: Managerial economics and Financial Analysis, 2/e, TMH, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Ambrish Gupta, Financial Accounting for Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi.

2. H. Craig Peterson & W. Cris Lewis, Managerial economics, PHI, 4th Ed.

3. Suma Damodaran, Managerial economics, Oxford University Press.

B.Tech. (EEE) III Year – I Sem.

CODE: 6CC16 LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS

L T P C

3 1 -- 3 Code: Course Objectives

To maintain the right blend of theory and practice in analyzing and designing a wide variety of applications using

IC 741 op-amps

To acquaint the learners with a wide variety of Digital ICs families, and their applications in various digital

circuits and systems.

Course Outcomes


Demonstrate the concepts of Differential Amplifier and Operational Amplifier and their characteristics.

Design the basic circuits using Operational Amplifiers.

Explore, design and analyze Filters, Timers, Voltage Controlled Oscillator and Phase Locked Loop.

Demonstrate the design and analyze Oscillators, D/A Converters and A/D Converters.

Classify and characterize the various Logic Families.

Explore the combinational and sequential logic ICs in design of various digital systems.



CO1 3 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 2

CO6 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2

UNIT – I: OPAMP & ITS CHARACTERISTICS

Differential Amplifiers and its Characteristics. Op-Amp Block Diagram, Ideal OP-AMP Characteristics, DC and

AC Characteristics. 741 Op-Amp and its Features and Characteristics. Parameters Measurement: Offset Voltage

and Current, Slew Rate and CMRR. Frequency Compensation.

UNIT – II: BASIC APPLICATIONS OF OP-AMPs Adder/Subtractor, Difference Amplifier, Instrumentation Amplifier, Differentiator, Integrator, V/I & I/V

Converters, Comparators, Multivibrators, Square and Triangular Waveform Generators, Clippers, Clampers,

Peak Detector, S/H circuit.

UNIT – III: FILTERs, TIMERs & PLLs

Filters:Introduction, Butterworth Filters- First and Second Order Active Filters- LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF.

Introduction to 555 Timer, Functional Block, 555 timers as Monostable and Astable Multivibrators and

Applications, Schmitt Trigger. Voltage Controlled Oscillator (IC 566), Phase Locked Loop.

Applications: Design of visitors counter using 555 timer.

UNIT – IV: OSCILLATORS, D/A AND A/D CONVERTERS

Oscillators: Introduction, Design and Analysis of Wein Bridge, RC Phase shift Oscillators using op-amp. D/A

Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, R-2R Ladder, Weighted Resistor, Inverter R-2R type D/A

Converter, IC 1408 DAC. A/D Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, Counter Type, Dual Slope,

Successive Approximation and Flash types A/D Converters.

UNIT – V: LOGIC FAMILIES

Classification of IC Logic Families. Standard TTL NAND & NOR Gate-Analysis & Characteristics, TTL Open

Collector Outputs. Tristate TTL. MOS & CMOS Logic, Open Drain and Tristate Outputs. ECL. Comparison of

Various Logic Families. IC interfacing, TTL driving CMOS & CMOS driving TTL.

UNIT – VI: TTL-74XX Series ICs: COMBINATIONAL AND SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS

Decoders. Priority Encoders, Multiplexers, Arithmetic Circuit ICs-Parallel Binary Adder. Flip-flops- D flip-flop,

JK flip-flop, T flip-flop and Master-slave JK flip-flop. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters. Decade

counters. Universal Shift Register.

Applications: Design of Digital clock

TEXT BOOKS:

4. D. Roy Chowdhary, Linear Integrated Circuits , New Age Publications (P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2003.



REFERENCES:


7. R.F. Coughlin & Fredrick Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, PHI, 6th

Edition.

8. K. Lal Kishore, Linear Integrated Circuit Application, Pearson Educations, 2005.

9. Millman, Micro Electronics, McGraw Hill, 1988.

10. C.G. Clayton, Operational Amplifiers, Butterworth & Company Publ. Ltd. Elsevier, 1971.

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A508 ELECTRICAL MACHINES - III L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x

Corse Objective: It deals with the detailed analysis of Synchronous generators and motors which are the prime source of electrical power generation and its utilities. Also concerns about the different types of single phase motors which are having significant applications in house hold appliances and control systems. Course Outcomes: After completion of this course the students are able to







UNIT – I CONSTRUCTION AND PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Constructional Features, Armature windings, Integral slot and fractional slot windings, Distributed and concentrated windings, Distribution, Pitch and winding factors, E.M.F Equation. UNIT-II SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR CHARACTERISTICS: Harmonics in generated E.M.F., Suppression of harmonics, Armature reaction, Leakage reactance, Synchronous reactance and impedance, Experimental determination, Phasor diagram, Load characteristics. UNIT – III REGULATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Regulation by synchronous impedance method, M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method and A.S.A. methods, Salient pole alternators, two reaction analysis, Experimental determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test) Phasor diagrams, Regulation of salient pole alternators. UNIT – IV PARALLEL OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Synchronizing alternators with infinite bus bars, synchronizing power torque, parallel operation and load sharing, Effect of change of excitation and mechanical power input. Analysis of short circuit current wave form, Determination of sub-transient, Transient and steady state reactance’s. UNIT – V SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Principal of operation, Phasor diagram, Power flow equation, Variation of current and power factor with excitation, Power circles, Synchronous condenser, Hunting and its suppression, Methods of starting. UNIT – VI SINGLE PHASE AND SPECIAL MOTORS: Single phase induction motor, constructional features, double revolving field theory, elementary idea of cross, Field theory, Split-phase motors, and Shaded pole motor. Principle & performance of A.C. Series motor, Universal motor, Stepper motor and reluctance motor. TEXT BOOKS 1. Electric Machines –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishers, 7

th Edition.

2. Electrical machines - P.S. Bimbra, Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCES: 1. The Performance and Design of A.C.Machines – M. G. Say, ELBS and Ptiman & Sons. 2. Electric Machinery – A.E. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 5

th edition.


edition. 4. Electromachanics - III (Synchronous and single phase machines) -S. Kamakashiah, Right Publishers.

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A509 POWER ELECTRONICS L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x

Course Objective: With the advent of semiconductor devices, Revolution is taking place in the power transmission distribution and utilization. This course introduces the basic concepts of power semiconductor devices, Converters and choppers and their analysis. Course Outcomes: After completion of this course the students are able to

7) Understand the construction and operation of various power semiconductor devices and analyze about the series and parallel operation of SCRs.

8) Analyze the operation of different configurations of single phase converters for different loads. 9) Analyze the operation of different configurations of three phase converters for different loads. 10) Explain the operation of different type‘s choppers.



UNIT – I POWER SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES: Thyristors, Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR’s), BJT, Power MOSFET, Power IGBT, DIAC, TRIAC, GTO and their characteristics. Basic theory of operation of SCR, Static characteristics, Two transistor analogy, Turn on and turn off methods, Dynamic characteristics of SCR, Turn on and Turn off mechanism., SCR, UJT firing circuit, Series and parallel connections of SCR’s, Snubber circuit details, Specifications and Ratings of SCR’s, BJT, IGBT. UNIT – II SINGLE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS: Phase control technique, Single Phase Line commutated converters, Midpoint and Bridge connections; Half controlled and Fully controlled converters, Derivation of average load voltage and current with R and RL loads, UNIT – III THREE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS: Three phase half controlled and fully controlled bridge converters with R and RL loads, Effect of Source inductance, Waveforms, Numerical Problems. UNIT – IV CHOPPERS: Choppers, Time ratio control and Current limit control strategies, Step down choppers Derivation of load voltage and currents with R, RL and RLE loads, Step up Chopper, load voltage expression, Jones chopper and waveforms, Problems, Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost choppers.(Qualitative treatment). UNIT – V INVERTERS: Inverters, Single phase inverter, Half and Full bridge VSI & CSI inverters, Waveforms, Voltage control techniques for inverters, Three phase inverters with 120degrees and 180 degrees mode of conduction, Pulse width modulation techniques (Multiple Pulse and Sinusoidal), Numerical problems. UNIT –VI AC VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS & CYCLO CONVERTERS: AC voltage controllers, Single phase two SCR’s in anti parallel with R and RL loads, Derivation of RMS load voltage, current and power factor wave forms, Firing circuits, Numerical problems, Cyclo converters, Single phase midpoint cyclo converters with Resistive and inductive load (Principle of operation only), Bridge configuration of single phase cyclo converter (Principle of operation only), Waveforms TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power electronics - P.S.Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers. 2. Power electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications - M. H. Rashid, Prentice Hall of India, 2

nd edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Power electronics - Vedam Subramanyam, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers. 2. Power electronics - V.R. Murthy 1st edition, OXFORD University Press. 3. Power electronics - P.C. Sen,Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing. 4. Power electronics - M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company.

III YEAR B.TECH – I SEM CODE: 6A510 POWER SYSTEMS-II L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x

Course Outcomes:


voltage control.


tariff.





UNIT – I POWER FACTOR AND VOLTAGE CONTROL: Causes of low p.f, Methods of Improving p.f, Phase advancing and generation of reactive KVAR using static Capacitors, Most economical p.f. for constant KW load and constant KVA type loads, Numerical Problems. Dependency of Voltage on Reactive power flow, Methods of Voltage Control, Shunt Capacitors, Series Capacitors, Synchronous Capacitors, Tap changing and Booster Transformers UNIT-II ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF POWER GENERATION AND TARIFF METHODS: Load curve, Load duration and integrated load duration curves, Load, Demand, Diversity, Capacity, Utilization and plant use factors, Numerical Problems, Costs of Generation and their division into Fixed, Semi - fixed and Running Costs. Desirable Characteristics of a Tariff Method, Tariff Methods, Flat Rate, Block-Rate, Two-part, Three –part and power factor tariff methods and Numerical Problems. UNIT - III SUBSTATIONS & GROUNDING: Classification of Substations, Air insulated substations, Indoor & Outdoor substations, Substations layout showing the location of all the substation equipment, Bus bar arrangements in the sub-stations, Simple arrangements like single bus bar, sectionalized single bus bar, and Main and transfer bus bar system with relevant diagrams. Gas insulated substations (GIS): Advantages of Gas insulated substations, Single line diagram of gas insulated substations, Comparison of Air insulated substations and Gas insulated substations. NEUTRAL GROUNDING: Grounded and Ungrounded Neutral Systems, Effects of Ungrounded Neutral on system performance, Methods of Neutral Grounding, Solid, Resistance, Reactance, Arcing Grounds. UNIT – IV SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS: Per Unit System of Representation, Per Unit equivalent reactance network of a three phase Power system, Numerical Problems. SYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS Short Circuit Current and MVA Calculations, Fault levels, Application of Series Reactors, Numerical Problems. UNIT-V SYMMETRICAL COMPONENT THEORY: Symmetrical Component Transformation, Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components: Voltages, Currents and Impedances. Sequence Networks: Positive, Negative and Zero sequence Networks, Numerical Problems. UNSYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS: LG, LL, LLG faults with and without fault impedance, Numerical Problems UNIT-VI -GENERAL ASPECTS OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: D.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS:

Classification of Distribution Systems - Comparison of DC vs AC and Under-Ground vs Over - Head Distribution Systems- Requirements and Design features of Distribution Systems-Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in D.C Distributors for the following cases: Radial D.C Distributor fed one end and at the both the ends (equal/unequal Voltages) and Ring Main Distributor. A.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in A.C. Distributors for the following cases: Power Factor referred to receiving end voltage and with respect to respective load voltages. TEXT BOOKS 1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L. Soni, P.V. Gupta, U.S. Bhatnagar and A. Chakraborti,

Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd. 2. Principles of Power systems - V.K Mehta and Rohit Mehta S.CHAND& COMPANY LTD., New Delhi. REFERENCES: 1. Electrical Power systems - C.L. Wadhawa New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers. 2. Electrical Power generation, Transmission and Distribution - S.N. Singh., PHI.

III Year, B. Tech – I - Sem. CODE: 6CC57 FUNDAMENTALS OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I) L T P C

2 1 2


X X X X



Functions.











UNIT I: SIGNALS Signals. Classification of Signals. Periodic. Non-periodic. Energy and Power Signals. Exponential and Sinusoidal Signals. Concepts of Impulse Function. Unit Step Function. Signum Function. SIGNAL ANALYSIS - Analogy between Vectors and Signals. Orthogonal Signal Space. Signal Approximation using Orthogonal Functions. Mean Square Error. Closed or Complete Set of Orthogonal Functions. Orthogonality in Complex Functions.

UNIT-II: FOURIER REPRESENTATION OF CONTINUOUS TIME SIGNALS

PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier series. Properties of Fourier series. Dirichlet’s Conditions. Trigonometric. Exponential & Compact (Cosine) Fourier series. Fourier Spectrum. NON- PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier Transforms. Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier Series. Fourier Transform of Arbitrary Signal. Standard Signals. Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals. Properties of Fourier Transforms. Fourier Transforms Involving Impulse and Signum Functions. Introduction to Hilbert Transform. Applications: Implementation of Signum function in MATLAB.

UNIT-III: SIGNAL TRANSMISSION THROUGH LINEAR SYSTEMS

Systems. Classification of Systems. Linear System. Impulse Response (IR) of a Linear System. Linear Time Invariant (LTI) System. Linear Time Variant (LTV) System. Transfer Function of a LTI System. Filter Characteristics of Linear Systems. Distortion Less Transmission Through a System. Signal Bandwidth. System Bandwidth. Ideal LPF, HPF and BPF Characteristics. Causality and Poly-Wiener Criterion for Physical Realization. Relationship between Bandwidth and Rise Time.

UNIT-IV: CONVOLUTION AND CORRELATION OF SIGNALS

Concept of Convolution in Time Domain and Frequency Domain. Graphical Representation of Convolution. Convolution Properties. Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions. Properties of Correlation Function. Energy Density Spectrum. Parseval’s Theorem. Power Density Spectrum. Relation between Auto Correlation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density Function. Relation between Convolution and Correlation. LAPLACE TRANSFORMS - Review of Laplace Transforms. Partial Fraction Expansion. Inverse Laplace Transform. Concept of Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms. Constraints on ROC for Various Classes of Signals. Properties of LT. Relation between LT and FT of a Signal. Laplace Transform of Certain Signals using Waveform Synthesis. Laplace Transform of a Periodic Signals. Applications: Pole-zero calculation of 1 KHz Butterworth filter.

UNIT-V: SAMPLING

Sampling Theorem. Graphical and Analytical Proof for Band Limited Signals. Impulse(Ideal) Sampling. Natural(Chopped) Sampling and Flat Top(S&H) Sampling. Reconstruction of Signal from its Samples. Effect of Under Sampling . Aliasing. Introduction to Band Pass Sampling. Applications: Design of a 8 KHz audio sampler UNIT-VI : Z–TRANSFORMS

Fundamental Difference between Continuous and Discrete Time Signals. Discrete Time Signal Representation using Complex Exponential and Sinusoidal Components. Periodicity of Discrete Time using Complex Exponential Signal. Concept of Z- Transform of a Discrete Sequence. Distinction Between Laplace, Fourier and Z Transforms. Region of Convergence in Z-Transform. Constraints on ROC for Various Classes of Signals. Inverse Z-Transform. Properties of Z-Transforms. Introduction to Discrete Time Systems. Applications: DT Systems Analysis and Synthesis.

TEXT BOOKS:



Edn.

REFERENCES:


Edition.


x x x

B. Tech. III Year I semester

Code: 6FC32 Database Systems (Open Elective – I)

L T P/D C 2 1 - 2

Course Objective: Fundamentals to Database Management Systems will concentrate on the principles, design, implementation and applications of database management systems. Course Outcomes:

7. Students will learn basics of databases and understand the architecture of database management systems.

8. Students will learn about good database design techniques and database theories behind. 9. Understand conceptual database designs, and functional dependencies and normalization. 10. Students will understand the Mathematical foundation for relational databases. 11. Student will be able to understand concept of Constraints, Views and will be able to create dynamic

databases. 12. Learn transaction management, concurrency controls.

Unit – I: Introduction to Databases and Transactions What is database system, purpose of database system, view of data, relational databases, database architecture, transaction management Unit- II: Data Models the importance of data models, Basic building blocks, Business rules, The evolution of data models, Degrees of data abstraction. Unit-III: Database Design, ER-Diagram and Unified Modeling Language Database design and ER Model: overview, ER-Model, Constraints, ER-Diagrams, ERD Issues, weak entity sets, Codd’s rules, Relational Schemas, Introduction to UML Relational database model: Logical view of data, keys, integrity rules. Relational Database design: features of good relational database design, atomic domain and Normalization (1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF). Unit- IV: Relational Algebra and Calculus Relational algebra: introduction, Selection and projection, set operations, renaming, Joins, Division, syntax, semantics. Operators, grouping and ungrouping, relational comparison. Calculus: Tuple relational calculus, Domain relational Calculus, calculus vs algebra, computational capabilities. Unit- V : Constraints, Views and SQL What is constraints, types of constrains, Integrity constraints, Views: Introduction to views, data independence, security, updates on views, comparison between tables and views SQL: data definition, aggregate function, Null Values, nested sub queries, Joined relations. Triggers. Unit-VI: Transaction management and Concurrency control Transaction management: ACID properties, serializability and concurrency control, Lock based concurrency control (2PL, Deadlocks), Time stamping methods, optimistic methods, database recovery management. TEXT BOOKS:

1. A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, ―Database System and Concepts‖, 5th

Edition McGraw-Hill.

2. Rob, Coronel, ―Database Systems‖, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning.


x x

III Year B.Tech EEE - I Sem CODE: 6ZC20 PRODUCT AND SERVICES

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I) L T P C 2 1 2

Course Objectives: This course helps to provide the basic concepts of Product and services. This course will enable the students to study areas of basic insights in product management and Services Design. Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be introduced to basic concepts of product. 2. Will enlighten the students with the process of new product development and stages in the process. 3. Will help the students understand the concept of product testing, product planning and the preparatory

groundwork for launching a new product 4. Will help the students to understand the nature of services, its differences with the goods and the

application of marketing principles for services. 5. Will enlighten the students to understand the attributes of a good service design and the tools for

producing and distributing the services. 6. To make the students understand about the importance of quality of services and also introduce some

measurement scales to evaluate the service quality. UNIT- I: PRODUCT AS A COMMERCIAL FACTOR Product concept: premarketing, product definition, product dimensions. Product classification- by its nature, by final use by reasons for purchase, by consumer groups. UNIT- II: PRODUCT INNOVATION New products-What is a new product, Concept, Reasons, Succeed and failure factors, Launch process, Opportunities identification, Idea generation Systems, Evaluation, Check list, Financial analysis, Product concept. UNIT- III: PRODUCT MANAGEMENT Concept test, Product testing, Pre-launch, Market test, Final evaluation “Stage / Gate Process” A sequence system for a product launch. Product planning and development-Product planning, Price planning, Bake even point analysis, Communications Planning, Advertising Planning, Distribution planning UNIT - IV: INTRODUCTION TO SERVICE: Meaning and Definition of Service, Characteristics of Services, Classification of Service, Five levels of Service, Service verses Physical Goods, 7 P’s for Marketing of Services, Marketing Mix for Tourism, Hospitality, Education, and Health Industry. UNIT – V: SERVICE PROCESS DESIGN: Challenges & Critical Success Factors, Distribution Methods for Service, Process of Service Delivery, Tools for Service Design, Customer involvement in the Production Process, Tools for Innovation, Role of Intermediaries, Attributes of a Good Design. UNIT – VI: QUALITY OF SERVICE: Definition of Service Quality, Elements of Service Quality, Service Quality Measuring Tools; SERVQUAL Scale, Service Quality Gap Analysis, Objective Service Metrics, Cost of Quality in Service. Challenges and Problems of Service Quality in Inida. REFERENCES:

1. Dr. S.L. Gupta, Product Management, Wisdom Publications

2. C.Merle Crawford ,New Product Management

3. Valarie A.Zeithaml & Mary Jo-Bitner: Services Marketing—Integrating Customer Focus Across the

Firm, 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

4. Thomas J.Delong & Asish Nanda: Managing Professional Servies—Text and Cases, McGraw-Hill

International, 2006.

5. Christopher Lovelock: Services Marketing People, Technology, Strategy, Fourth Edition, Pearson

Education, 2006.


x x x

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

III Year B.Tech EEE - I Sem CODE: 6ZC22 BASICS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Entrepreneurship, and its importance to business to the engineering students, which will allow them to get the required intuition and interest in starting their own start-up’s Course Outcomes:

7. The students’ will acquire basic knowledge on Skills of Entrepreneurship. 8. The students’ will understand the techniques of selecting the customers through the process of

customer segmentation. 9. Business Models and their validity are understood by the students’. 10. The basic cost structure and the pricing policies are understood by the students’. 11. The students’ will acquire knowledge about the project management and its techniques. 12. The students’ get exposure on marketing strategies for the Start up.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Define Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurship as a Career option, Benefits and Myths of Entrepreneurship, Success Rate of Entrepreneurs related to Experience and Family Backup, Characteristics, Qualities and Skills of Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Propensity, Life as an Entrepreneur, Impact of Entrepreneurship on Economy and Society. UNIT – II: Opportunity & Customer Analysis: Identify your Entrepreneurial Style, Identify Business Opportunities, Methods of finding and understanding Customer Problems, Process of Design Thinking, Identify Potential Problems, Customer Segmentation and Targeting, Customer Adoption Process, craft your Values Proportions, Customer-driven Innovation. UNIT – III: Business Model & Validation: Types of Business Models, Lean approach, the Problem-Solution Test, Solution Interview Method, difference between Start-up Venture and Small Business, Industry Analysis, Identify Minimum Viable Product (MVP), Build-Measure-Lean Feedback loop, Product-market fit test. UNIT – IV: Economics & Financial Analysis: Revenue sources of Companies, Income Analysis, and Costs Analysis - Product Cost and Operations Cost, basics of Unit Costing, Break Even Analysis Profit Analysis, Customer Value Analysis, different Pricing Strategies, advantages and disadvantage of various Sources of Finance, Investors Expectations, Return on Investment , Practice pitching to Investors and Corporate. UNIT – V: Team Building & Project management: Leadership Styles, Shared Leadership Model, Team Building in Venture, Role of good team in venture, Roles and Respondents, Explore collaboration tools and techniques- Brainstorming, Mind mapping. Importance of Project management, Time Management, Workflow, Network Analysis Techniques – Critical Path Method, Project Evaluation Review Technique and Gantt chart. UNIT – VI: Marketing & Business Regulations: Positioning, Positioning Strategies, building Digital presence and leveraging Social Media, Measuring effectiveness of Channels, Customer Decision-making Process, Sales Plans and Targets, Unique Sales Proposition (USP), Follow-up and close Sales. Business regulations of starting and operating a Business, Start-up Ecosystem, Government schemes.

REFERENCES:

8. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters, Dean A Shepherd, Entrepreneurship, Sixth Edition, New Delhi, 2006. 9. Thomas W. Zimmerer, Norman M. Scarborough, Essentials of Entrepreneurship And Small Business

Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson, New Delhi, 2006 10. Alfred E. Osborne, Entrepreneur’s Toolkit, Harvard Business Essentials, HBS Press, USA, 2005. 11. Madhurima Lall, Shikha Sahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel Books, First Edition, New Delhi, 2006. 12. S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007. 13. H. Nandan, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Prentice Hall of India, First Edition, New Delhi, 2007. 14. S.R. Bhowmik, M. Bhowmik, Entrepreneurship-A tool for Economic Growth And A

key to Business Success, New Age International Publishers, First Edition, (formerly

Wiley Eastern Limited), New Delhi, 2007.

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

III Year B.Tech EEE - I Sem CODE: 6ZC25 BASICS OF INDIAN ECONOMY

(Common to all Branches) (OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course objectives: To provide basic knowledge relating to the Indian Economy thus making the students aware of the current aspects taking place in the Indian and world economy. Course Outcomes:

7. Gain knowledge relating to Economics, various sectors and its growth 8. Will gain knowledge relating to various concepts of National income and related aggregates 9. Students will learn about Indian Industrial policy and benefits of LPG to India 10. Comprehend knowledge relating to Fiscal policy & Taxation system in India 11. Learn about inflation & business cycles. 12. Know about the BoP and its influence on economy.

Unit 1: Introduction to Economics: Definition, Economics and economy, back ground of economy, sectors of the economy, types of economy, growth of economy, primary moving force of Economic growth in India, mixed economy. Unit 2: National Income and related aggregates Aggregates related to National Income: Gross National Product (GNP), Net National Product (NNP), Gross and Net Domestic Product (GDP and NDP) - at market price, at factor cost; National Disposable Income (gross and net), Private Income, Personal Income and Personal Disposable Income; Real and Nominal GDP. Unit 3: Industrial policy & Liberalization of Economy Industrial policy in India, its objectives, Review of Industrial policies up to 1986, Industrial policy 1991 - causes of its implementation, benefits of Liberalization, privatization & Globalization to the Indian economy. Unit 4: Fiscal policy & Taxation system Fiscal policy- Definition, objectives, importance, setbacks, recent fiscal policy of India, Reforms to strengthen the fiscal policy in India. Taxation system in India, methods of taxation, a good tax system, VAT, GST, Reforms in taxation. Unit 5: Inflation & Business Cycles: Inflation – Definition, types, effects of inflation on various segments of the population and sectors of the economy, measures to control inflation, Business cycles: Introduction, Depression, Recovery, Boom, and Recession. Unit 6: Balance of Payments Balance of payments account - meaning and components; balance of payments deficit-meaning. Foreign exchange rate - meaning of fixed and flexible rates and managed floating. Determination of exchange rate in a free market

REFERENCES:

7. Indian Economy, Datt & Mahajan, 70th

Edition, Sultan Chand publishers.

8. Indian Economy, Misra & Puri, 33rd

Edition, Himalaya publishing house.

9. Latest Budget document by Ministry of Finance

10. Latest Economic survey

11. 12th

Five year plan

12. News articles in The Hindu, The Business Line


x x


x x

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

III Year B.Tech EEE - I Sem CODE: 6ZC05 BANKING OPERATIONS, INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course Objectives: To make the students understand the concepts and principles of Indian Banking Business, Insurance Business and Capital market business products and services, which facilitate them to understand the nature of market. Course Outcomes:

7. Describe the new dimensions and products served by the banking system in INDIA. 8. Explain the credit control system and create awareness on NPA’s 9. Apply the knowledge of Insurance concepts in real life scenarios 10. Recognize the importance of regulatory and legal frame work of IRDA 11. Identify the risk management process and methods. 12. Calculate the diversity of risk and return

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BANKING BUSINESS: Introduction to financial services - History of banking business in India, Structure of Indian banking system: Types of accounts, advances and deposits in a bank. KYC norms, New Dimensions and products- E-Banking: Mobile-Banking, Net Banking, Digital Banking, Negotiable Instruments: Cheque system. UNIT II BANKING SYSTEMS AND ITS REGULATION: Banking Systems: Branch Banking, Unit Banking, Correspondent Banking, Group Banking, Deposit Banking, Mixed Banking and Investment Banking - Banking Sector Reforms with special reference to Prudential Norms, Capital Adequacy Norms, Classification of Assets and NPA’s, Functions of RBI, Role of RBI in regulating Indian Banking. Banking Ombudsman scheme. UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE: Introduction to insurance, Need and importance of Insurance, principles of Insurance, characteristics of insurance contract, branches of insurance and types of insurance: Life insurance and its products, General Insurance and its variants. UNIT IV INSURANCE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT: Procedure for issuing an insurance policy –Nomination - Surrender Value - Policy Loans – Assignment - Revivals and Claim Settlement; Insurance as a tax mitigation tool, Role of IRDA in Insurance Regulation. UNIT V FINANCIAL MARKETS AND RISK MANAGEMENT: Introduction to Financial Markets: Money Market – Capital market; Introduction to Risk Management, meaning and classification of risks, Risk management process, Risk Management Approaches and Techniques. UNIT VI DERIVATIVES AS A RISK MANAGEMENT TOOL: Introduction to Financial Derivatives, Advantages of Derivatives - types of Derivative Contracts - Forwards, Futures, Options and Swaps - Differences among Forwards, Futures and Option Contracts. REFERENCES:




10. Scott E. Harringam Gregory R. Nichanus: Risk Management & Insurance, TMH, 2009.

11. Geroge E. Rejda: Principles of risk Management & Insurance, 9/e, pearson Education. 2009.


III Year B.Tech I semester SAP-I: SAP ABAP Workbench Fundamentals

(Open Elective – I)


x x x

Code: 6EC26 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2

Course Objective

1. Understand the SAP NetWeaver AS fundamentals

2. Work with the ABAP Workbench tools

3. Write simple ABAP programs

4. Understand the ABAP Dictionary

Course Outcomes 1. To acquire through knowledge of SAP Net weaver architecture, ABAP fundamentals (like language

elements, modularization, ABAP dictionary)

2. To write simple ABAP programs and reports

3. To be able to debug and analyze errors and performance of programs

Unit Content Hours 1 Introduction to enterprise resource planning(ERP) 4

1. ERP explained

2. System wide concepts

3. SAP applications and components

4. Sample end to end business process

2 SAP Net weaver application server fundamentals 8 1. SAP systems and SAP applications portfolio

2. SAP Graphical User Interface and Navigation in AS ABAP systems

3. System core

4. Communication and integration technologies

3 ABAP Work bench foundations - Part 1 10 1. ABAP Program processing

2. ABAP Work bench tools

3. ABAP Language basics, open SQL

4. Modularization techniques

4 ABAP Work bench foundations - Part 2 10 1. Complex data objects, structures and internal tables

2. Data modeling and Data retrieval

3. Classic ABAP reports

4. Program analysis tools

5. Program calls and memory management

5 ABAP Dictionary 10 1. Domains, Data elements and structures

2. Transparent tables, Pool tables and cluster tables

3. Input Checks

4. Dictionary object dependencies

5. Changes in table structure

6. Views

7. Search Helps

6 Classical UI Programming 10 1. Selection Screens

2. Screens ( Dynpros)

TEXTBOOKS:

1. ABAP Workbench Fundamentals, Part 1, SAP India 2. ABAP Workbench Fundamentals, Part 2, SAP India REFERENCES: www. training.sap.com/in/en


Code: 6H576 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE L T P C 1 1 1


x x

Course Objective : Learn and practice problems on numbers systems, ratios, mensuration and relations to Excel in and competitive examinations. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, students should able to 1. Solve problems related to number systems






UNIT I Number System: Test for Divisibility, Test of prime number, Division and Remainder – HCF and LCM of Numbers - Fractions.


UNIT III Ratio and Proportion: Properties of Ratio, Comparison of Ratios, Useful Simple Results on Proportion – Partnership and Share – Mixtures.

UNIT IV Simple Interest: Effect of change of P, R and T on Simple Interest - Compound Interest: Conversion Period, Difference between Compound Interest and Simple Interest – Time and Work – Time and Distance.



TEXT BOOKS: 1. Quantitative aptitude by R.S. Agarwal 2. Quantitative aptitude by Abhijit Guha

B. Tech. III Year I semester Code: 6A574 GROUP PROJECT

L T P/D C - - 2 1


x

Course Objective : To acquaire basic knowledge on selecting a projcet , learn related tools and enhance Programming and communication skills for employabilty. Pre-Requisites: All Courses till this semester Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to

Use the concepts learned in the courses, so far, in conceptualizing, designing and executing the modules of the projects.

Exhibit the interest in learning the modern tools and technologies through the bridge courses arranged in the college, beyond the curriculum, and hence developing the software.

Inculcate an enthusiasm to use the creative ideas to build the innovative projects which are meeting the current needs of the market and society as a whole.


Work as an individual and in a team. A group project shall be carried out by a group of students consisting of 2 to 3 in number in third year first semester. This work shall be carried out under the guidance of the faculty assigned as internal guide and shall involve design, fabrication, software development or any other significant activity. This can be of interdisciplinary nature also. There will be 100 marks in total with 25 marks of internal evaluation and 75 marks of external The internal evaluation shall consist of:

Day to day work : 10 marks Report : 05 marks

Demonstration / presentation : 10 marks ----------- 25 marks

End examination : 75 Marks. The end examination will be carried out by a committee consisting of an external examiner, head of the department, a senior faculty member and the supervisor.

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6CC81 LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS LAB L T P C 3 2


x

Course Objectives: The objectives of this course are


To Design and analyze the various circuits and systems using Digital ICs.


An ability to explore the applications of IC 741 OP-AMP.

An ability to design Active filters and its applications

An ability to understand and implement generate square and Triangular waveforms using 555 Timers

An ability to design D to A converters and its applications

An ability to implement combinational designs using TTL Ics.

An ability to understand and implement sequential designs using TTL Ics



CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 2

2 3 3 3 3 2

CO3 3

3 2

3 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 3

CO6 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2

Syllabus Content Part A (Linear IC Application Lab): (At least Six Experiments) Design and testing of

13. OP AMP Applications – Adder, Subtractor, Comparator Circuits. 14. Active Filter Applications – LPF, HPF (first order) 15. Function Generator using OP AMPs. 16. 4 bit DAC using OP AMP. 17. IC 555 Timer – Monostable 18. IC 555 Timer -Astable . 19. Phase Locked Loop

Part B (Digital IC Application Lab): (At least Six Experiments) Verify the operations of the Digital ICs (Hardware) in the Laboratory

1. 3x8 Decoder using IC 74x138

2. 8 x1 Multiplexer using IC 74x151

3. 4-bit Binary Adder using IC 74x283

4. Priority encoder using 74x148

5. D Flip-Flop IC 74x74

6. Decade counter using IC74x90

7. Shift registers using 74x194

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A575 CONTROL SYSTEMS AND SIMULATION LAB L T P C 3 2


x x x x

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 3. An ability to explore the applications of control systems.


The following experiments are to be conducted: 1. Time response of Second order system 2. Characteristics of Synchro 3. Programmable Logic Controller – Study and verification of truth tables of logic gates, simple Boolean expressions and application of speed control of motor. 4. Effect of feedback on DC servo motor 5. Transfer function of DC motor 6. Lag and lead compensation – Magnitude and phase plot 7. Characteristics of magnetic amplifiers 8. Characteristics of AC servo motor 9. PSPICE simulation of Op-Amp based Integrator and Differentiator circuits. 10. Linear system analysis (Time domain analysis, Error analysis) using MATLAB and State space model for classical transfer function using MATLAB 11. Stability analysis (Bode, Root Locus, Nyquist) of Linear Time Invariant system using MATLAB REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Simulation of Electrical and electronics Circuits using PSPICE –M.H.Rashid, M/s PHI Publications. 2. PSPICE A/D user’s manual – Microsim, USA. 3. MATLAB and its Tool Books user’s manual and – Mathworks, USA.

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


X X


Code: 6A595 TECHNOLOGY REVIEW AND SEMINAR-I

COURSE OUTCOMES: 1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies. 2 Explain domain knowledge to resolve real time technical issues 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas. 4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking and lifelong learning skills for higher studies and to pursue professional

practice.

6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise. 7. Develop debating and interview skills. Procedure:





and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks


Code: 6GC49 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS L T P C

1 1 1


x x x x x

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO IPR: Discovery, Invention, Creativity, Innovation, History & Significance of IPR, Overview of IPR -Patent, Copyright, Trade Mark, Trade Secret , GI, Industrial Design & Integrated Circuit, Non-patentable criteria UNIT II: PATENTS: Patents- Patentability Criteria, Types of Patents-Process, Product & Utility Models, Software Patenting and protection, Patent infringement- Case studies- Apple Vs Samsung, Enfish LLC Vs Microsoft, Overview of Patent search-Types of Searching, Public & Private Searching Databases, Basics of Patent Filing & Drafting, Indian Patents Law UNIT III: COPYRIGHTS AND GEOGRAPHICAL INDICATIONS: Types of Copyrights, Procedure for filing, copyright infringement, Copyright Law, Geographical Indications -Tirupati Laddu, Darjeeling Tea, Basmati rice UNIT IV: TRADEMARK AND TRADE SECRETS: Trade Marks –Commercial importance, protection, registration, Case Studies- Sabena and Subena, Castrol Vs Pentagon, Trade Secrets- Case Studies-Kentucky Fried Chicken (KFC), Coca-Cola UNIT V: PROTECTION OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS & INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: Industrial Designs – Scope, protection, filing, infringement; Integrated Circuits & Layout design, Semiconductors, Unfair competition, Designs Act. UNIT VI: INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS & TREATIES: Overview of WTO, GATT, TRIPS, WIPO, Berne Convention, Rome convention, Paris Convention, Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT), Madrid Protocol, Budapest Treaty, Hague agreement TEXT BOOKS: 2. Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property for Paralegals – The law of Trademarks, Copyrights, Patents &

Trade secrets, 3rd

Edition, Cengage learning, 2012

3. N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Agitha, Principles of Intellectual Property, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow,

2009.

REFERENCES: 1. M. M. S. Karki , Intellectual Property Rights: Basic Concepts, Atlantic Publishers, 2009

2. Neeraj Pandey & Khushdeep Dharni, Intellectual Property Rights, Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd

3. Ajit Parulekar and Sarita D‘ Souza, Indian Patents Law – Legal & Business Implications; Macmillan India

ltd, 2006.

4. B. L. Wadehra. Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyright, Designs & Geographical Indications;

Universal law Publishing Pvt. Ltd., India 2000.

5. P. Narayanan; Law of Copyright and Industrial Designs; Eastern law House, Delhi, 2010

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6DC05 MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERS

L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objective: The objective of this course is to develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of microprocessors and microcontrollers, machine language Programming & interfacing techniques Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

CO1 Demonstrate the concepts of the Architecture of 8086.

CO2 Explore to write the Assembly Language Programs using 8086 instruction set and DOS interrupts.

CO3 Demonstrate interface of I/O devices with 8086


CO5 Demonstrate the Programs using 8051 instructions and SFRs.

CO6 Explore the interface of I/O devices with 8051.

UNIT – I -8086 ARCHITECTURE An over view of 8085, Architecture of 8086 Microprocessor. Special functions of General Purpose registers. 8086 flag register and function of 8086 Flags. Addressing modes of 8086. Instruction set of 8086. Assembler directives, simple programs, procedures, and macros. UNIT- II-Assembly language Programming and Hardware features of 8086 Assembly language programs involving logical, Branch & Call instructions, sorting, evaluation of arithmetic expressions, string manipulation. Pin diagram of 8086-Minimum mode and maximum mode of operation. Timing diagram. Memory interfacing to 8086 (Static RAM & EPROM). UNIT – III I/O interfacing 8255 PPI – various modes of operation and interfacing to 8086. D/A and A/D converter interfacing. Interfacing Keyboard, Displays, Stepper Motor and control of high power devices. UNIT – IV-Interrupts and serial data communication devices and interfacing Interrupt structure of 8086. Vector interrupt table. Interrupt service routines. Introduction to DOS and BIOS interrupts. 8259 PIC Architecture and interfacing. Serial Data Communication. 8251 USART Architecture and interfacing RS.232. UNIT – V-THE 8051 ARCHITECTURE & Programming: Introduction, 8051 Micro controller Hardware, Input/Output Ports and Circuits, External Memory, Addressing modes, The Assembly Language Programming- Data Transfer and Logical Instructions. Arithmetic Operations, Decimal Arithmetic. Jump and Call Instructions UNIT – VI-8051 Interrupts communication & industrial applications Counter and Timers, Serial data communication, Interrupts and Programming. Industrial applications: Interfacing 8051 to LED, push button, Relay, Solid state relay, DC motor and PWM, Seven Segment display, ADC and DAC ,keyboard interfacing. TEXT BOOKS:

5. Advanced microprocessor and Peripherals - A.K.Ray and K.M.Bhurchandi, TMH, 2000. 6. Microprocessors and interfacing – Douglas V. Hall, TMH, 2

nd Edition, 1999.

7. 8051 Microcontroller – Kenneth J. Ayala, Penram International/ Thomson, 3rd

Edition, 2005. REFERENCES:

3. Micro computer systems, The 8086/8088 Family Architecture, Programming and Design – Y.Liu and G.A. Gibson, PHI, 2

nd Edition.


III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6A611 SWITCH GEAR AND PROTECTION L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x

Course Outcomes:







UNIT –I POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS Types of System Transients - Traveling or Propagation of Surges - Attenuation, Distortion, Reflection and Refraction Coefficients - Termination of lines with different types of conditions - Open Circuited Line, Short Circuited Line, T-Junction, Lumped Reactive Junctions (Numerical Problems). Bewley’s Lattice Diagrams (for all the cases mentioned with numerical examples). UNIT – II PROTECTION AGAINST OVER VOLTAGES: Generation of Over Voltages in Power systems, Protection against Lightning Over Voltages ,Valve type and Zinc-Oxide Lighting Arresters, Insulation Coordination -BIL, Impulse Ratio, Standard Impulse Test Wave, Volt-Time Characteristics. UNIT – III CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Elementary principles of arc interruption, Restriking Voltage and Recovery voltages, Restriking Phenomenon, Average and Max. RRRV, Numerical Problems, Current Chopping and Resistance Switching, Types and Numerical Problems, Auto recloser’s. Description and Operation of following types of Circuit Breakers: Minimum Oil Circuit Breakers, Air Blast Circuit Breakers, Vacuum and SF6 Circuit Breakers. CB ratings and Specifications. UNIT – IV ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAYS: Principle of Operation and Construction of Attracted armature, Balanced Beam, Induction Disc and Induction Cup relays. Relays Classification, Instantaneous, DMT and IDMT types, Application of relays, over current, under voltage relays, Directional relays, Differential relays and Percentage Differential Relays. Universal torque equation, Distance relays, Impedance, Reactance, Mho and Off-Set Mho relays, Characteristics of Distance Relays and Comparison UNIT – V STATIC RELAYS: Static Relays, Static Relays verses Electromagnetic Relays. Amplitude and phase comparators, coincidence type phase comparators, static over current relay, definite over current relay, static directional over current relay, static impedance relay, static reactance relay, advantages and disadvantages of static relays, Microprocessor based relays. UNIT – VI GENERATOR, TRANSFORMER, FEEDER AND BUS-BAR PROTECTION: Protection of generators against Stator faults, Rotor faults, and Abnormal Conditions. Restricted Earth fault and Inter turn fault Protection. Numerical Problems on % Winding Unprotected. Protection of Transformers, Percentage Differential Protection, Numerical Problem on Design of CT s Ratio, Buchholtz relay Protection. Protection of Lines, Over Current, Carrier Current and Three-zone distance relay protection using Impedance relays. Translay Relay. Protection of Bus bars, Differential protection. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, New Age international (P) Limited, Publishers, 3

rd edition.

2. Protection and Switchgear- Bhavesh Bhalja, R. P. Maheshwari, N.G. Chothani, Oxford University Press, 1

st edition.

3. Power system Protection and Switchgear – Badri Ram, D.N Viswakarma, TMH Publications. REFERENCES: 1. Fundamentals of Power system Protection –Paithankar and S.R.Bhide.,PHI. 2. Art & Science of Protective Relaying – C R Mason, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 3. Switchgear and Protection – Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publlishers 4. A Text book on Power system Engineering – B.L.Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat Rai &

Co.

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6A612 MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objective: The basic principles of all measuring instruments and in measurement of electrical and non-electrical parameters viz., Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance, voltage, current Power factor, Power, Energy, Strain, Temperature, Torque, Displacement etc. and the different types of electrical and non electrical transducers. It introduces the different signal analyzers and oscilloscopes. Course Outcomes The student should be able to 7. Understand the principle of operation of different types of instruments viz., PMMC, moving iron type of








the range of them.






UNIT-I MEASURING INSTRUMENTS- INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS: Significance of Measurement, static characteristic of system- Linearity, Sensitivity, Precision, Accuracy - Classification - Deflecting, Control and Damping torques, Ammeters and Voltmeters, PMMC, Moving iron type instruments, Expression for the Deflecting torque and Control torque, Errors and Compensations, Extension of range using Shunts and Series resistance. UNIT –II: INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Introduction, advantages, burden of instrument transformer, Current Transformer - errors in current transformer, Effect of secondary open circuit, Potential transformer- errors in potential transformer, Testing of current Transformers with silsbee’s method. Power Factor Meters: Type of P.F. Meters, Dynamometer and Moving iron type, 1- ph and 3-ph meters. UNIT –III MEASUREMENT OF POWER& ENERGY: Single phase dynamometer wattmeter-LPF and UPF-Double element and three element dynamometer wattmeter, Expression for deflecting and control torques, Extension of range of wattmeter using instrument Transformers, Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced systems, Single phase induction type energy meter, Driving and braking torques, Testing by phantom loading, Three phase energy meter . UNIT - IV MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE - MAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS- A.C. BRIDGES: Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer, Standardization, Measurement of unknown resistance, current, voltage. Method of measuring low- Medium and High resistance, sensitivity of Wheatstone’s bridge, Carey Foster’s bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge for measuring low resistance, Measurement of high resistance, loss of charge method, Measurement of inductance, Quality Factor, Maxwell’s bridge, Hay’s bridge, Anderson’s bridge, Owen’s bridge. Measurement of capacitance and loss angle, Desauty Bridge, Wien’s bridge, Schering Bridge.

UNIT-V DIGITAL VOLTMETERS- SIGNAL ANALYZERS- CRO: Digital voltmeters, Successive approximation, Ramp, Dual slope integration continuous balance type, Wave Analyzers, Frequency selective analyzers, Heterodyne, Application of Wave analyzers, Harmonic Analyzers, Total Harmonic distortion, spectrum analyzers, Basic spectrum analyzers, Spectral displays, Q meter and RMS voltmeters . CRO- Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), Screens, Probes, Applications of CRO, Measurement of frequency and phase using CRO, Block diagram. UNIT-VI MEASUREMENT OF NON-ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES: Transducers - Classification of transducers, Advantages of Electrical transducers, Characteristics and choice of transducers, Principle operation of Resistor, Inductor, LVDT and Capacitor transducers, LVDT Applications, Strain gauge and its principle of operation, Guage factor- Thermistors, Thermocouples, Piezo electric transducers, Photovoltaic, Photo conductive cells. Measurement of strain, Gauge Sensitivity, Displacement, Velocity, Acceleration, Force, Torque, Measurement of Temperature. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments – E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, 5

th Edition,

Wheeler Publishing. 2. Transducers and Instrumentation– D.V.S Murthy, Prentice Hall of India, 2

nd Edition.

3. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation -A.K. Sawhney, Dhanpatrai & Co. 18

th Edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – D O Doeblin- Tata MC Graw-Hill. 2. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – A.S Morris, Pearson /Prentice Hall of India. 3. Electronic Instrumentation- H.S. Kalsi Tata MC Graw – Hill Edition, 3

rd Edition.

4. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement techniques – A.D Helfrick and W.D.Cooper, Pearson/Prentice Hall of India.

L T P/D C

3 1 0 3


X X X


CODE: 6CC15 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)

After studying this course, the students will be able to 7. Distinguish between CT and DT signals and systems and understand the growing need of DSP and study the concepts of discrete time signals and systems. 8. Represent periodic DT signals as a Fourier series; non-periodic DT signals as a Fourier Transform and use a powerful mathematical tool called DFT. 9. Compute the Fourier Transform of DT signals using the FFT algorithms. 10. Realize a digital filter in several forms and structures for a given transfer function H (z). 11. Distinguish IIR and FIR filters; Design each type by several methods once the desired specifications are given. 12. Understand the need and implement the multirate sampling techniques. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Digital Signal processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, linear shift invariant systems, stability, and causality. Linear constant coefficient difference equations. Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems. UNIT II: DISCRETE FOURIER SERIES: Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete Fourier transforms: Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT, Computation of DFT. Relation between Z-transform and DFS UNIT III: FAST FOURIER TRANSFORMS: Fast Fourier transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT Algorithms, Inverse FFT. UNIT IV: REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS: Review of Z-transforms, Applications of Z – transforms, solution of difference equations of digital filters, Block diagram representation of linear constant-coefficient difference equations, Basic structures of IIR systems, Transposed forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function. UNIT V: IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Analog filter approximations – Butter worth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters, Design Examples: Analog-Digital transformations FIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, frequency response. Design of FIR Digital Filters using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling technique, Comparison of IIR & FIR filters. UNIT VI: MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Decimation, interpolation, sampling rate conversion, Implementation of sampling rate conversion. Applications of Multirate signal processing. Introduction to DSP Processors TEXT BOOKS:

3. Digital Signal processing – Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, PHI Ed., 2006 4. Digital Signal processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications: John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis,

Pearson Education / PHI, 2007.

III Year – II Sem. B.Tech Code: 6A625 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I)


X X X

L T P C

3 1 3

Objective: This subject deals with state space, describing function, phase plane and stability analysis including controllability and observability. It also deals with modern control and optimal control systems. Course outcomes: Students will be able to







UNIT – I STATE SPACE ANALYSIS State Space Representation, Solution of State Equation, State Transition Matrix, Canonical Forms – Controllable Canonical Form, Observable Canonical Form, Jordan Canonical Form. CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY Tests for controllability and observability for continuous time systems – Time varying case, minimum energy control, time invariant case, Principle of Duality, Controllability and observability form Jordan canonical form and other canonical forms. UNIT – II DESCRIBING FUNCTION ANALYSIS Introduction to nonlinear systems, Types of nonlinearities, describing functions, describing function analysis of nonlinear control systems. PHASE-PLANE ANALYSIS Introduction to phase-plane analysis, Method of Isoclines for Constructing Trajectories, singular points, phase-plane analysis of nonlinear control systems. UNIT-III STABILITY ANALYSIS Stability in the sense of Lyapunovs, Lyapunov’s stability and Lypanov’s instability theorems. Direct method of Lypanov for the Linear and Nonlinear continuous time autonomous systems. UNIT – IV MODAL CONTROL Effect of state feedback on controllability and observability, Design of State Feedback Control through Pole placement. Full order observer and reduced order observer. UNIT-V CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS Minimization of functional of single function, Constrained minimization. Minimum principle. Control variable inequality constraints. Control and state variable inequality constraints. Euler Lagrangine Equation. UNIT-VI OPTIMAL CONTROL Formulation of optimal control problem. Minimum time, Minimum energy, minimum fuel problems. State regulator problem. Output regulator problem. Tracking problem, Continuous-Time Linear Regulators. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Modern Control system Theory – by M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers, 2nd edition,1996.

REFERENCES: 1. Modern Control Engineering – by K. Ogata, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 1998 2. Control systems Engineering by I.J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, New Age International (P) Ltd. 3. Digital Control and State Variable Methods – by M. Gopal, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 1997. 4. Systems and Control by Stainslaw H. Zak , Oxford Press, 2003.

III Year – II Sem. B.Tech CODE: 6A633 SWITCHED MODE POWER CONVERSION

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – I)


X X X

L T P C

3 1 - 3

Objective: This subject deals with different control topologies of converters. Course outcomes: Students will be able to 2. Understand the Dc/DC converters.

3. Understand the current mode and current fed topologies..

4. Understand about resonant converters.

5. Know about converter transfer function.

6. Understand the power converter design.

7. Study about controller design.

UNIT- I DC/DC CONVERTERS: Basic topologies of buck, boost converters, buck-boost converters, and cuk converter, isolated DC/DC converter topologies—forward, and fly-back converters, half and full bridge topologies, modeling of switching converters. UNIT –II CURRENT MODE AND CURRENT FED TOPOLOGIES: Voltage mode and current mode control of converters, peak and average current mode control, its advantages and limitations, voltage and current fed converters. UNIT – III RESONANT CONVERTERS: Need for resonant converters, types of resonant converters, methods of control, phase modulation technique with ZVS in full-bridge topology, series resonant converter and resonant transition converter. UNIT – IV CONVERTER TRANSFER FUNCTIONS: Application of state-space averaging to switching converters, derivation of converter transfer functions for buck, boost, and fly-back topologies. UNIT – V POWER CONVERTER DESIGN: Design of filter inductor & capacitor, and power transformer, Ratings for switching devices, current transformer for current sensing, design of drive circuits for switching devices, considerations for PCB layout. UNIT - VI CONTROLLER DESIGN: Introduction, mechanisms of loop stabilization, shaping E/A gain vs. frequency characteristic, conditional stability in feedback loops, stabilizing a continuous mode forward converter and discontinuous mode fly-back converter, feed-back loop stabilization with current mode control, the right-half plane zero. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ned Mohan Tore M. Undeland: Power electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design, Edition3, John Wiley & Sons, 2007. 2. Abraham I. Pressman, ―Switching Power Supply Design‖, Mc Graw Hill International, Second Edition, 1999. 3. P.C. Sen: Modern Power electronics, S. Chand-2004. 4. Andrzej M. Trzynadlowski Introduction to Modern Power electronics, 2nd Edition, illustrated Publisher John Wiley & Sons, 2010. 5. Muhammad H. Rashid, Power electronics hand book, ISBN: 81 8147 367 1.

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6A617 HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-I) L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objective : This subject deals with the detailed analysis of Breakdown occur in gaseous, Liquids and solid dielectrics. Information about generation and measurement of High voltage and current. In addition the High voltage testing methods are also discussed. Course Outcomes:







UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO HIGH VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS: Electric Field Stresses, Gas / Vacuum as Insulator, Liquid Dielectrics, Solids and Composites, Estimation and Control of Electric Stress, Numerical methods for electric field computation, Surge voltages, their distribution and control, Applications of insulating materials in Transformers, Rotating machines, Circuit Breakers, Cable power capacitors and bushings. UNIT – II BREAK DOWN IN GASEOUS, LIQUID AND SOLID DIELECTRICS: Gases as insulating media, Collision process, Ionization process, Townsend’s criteria of breakdown in gases, Paschen’s law. Liquid as Insulator, Pure and commercial liquids, Breakdown in pure and commercial liquids. Intrinsic breakdown, electromechanical breakdown, Thermal breakdown, Breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice, Breakdown in composite dielectrics, Solid dielectrics used in practice. UNIT – III GENERATION AND MEASUREMENT OF HIGH VOLTAGES AND CURRENTS: Generation of High Direct Current Voltages, Generation of High alternating voltages, Generation of Impulse Voltages, Generation of Impulse currents, Tripping and control of impulse generators. Measurement of High Direct Current voltages, Measurement of High Voltages Alternating and impulse, Measurement of High Currents-direct, alternating and Impulse, Oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current measurements. UNIT – IV OVER VOLTAGE PHENOMENON AND INSULATION CO-ORDINATION: Natural causes for over voltages, Lightning phenomenon, Over voltage due to switching surges, system faults and other abnormal conditions, Principles of Insulation Coordination on High voltage and Extra High Voltage power systems. UNIT – V NON-DISTRUCTIVE TESTING OF MATERIAL AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS: Measurement of D.C Resistively, Measurement of Dielectric Constant and loss factor, Partial discharge measurements. UNIT – VI HIGH VOLTAGE TESTING OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS: Testing of Insulators and bushings, Testing of Isolators and Circuit Breakers, Testing of cables, Testing of Transformers, Testing of Surge Arresters, Radio Interference measurements. TEXT BOOKS: 1. High Voltage Engineering – M.S.Naidu and V. Kamaraju, TMH Publications, 3

rd Edition.

2. High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals – E.Kuffel, W.S.Zaengl, J.Kuffel by Elsevier, 2nd

Edition. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. High Voltage Engineering – C.L.Wadhwa, New Age Internationals (P) Limited. 2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering – Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New Age International (P) Limited.


Fundamentals of Operating systems (Open Elective-II)


x x x x

Code: 6EC73 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2 Course Objectives: 1. Learn basics of operating systems

2. Understand process management and synchronization.

3. Learn principles of memory, I/O and file management in a secured environment.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1. Describe the basic functionalities and structure of the Operating system

2. Explain the concepts and implementations of: Processes, Process Scheduling. Describe, contrast and compare

various types of Operating systems like Windows and Linux.

3. Comprehend the concepts of Synchronization and Deadlocks in the Operating system

4. Discuss the concepts of Memory management(Physical and Virtual memory)

5. Explain the concepts of File System with regard to directory and disk management algorithms.

6. Students understand the concepts of I/O systems, protection and security in a case study given

UNIT I

Introduction to Operating system, Computer System Architecture: Single Processor System, Multiprocessor

System, Clustered System, MultiProgramming System, Multitasking (Time sharing) system, Operating system

Services, System Calls, Types of System Calls, System Programs, Operating system Structure: single structure,

layered approach, micro kernels, modules.

UNIT II

Process Management: Process concept, process scheduling, operation on processes; CPU scheduling, scheduling

criteria, scheduling algorithms -First Come First Serve (FCFS), Shortest-Job-First (SJF), Priority Scheduling,

Round Robin(RR), Multilevel Queue Scheduling.

Engg. Applications – Process scheduling in Windows, Linux.

UNIT III Process-Synchronization & Deadlocks: Critical Section Problems, semaphores; Monitors; Deadlock

Characterization, methods for handling deadlocks-deadlock prevention, Avoidance & Detection; Deadlock

recovery.

UNIT IV Memory management: Logical & Physical Address Space, swapping, Contiguous memory allocation, Paging

and Segmentation techniques, Segmentation with paging;

Virtual memory: Demand Paging, Page-Replacement Algorithms, Thrashing.

Engg. Applications – Memory management in Windows, Linux.

UNIT V File System: Different types of files and their access methods, directory structures, various allocation methods,

disk scheduling and management and its associated algorithms.

UNIT VI I/O Systems: I/O Hardware, Application I/O Interface, Kernel, Transforming I/O requests, Performance Issues.

Protection and Security: Goals of protection, Principles of protection, Access matrix, Access control list,

Capability List. Security Attacks, Program threats.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Operating system Concepts by Silberchatz Galvin, 8th

edition.

2. Modern Operating systems by A. Tanenbaum, 1992, Prentice-Hall.

3. Operating systems Internals and Design Principles by William Stallings,4th

edition, 2001, Prentice-Hall

REFERENCES:

1. Operating system - Peterson, 1985, AW.

2. Operating system - Milankovic, 1990, TMH. 3. Operating system Incorporating With UNIX & Windows - Colin Ritche, 1974, TMH. 4. Operating systems - Mandrik & Donovan, TMH 5. Operating systems - Deitel, 1990, AWL. 6. Operating systems – Advanced Concepts By Mukesh Singhal , N.G. Shivaratri, 2003, T.M.H


x x

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC24 INNOVATION & DESIGN THINKING

(Common to all Branches) (OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Innovation, creativity and IPRs, and to motivate the student to start his/her own enterprise with innovative skills. Course Outcomes:

7. The students gain the knowledge on the inputs required for innovation and also gain familiarity on Entrepreneurship.

8. The students will get exposure on creative methods of ideation and the importance of protecting the ideas.

9. The students gain knowledge on design thinking and types of thinking. 10. The students gain familiarity on emerging technologies like Internet of things (IOT). 11. The students understand the process of building the startup. 12. The students gain knowledge on various startup funding and also to branding building for the startup.

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO INNOVATION: Meaning of Innovation, Difference between innovation and invention, Difference between Innovation and Creativity, Need to be Creative , Importance of Innovation, Innovation as a Competitive Advantage, Innovation Continuum, Innovation Cycle, Disruptive Innovation, , Breakthrough innovations and its consequences on the society, Challenges in Innovation. UNIT – II: CREATIVE THINKING: Types of Creative Thinking, Creative Thinking Process, Components of Creativity, Characteristics of a Creative Mindset, New product ideas, Idea generation methods, Principles of Idea Generation, Difference between Idea Generation and Brainstorming, Killing the ideas through Stage Gate Models, Process of Reverse Thinking. Intellectual Property Rights, Importance of IPR, Role of WIPO, Case Studies on Patents and Infringement of Rights. UNIT – III: DESIGN THINKING & LIBERAL ART: Concept of Design Thinking, Difference between Designer and Scientist, Stages of Design Thinking, Difference between Convergent Thinking and Divergent Thinking. Definition of Liberal Art and its Importance of Liberal Art, Role of Art and Culture to Innovate Business. UNIT – IV: EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES: Meaning of Internet of Things, Components of IoT, Benefits of IoT, Types of Product – Service hybrid, examples of IoT enabled Innovations, Impact of IoT on Business, Future of IoT. Case Study on IoT. Innovation Leadership & Network: - Leadership, Skills and Characteristics of an Innovation Leadership, Meaning of Innovation Network, Significant of Innovation Network, Define Social Media Analysis, Steps to Build an Innovation Network. UNIT –V: BUILDING STARTUP: Kelly Johnsons KISS Principle, Road map for building a startup, identify, analyze and evaluate funding, advantages of crowd funding. Pricing strategies. Determining factors for Monetizing Innovation, Process of Monetization, Fixing the price of an Innovative Project. Detailed study on market potential, pitfalls and Negative effects of Monetizing innovation. Reasons for failure of Monetization of Innovation.

UNIT-VI: STARTUP FUNDING & BRANDING: Sources of funding: Bootstrapping, Angel Investors, Crowd funding, Venture capitalists, Advantages of crowd funding, Schemes of Government through Startup India, role of Institutional support and Commercial Banks. Introduction to branding a startup and developing branding strategies. REFERENCES:

Peter Drucker (1993), “Innovation and Entrepreneurship”, Hyper Business Book.

C.K. Prahalad, M.S. Krishnan, The new age of Innovation – TATA McGRAW-HILL Edition 2008. ―Innovation by Design", Gerald H. (Gus) Gaynor, AMACOM {American Management Association),

NYC, 2002

Bholanath Dutta: Entrepreneurship – Text and cases, Excel, 2009.

Vasanth Desai: Entrepreneurship, HPH, 2009

Barringer: Entrepreneurship, Pearson, 2009.

H. Nandan: Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI, 2009.

John M Nicholas ―Project management for Business and Technology‖ Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

Stay Hungry Stay Foolish, Rashmi Bansal and published by IIM., Ahmedabad

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC26 BASICS OF POLITY AND ECOLOGY

(Common to all Branches) (OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objectives: To provide basic knowledge relating to the Indian Polity and Ecology, thus making the students appreciate the current aspects related to both polity and ecology. Course Outcomes:

1. Gain knowledge relating to the Indian Constitution and the Preamble to the Constitution. 2. Gain knowledge relating to the fundamental rights and duties of the Indian citizens and the directive

principles of state policy. 3. Students will learn about the federal structure and judiciary of India. 4. Comprehend knowledge relating to the conservation of the environment. 5. Learn about bio-diversity and climatic changes occurring in the environment. 6. Know about the international treaties, conventions and organizations active in the field of

environmental protection. UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION TO SALIENT FEATURES OF CONSTITUTION Significance of the Constitution, Distinction between Written and Unwritten Constitution, Composition of the Constituent Assembly and the role and objectives of the Drafting Committee, Main features and the nature of the Constitution of India. Preamble to the Constitution and its relevance; Basic principles of Preamble and their reflection in the constitutional provisions. UNIT 2: FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS, DUTIES AND DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY Fundamental Rights and Duties of Citizens- Importance of Rights and Duties, Dignity of an individual, Safeguards against deprivation of life and personal liberty; Writs for the protection of Fundamental Rights; Meaning of Directive Principles of State Policy, Classification of the Directive Principles, Role of Directive Principles, Role of Directive Principles in the establishment of economic and social democracy. UNIT 3: GOVERNMENT AND JUDICIARY Legislative, financial and judicial powers of the President; Appointment of Prime Minister and constitution of Council of Ministers; Powers and functions of Prime Minister; Individual and collective responsibility; Powers and discretionary powers of the Governor; Appointment of the Chief Minister, Formation of the Council of Ministers; Powers and jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and High Courts of India. UNIT 4: ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT Environment-Origin, Evolution of Environment and its uses by Humans; Degradation of Natural Environment, Principles of Ecology; Composition and various types of Ecosystem; International Solar Alliance. UNIT 5: BIO-DIVERSITY AND CLIMATE CHANGE Classification of Biodiversity, Biodiversity loss, Methods of biodiversity conservation, Conservation of Natural Resources such as Soil, Land, Water and Energy. Sustainable Development and Cleaner Technology. Green


x x

house effect and Global Warming, Strategies to cope with Green House Effect, Desertification, Depletion of ozone layer. UNIT 6: INTERNATIONAL TREATIES, CONVENTIONS & ORGANIZATIONS: Indian Board for Wildlife (IBW). United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP), United Nations Framework Convention for Climate Change (UNFCCC). International Union for conservation of Nature and National Resources (IUCN), World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF). Montreal Protocol (1987), Kyoto Protocol (1997), Paris Agreement (2016). REFERENCES:

1. Indian Polity - M. Laxmikanth, 5th

Edition, McGraw Hill Education, Chennai

2. Environment and Ecology A Complete Guide for Civil Services Preliminary and Main Examinations –

R. Rajgopalan, 2017, Oakbridge Publishing Pvt. Limited.

3. Introduction to Constitution of India – Dr. Durga Das Basu, 22nd

Edition, 2015, LexisNexis

4. Our Constitution – Subhash C Kashyap, 5th

Edition, 2015, National Book Trust, India

5. Environment and Ecology – Anil Kumar De and Arnab Kumar De, 2009, New Age International (P)

Limited.

6. ICSE Environment Education for Class X – Dr. M.P. Mishra , 2009, S.Chand and Company


x x x x

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC19 ENTREPRENEURSHIP, PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND STRUCTURED FINANCE

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Entrepreneurship, its importance and to create an awareness regarding the systematic planning and implementation of projects; highlight the components of structured finance and establish a framework of CMBS with respect to Servicing Agreements Course Outcomes:

7. Students will understand the nature of Entrepreneurship and its importance 8. Will gain knowledge regarding project, its life cycle and organization 9. Will gain knowledge relating to project formulation and implementation 10. Comprehend the components of structured finance 11. Establish a framework of CMBS 12. Students will gain knowledge relating to the CRE Servicing

UNIT I CONCEPTS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition of Entrepreneurship, Evolution of Entrepreneurship, Classification of Entrepreneurs, Characteristics of Entrepreneur, Selection of Product and the means required for starting an enterprise, Financing and Financial incentives available, Success rate of entrepreneurs – a case study. UNIT-II BASICS OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Concept and characteristics of a project - types of projects - Objectives of project management - Project Organizational structure - Project life cycle - Challenges and problems of project management - Qualities & functions of a project manager. UNIT III PROJECT FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION: Generation of Project Ideas; Monitoring the environment; Preliminary Screening of Projects; Feasibility study; Project Selection. Detailed Project Report: Market, Technical, Financial and Economic aspects. Pre-requisites for Successful Project Implementation; Control of in-progress Projects (Gantt chart, PERT, CPM); Project Risk Management Process, Post-audit; Abandonment Analysis UNIT-IV INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURED FINANCE: Term Loans, Bonds/Debentures, Types of debentures, Issue of debt instruments. Structured Finance: Evolution, Securitization process, characteristics, and structured finance products (ABS, CDO, MBS, CDS) UNIT-V COMMERCIAL MORTAGAGE LOAN BASICS: Definition and characteristics of CMBS, CMBS Vs other Mortgage Backed Securities, CMBS three level perspective: property level, loan level, bond level; Life cycle of commercial real estate loans – Loan cycle, Key players in loan cycle; Property types and characteristics, property performance. UNIT-V1 BASICS OF CRE SERVICING: Introduction to servicing, Role of the Servicer, Servicing approaches, Influence of technology, Ethics in commercial servicing, Servicing – sources of income, Overview of servicing agreements, Pooling & Servicing agreement, Sub servicing agreement.

REFERENCES:



edition, Pearson




6. The Complete Real Estate Documents by Mazyar M. Hedayat, John J. Oleary 7. The Fundamentals of Listing and Selling Commercial Real Estate - By Keim K. Loren (Author)

B. Tech. III Year II semester SAP – II: SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts

(Open Elective – II)


x x x x x x

Code: 6EC27 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2 Course Objectives: 1. Write object oriented programs with ABAP 2. Understand the techniques in enhancements and modifications 3. Create simple Web Dynpro for ABAP applications Course Outcomes: After completion of this course student will be able to 1. To carry out enhancements and modifications to SAP standard, in future proof manner 2. To develop simple Web Dynpro for ABAP applications 3. To be able to understand Functional Specifications and write Technical Specifications

UNIT – I: ABAP Objects-Part 1

1. Object-Oriented Programming (OOPS Programming)

2. Fundamentals Object-Oriented syntax 3. Inheritance and casting 4. Interfaces and casting 5. Events UNIT – 2: ABAP Objects-Part2 1. Global Classes and Interfaces 2. Exception handling 3. ABAP Object-Oriented examples-ALV and BAdls 4. Abstract classes, factory methods, singletons UNIT – 3: Shared Objects and shared Memory Areas 1. Shared Objects 2. Shared Memory Access UNIT – 4: Dynamic programming 1. Generic data types 2. Field symbols and data references 3. Runtime Type Identifications (RTTI) 4. Runtime Type Creation (RTTC) UNIT – 5: Enhancements and Modifications 1. Adjustment of SAP Standard Software 2. Enhancing Dictionary elements 3. Customers Exits 4. Business Add Ins (BAdls) 5. Modifications of the SAP standard applications 6. Implicit and Explicit Enhancements UNIT – 6: Fundamentals of Webdynpro for ABAP 1. Web Dynpro Components, Windows and Views 2. Web Dynpro Controllers 3. Web Dynpro Context 4. Web Dynpro User Interface 5. Controller and Context Programming TEXTBOOKS: 3. SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts, Part 1, SAP India 4. SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts, Part 2, SAP India REFERENCES: www.Training.sap.com/in/en

http://www.training.sap.com/in/en

Syllabus for B.Tech. III year II Semester Electrical and Electronics Engineering PYTHON PROGRAMMING Concepts

(Open Elective – III) Code: 6FC35 L T P/D C 2 1 0 2 Course Objectives:- After taking this course, you should be able to:

Use Python interactively, execute a Python script at the shell prompt, use Python types, expressions, and None, use string literals and string type, use Python statements (if...elif..else, for, pass, continue, . . . ), understand the difference between expressions and statements, understand assignment semantics, write and call a simple function., utilize high-level data types such as lists and dictionaries, understand the difference between mutable and immutable types, write a simple class and access methods and attributes, import and utilize a module, read from and write to a text file. Course Outcomes: CO1: Gains exposure towards Python versions and their specifications. CO2: Build programs using primitive data types. CO3: Write applications that include functions, modules, packages along with respective exceptional

handling mechanism. CO4: Writes applications using OO features of Python CO5: Write applications using Files. CO6: Hands on exposure on NumPy/Tkinter/Plotpy modules. UNIT -I: INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON: History, Features, Modes of Execution, Setting up path, working with Python Basic Syntax, Variable and Data Types, Operators. Conditional Statements (If, If- else, Nested if-else) Looping (for, While Nested loops) Control Statements (Break, Continue, Pass). Input-Output: Printing on screen, Reading data from keyboard, Opening and closing file UNIT-II: FUNCTIONS: Defining a function, calling a function, Types of functions, Function Arguments, Anonymous functions, Global and local variables String Manipulation: Accessing Strings, Basic Operations, String slices, Function and Methods Lists: Accessing list, Operations, Working with lists Function and Methods Tuple: Accessing tuples, Operations, Working. Dictionaries: Accessing values in dictionaries, working with dictionaries, Properties Functions and

Methods. UNIT-III: MODULES: Importing module, Math module, Random module, Packages Exception Handling: Exception, Exception Handling, Except clause, Try? Finally clause User Defined Exceptions UNIT-IV: PYTHON- OOPS CONCEPT: Class and object, Attributes, Inheritance, Overloading Overriding, Data hiding. Regular expressions: Match function, Search function, Matching VS Searching, Modifiers Patterns. Unit -V: Introduction to Files, File Handling, Working with File Structure, Directories, Handling Directories Unit -VI: Case Study with NumPy/PlotPy/SciPy/GUI Programming, Introduction, Tkinter Programming, Tkinter widgets TEXT BOOK: 1. [Apress]-Beginning Python. From Novice to Professional, 2nd ed. - [Hetland] (2008)

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Introduction to Computation and Programming using Python, Revised and Expanded Edition, John V. Guttag, The MIT Press. 2. Programming Python, Fourth Edition by Mark Lutz, O'Relly 3. Python Programming using problem solving approach, Reema Thareja, Oxford Higher Education.

B. Tech. III Year II semester CODE: 6FC33 BIG DATA ANALYTICS (OPEN ELECTIVE – III) L T P/D C 2 1 - 2


x x x x

Course Objective: More and more organizations these days use their data a decision supporting tool and to build data-intensive products and services. This course will cover the basic concepts of big data, methodologies for analyzing structured and unstructured data with emphasis on the relationship between the Data Scientist and the business needs. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA: Introduction to BigData Platform – Traits of Big data -Challenges of Conventional Systems - Web Data – Evolution Of Analytic Scalability - Analytic Processes and Tools - Analysis vs Reporting - Modern Data Analytic Tools - Statistical Concepts: Sampling Distributions - ReSampling - Statistical Inference - Prediction Error. UNIT II: DATA ANALYSIS: Regression Modeling - Multivariate Analysis - Bayesian Modeling - Inference and Bayesian Networks - Support Vector and Kernel Methods - Analysis of Time Series: Linear Systems Analysis - Nonlinear Dynamics - Rule Induction - Neural Networks: Learning And Generalization - Competitive Learning - Principal Component Analysis and Neural Networks - Fuzzy Logic: Extracting Fuzzy Models from Data - Fuzzy Decision Trees - Stochastic Search Methods. UNIT III: MINING DATA STREAMS: Introduction To Streams Concepts – Stream Data Model and Architecture - Stream Computing - Sampling Data in a Stream – Filtering Streams – Counting Distinct Elements in a Stream – Estimating Moments – Counting Oneness in a Window – Decaying Window - Real time Analytics Platform(RTAP) Applications - Case Studies - Real Time Sentiment Analysis, Stock Market Predictions. UNIT IV: FREQUENT ITEMSETS AND CLUSTERING : Mining Frequent Itemsets - Market Based Model – Apriori Algorithm – Handling Large Data Sets in Main Memory – Limited Pass Algorithm – Counting Frequent Itemsets in a Stream – Clustering Techniques – Hierarchical – K-Means – Clustering High Dimensional Data – CLIQUE And PROCLUS – Frequent Pattern based Clustering Methods – Clustering in NonEuclidean Space – Clustering for Streams and Parallelism. UNIT V: FRAMEWORKS AND VISUALIZATION: MapReduce – Hadoop, Hive, MapR – Sharding – NoSQL Databases - S3 - Hadoop Distributed File Systems – Visualizations - Visual Data Analysis Techniques - Interaction Techniques; UNIT VI: Systems and Analytics Applications - Analytics using Statistical packages-Approaches to modeling in Analytics – correlation, regression, decision trees, classification, association Intelligence from unstructured information-Text analytics-Understanding of emerging trends and technologies-Industry challenges and application of Analytics TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, “Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2007.

2. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

3. Bill Franks, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data Streams with Advanced Analytics”, John Wiley & sons, 2012.

4. Glenn J. Myatt, “Making Sense of Data”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 5. Pete Warden, “Big Data Glossary”, O’Reilly, 2011. 6. Jiawei Han, MichelineKamber “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, Second Edition, Elsevier, Reprinted

2008.

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

B. Tech. III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC23 ADVANCED ENTREPRENEURSHIP

(Common to all Branches) (OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

Course Objective: The course is designed to impart the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging Entrepreneur for the Engineering students to enhance their prospects as an Entrepreneur. Course Outcomes:

7. The Students’ gain knowledge on the stages of Startup and the turbulence environment it undergoes and the stages related to growth of the Startup.

8. The Students are exposed to the various business models and critically evaluating the effectiveness of the business models.

9. The students understand the method of business traction and the need of customer relationship management.

10. The students understand the various channels of revenue building and exploration of new revenue avenues.

11. The students understand the need of sales planning and sales management and also financial modeling 12. The students are exposed to the legal implications affecting the company’s prospects and the issues

related to intellectual property rights. UNIT – I ORIENTATION TO GROWTH: Stages of a Startup Company, Infant Mortality of Startup’s, Sustaining the Phase of Launching, Entrepreneurial Propensity, Locus of Control, First Generation Entrepreneur, Growth Opportunities, Diversification and Expansion of Business, Growth Assessment, SWOT Analysis, Growth strategies adopted by ideal startup, Ansoff Growth Matrix, Six ways of Adjacencies for Growth. Case Study of Nike UNIT - II - EXPANDING CUSTOMER BASE: Customer Segmentation: Division of Market into Segments, Evaluating the profitability of Segments. Developing Business Model in relation to the current customers. Changing customer segments and revisit of business models. Evaluation of Business Models for new customer segments. Critical evaluation of business models Old Vs New. Risk of changing the Business Models. Analyzing the scalability of business model using Break Even Analysis. UNIT- III - TRACTION OF BUSINESS: Meaning of Business Traction, Business Traction Process, and Metrics to Measure Business Traction, Customer Retention, Customer Churning, Relationship Business, Customer Life Time Value, Identifying the unnecessary moves in business traction. Traction of Business using Bull’s-eye framework. Measuring the effectiveness of selected channels. Budgeting and Planning. UNIT- IV - GROWING REVENUES: Identifying Growing Revenues, stabilizing growing revenues, developing additional revenues (licensing and franchising). Exploring New channels and Partnerships for growth revenues. Evaluating the Growth streams based on longevity. Lean Startup Canvas. UNIT V - SALES PLANNING & FINANCIAL MODELING: Understanding the consumer buying decision behavior, setting sales plans, sales targets, Art of pitching the sales, Selling process, Building a professional sales team , Sales Management. Price Sensitivity of the market. Optimization of cost and operational expenses. Financial modeling of the Venture, Assessment of competitors and Peer’s financial models.


x x

UNIT –VI - SUPPORT SYSTEM: Legal Management in Startups: Issues and Legal constraints effecting the business. Need for professional services: Legal consultancy and Accounting. Need for proper documentation for fool-proof administration of business. Intellectual Property rights and their importance. Business Mentoring, role of experts in managing business. REFERENCES: 7. Entrepreneurship Rajeev Roy “” oxford, 2012. 8. Entrepreneurship Development Khanka, S.Chand, 2012.

9. Small Scale industries and Entrepreneurship Vasanth Desai “Himalya publishing, 2012. 10. Robert Hisrich et al “enterpreneruship TMH 2012 11. Entrepreneurship Development Khanka, S.Chand, 2012. 12. Entrepreneurship Development B.Janikairam and M Rizwana

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

B. Tech. III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC27 INDIAN HISTORY, CULTURE AND GEOGRAPHY

(Common to all branches) (OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

Course Objectives: To equip the students with necessary knowledge relate to ancient, medieval and modern Indian and its culture and also facts relating to existence of earth. Course Outcomes:

7. To appreciate and understand our Indian History, Culture and Indian heritage.

8. To understand secularism of our country.

9. To appreciate and understand the social reformers who brought revolutionary changes in Indian society.

10. To understand earth evolution and world climatic change.

11. To understand India Oceanography,

12. Able to enhance and understand Indian monsoons, Indian agriculture.

UNIT I: ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY Fundamental Unity of Indian Harappan and Vedic Civilization – Evolution of Caste System – ainism and Buddhism – Gandhara Art., Political unification of India under Mauryas and Guptas, Historical evolution of Satavahanas., Contribution of Pallavas and Cholas to Art – Chola Administrative Systems . UNIT II: MEDIEVAL INDIA AND CULTURE Influence of Islam on Indian Culture – The Sufi, Bhakthi and Vishnavite movements, Historical Achievements of Vijayanagara Rulers, Contribution of Shershah and Akbar to the evolution of administration system in India – Cultural Development under Mughals. UNIT III: MODERN INDIA Western Impact on India – Introduction of Western Education – Social and Cultural awakening and social reform movements – Raja Rama Mohan Roy – Dayananda Saraswathi – Theosophical Society – Ramakrishna Paramahamsa and Vivekananda – Iswara Chandra Vidyasagar and Veeresalingam – Emancipaition of women and struggle against Caste. Rise of Indian Nationalism – Mahatma Gandhi – Non Violence and Satyagraha – Eradication of untouchability – Legacy of British rule. UNIT IV: GEO MORPHOLOGY AND CLIMATOLOGY The Origin and Evolution of the Earth, Interior of the Earth, Distribution of Oceans and Continents, Minerals and Rocks, Geomorphic Processes, Landforms and their Evolution Composition and Structure of Atmosphere, Solar Radiation, Heat Balance and Temperature. Atmospheric Circulation and Weather Systems, World Climate and Climate Change UNIT V: OCEANOGRAPHY Water (Oceans), Movements of Ocean Water, Physical features of India viz., The Mountains in the North , The Northern Plains, The Peninsular Plateau, The Great Indian Desert, The Coast; and The Islands. UNIT VI: PHYSICAL FEATURES OF INDIA AND INDIA’S MONSOON India’s monsoon, winter, summer (pre-monsoon), rainy (monsoon), autumn (post-monsoon), Indian Agriculture, Agriculture and colonialism, Indian Agriculture after Independence Major Crops and yields, Horticulture, Organic farming. REFERENCES:

9. Sharma .R.S., (2011).Indian Ancient past., Oxford Publications.


x x x

10. Nitin Singhaniya.,(2017). Indian Culture and Heritage., Publisher: Mcgraw TestPrep., Second Edition. 11. Certificate of Physical and Human Geography, Goh Cheng Leong, Oxford University Press. 12. Bipin Chandra.(2000). India’s Struggle for Independence., Penguin Global Publishers 13. Saveendra Singh: Physical Geograpghy., Prayag Pustak Bhavan ISBN-10: 8186539298. Edition : 1st Edition

Number of Pages : 641 Pages Publication : Year 2006. 14. Majumdar, R. C. et al. An Advanced History of India London: Macmillan. 1960. ISBN 0-333-90298-X

15. Basham, A.L: The wonder that was India, New York: Grove Press, 1954. (OUP, Madras 1983) 16. Basham, A.L: Cultural heritage of India, Vols.I to IV, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1975.

http://en.citizendium.org/wiki/Special:BookSources/033390298X


x x x x x

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

B. Tech. III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC21 GENERAL MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP


Course Objective: The course is designed to impart the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging Entrepreneur for the Engineering students to enhance their career prospects and ambitions of starting a new Enterprise. Pre-requisites: This course shall require a student to have knowledge in Managerial economics and Financial analysis, Management science, Operations management. Course Outcomes:

1. Describe the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging Entrepreneur.

2. Distinguish various methods for business process and product development

3. Demonstrate the skills required for the project planning, implementing and controlling

4. Outline the legal aspects and applying for Intellectual Property Rights

5. Illustrate the various sources of finance for venturing a business project.

6. Designing production plant and quality management system.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP:

Changing Face of Management-Entrepreneurship, Modern Management with Entrepreneurial Orientation..

Meaning of Entrepreneurship. Benefits and Drawbacks of Entrepreneurship Reasons feeding the Entrepreneurial

fire. Understanding Entrepreneurship as a Process. Multiple roles of Entrepreneur: Intrapreneur, Inventor,

Coordinator, Manager and Controller. Psychological and behavioral aspects of First-Generation Entrepreneur.

Case Studies

UNIT II: PROCESS DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT:

Business Process Model, Value chain for Manufacturing industries and Service Industries. Frugal Innovation.

Creativity process in developing Innovation. Types of New Products, Forecasting of New Products, Stages in

the New Product development, Prototype building and pitching going ahead with ideas, killing the ideas through

Stage Gate Models, pitching of fully fledged idea. Choosing the Start-Up Team.

UNIT III: PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND FEASIBILITY REPORT: Project Inception, Project Implementation, and Project control. Analyzing the project by employing capital budgeting techniques, Risk Management, tools and techniques. Methods of Appraising the Project. Industry Analysis pertaining to the Product, Competitive Analysis and Market analysis. Preparation of feasibility report, Contents of Feasibility Report. Exercise to write an effective Feasibility report. Case Studies.

UNIT IV: PROTECTION OF IDEAS AND MECHANISM:

Exposure to intellectual property rights to the entrepreneur in the Indian and the World context. Registration

process for Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Geographical indicators. Legal Framework in administration of

Intellectual property rights. Meaning of Infringement, consequences of Infringement. Cases on Infringement.

Case Studies.

UNIT V: VENTURE FINANCING AND ISSUES RELATED TO PRICING:

Meaning of Venture Capitalist, Process of Venture Capital, Seed Funding, First Phase Funding, Second Phase

Funding and Final Phase funding. Cost analysis, Preparation of standard costing, Finalizing the output, fixing

the pricing based on market structure, Monopoly, oligopoly market structures and marketing pricing practices

for attracting customers. Case Studies

UNIT VI: MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT:

Plant Layout, Process and Product Layout, Service Factory. Introduction to Quality Circles, Quality inspection,

ISO Certification, process of certification and exposure to the entrepreneurs of the need for certification. Quality

certification for manufacturing industrial. Case Studies

REFERENCES:

1. "Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and Review", Prasanna Chandra, TMH, New Delhi, 2012

2. "Project management", Jeffrey K. Pinto, Pearson, 2011 3. Small Scale industries and Entrepreneurship Vasanth Desai “Himalya publishing 2012 4. Innovation by Design", Gerald H. (Gus) Gaynor, AMACOM {American Management Association), NYC,

2002 5. Entrepreneurship Rajeev Roy “” oxford ,2012 6. Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship Nandan H,


x x x

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2

B. Tech. III Year II semester CODE: 6ZC15 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, MARKETS AND SERVICES

(OPEN ELECTIVE – III) Course Objective: The objective of the course is to provide to students an understanding of Financial Markets, the major Institutions involved and the Services offered within this framework. Course Outcomes:

10. This unit enables the students to understand the financial structure and the financial sector reforms after

1991.

11. The unit gives the exposure on the role of RBI and the Regulating and credit policies adopted by the

RBI.

12. The students get awareness on the role of Non-Banking financial institutions and the role of financial

institutions in India.

13. The unit educates the students to know the role of regulatory bodies like SEBI and also to know the

capital and money market instruments

14. The unit equips the students to understand about the asset fund based financial services

15. The students will get exposure about the investment banking and merchant banking.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION: The structure of financial system, Equilibrium in financial markets, Indicators of Financial Development, Financial system and Economic Development, Financial Sector Reforms after 1991.

UNIT II: BANKING INSTITUTIONS: Structure and Comparative performance, Functions and Role of RBI, Competition, Interest rates, Spread; Bank Capital Adequacy norms; Banking Innovations – BPLR to Base rate, Core Banking System, Financial Inclusion, Current rates: Policy rates, Reserve Ratios, Exchange rates, Lending/ Deposit rates. UNIT III: NON BANKING FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS: Structure and functioning of Unit Trust of India and Mutual Funds, Growth of Indian Mutual funds and their Regulation, Role of AMFI. Performance of Non-Statutory Financial Organizations: IFCI, IRBI, NABARD, SIDBI and SFCs. UNIT IV: FINANCIAL AND SECURITIES MARKETS: Role and functions of SEBI, Structure and functions of Call Money Market, Government Securities Market – T-bills Market, Commercial Bills Market, Commercial paper and Certificate of Deposits; Securities Market – Organization and Structure, Listing, Trading and Settlement, SEBI and Regulation of Primary and Secondary Markets. UNIT V: ASSET/FUND BASED FINANCIAL SERVICES: Lease Finance, Consumer Credit and Hire purchase Finance, Factoring - Definition, Functions, Advantages, Evaluation, Forfeiting, Bills Discounting, Housing Finance, Venture Capital Financing. Fee-based Advisory services: Stock Broking, Credit Rating.

UNIT VI: INVESTMENT BANKING AND MERCHANT BANKING: Investment Banking: Introduction, Functions and Activities, Underwriting, Banker to an Issue, Debenture Trustees and Portfolio managers, Challenges faced by Investment Bankers. Merchant Banking: Definition, Merchant Banks Vs Commercial Banks, Services of Merchant Banks.

REFERENCES: 7. L.M. Bhole: Financial Institutions and Markets, TMH, 2009. 8. E. Gordon, K. Natarajan: Financial Markets and Services, Himalaya Publishing House, 2013. 3. Vasant Desai: Financial Markets and Financial Services, Himalaya, 2009 9. Pathak: Indian Financial Systems, Pearson, 2009

10. M.Y. Khan: Financial Services, TMH, 2009. 11. S. Gurusamy: Financial Services and System, Cengage,2009 12. Justin Paul and Padmalatha Suresh: Management of Banking and Financial Services, Pearson, 2009. 13. Gomez, Financial Markets, Institutions and Financial Services, PHI, 2012. 14. R M Srivatsava: Dynamics of Financial Markets and Institutions in India, Excel, 2013.

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6H677 LOGICAL REASONING L T P C

2 1


x x x

Course Objectives Understand and solve arithmetic, analogy, coding, puzzles and ranking related problems for enhancing employability. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 1. Generate number and alphabet series






UNIT – I Series Completion: Number Series, Alphabet Series, Alpha – Numeric Series. Analogy: Completing the Analogous Pair, Simple Analogy, Choosing the Analogous pair, Double Analogy, Word Analogy, and Number Analogy. UNIT – II Classification / Odd One Out: Word Classification, Number Classification, Letter Classification. Coding – Decoding: Letter Coding, Number Coding, Matrix Coding, Substitution, Deciphering Message Word Codes, Jumbled Coding. UNIT – III Blood Relations, Deciphering Jumbled up Descriptions, Relation Puzzle – Direction sense test. Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test – Arithmetical Reasoning – Mathematical Operations. UNIT – IV Directions, Arithmetical Reasoning. Puzzle Test: Classification Type Questions, Seating Arrangements Comparison Type Questions, Sequential Order of Things, Selection Based on given conditions, Family – Based Puzzles, Jumbled Problems. UNIT – V Assertions and Reason– Logical Venn Diagrams – Alpha Numeric Sequence Puzzle. Cubes and Dice – Analytical Reasoning .Logical Deduction: Logic, Statement – Arguments, UNIT – VI Clocks & Calendar .Data Sufficiency and Syllogism. TEXT BOOK: 1. Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning by R.S. Agarwal


L T P/D C - - - 1


x x x

Course Objectives: Prepare students in basics and advanced relevant courses to revise and face technical interviews for enhancing employability. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to





III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6A677 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – II L T P C 3 2


x x x x x x

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 1. Understand the concepts studied in theory subject.


The following experiments are required to be conducted: 1. O.C. & S.C. Tests on Single phase Transformer 2. Sumpner’s test on a pair of single phase Transformers 3. Scott connection of Transformers 4. No-load & Blocked rotor tests on three phase Induction motor 5. Regulation of a three –phase alternator by synchronous impedance & m.m.f. methods 6. V and Inverted V curves of a three—phase synchronous motor. 7. Equivalent Circuit of a single phase induction motor 8. Determination of Xd and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine 9. Brake test on three phase Induction Motor 10. Regulation of three-phase alternator by Z.P.F. and A.S.A methods

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6A678 POWER ELECTRONICS AND SIMULATION LAB L T P C 3 2


x x x x x x



The Experiments in Power electronics Lab 1. Study of Characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT 2. Gate firing circuits for SCR’s 3. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads 4. DC Jones chopper with R and RL Loads 5. Single Phase Parallel inverter with R and RL loads 6. Single Phase Cycloconverter with R and RL loads 7. Three Phase half controlled bridge converter with R-load 8. Single Phase series inverter with R and RL loads 9. PSPICE simulation of single-phase full converter using RLE loads and single-phase AC voltage controller using RLE loads. 10. PSPICE simulation of resonant pulse commutation circuit and Buck chopper. 11. PSPICE simulation of single phase Inverter with PWM control. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE – by M. H. Rashid, M/s PHI Publications. 2. PSPICE A/D user’s manual – Microsim, USA. 3. PSPICE reference guide – Microsim, USA. 4. MATLAB and its Tool Books user’s manual and – Math-works, USA.

a

b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x x x x x


CODE: 6A696 TECHNOLOGY REVIEW AND SEMINAR - II

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


practice.

6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise. 7. Develop debating and interview skills. PROCEDURE:





and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6ZC02 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE L T P C

3 1 - 3


x x x

After going through the course, the student will be able to

1. Understand the significance of management, basic concepts and applicability of management principles

in changing paradigms.

2. Demonstrate the procedures of the work study method and work measurement, Project management.

3. Infer the need to understand the importance of materials management and Quality Control techniques.

4. Relate the knowledge of two functional areas of business, human resource management and marketing

management.

5. Explain the different dimensions of behavior, personality, perception, attitudes overall to gain insights

into organizational behavior.

6. Distinguish some aspects related to strategic planning and strategic implementation to gain competitive

advantage over competitors.





Motivational theory,.

UNIT II: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT:

Plant Location- need, factors; Plant layout – types, Methods of production, Techniques of Project management -

Network Analysis - Program Evaluation and Review Techniques (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM),

Crashing of Simple Networks.

UNIT III: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT:

Objectives of Material management, Inventory control- need for Inventory Control, ABC Analysis, Economic

Order Quantity; Just In Time; Introduction to LSCM; Quality Control Techniques– Introduction to SQC,

Inspection, ISO standards, Six Sigma.

UNIT IV: (i) Human Resources Management: Objectives of HRM, Challenges of HRM, HR Planning process HR

functions and policies – Job Analysis, Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, Performance

Appraisal.

(ii) Marketing Management: Concept of Marketing, Functions, Marketing Mix, Product Life Cycle, Marketing

Strategies, Channels of Distribution, Differences between products and services.

UNIT V: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR:


Attribution theory- Johari Window and Transactional Analysis , Stress Management- factors and remedies

UNIT VI: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT:




TEXT BOOK:


REFRENCES:

1. Dr. Y. Satyanarayana: Management control systems in competitive environment,

2. Koontz & Weihrich: Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005

3. Kotler Philip & Keller Kevin Lane: Market Management 12/e, PHI, 2005


Code: 6A714 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND CONTROL L T P C 4 1 4


x x x x x x

OBJECTIVE: This subject deals with Economic operation of Power systems, Hydrothermal scheduling and modeling of turbines, generators and automatic controllers. It emphasizes on single area and two area load frequency control and reactive power control. Course outcomes:







UNIT -I POWER SYSTEM NETWORK MATRICES: Graph Theory: Definitions, Bus Incidence Matrix, YBus formation by Direct and Singular Transformation Methods, Numerical Problems. FORMATION OF ZBUS: Partial network, Algorithm for the Modification of ZBus Matrix for addition element for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to reference, Addition of element from a new bus to an old bus, Addition of element between an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old busses (Derivations and Numerical Problems), Modification of ZBus for the changes in network (Problems). UNIT – II LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL SINGLE AREA: Speed governor, turbine, generator and power system simplified models, excitation system model, Necessity of keeping frequency constant. Definitions of Control area, Single area control, Block diagram representation of an isolated power system, Steady state analysis, Dynamic response, uncontrolled case. UNIT – III LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL TWO AREA: Load frequency control of 2-area system, uncontrolled case and controlled case, tie-line bias control, Proportional plus Integral control of single area and its block diagram representation, steady state response, Load Frequency Control and Economic dispatch control. UNIT –IV POWER FLOW STUDIES: Necessity of Power Flow Studies, Derivation of Static load flow equations, Load flow solutions using Gauss Seidel Method, Acceleration Factor, Load flow solution with and without P-V buses, Algorithm and Flowchart. Numerical Load flow Solution for Simple Power systems (Max. 3-Buses), Determination of Bus Voltages, Injected Active and Reactive powers (Sample One Iteration only) and finding Line Flows/Losses for the given Bus Voltages. Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Co-Ordinates Form, Load Flow Solution with or without PV Busses, Derivation of Jacobian Elements, Algorithm and Flowchart. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods, Comparison of Different Methods, DC load Flow. UNIT –V POWER SYSTEM STATE STABILITY ANALYSIS: Concepts of Steady State, Dynamic and Transient Stabilities, Steady State Stability Power Limit, Power Angle Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability and Methods to improve steady state stability, Derivation of Swing Equation, Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal Area Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle Calculation - Solution of Swing Equation: Point-by-Point Method, Methods to improve Stability, Application of Auto Reclosing and Fast Operating Circuit Breakers. UNIT-VI ECONOMIC OPERATION OF POWER SYSTEMS:

Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal Power Stations, Heat rate Curve, Cost Curve, Incremental fuel and Production costs, Input-output characteristics, Optimum generation allocation with line losses neglected. Optimum generation allocation including the effect of transmission line losses, Loss Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula. Hydrothermal scheduling. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, Newage International, 6

th Edition.

2. Modern Power system Analysis –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2

nd edition.


edition. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Analysis and Design – J. Duncan Glover and M.S. Sarma., THOMPSON, 3

rd Edition.

2. Electric Energy systems Theory – O.I. Elgerd, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2nd

edition. 3. Power system Analysis – Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Power system Analysis – Hadi Saadat, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing, 2

nd Edition.

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6A713 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVES L T P C 3 1 3


x x x

Course Objective: This course is an extension of Power electronics applications to AC and DC drives. Control of DC motor drives with single phase and three phase converters and choppers are given in detail. The control of AC motor drives with variable frequency converters and variable voltage are presented. Course Outcomes: 7) Identify the necessity of drive; understand the operation of different converters connected to D.C separately








UNIT – I CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE CONVERTERS: Introduction to Thyristor controlled Drives, Single Phase and three phase semi and Fully controlled converters connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current waveforms, Speed and Torque expressions, Speed, Torque Characteristics, Problems on Converter fed d.c motors. UNIT – II FOUR QUADRANT OPERATION OF DC DRIVES: Introduction to Four quadrant operation, Motoring operations, Electric Braking, Plugging, Dynamic and Regenerative Braking operations. Four quadrant operation of D.C motors by dual converters, Closed loop operation of DC motor (Block Diagram Only). UNIT-III CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY CHOPPERS: Single quadrant, Two - quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed dc separately excited and series excited motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current wave forms, Speed torque expressions, speed torque characteristics, Problems on Chopper fed D.C Motors, Closed Loop operation ( Block Diagram Only). UNIT – IV CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON STATOR SIDE: Variable voltage characteristics, Control of Induction Motor by AC Voltage Controllers, Waveforms, speed torque characteristics, Variable frequency characteristics, Variable frequency control of induction motor by Voltage source and current source inverter and cyclo converters, PWM control, Comparison of VSI and CSI operations, Speed torque characteristics, numerical problems on induction motor drives, Closed loop operation of induction motor drives (Block Diagram Only). UNIT –V CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON ROTOR SIDE: Static rotor resistance control, Slip power recovery, Static Scherbius drive, Static Kramer Drive, Their performance and speed torque characteristics, Advantages applications, problems. UNIT – VI CONTROL OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Separate control & self control of synchronous motors, Operation of self controlled synchronous motors by VSI and CSI cyclo converters. Load commutated CSI fed Synchronous Motor, Operation, Waveforms, Speed torque characteristics, Applications Advantages and Numerical Problems, Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram Only), Variable frequency control, Cyclo converter, PWM, VFI, CSI. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Electric Drives – G K Dubey, Narosa Publications 2. Power electronic Circuits, Devices and applications – M.H.Rashid, PHI. REFERENCES: 1. Power electronics – MD Singh and K B Khanchandani, Tata – McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. 2. Modern Power electronics and AC Drives – B.K.Bose, PHI. 3. Thyristor Control of Electric drives – Vedam Subramanyam Tata McGraw Hill Publications. 4. A First course on Electrical Drives – S K Pillai New Age International (P) Ltd, 2

nd Edition.


x x


CODE: 6A716 UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY L T P/D C

2 1 0 3 Course Objective: This subject deals with the fundamentals of illumination and its classification and the electric heating and welding. It gives the detailed study of all varieties of Electric drives and their applications to electrical engineering. Course Outcomes: The student will able to: 1. Know the importance of different type of electric drives, selection of motor based on starting and running characteristics, required speed control, tolerance of temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives, and understands different types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads etc 2. Know the importance of advantages and methods of electric heating, and applications of resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating. 3. Identify the core areas of illumination, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere, and their applications & sources of light. 4. Differentiate Discharge lamps of MV and SV lamps, tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, understands basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting. 5. Understands System of electric traction and track electrification. 6. Understand and Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for a given run, effect of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

UNIT – I DRIVE APPLICATIONS: Type of electric drives, Choice of motor, starting and running characteristics, Speed control, Temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives, Types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads, Load equalization. UNIT – II ELECTRIC HEATING: Advantages and methods of electric heating, Resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating. Electric welding: Electric welding, resistance and arc welding, electric welding equipment, comparison between A.C. and D.C. Welding. UNIT – III ILLUMINATION FUNDAMENTALS: Introduction, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere, sources of light. UNIT – IV VARIOUS ILLUMINATION METHODS Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, Basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting. UNIT – V ELECTRIC TRACTION - I: System of electric traction and track electrification. Review of existing electric traction systems in India. Special features of traction motor, methods of electric braking-plugging rheostatic braking and regenerative braking. Mechanics of train movement. Speed-time curves for different services – trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed time curves. UNIT – VI ELECTRIC TRACTION - II: Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for given run, effect of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction - J.B. Gupta, S.K.Kataria & Sons, 9

th edition.


edition. 3. Art & Science of Utilization of electrical energy - Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2

nd edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Utilization of Electrical Power including Electric drives and Electric traction - N.V. Suryanarayana, New Age International (P) Limited, 1

st edition.

2. Generation, Distribution and Utilization of electrical energy - C.L. Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, 1

st revised edition.

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A715 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES

(Professional Elective – II) L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x

Course Objectives: Becomes familiar with solar energy, its radiation, Collection, storage and application and also gets introduced to other forms of Renewable Energy sources viz., the Wind energy, Biomass energy, geothermal energy and ocean energy. Course Outcomes: The student should be able to 7. Understand the role and potential of new and renewable energy sources realize the potential of solar



radiation.






geothermal wells.





UNIT – I -PRINCIPLES OF SOLAR RADIATION: Role and potential of new and renewable source, The solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power, Physics of the sun, the solar constant, Extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation, Solar radiation on titled surface, Instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, Solar radiation data. UNIT-II- SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, Classification of concentrating collectors, orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors. Different methods, Sensible, Latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, photovoltaic energy conversion. UNIT – III WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, Horizontal and vertical axis windmills, Performance characteristics, Betz criteria BIO-MASS: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, Types of Bio-gas digesters, Gas yield, Combustion characteristics of bio-gas, Utilization for cooking, I.C. Engine operation and economic aspects. UNIT – IV GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, Potential in India. UNIT-V OCEAN ENERGY: OTEC, Principles utilization, Setting of OTEC plants, Thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy, Potential and conversion techniques, Mini-hydel Power Plants and their economics. UNIT-VI DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION: Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, Limitations, principles of DEC. Thermoelectric generators, seebeck, Peltier and joul Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials, Applications, MHD generators, Principles, Dissociation and ionization, Hall effect, Magnetic flux, MHD accelerator, MHD Engine, Power generation systems, Electron gas dynamic conversion, economic aspects. Fuel cells – principles - Faraday’s law’s - Thermodynamic aspects - selection of fuels and operating conditions.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources - G.D. Rai 2. Renewable Energy Technologies - Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa. REFERENCES: 1. Renewable energy resources - Tiwari and Ghosal/ Narosa. 2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /Wiley Eastern. 3. Non-Conventional Energy Systems - K Mittal /Wheeler 4. Solar energy - Sukhame


x x x

T P C 3 1 3

B. Tech. IV Year I Semester CODE: 6A739 SENSORS AND ACTUATORS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)

UNIT I - INTRODUCTION AND DISPLACEMENT MEASUREMENT Sensors - Basic requirements of a sensors- Classification of sensors- Static and Dynamic characteristics of sensors- Displacement Sensors- Linear and Rotary displacement sensors Potentiometer, Capacitive and Inductive type displacement sensor- position sensors- Optical encoder, Photoelectric sensor, Hall Effect Sensor. UNIT II - MEASUREMENT OF PROXIMITY, FORCE AND PRESSURE Eddy current proximity sensor- Inductive Proximity sensor- Capacitive Proximity sensor - Pneumatic Proximity sensors- Proximity Switches- Contact and Noncontact type – Strain Gauge – Diaphragm Pressure Sensor- Capsule Pressure sensors- Bellows Pressure Sensor Bourdon tube pressure sensor- Piezoelectric Sensor- Tactile sensor. UNIT III - MEASUREMENT OF VELOCITY, FLOW AND LEVEL Tachogenerator - Pyroelectric sensors - Ultrasonic sensor – Resistive sensor- Pitot tube – Orificeplate - flow nozzle- Venturi tubes – Rotameter- Electromagnetic flow meter. Float level sensor- Pressure level sensor- Variable capacitance sensor. UNIT IV - MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE, MOTION AND LIGHT SENSORS Thermocouples- Thermistors -Thermodiodes - Thermotransistors- Bimetallic StripResistance Temperature Detector- Infrared Thermography. Vibrometer and accelerometerseismic accelerometer. Photoresistors -Photodiodes - Phototranistors- Photocondutors. UNIT V & VI - MICRO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS Micro Sensors: Principles and examples, Force and pressure micro sensors, position and speed micro sensors, acceleration micro sensors, chemical sensors, biosensors, temperature micro sensors and flow micro sensors. Micro Actuators: Actuation principle, shape memory effects-one way, two way and pseudo elasticity. Types of micro actuators- Electrostatic, Magnetic, Fluidic, Inverse piezoeffect, other principles. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sawhney.A.K, “Course in Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1997. 2. Patranabis.D, “Sensors and Transducers”, Wheeler publisher, 1994. 3. Sergej Fatikow and Ulrich Rembold, Microsystem “Technology and Microbotics” First edition, Springer -Verlag NEwyork, Inc, 1997. 4. Gupta.I.C, “A Text book of Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1996. 5. “ASTE Hand Book of Industries Metrology”, Prentice Hall of India, 1992.


x x x

T P C 3 1 3


CODE: 6CC50 Fundamentals of VLSI AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)

Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to provide the students an overview on various aspects of VLSI circuits and Embedded System Design. Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

CO1 Understand the existing device technologies and IC fabrication process

CO2 Explore and analyze the electrical properties of the devices of CMOS device.

CO3 Design basic logic gates, combinational and sequential circuits using CMOS logic.

CO4 Understand the basic concepts of Embedded systems.

CO5 Realization of various Embedded products.

CO5 Familiarize with Multiprocessing and Multitasking using RTOS.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MOS TECHNOLOGIES: MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS INTRODUCTION TO IC TECHNOLOGY AND FABRICATION PROCESS: VLSI Design Flow, Oxidation, Lithography, Diffusion, Ion Implantation, Metallization, Encapsulation, Probe testing, Integrated Resistors and Capacitors [T1-CH1, 2 & 3]. UNIT II: BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits: Ids-Vds relationships, MOS transistor threshold Voltage, gm, gds, Figure of Merit (ωo), Zpu/Zpd, Latch-Up in CMOS, Pass Transistors [T1-CH2] INVERTERS: NMOS Inverter, Various Pull-Ups, CMOS Inverter Analysis and Design [T1-CH2] UNIT III: CIRCUIT DESIGN PROCESSES: MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Lamda-based CMOS Design rules for Wires, Contacts and Transistors, Layout Diagrams for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits, Limitations of Scaling. [T1-CH3]

UNIT IV: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM: Embedded systems Vs General Computing Systems, History of Embedded systems, Classification of Embedded systems. The Typical Embedded system: Core of the Embedded system, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface, Embedded Firmware, Other System Components, PCB and Passive Components. Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded system. [T2] UNIT V: DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF EMBEDDED PRODUCT: Embedded Hardware Design and Development: Analog Electronic Components, Digital Electronic Components, VLSI and Integrated Circuit Design, Electronic Design Automation (EDA) Tools. Embedded Firmware Design and Development: Embedded firmware Design Approaches, Embedded firmware Development Languages. [T2] UNIT VI : REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM (RTOS) BASED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN: Operating system Basics, Types of Operating systems, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling, Threads, Processes and Scheduling: Putting them altogether, Task Communication, Task Synchronization, Device Drivers, How to choose an RTOS. [T2] TEXTBOOKS: 2. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design - Weste and Eshraghian, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2009.

3. Introduction to Embedded systems, Shibu K.V., TMH Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009. REFERENCES: 1. Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems - John .P. Uyemura, JohnWiley, 2003. 2. Modern VLSI Design - Wayne Wolf, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1997. 3. VLSI Technology – S.M. SZE, 2

nd Edition, TMH, 2003.

4. Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective - John M. Rabaey, 2/E, 2002 5. An Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon, Addison Wesley, 1999. 6. Embedded systems – Architecture, Programming and Design, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Company Limited, New Delhi, 12th reprint 2007.


Code: 6A737 ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS (Professional Elective – II)

L T P C 3 1 - 3 UNIT – I - MODERN POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES: Modern power semiconductor devices- MOS turn off Thyristor (MTO)-Emitter Turn off Thyristor (ETO) – Integrated Gate- Commutated Thyristor (IGCT) – MOS – controlled Thyristors (MCTs) – Static Induction Circuit – comparison of their features.

UNIT – II - PHASE CONTROLLED RECTIFIERS: Principle of phase controlled converter operation, single phase full converters, dual converters, three phase full and semi converters, reactive power, power factor improvements – extinction angle control, symmetrical angle control and PWM control. UNIT – III - DC-DC CONVERTERS: Study of class – A, B, C, and D choppers, non – isolated DC-DC converters, buck boost, buck-boost converters under continuous and discontinuous conduction operation. UNIT – IV – ISOLATED DC-DC CONVERTERS: Isolated DC-DC converters forward, fly-back, push-pull, half-bridge and full –bridge converters Relationship between I / P and O/P voltages. Expression for filter inductor and capacitors. UNIT – V - INVERTERS: Single phase and three – phase inverters, 120

0 and 180

0 modes of operation, PWM techniques: single, multiple

and sinusoidal PWM techniques, selective harmonic elimination, space vector modulation, current source inverter, multi- Current source inverter, techniques for reduction of harmonics. UNIT –VI – MULTILEVEL INVERTERS: Diode clamped multi level inverters, capacitors clamped multilevel inverters, cascaded H bridge inverter, SPWM, SVPWM and other modulation techniques, applications of multilevel inverters, techniques for reduction for harmonics. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power electronics – Circuits, Devices & Applications: M.H.Rashid, PHI 2. Power electronics: Converters, Applications: Ned Mohan, T.M. Undeland, William P.Robbins, John Wiley & Sons. REFERENCES: 1. Switch Mode Power Supply Handbook: Keith H.Billing, MC Graw Hill International Edition 1996. 2. Switching Power supply Design: Abrahan L.Pressman, Mc.Graw Hill International Second Edition, 1996.

B.Tech IV Year – I Sem. Code: 6A731 SMART GRID

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-II) L T P C

3 1 3

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID: What is Smart Grid, Working definitions of Smart Grid and Associated Concepts –Smart Grid Functions-Traditional Power Grid and Smart Grid –New Technologies for Smart Grid – Advantages –Indian Smart Grid –Key Challenges for Smart Grid. UNIT – II SMART GRID ARCHITECTURE: Components and Architecture of Smart Grid Design –Review of the proposed architectures for Smart Grid. The fundamental components of Smart Grid designs –Transmission Automation – Distribution Automation –Renewable Integration UNIT – III TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES FOR SMART GRID: Computational Techniques –Static and Dynamic Optimization Techniques –Computational Intelligence Techniques –Evolutionary Algorithms –Artificial Intelligence techniques. UNIT – IV DISTRIBUTION GENERATION TECHNOLOGIES: Introduction to Renewable Energy Technologies –Micro grids –Storage Technologies –Electric vehicles and plug –in hybrids –Environmental impact and Climate Change –Economic Issues. UNIT – V COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SMART GRID: Introduction to Communication Technology –Synchro Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs) –Wide Area Measurement Systems (WAMS). UNIT – VI CONTROL OF SMART POWER GRID SYSTEM: Load Frequency Control (LFC) in Micro Grid System –Voltage Control in Micro Grid System – Reactive power Control in Smart Grid. Case Studies and Test beds for the Smart Grids. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stuart Borlase, Smart Grids, Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions, CRC Press, 2013 2. Gil Masters, Renewable and Efficient Electric Power system, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2004. 3. A.G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, ―Synchronized Phasor Measurements and their Applications, Springer Edition, 2010. 4. T. Ackermann, Wind Power in Power systems, Hoboken, NJ, USA, John Wiley, 2005.


Code: 6A738 Extra High Voltage AC TRANSMISSION (Professional Elective – II)

L T P C 3 1 - 3

Course Objective: Understand the concepts of E.H.V. A.C. Transmission, Properties of bundled conductors and geometric mean

radius of bundle, Effect of high electrostatic field on biological organisms, Surface voltage Gradient on

conductors, Corona in EHV lines, sub synchronous resonance in series and SVC schemes.


1. Describe the E.H.V. A.C. Transmission, line trends and preliminary aspects.

2. Explain Line capacitance calculation: capacitance of two conductor line, and capacitance of multi

conductor lines.

3. Explain Mangolt formula, cosine law and Surface voltage Gradient on conductors.

4. Understand Corona in EHV lines, Audio noise due to corona and measurement of audio noise.

5. Understand Power Frequency voltage control, Shunt and series compensation.

6. Understand Static reactive compensating systems. UNIT –I:

E.H.V. A.C. Transmission, line trends and preliminary aspects, standard transmission voltages – power handling

capacities and line losses – mechanical aspects. Calculation of line resistance and inductance: resistance of

conductors, temperature rise of conductor and current carrying capacity. Properties of bundled conductors and

geometric mean radius of bundle, inductance of two conductor lines and multi conductor lines, Maxwell‘s

coefficient matrix.

UNIT II: Line capacitance calculation: capacitance of two conductor line, and capacitance of multi conductor lines, potential coefficients for bundled conductor lines, sequence inductances and capacitances and Diagonalization. Calculation of electro static field of AC lines - Effect of high electrostatic field on biological organisms and human beings. UNIT - III: Surface voltage Gradient on conductors, surface gradient on two conductor bundle and cosine law, maximum surface voltage gradient of bundle with more than 3 sub conductors, Mangolt formula. UNIT - IV: Corona : Corona in EHV lines – corona loss formulae – attenuation of traveling waves due to corona – Audio noise due to corona, its generation, characteristics and limits, measurement of audio noise. UNIT - V: Power Frequency voltage control : Problems at power frequency, generalized constants, No load voltage conditions and charging currents, voltage control using synchronous condenser, cascade connection of components : Shunt and series compensation, sub synchronous resonance in series – capacitor compensated lines UNIT - VI: Static reactive compensating systems: Introduction, SVC schemes, Harmonics injected into network by TCR, design of filters for suppressing harmonics injected into the system. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering – Rakosh Das Begamudre, Wiley Eastem ltd., New Delhi – 1987.

2. EHV Transmission line reference book – Edision Electric Institute (GEC) 1986.


CODE: 6A734 HVDC TRANSMISSION & FACTS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-III)

L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Objectives: Understand operating principles of HVDC systems and control aspects.



Course Outcomes: The student will be able to 4. Acquire the knowledge to compare AC and HVDC systems in terms of power transmission and

stability.


systems.



UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION: Comparison of AC and DC transmission systems, application of DC transmission, types of DC links, typical layout of a HVDC converter station. HVDC converters, pulse number, analysis of Graetz circuits with and without overlap, converter bridge characteristics. UNIT – II: CONVERTER & HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL: Principles o DC Link Control – Converters Control Characteristics – system control hierarchy, firing angle control current and extinction angle control starting and stopping of DC link. UNIT-III: HARMONICS, FILTERS AND REACTIVE POWER CONTROL: Introduction, generation of harmonics, AC and DC filters. Reactive power Requirements in steady state, sources of reactive power, Power Flow Analysis in AC/DC Systems: Modeling of DC/AC converters, Controller Equations – Solutions of AC/DC load flow – Simultaneous method-Sequential method, UNIT-IV: Introduction to FACTS: Flow of power in AC parallel paths and meshed systems, basic types of FACTS controllers, brief description and definitions of FACTS controllers. UNIT –V: STATIC SHUNT COMPENSATORS: Objectives of shunt compensation, methods of controllable VAR generation, static VAR compensators, SVC and STATCOM, comparison between SVC and STATCOM. UNIT –VI: STATIC SERIES COMPENSATORS: GCSC, TSSC, TCSE & SSSC, Objectives of series compensator, Variable impedance type series compensators, Basic operating control schemes, Power angle characteristics, Control range and VA rating, External control. Combined Compensators: Introduction, unified power flow controller (UPFC), basic operating principle, independent real and reactive power flow controller, control structure. TEXT BOOKS: 1. HVDC Transmission – S Kamakshaiah, V. Kamaraju, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publications, 1

st Edition, 2011.

2. Understanding FACTS – Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems” Narain G. Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi, Wiley India publications, 2011. 3. HVDC Transmission – J. Arrillaga, IEE, 2

nd Edition, 1998.


IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A718 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-III) L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x x

Objective: This subject deals with different mathematical methods of Optimization. Course outcomes: Students will be able to

1. Understand the Introduction And Classical Optimization Techniques.

2. Understand the Classical Optimization Techniques.

3. Understand the Transportation Problem.

4. Know about Unconstrained Nonlinear Programming.

5. Understand the Constrained Nonlinear Programming.

6. Study about Dynamic programming.

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION AND CLASSICAL OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Statement of an Optimization problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface-objective function – objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems. UNIT – II CLASSICAL OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES: Single variable Optimization – multi variable Optimization without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for minimum/maximum – multivariable Optimization with equality constraints. Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers – multivariable Optimization with inequality constraints – Kuhn – Tucker conditions. LINEAR PROGRAMMING Standard form of a linear Programming problem – geometry of linear Programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear simultaneous equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to the simplex method – simplex algorithm. UNIT – III TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule, least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of balanced transportation problems. UNIT – IV UNCONSTRAINED NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING: One – dimensional minimization methods: Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method Unconstrained Optimization Techniques Univariate method, Powell’s method and steepest descent method. UNIT – V CONSTRAINED NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING: Characteristics of a constrained problem, Classification, Basic approach of Penalty Function method; Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods. Introduction to convex Programming Problem. UNIT – VI DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types – concept of sub Optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure in dynamic programming – examples illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples illustrating the tabular method of solution. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Optimization: Theory and practice - S. S.Rao, New Age International (P) Limited, 3

rd

edition, 1998. 2. Introductory Operations Research - H.S. Kasene & K.D. Kumar, Springer (India), Pvt .LTd. REFERENCES: 1 Optimization Methods in Operations Research and systems Analysis – K.V. Mital and C. Mohan, New

Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 3rd edition, 1996. 2. Operations Research – Dr. S.D.Sharma. 3. Operations Research: An Introduction – H.A. Taha, PHI Pvt. Ltd., 6

th edition.

4. Linear Programming – by G. Hadley.

IV Year B.Tech – I Sem. Code: 6A724 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective – III)


x x x x x

L T P C 3 1 - 3 Objective: This subject deals with different mathematical methods of Optimization. Course outcomes: Students will be able to







UNIT – I SAMPLING AND RECONSTRUCTION Introduction, Examples of Data control systems – Digital to Analog conversion and Analog to Digital conversion, sample and hold operations. UNIT-II THE Z – TRANSFORMS Introduction, Linear difference equations, pulse response, Z – transforms, Theorems of Z – Transforms, the inverse Z – transforms, Modified Z- Transforms. Z-PLANE ANALYSIS OF DISCRETE-TIME CONTROL SYSTEM Z-Transform method for solving difference equations; Pulse transforms function, block diagram analysis of sampled – data systems, mapping between s-plane and z-plane. UNIT – III STATE SPACE ANALYSIS State Space Representation of discrete time systems, Pulse Transfer Function Matrix solving discrete time state space equations, State transition matrix and its Properties, Methods for Computation of State Transition Matrix, Discretization of continuous time state – space equations. CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY Concepts of Controllability and Observability, Tests for controllability and Observability. Duality between Controllability and Observability, Controllability and Observability conditions for Pulse Transfer Function UNIT – IV STABILITY ANALYSIS Mapping between the S-Plane and the Z-Plane – Primary strips and Complementary Strips – Constant frequency loci, Constant damping ratio loci, Stability Analysis of closed loop systems in the Z-Plane. Jury stability test – Stability Analysis by use of the Bilinear Transformation and Routh Stability criterion. UNIT– V DESIGN OF DISCRETE TIME CONTROL SYSTEM BY CONVENTIONAL METHODS Transient and steady – State response Analysis – Design based on the frequency response method – Bilinear Transformation and Design procedure in the w-plane, Lead, Lag and Lead-Lag compensators and digital PID controllers. .UNIT – VI STATE FEEDBACK CONTROLLERS AND OBSERVERS Design of state feedback controller through pole placement – Necessary and sufficient conditions, Ackerman’s formula. State Observers – Full order and Reduced order observers. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Discrete-Time Control systems - K. Ogata, Pearson Education/PHI, 2nd Edition REFERENCES: 1. Digital Control systems, Kuo, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2003. 2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods by M.Gopal, TMH.

B.Tech IV Year – I Sem. Code: 6A728 POWER QUALITY

(Professional Elective- III)


x x x x x

L T P C

3 1 - 3 UNIT – I: TERMS & DEFINITIONS: General Classes of Power quality Problems, Transients, Long Duration Voltage Variations, Short-Duration Voltage Variations, Voltage Imbalance, Waveform Distortion, Voltage Fluctuations, Power Frequency Variations, Power quality Terms. UNIT – II: VOLTAGE SAGS & INTERRUPTIONS: Sources of Sags and Interruptions, Estimating Voltage Sag Performance, Fundamental Principles of Protection, Solutions at the End-User Level, Evaluating the Economics of Different Ride-Through Alternatives, Motor Starting Sags, Utility System Fault-Clearing Issues. (Chapter-2: 2.2 to 2.10 and Chapter-3: 3.1 to 3.7) UNIT –III: TRANSIENT OVER VOLTAGES: Sources of Transient over Voltages, Principle of over Voltage Protection, Devices for Over Voltage Protection, Utility Capacitor-Switching Transients, Utility System Lightning Protection, Managing Ferro-resonance, Switching Transient Problems with Loads, Computer Tools for Transient Analysis. UNIT – IV: FUNDAMENTALS OF HARMONICS: Harmonic Distortion, Voltage Versus Current Distortion, Harmonics Versus Transients, Power system Quantities under Non-sinusoidal Conditions, Harmonic Indices, Harmonic Sources from Commercial Loads, Locating Harmonic Sources, System Response Characteristics, Effects of Harmonic Distortion, Inter-harmonics. (Chapter-4: 4.1 to 4.8 and Chapter-5: 5.1 to 5.11) UNIT – V: LONG DURATION VOLTAGE VARIATIONS: Principles of Regulating the Voltage, Devices for Voltage Regulation, Utility Voltage Regulator Application, Capacitors for Voltage Regulation, End-User Capacitor Application, Regulating Utility Voltage with Distributed resources, Flicker. UNIT – VI: POWER QUALITY MONITORING: Monitoring Considerations, Historical Perspective of Power quality Measuring Instruments, Power quality Measurement Equipments, Assessment of Power quality Measurement Data, Application of Intelligent Systems, Power quality Monitoring Standards. (Chapter-7: 7.1 to 7.7 and Chapter-11: 11.1 to 11.6)

TEXT BOOK: 1.“Electrical Power systems Quality” By Roger C. Dugan, Mark F. Mcgranaghan, Surya Santoso & H.Wayne

Beaty, 2nd Edition, TMH Education Private Ltd., New Delhi. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Quality Assessment, J.Arrilaga, N.R.Watson, S.Chen, John Wiley & Sons. 2. Understanding Power quality Problems: Voltage Sags & Interruptions, M.H.J. Boller IEEE, 1999




CODE: 6A779 PROJECT - I

L T P/D C - - 6 3


CO1 Students identify a topic from the current technical topics of their choice in the electronics and communication domain and the allied fields, after surveying in the internet resources, journals and technical magazines in the library.


CO3 Each student then presents the technical topic they chose in front of the panel and the fellow students, using the oratory skills.


The evaluation is for 100 marks. It is internal evaluation only. The committee consists of HOD, a Senior Faculty member and Internal Guide.


Progress of Project work and the corresponding interim report as evaluated by internal guides at the end of 5 weeks : 10 Marks


Progress of Project work as evaluated by guides at the end of 10 weeks : 10 Marks





B. Tech. IV Year I Semester CODE: 6A780 INDUSTRY OREIENTED MINI PROJECT

L T P/D C - - - 2



Course Objective : To enhance the knowledge on selecting a projcet , learn related tools and enhance Programming and communication skills for employabilty. Pre-Requisites: All Courses till this semester Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to










Code: 6A781 ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP L T P C 3 2


x x x x x

Course Outcomes: 1. Ability to understand how a power contactor works and basic control circuit. 2. Ability to connect properly a basic interlocking circuit 3. Ability to analyze importance of star- Delta Starter 4. Ability to develop an inching circuit. 5. Ability to analyze role and importance of interlocking of group of drives 6. Ability to Study different protections to a motor.. 7. Ability to know various parts in a three-phase motor 8. Ability to analyze single phase motors. 9. Ability to Differentiate protections given as under voltage and over voltage to a DOL starter.. 10. Ability to test transformer oil and know its usefulness as insulator and as heat absorber. The list of Experiments: 1. Direct On-Line Starter 2. Forward And Reverse Starter Wiring And Testing 3. Star-Delta Starter Wiring and Testing Suitable For 5 Ho Motor

4. Inching (Jogging) Circuit for Ac Motor 5. Interlocking Of Group of Drives 6. Study of Phase Failure Relay (Single Phase Preventer) 7. 3-Phase Squirrel Cage Induction Motor Dismantling, Assembling and Testing 8. 1-Phase Capacitor Start Capacitor Run Induction Motor Dis-Mantling, Assembling and Testing

9. Wiring Undervoltage Relay To A Dol Starter 10. Testing Of Dielectric Strength of Transformer Oil

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6DC71 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS LAB L T P C 3 2


x x x x x x

I. Microprocessor 8086: Introduction to MASM/TASM. Arithmetic operation – Multi byte addition and subtraction, Multiplication and Division – Signed and unsigned Arithmetic operation, ASCII – arithmetic operation. Logic operations – Shift and rotate – Converting packed BCD to unpacked BCD, BCD to ASCII conversion. By using string operation and Instruction prefix: Move Block, Reverse string, Sorting, Inserting, Deleting, Length of the string, String comparison. Modular Program: Procedure, Near and Far implementation, Recursion. Dos/BIOS Programming: Reading keyboard (Buffered with and without echo) – Display characters, Strings. II. Interfacing 8279 – Keyboard Display. 8255 – PPI. III. Microcontroller 8051: 1. Reading and Writing on a parallel port. 2. Serial communication implementation.

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A782 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTURMENTATION LAB

L T P C 3 2


x x x x

Objectives of the Course: Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; it can be transformed from one form into another. Out of all the forms of energies (which are available) electrical energy occupies top position in the hierarchy. So measurement of electrical quantity plays a vital role in the field of Engineering and Technology. In this lab students will be able to measure practically different electrical parameters and calibrate the meters. Course Outcomes: 12. To draw the graph between the distance and EMF for linear variable differential transformer and to

measure the displacement. 13. To measure 3-Ф reactive power using single phase wattmeter. 14. To determine the value of given capacitor and to obtain its dissipation factor, and also the values of the

resistance and inductance of a given coil. 15. To determine the percentage of error of a given single phase energy meter. 16. To measure the parameters of a choke coil using 3-voltmeter & 3-ammeter methods 17. To determine the percentage ratio error and the phase angle error of the given transformer by

comparison with another current transformer whose errors are known. 18. To determine the value of the resistance of the given wire using Kelvin’s double bridge. 19. To apply Crompton’s DC potentiometer to, Calibrate a PMMC type ammeter. Voltmeter 20. To calibrate a given 1-Ф power factor meter by phantom loading. 21. To calibrate a given LPF watt meter by phantom loading. 22. To measure the 3-phase power with two number of CTs and a single wattmeter. The following experiments are required to be conducted: 1. Calibration and Testing of single phase energy Meter 2. Calibration of dynamometer power factor meter 3. Crompton D.C. Potentiometer – Calibration of PMMC ammeter and PMMC voltmeter 4. Kelvin’s double Bridge – Measurement of resistance – Determination of Tolerance. 5. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given C.T. by comparison. 6. Schering bridge & Anderson bridge. 7. Measurement of 3 phase reactive power with single-phase wattmeter. 8. Measurement of parameters of a choke coil using 3 voltmeter and 3 ammeter methods. 9. Calibration LPF wattmeter – by Phantom testing 10. Measurement of 3 phase power with single watt meter and 2 No’s of C.T. 11. LVDT and capacitance pickup – characteristics and Calibration

IV Year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 6A797 TECHNOLOGY REVIEW AND SEMINAR - III

L T P/D C - - 2 1


x x x x x x x


practice.






and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks


x x


CODE: 6A820 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

L T P C 3 1 0 3 Course Objective: This course is an extension of Power system I& II. Knowledge of distribution system modeling, and understanding of various factors like coincidence factor, contribution factor, loss factor etc helps in how loads effects the system .Various models of feeders & substations and location of faults and protective devices gives awareness to students their usage in practical applications. Course Outcomes: By the end of the unit the student will be able to











UNIT – 1 GENERAL CONCEPT Introduction to distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics. Coincidence factor, contribution factor loss factor - Relationship between the load factor and loss factor. Classification of loads (Residential, Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and their characteristics. UNIT – II DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS Design Considerations of Distribution Feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders, Voltage levels, Feeder loading; Basic design practice of the secondary distribution system. UNIT – III SUBSTATIONS Location of Substations: Rating of distribution substation, Service area within primary feeders. Benefits derived through optimal location of substations. UNIT – IV SYSTEM ANALYSIS Voltage drop and power-loss calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and power loss in lines, Manual methods of solution for radial networks, Three phase balanced primary lines. UNIT – V PROTECTION & CO-ORDINATION Objectives of distribution system protection, Types of common faults and procedure for fault calculations. Protective Devices: Principle of operation of Fuses, Circuit Reclosures, line sectionalizes and Circuit Breakers. Coordination of Protective Devices: General coordination procedure. UNIT – VI POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT & VOLTAGE CONTROL Capacitive compensation for power-factor control. Different types of power capacitors, Shunt and series capacitors, Effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched), Power factor correction, capacitor allocation - Economic justification - Procedure to determine the best capacitor location. Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control, Effect of series capacitors, Effect of AVB / AVR, line drop compensation. TEXT BOOK: 1. “Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering” – Turan Gonen, Mc Graw-hill 2

nd edition.


edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Electrical Power Distribution and Automation – S.Sivanagaraju, V.Sankar, Dhanpat Rai publishers. Rai & Co, 1

st edition.


edition.

L T P/D C 3 1 0 3


x x x


Code: 6A822 ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)

OBJECTIVE: To provide sound knowledge about constructional details and design of various electrical machines. To study mmf calculation and thermal rating of various types of electrical machines. To design armature and field systems for D.C. machines. To design core, yoke, windings and cooling systems of Transformers. To design stator and rotor of induction machines. To design stator and rotor of synchronous machines and study their thermal behavior. UNIT - I INTRODUCTION: Major considerations in Electrical machine Design - Electrical Engineering Materials – Space factor – Choice of Specific Electrical and Magnetic loadings – Thermal considerations - Heat flow – Temperature rise - Rating of machines – Standard specifications. UNIT -II DC MACHINES: Output Equations – Main Dimensions - Magnetic circuit calculations – Carter’s Coefficient - Net length of Iron –Real & Apparent flux densities – Selection of number of poles – Design of Armature – Design of commutator and brushes – performance prediction using design values. UNIT III TRANSFORMERS: Output Equations – Main Dimensions - KVA output for single and three phase Transformers – Window space factor – Overall dimensions – Operating characteristics – Regulation – No load current – Temperature rise in Transformers – Design of Tank - Methods of cooling of Transformers. UNIT IV INDUCTION MOTORS: Output equation of Induction motor – Main dimensions – Length of air gap- Rules for selecting rotor slots of squirrel cage machines – Design of rotor bars & slots – Design of end rings – Design of wound rotor -– Magnetic leakage calculations – Leakage reactance of poly phase machines- Magnetizing current - Short circuit current – Circle diagram - Operating characteristics.

UNIT V SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES-I: Output equations – choice of loadings – Design of salient pole machines – Short circuit ratio – shape of pole face – Armature design – Armature parameters – Estimation of air gap length. UNIT VI SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES-II: Design of rotor – Design of damper winding – Determination of full load field mmf – Design of field winding – Design of turbo alternators – Rotor design. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sawhney, A.K., 'A Course in Electrical machine Design', Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1984. 2. Sen, S.K., 'Principles of Electrical machine Designs with Computer Programmes', Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1987. REFERENCES: 1. A.Shanmugasundaram, G.Gangadharan, R.Palani 'Electrical machine Design Data Book', New Age Intenational Pvt. Ltd., Reprint 2007. 2. ‘Electrical machine Design', Balbir Singh, Brite Publications, Pune.

L T P/D C 3 1 0 3


x x x


Code: 6A829 POWER SYSTEM DEREGULATION (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)

UNIT – I: OVERVIEW OF KEY ISSUES IN ELECTRIC UTILITIES: Introduction –Restructuring models –Independent system operator (ISO) –Power Exchange -Market operations –Market Power –Standard cost –Transmission Pricing –congestion Pricing –Management of Inter zonal/Intra zonal Congestion. UNIT- II: OASIS: OPEN ACCESSES SAME-TIME INFORMATION SYSTEM: Structure of OASIS -Posluing of Information –Transfer capability on OASIS –Definitions Transfer Capability Issues –ATC –TTC –TRM –CBM calculations –Methodologies to calculate ATC UNIT – III: ELECTRICITY PRICING: Introduction –electricity Price Volatility Electricity Price Indexes –challenges to Electricity Pricing –Construction of Forward Price Curves –Short-time Price Forecasting. UNIT – IV: POWER SYSTEM OPERATION IN A COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT: Introduction –Operational Planning Activities of ISO-The ISO in Pool Markets –The ISO in Bilateral Markets –Operational Planning Activities of a Genco UNIT – V: ANCILLARY SERVICES MANAGEMENT: Introduction –Reactive power as an Ancillary Service –a review –Synchronous Generators as Ancillary Service Providers. UNIT – VI: RELIABILITY AND DEREGULATION: Reliability Analysis, The network Model, Reliability Costs, Hierarchical Levels, Reliability and Deregulation, Performance Indicators TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kankar Bhattacharya, Math H.J. Boller, JaapE.Daalder, Operation of Restructured Power system, Klum, er Academic Publisher –2001.

2. AshikurBhuiya: Power system Deregulation: Loss Sharing in Bilateral Contracts and Generator Profit Maximization, Publisher VDM Verlag, 2008.

3. Mohammad Shahidehpour, and Muwaffaqalomoush, Restructured Electrical Power systems, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2001.

4. Loi Lei Lai; ―Power system Restructuring and Deregulation, Jhon Wiley & Sons Ltd., England.


Code: 6A727 REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION & MANAGEMENT (Professional Elective-IV)


x x x

L T P C

3 1 - 3 Objective: This subject deals with reactive power control and management. Course outcomes: Students will be able to 1. Understand the load compensation.





11. Study about Reactive power Management In Electric Traction Systems And Arc Furnaces.


Objectives and specifications – reactive power characteristics – inductive and capacitive approximate biasing – Load compensator as a voltage regulator – phase balancing and power factor correction of unsymmetrical loads- examples. UNIT-II: STEADY – STATE REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION IN TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Uncompensated line – types of compensation – Passive shunt and series and dynamic shunt compensation –examples. Transient state reactive power compensation in transmission systems: Characteristic time periods – passive shunt compensation – static compensations- series capacitor compensation –compensation using synchronous condensers – examples UNIT-III: REACTIVE POWER COORDINATION Objective – Mathematical modeling – Operation planning – transmission benefits – Basic concepts of quality of power supply – disturbances- steady –state variations – effects of under voltages – frequency –Harmonics, radio frequency and electromagnetic interferences. UNIT-IV: DEMAND SIDE MANAGEMENT Load patterns – basic methods load shaping – power tariffs- KVAR based tariffs penalties for voltage flickers and Harmonic voltage levels. Distribution side Reactive power Management: System losses –loss reduction methods – examples – Reactive power planning – objectives – Economics Planning capacitor placement – retrofitting of capacitor banks. UNIT-V: USER SIDE REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT KVAR requirements for domestic appliances – Purpose of using capacitors – selection of capacitors – deciding factors – types of available capacitor, characteristics and Limitations. UNIT-VI: REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT IN ELECTRIC TRACTION SYSTEMS AND ARC FURNACES: Typical layout of traction systems – reactive power control requirements – distribution Transformers- Electric arc furnaces – basic operations- furnaces transformer –filter requirements – remedial measures –power factor of an arc furnace. REFERENCES: 1. Reactive power control in Electric power systems by T.J.E.Miller, John Wiley and sons, 1982. 2. Reactive power Management by D.M.Tagare, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

IV year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 6EC21 NUERAL NETWORKS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV) L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objectives:

Students should be able apply Pattern Recognition for Real-life problems

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 1. The role of neural networks in engineering, artificial intelligence, and cognitive modeling. 2. Feed-forward neural networks of increasing complexity, gradient descent learning and extensions,

learning and generalization theory 3. Competitive learning, Self-organizing feature maps, be able to evaluate whether neural networks are

appropriate to a particular application. 4. Be able to apply neural networks to particular applications, and to know what steps to take to improve

performance. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION What is a neural network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron, Neural networks viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures, Knowledge Representation, Artificial Intelligence and Neural Networks. UNIT II: SINGLE LAYER PERCEPTRONS Adaptive filtering problem, Unconstrained Organization Techniques, Linear least square filters, least mean square algorithm, learning curves, Learning rate annealing techniques, perceptron –convergence theorem, Relation between perceptron and Bayes classifier for a Gaussian Environment UNIT III: MULTILAYER PERCEPTRON The XOR problem, Heuristics, Output representation and decision rule, feature detection, BACK PROPAGATION – Algorithm and its derivation by using error minimization. back propagation and differentiation, Hessian matrix, Generalization, Cross validation, Network pruning Techniques, Virtues and limitations of back propagation learning, UNIT IV: SELF ORGANIZATION MAPS Two basic feature mapping models, Self organization map, SOM algorithm. UNIT V: HOPFIELD MODELS Simple Hopfield models. UNIT VI: Examples OF APPLICATIONS OF NEURAL NETWORKS Alphabet recognition, fingerprint recognition. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Neural networks comprehensive foundations, Simon Hhaykin, Pearson Education 2

nd Edition 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Artifical neural networks - B.Vegnanarayana Prentice Halll of India P Ltd 2005 2. Neural networks in Computer intelligence, Li Min Fu TMH 2003 3. Neural networks James A Freeman David M S kapura pearson education 2004


Code: 6A826 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (Professional Elective – V)


x x x

L T P C

3 1 - 3

UNIT – I: PLC: Characteristics, Operation, function, Types of PLC, Architecture Of PLC Applications of PLC, PC v/s PLC. UNIT –II: Overview of I/O system. Classification: serial, parallel, discrete, analog special. Direct I/O, Parallel I/O, Serial I/O, discrete input modules: DC input, AC input, Rectifier with filter, Isolation, logic section. Discrete output modules: operating principals, Analog input modules: single ended, differential input, Common AC source, isolation, protection. Configuration, power line conditioner. UNIT – III: Ladder diagram: of logic gates, multiplexer, Ladder diagram for different logical conditions or logical equations or truth table, Timers: types of timer, Characteristics. Function of timer in PLC. Classification of a PLC timer. Ladder diagram using timer, PLC counter. Ladder diagram using counter. UNIT – IV: Introduction of Management Hierarchy of an industry. Industrial control process . Parallel and Serial communication interface. Simplex, Half duplex, full duplex. RS 232- DB-25 connector, DB-9 connector, RS 422, EIA 485 interface, Introduction of industrial network. Bus topology, Ring topology, Star topology, Tree topology. UNIT – V: basic Concept, History and Hierarchy of DCS, Functions of each level. Advantages and Disadvantages, Architecture of SCADA .Working of SCADA. UNIT – VI: PLC, DCS and SCADA suitability .Applications: Thermal Power Plant, Irrigation and Cement factory. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Programmable Logic Controllers and Industrial Automation an Introduction Mitra, Madhuchanda;

Gupta, Samarjit Sen Param International Publishing (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Latest edition.

2. Programmable Logic Controllers: principles and applications Webb, John W.; Reis, Ronald A. PHI Learning

Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, Latest edition.

3 Programmable logic controls: principles and applications NIIT PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, Latest

edition.


B.Tech IV Year – II Sem. Code: 6A841 POWER SYSTEM RELIABILITY AND PLANNING (Professional Elective-V)


x x x

L T P C

3 1 3

1 Understand the importance of maintaining reliability of power system components 2 Apply the probabilistic methods for evaluating the reliability of generation and transmission systems. 3 Assess the different models of system components in reliability studies. 4 Assess the reliability of single area and multi area systems. UNIT – I: BASIC RELIABILITY CONCEPTS: The general reliability function. The exponential distribution – Mean time to failures – series and parallel systems. Markov process – continuous Markov process – Recursive techniques – Simple series and parallel system models. UNIT-II: GENERATING CAPACITY – BASIC PROBABILITY METHODS: The generation system model – Loss of load indices – Capacity expansion analysis – scheduled outages. Load forecast uncertainty Loss of energy indices. The frequency and duration method. UNIT-III: TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS RELIABILITY EVALUATION: Radial configuration – Conditional probability approach – Network configurations – State selection. UNIT – IV: GENERATION PLANNING: Comparative economic assessment of individual generation projects – Investigation and simulation models – Heuristic and linear Programming models – Probabilistic generator and load models. UNIT –V: TRANSMISSION PLANNING: Deterministic contingency analysis – Probabilistic transmission system – reliability analysis. Reliability calculations for single area and multi–area power systems. UNIT –VI: DISTRIBUTION PLANNING: Network configuration design–consisting of schemes – security criteria configuration synthesis. TEXTBOOKS: 1. Roy Billinton and Ronald Allan Pitam: Reliability Evaluation of Power systems,1996. 2. R.L. Sullivan: Power system Planning, McGraw Hill International, 1977. 3. Wheel Wright and Makridakis: Forecasting methods and Applications, John Wiley, 1992. 4. J. Endremyl: Reliability Modelling in Electric Power systems, John Wiley, 2005.

B.Tech IV Year – II Sem. Code: 6A830 REAL TIME CONTROL OF POWER SYSTEMS (Professional Elective-V)


x x x

L T P C

3 1 3 UNIT – I SUBSTATION/ GENERATING STATION: Lay out of substation / Generating Station, Main Equipment in Sub Station/ Generating Station, Instrument Transformers and their importance in measurements and protection, important parameters necessary for Grid operation: Analog Points (MW, MVar, Tap Position, Voltage, Frequency), Status Points (CB Status, Isolator Status, SOE Points), Alarms. Hardware required getting these parameters to RTU: Transducers & their connectivity. UNIT – II SCADA FUNCTIONS: Introduction to SCADA: Grid Operation & Control, Difficulties in operating the large power systems manually, need for going to SCADA operation, advantages of SCADA operation. Data Acquisition, Monitoring and Event Processing, Control Functions, Time tagged data, Disturbance data collection and analysis, Reports and Calculations. Man –Machine Communication: Operator‘s Console, VDU Display and its use, Operator Dialogs, Mimic Diagram Functions, and Printing Facilities. UNIT – III REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT (RTU) & COMMUNICATION PRACTICES: Major Components: RTU Panel, Interface Panel. D20M Main Processor, Analog Card, Status Card, Control Card, Modems. Types Of Communications: Power Line Carrier Communications, Microwave, Optical fibre, VSAT Communications. Types of Network Elements in LAN & WAN. Process of Data Communication. UNIT – IV SUB-LOAD DISPATCH CENTER (SUB-LDC): Various Equipment in Sub LDC: (a) Work Stations: details (b) FEPS: Function of FEPS (Front End Processors). (c) Routers: function of routers, interconnectivity of the equipment by LAN, Functionality and responsibilities of Sub LDC UNIT – V INTRODUCTION TO SCADA PROTOCOLS AND COMMUNICATION STANDARDS FOR ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS: Power system Control requirements and evolution of Protocol for Communication, Protocols -Modbus, Distributed Network Protocol (DNP), IEC 870-5 and 60870 series, Benefits from the IEC (International Electro technical Commission) communication Standards. (Ref: www.dnp.org,www.modbus.org, www.kema.nl) Real Time Software: Classification of Programs, Structure of Real time Programs, Construction Techniques & Tools, Programming Language Requirements for Process Control.

UNIT – VI COMPUTER CONTROL OF ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS: Evolution of System Control, time scale of system control, online computer control, and Software Elements: State Estimation, Monitoring & Prediction, Generation & Load Control, Security Analysis; Software Coordination & Systems Simulation. State Load Dispatch Center (SLDC): Inter Connectivity of Sub-LDCs & SLDCs, Hierarchy of Data Transfer, Functions & Responsibilities of SLDC, Real Time Operation carried at SLDC.

Southern Regional Load Dispatch Center (SRLDC): Functions & Responsibilities of SRLDC, Operations carried at SRLDC, Overview of SCADA, Real Time Operation in detail.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hassan Bevrani: Robust Power system Frequency Control, Power electronics and Power systems, Edition illustrated Publisher Springer, 2009.

2. Michael John Howard Sterling: Power system control, Volume 6 of IEE control engineering series, Edition illustrated Publisher Peregrinus [for] the Institution of Electrical Engineers, 1978. 3. Torsten Cegrell, ―Power system control –Technology‖, Prentice –Hall International seriesin Systems and control Engineering, Prentice Hall International Ltd., 1986. 4. S. Bennett and D.A. Linkens (Editors): Real –Time Computer Control, IEE Control Engineering series (24), peter Peregrinus Ltd., 1984. 5. Real –Time Systems –by C.M. Krishna and Kangg. Shin, McGraw-Hill international companies, 1997.

IV Year B.Tech – II Sem CODE: 6A883 PROJECT - II

L T P/D C 0 0 24 12




CO1 Students identify a topic from the current technical topics of their choice in the computer science domain and the allied fields, after surveying in the internet resources, journals and technical magazines in the library.




Out of total 200 marks for project work (in the final year second semester), 50 marks shall be for Internal Evaluation and 150 marks for the External Evaluation at the end of the Semester. External Evaluation of the project (viva-voce) shall be conducted by a committee appointed by the chief superintendent. The committee consists of an external examiner, HoD, a senior faculty member and internal guide.

The pattern of Internal Evaluation is as follows: Division of marks for internal assessment – 50 marks







Final presentation and defense of the project : 15 Marks If the project is conducted internally the marks supposed to be given by external guide will be given by internal guide himself. Division of Marks for External Evaluation – 150 Marks Pattern of External Evaluation for Project





CODE: 6A884 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA-VOCE - III L T P/D C

0 0 0 1


x x x

Course Outcome :

1. Comprehend the concepts in the core and elective courses.

2. Exhibit technical knowledge to face interviews. 3. Exhibit lifelong Learning skills for higher education and to persue Professional practice.

There shall be a Comprehensive Viva-Voce in II year II semester. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce will be evaluated for 100 marks, out of which 50 marks is internal and 50 marks external. The internal evaluation is done by HOD, Two Senior professors /Associate Professors in the department and Comprehensive Viva-Voce coordinator. The internal evaluation shall consists of First mid-sessional viva at the end of 5 weeks -50 Marks Second mid-sessional viva at the end of 10 weeks -50 Marks The average of two mid-sessional vivas will be taken into consideration. The External 50 marks is evaluated by a Committee consisting of an External Examiner, HoD, and two senior faculty members of the department during End practical examination.

IV Year B.Tech – II Sem CODE: 6A898 TECHNICAL LITRETURE REVIEW AND SEMINAR - IV

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


x x x x x x x x

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies. 2 Explain domain knowledge to resolve real time technical issues 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas. 4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking and lifelong learning skills for higher studies and to pursue

professional practice.

6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise. 7. Develop debating and interview skills.

Procedure:


2. The slots, titles shall be decided upfront and Seminar In-charge shall take signatures from students. 3. The same sheet shall be affixed in the respective classrooms and Seminar register. 4. If any student fails to present his/her Seminar on the given slot, to genuine reasons, they may be asked

to present in the subsequent slot / week. 5. Progress of the Seminars needs to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days. 6. The evaluation for Technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in the classrooms. 7. Report and presentation must contain topic, introduction, explanation, diagrams, tables, applications

and conclusions.




Seminar Notes 10 marks


Final report 25 marks

Attendance 10 marks

Punctuality 05 marks

Total 100 Marks





S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 5H101 English – I 2 - --- 2 25 75







--- --- 2 1 25 75

8 5H181 Engineering Physics Lab – I --- --- 2/2 1 25 75

9 5H186 Engineering Chemistry Lab --- --- 2/2 1 25 75

10 5F171 Computer Programming Lab --- --- 3 2 25 75

11 5B171 Engineering Workshop -I --- --- 2/2 1 25 75

12 5F172 IT work shop – I --- -- 2/2 1 25 75


--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 14 5 15 24 400 900

I Year – II Semester

S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 5H202 English – II 2 2 --- 2 25 75



4 5E201 Data structures and C ++ 3 1 --- 3 25 75


6 5H232 Environmental Chemistry & Ecology

2 1 --- 2 25 75


8 5H233 Ethics, Morals, Gender Sensitization, and Yoga

1 1 -- 1 25 75

9 5E271 Data structures and C ++ Lab --- --- 3 2 25 75

10 5B272 Engineering Workshop – II --- --- 2/2 1 25 75

11 5H282 Engineering Physics Lab- II --- --- 2/2 1 25 75


Total 18 10 9 24 375 825


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext



3 1 --- 3 25 75

3 5C301 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 1 --- 3 25 75




7 Open Elective- I 3 2 3 25 75

8 5H373 Functional Communicative Written English (FCWE)

1 2 -- 1 25 75

9 5C371 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab

--- --- 3 2 25 75


--- --- 3 2 25 75


--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 19 13 8 24 350 750

Open Elective- I

5GC46 Applied Biology

5ZC11 Logistics & Supply Chain Management

5BC08 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery

5BC07 Metallurgy & Material Science

5BC51 Thermodynamics & Heat Transfer


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext



3 5A406 Power system – I 3 1 --- 3 25 75



6 Professional Elective – I 3 2 --- 3 25 75

7 5H474 Effective English communication (EEC)

--- 1 2 1 25 75





Total 17 8 10 24 350 750


5DC03 Computer Organization and Architecture


5EC41 Java Programming

5DC50 Digital System Design

B. Tech (Electrical & Electronics Engineering) Program objective: B. Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering program emphasizes the fundamentals of electrical & electronics in daily life. The first two years of this program begins with a set of introductory courses, like Mathematics, physics, English, computer languages (C, C++), circuits and networks, DC machines and introduction to power systems which provide students with a firm foundation in mathematics, Electrical, as well as communication skills. These courses include weekly labs in which students use state-of-the art techniques and equipments to create solutions to interesting problems. The last two years of study focuses on the concepts and techniques used in the design and development of advanced systems in electrical and electronics. In addition, students choose from a rich set of electives, which covers skills in demand. These advanced courses give broad opening for research and help them to choose specialization in their higher studies. A generous allotment of open electives allows students to learn foreign languages like French, German, Spanish; and it includes computing with a business focus. Students in this program pursue an inter-disciplinary course of study that combines strong foundation in electrical and electronics with a focus on interdisciplinary areas. This program is designed for students who seek to blend their abilities with skills in demand and skills specific to another domain to solve problems in that domain. Having completed this course, a student is prepared to work independently within a well structured design frame work in the job and for higher studies.









VI. Preparation: To prepare students to excel in postgraduate programmes or to succeed in electrical industry/technical profession through global, rigorous education.

VII. Core Competence: To provide students with a solid foundation in mathematical, scientific and engineering fundamentals required to solve engineering problems and also to pursue higher studies.

VIII. Breadth: To train students with good scientific and engineering breadth so as to comprehend, analyze, design, and create novel products and solutions for the real life problems.

IX. Professionalism: To inculcate in students’ professional and ethical attitude, effective communication skills, team work skills, multidisciplinary approach, and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social context.

X. Learning Environment: To provide student with an academic environment aware of excellence, leadership, written ethical codes and guidelines, and the life-long learning needed for a successful professional career.


l) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of differential equations, vector calculus, complex variables, matrix theory, probability theory, physics, chemistry and electrical and electronics engineering.

m) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, formulate and solve electrical engineering problems.

n) Graduate will demonstrate an ability to design electrical and electronic circuits and conduct experiments with Electrical Systems, analyze and interpret data.

o) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design digital and analog systems and component.

p) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks.

q) Graduate will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipment to analyze problems.

r) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibilities. s) Graduate will be able to communicate effectively in both verbal and written form. t) Graduate will show the understanding of impact of engineering solutions on the society and

also will be aware of contemporary issues. u) Graduate will develop confidence for self education and ability for life-long learning. v) Graduate who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations like GATE, GRE.


Program Outcomes


I X X X

II X X X X X X

III X X X X

IV X X X X

V X X


x



ENGLISH-I Subject Code: 5H101 L T P/D C 2 - - 2

COURSE OBJECTIVES


Appraise their knowledge base


Know the aspects of Interpersonal Communication



UNIT I:

Diagnostic Test

Remedial Sessions (with special attention to below average performers)

Assessing Students‘ Functional English Capacity

Nuances of English Language Learning- Punctuation

Training in entry level components of Functional English: Grammar and Vocabulary

(Sentence structures, articles, prepositions etc.)

UNIT II:

Short Story – A Devoted Son by Anita Desai

Vocabulary: Words often confused; Affixes; Synonyms, Antonyms, Phrasal Verbs

Speaking: Review of Articles from Newspaper (Sports features, reviews etc)

Sentence correction with concentration on the use of articles and prepositions

UNIT III:

Evolution of Indomitable Spirit in Youth by A. P. J. Abdul Kalam

Reading Strategies: Skimming and Scanning

Newspaper Reading and Related Activities ((Sports features, reviews etc)

Concord: Subject verb agreement

UNIT IV:

Paragraph Writing

Letter Writing: Official and Personal (Letters to the editor; Letters of complaint etc.)

One word substitutes

UNIT V:

Swami Vivekananda address: World Parliament of Religions

Listening with intent and other sub-skills of listening

Sentence Correction with special emphasis on tenses

UNIT VI:

A Tea Party by Ruth Prawar Jhabwala

Oral Presentations

- Overcoming Stage Fright / Inhibitions / Practicing Presentations

TEXT BOOK:

English for Professional Success – An Interactive Approach (Compiled by the Faculty of English, Department of Science and Humanities,

Sreenidhi Institute of Science and Technology)

SUGGESTED READING:


Murphy


- Basic Communication Skills for Technology by Andrea J Rutherford

- Strengthen Your English by V R Narayanaswami

- Spoken English for You by G Radhakrishna Pillai

- Situational spoken English by T Venkat Rajaiah

b c d e f g h i j k l m

x x


(Common to all branches except Bio-Technology) ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –I

L T P/D C Code: 5H111 3 1 - 3 Course Outcomes: Students will able to

7. Represent function in series form using Maclaurin’s series and also able to find maxima and minima of a function.

8. Solve first order first degree ordinary differential equations. 9. Solve higher order linear differential equation with constant coefficients. 10. Evaluate iterated multiple integration and the technique of change of variables. 11. Solve the problems on gradient, curl and divergence of a vector field, 12. Compute area and volume integrals using Gauss, Stoke’s and Gauss divergence theorems.

UNIT-I Differential Calculus: Rolle’s Theorem, Lagrange’s and Cauchy mean value theorems (without proofs), Taylor’s series and Maclaurin’s series. Applications: Approximating definite integrals. Functions of several variables: Continuity of function of variables, Partial derivatives of higher order, Euler’s theorem, Total differentiation, Jacobians and its properties, maxima and minima- Applications. UNIT-II Ordinary Differential Equations Of First Order: Differential equations of first order and first degree – Exact, Linear and Bernoulli equations. Applications: Law of Natural Growth and Decay, Newton’s Law of Cooling, Orthogonal Trajectories. UNIT-III Ordinary Linear Differential Equations Of Higher Order: Linear differential equations of second and higher orders with constants coefficients – Method of Variation of Parameters – Systems of linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Application: Simple harmonic motion and LCR circuit. UNIT-IV Multiple integrals: Double Integrals, Iterated Integrals-Integrals over Rectangular and General Regions, Change of Variables, Polar Coordinates, Triple integrals in Cartesian coordinates, Change of variables. Applications: Moment of Inertia, Calculation of volumes using triple integrals. UNIT-V Vector Differential Calculus: Scalar and Vector Fields, Level surfaces, Directional Derivative: Gradient of a Scalar Field, Divergence and Curl of a vector field, Laplacian operator and related properties. Applications: Velocity and Acceleration of a particle.

UNIT-VI Vector Integral Calculus: Line Integral, Surface Integral, Volume Integral and Verification of problems on Green’s Theorem in Plane, Gauss-Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s Theorem. Curvilinear systems- Introduction to Cylindrical coordinates, Spherical polar coordinates. Applications: Finding potential function of Irrotational fields in fluid dynamics. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 2. Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD university press. 3. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 4. Engineering mathematics, B. V. Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. A Text Book of KREYSZIG’s Engineering mathematics, Dr. A. Ramakrishna Prasad, Wiley Publications. 2. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition.


x


(Common to all branches) ENGINEERING PHYSICS – I

L T P/D C

Subject Code: 5H121 3 1 - 3

Course Outcomes: 7. Describe principles of Quantum Mechanics and explain Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle and

Schroedinger’s Time Independent Wave Equation – Physical Significance of the Wave Function. 8. Explain free electron theories of Metals and Electrical Conductivity from quantum free

electron theory of metals. 9. Describe Band Theory of Solids with Bloch Theorem, Kronig-Penny Model (Qualitative

Treatment), E-K Curve, Formation in Solids and Classification of Materials into Conductors, Semi Conductors and Insulators.

10. Explain concepts of Statistical mechanics such as Maxwell – Boltzmann Statistics, Bose – Einstein Statistics, Fermi – Dirac Statistics, Distribution function and Density of states.

11. Describe application of Physical Optics using Interference, Diffraction and Polarization. 12. Describe Magnetic Properties , application of Ferro Magnetic materials, Super conductivity

and its types and BCS theory of Superconductivity

Unit I Principles of Quantum Mechanics: Waves and Particles, de Broglie Hypothesis, Matter waves, Davisson and Germer’s Experiment, G.P. Thomson Experiment, Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle, Schroedinger’s Time Independent Wave Equation – Physical Significance of the Wave Function – Particle in One Dimensional Potential Box. Unit II Free electron theory of Metals: Classical free electron theory (Drude and Lorentz), drift velocity, Relaxation time, Collision time, mean free path, Mobility and conductivity. Success of classical free electron theory, Breakdown of free electron theory, the quantum free electron theory, Electrical Conductivity from quantum free electron theory of metals. Unit III Band Theory of Solids: Bloch Theorem, Kronig-Penny Model (Qualitative Treatment), E-K Curve, velocity of electron in periodic lattice, effective mass of an electron and its significance, Origin of Energy Band Formation in Solids, Classification of Materials into Conductors, Semi Conductors and Insulators. Unit IV Elements of Statistical mechanics: Phase space, Ensemble, Canonical, Micro canonical & grand canonical ensembles, Maxwell – Boltzmann Statistics, Bose – Einstein Statistics, and Fermi – Dirac Statistics, Fermi – Dirac distribution function – variation of F-D function with temperature, Density of states (Quantitative treatment).

Unit V Physical Optics: Interference: Introduction, Superposition of waves, Young’s double slit experiment, Interference in thin films due to reflection of light, Newton’s rings. Applications: Calculation of Refractive Index of liquid, Thickness of glass plate. Diffraction: Introduction, Plane diffraction grating (Qualitative), Theory of plane transmission grating, Resolving power of a grating-application; calculation of wavelength of spectral light by using grating. Polarization: Polarized and Un-polarized light, double refraction, negative and positive crystals properties of O – ray and e – ray. Quarter Wave Plate and half Wave plate, Theory of Plane, Circularly and elliptically polarized light. Unit VI Magnetic Properties: Permeability, Field Intensity, Magnetic Induction, Magnetization, Magnetic Susceptibility, Origin of Magnetic Moment, Bohr Magneton. Hysteresis behavior of Ferro Magnetic materials based on Domain Theory or Weiss theory. Hard and Soft Magnetic Materials, Properties of Anti-Ferro and Ferri Magnetic Materials and their applications, Super conductivity, effect of Magnetic Field, Critical current density, Meissner’s effect, Type-I and Type-II superconductors, Introduction to BCS theory of Superconductivity, applications of super conductors.

Text Books:


2. B.K.Pandey, Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning Reference Books: 1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley Publisher 2. Dr.M.N.Avadhanulu, Engineering Physics, S Chand 3. Sanjay D Jain, Engineering Physics, Universities Press 4. Neil W. Ashcroft, N. David Mermin,, Solid State Physics, Thomson Publisher, 5. Donald Allan McQuarrie, Statistical Mechanics, University Science Books Publisher,

California 6. Sathya Prakash, Statistical Mechanics, Pragathi Prakashan Publisher 7. Quantum Mechanics by G. Aruldas 8. John L Powel, Quantum Mechanics, Narosa Publications 9. Ramamurti Shanker, Principles of quantum Mechanics, Springer Publication 10. M Chandrashekar and P Appla Naidu, Applied Physics, VGS Book Links

11. K. Vijaya Kumar, S Chandralingam, Modern Engineering Physics, S Chand

Publisher


x


ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY L T P/D C

Code:5H131 2 1 - 2

1. Describe Water quality issues (temporary and permanent), Industrial Use and treatment of Water methods for consumption and other societal / engineering purposes.

2. Explain applications of Electro Ionics, feateatures, Kohlrausch’s law and applications and properties of Electrodics with applications.

3. Describe Cell and batteries types and the application of batteries in Engineering applications 4. Explain concept of Corrosion, its Types and Factors affecting the rate of Corrosion. 5. Describe role and significance Cathodic protection using tinning and galvanizing, Al Cladding, copper

plating and electroless plating (Nickel plating and concepts of Organic coatings- Paints.

6. Explain Phase rule and properties of alloys, significance with its in Engineering applications. UNIT - I WATER TECHNOLOGY

(d) Water quality Parameters:-Hardness of water – types of hardness (temporary and

permanent). Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA Method.

(e) Water for Industrial purpose: Water for steam making, Boiler troubles-Carry over

(priming &foaming).Boiler Corrosion, Scale and sludge, caustic embrittlement.

(f) Treatment of Water: Internal Conditioning- Phosphate, Carbonate & Calgon

conditioning. External Treatment: Lime- Soda, Zeolite, Ion-exchange process,

Desalination-Reverse osmosis and electro dialysis. Methods of Treatment of Water for

Domestic purpose-Sedimentation, Coagulation, Filtration, Disinfection-Chlorination,

Ozonization. Engineering applications: Methodology and working of mineral water

plant for drinking purpose. UNIT - II ELECTRO CHEMISTRY Electro Ionics:- Conductance – conductors (metallic and electrolytic) – Types of conductance – specific, Equivalent, molar conductance – Effect of dilution on conductance – Kohlrausch’s law and its applications i) Determination of equivalent conductance for weak electrolytes ii) Degree of dissociation iii) Solubility of sparingly soluble salts. Electrodics: - E M F of electrochemical cells – cell notation and cell reaction – electrode potential (oxidation and reduction) Nernst Equation and its applications. Types of electrodes (a) Gas electrode (H2 electrode) (b) Metal ion electrode (Zn/Zn+2) (c) Redox electrode (Quinhydrode electrode) (d) Metal – Metal insoluble salt electrode (SCE) (e) Ion selective electrode. Engineering Applications. UNIT - III ELECTRO CHEMICAL ENERGY SOURCES – BATTERIES Cell and batteries – types of batteries

(e) Primary batteries – Lechalanche cell (dry cell), Lithium cell

(f) Secondary batteries(Accumulators) – Lead acid battery, Ni-Cd battery, , Lithium-ion

battery

(g) Fuel cells- H2 – O2 fuel cell

(h) Photovoltaic Cell- Solar Cell

Engineering applications – future water powered car, solar cells in domestic and

automobiles.

UNIT - IV CORROSION AND ITS EFFECTS

Corrosion – Basic concepts – Mechanism of chemical, electrochemical Corrosion (absorption

of O2 and evaluation of H2) – Pilling - Bed worth rule – Types of electrochemical Corrosion –

Galvanic Corrosion – Pitting Corrosion – Concentration Cell Corrosion(water line

corrosion) – Factors affecting the rate of Corrosion. Engineering Applications UNIT – V PROTECTIVE COATINGS Cathodic protection – sacrificial anode and impressed current cathode method. Surface preparation for metallic coatings like hot dipping (tinning and galvanizing) metal cladding (Al Cladding) electro plating (copper plating) and electroless plating (Nickel plating). Methodology and production of gold covering decorative articles. Organic coatings- Paints

UNIT-VI PHASE RULE AND ALLOYS

Phase rule:- Introduction, definition of terms with examples, one components system –

Water system, reduced phase rule – Two component systems- lead – silver system.

Alloys: - Introduction – Definition – properties of alloys – significance of alloying, functions

and effect of alloying elements. Engineering applications of ferrous alloys – Ni chrome

and stainless steel, nonferrous alloys – brass and bronze TEXT BOOK:

4. Engineering Chemistry: by R.P.Mani & B.Ramadevi ,Cengage Publications (2014)

5. Engineering Chemistry: by Jain & Jain ,Dhanapathrai Publications (2015) REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering Chemistry by prasanta rath Cengage publications(2015)

2. Text of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara & Mukkanti, S. Chand & CO, New

Delhi (2014)


x x


COMPUTER PROGRAMMING

Subject Code:5F101 L T P C 3 1 - 3

COURSE OUTCOMES : 1 Explain basic fundamentals of Computer Systems, computing environments, Computer

Languages – Machine Languages. Writing/ Drawing simple Algorithms and flowcharts.

2 Describe C language Programs, Structure of a C Program, Comments, the greeting program, identifiers, constants, variables, types , expressions and keywords.

3 Describe write programs using control structures such as Pre-test and post-test loops, while, do while, for, break and continue statements, comma expression. Write programs using functions. Write programs using recursion.

4 Write programs implementing application on arrays.

5 Write programs using Pointers and string handling functions.

6 Write programs using Enumerated, Structure, Union types and files.

UNIT I Computer fundamentals – Computer Systems, Computer Hardware, Computer Software, Computer Environments – Personal Computing Environment, Time-sharing Environment, Client/Server Environment, Distributed Computing, Computer Languages – Machine Languages, Symbolic Languages, High-Level Languages, Creating and running programs – Writing and Editing, compiling, linking, and executing programs, System Development – SDLC (Pages 1 – 28 of Text Book 1). Problem solving Techniques – Algorithms, pseudo code, flowcharts – Simple illustrations and domain problems like: Sum of digits of a number, Nature of quadratic equations, Income Tax Problem, Standard Deviation (Pages 1019 – 1032 of Text Book 1). UNIT II Introduction to the C language – Background, C Programs, Structure of a C Program, Comments, the greeting program, identifiers, constants, variables and keywords. Types – void, integral, and floating-point types. Variables – declarations and initialization. Input / Output – Steams, Formatting input and output (Pages 29 – 76 of Text Book 1). Expressions – Primary expressions, post-fix expressions, pre-fix expressions, unary expressions, binary expressions, Precedence and associativity, evaluating expressions, type conversions – implicit type conversion, explicit type conversion, statements – statement type, role of semicolon, statements and defined constants (Pages 94 – 134 of Text Book 1). Decision control structures – Logical data and operators, Two-way selection – if else, nested if, dangling else, conditional expressions, Multi-way selection – switch statement, else-if (231 – 263 of Text Book 1). UNIT III Repetitive control structures – Pre-test and post-test loops – initialization and updation, event and counter controlled loops, while, do while, for, break and continue statements, comma expression (Pages 303 – 348 of Text Book 1).

Functions – User-defined functions - Function definition, arguments, return value, prototype, arguments and parameters, inner-function communication. Standard functions – Math functions, Random numbers. Scope – local global (Pages 149 – 199 of Text Book 1). Parameter passing – Call by value and call by reference. Recursive functions – Definition, examples, advantages and disadvantages (Pages 349 – 359 of Text Book 1). Macros – Definition, examples, comparison with functions. UNIT IV Arrays – Definition and declaration, initialization, accessing elements of in arrays, storing values in arrays, inter-function communication – passing individual elements, passing the whole array, array applications, bubble sort, sequential search. Two dimensional and multidimensional arrays (Pages 459 – 487 and 493, 501 of Text Book 1). UNIT V Pointers – Introduction, pointer constants, pointer values, pointer variables, accessing variables through pointers, pointer declaration and definition, declaration versus redirection, initialization of pointer variables, pointer for inter function communication, pointer to pointers (Pages 557 – 577 of Text Book 1). Arrays and pointers – Pointer arithmetic and arrays, Memory allocation functions – static and dynamic memory allocation, array of pointers (Pages 612 – 633 of Text Book 1). Strings – Input and Output functions, string handling functions. UNIT VI Enumerated, Structure, and Union types – The type definition (typedef), enumerated types, Structure, Unions (Pages 745 – 786 of Text Book 1). Files – File name, file information table, streams, text and binary streams, stream file processing, system created steams, Standard library I/O functions, file open and close, formatting I/O functions, character I/O functions, Binary I/O, Standard library functions (Pages 393 – 441, 821 – 840 of Text Book 1). TEXT BOOKS: 2. Computer science, a structured Programming approach using C, B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg,

Third edition, Thomson.

REFERENCES: 4. The C programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M.Ritchie, PHI/Pearson Education. 5. Let us C by Yashwanth P. Kanetkar 8th edition BPB publications. 6. Computer Programming for teens by Mary Farrell.


x


(Common to all branches) ENGINEERING DRAWING – I

L T P/D C Subject Code:5B101 1 1 4 3

COURSE OUTCOMES: 1 Construct polygons , perform scaling and draw curves for constructions 2 Describe Projections or Views. 3 Explain with examples Projections of Planes with regular Planes, traces, Oblique

planes and Auxiliary plane 4 Explain Projections of Solids using Regular Solids, solids of revolution and Axis inclined

to both planes. 5 Explain Sections of Solids with Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone and Auxiliary views. 6 Draw Intersection of Similar and Dis-similar Solids using Line, Cutting plane method ,

Intersection of Prism Vs Prism, Cylinders Vs Cylinder and Cylinder Vs Prism . UNIT – I Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Drawing Instruments and their uses, types of lines, use of pencils, Lettering, Rules of dimensioning. Construction of polygons: Inscription and superscription of polygons given the diameter of circle. Introduction To Scales (Theory Only): Scales Used In Engineering Practice and Concept Of Representative Fraction Curves used in Engineering Practice and their Constructions: Conic Sections including Rectangular Hyperbola - General method only. UNIT – II Drawing of Projections or Views (Orthographic Projection in First Angle Projection Only): Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions – First and Third Angle Projections, Projection of Points, Projection of Lines - inclined to both planes, True lengths, traces. UNIT – III Projections of Planes: Projections of regular Planes, traces, Oblique planes, Introduction to Auxiliary planes UNIT –IV Projections of Solids: Projections of Regular Solids – Regular Polyhedra, solids of revolution, Axis inclined to both planes. UNIT –V Sections of Solids: Sections and Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views

UNIT –VI Intersection of Similar and Dis-similar Solids: Line method, Cutting plane method, Intersection of Prism Vs Prism, Cylinders Vs Cylinder (Under Similar category) and Cylinder Vs Prism (Under Dis-similar category) TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D. Bhatt / Charotar publishers 2. Engineering Drawing, K.L.Narayana and Kannaiah / Scietech publishers. REFERENCES:

3. Engineering Drawing, K.Venugopal/G.Sreekanjana, New Age International Publishers. 4. Engineering Drawing, B.V.R.Gupta, M.Raja Roy/I.K.International Publishing House.


x


(Common to all branches) ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

L T P/D C Subject Code: 5H171 - - 2 1

Course Outcomes: 1 Describe and use Phonetics and Speech Chain. 2 Describe and use Speech Sounds, Monophthongs and Diphthongs in conversations. 3 Apply and use Consonants, Consonant Sounds and apply Stress or accent in

conversation.

4 Practice Situational Dialogues, Role Play and participate in ‗Just A Minute‘

Sessions 5 Describe Objects/ Situations/People and practice Telephone Etiquette 6 Review of a story , film or a novel

Mastering Speaking:

3. Introduction to Phonetics

4. Speech Chain

5. Speech Mechanism

6. Speech Sounds

7. Monophthongs

8. Diphthongs

9. Consonants

10. Three-Term Labels of Consonant Sounds

a. Voice

b. Place of articulation

c. Manner of articulation

11. Stress or accent

12. Intonation

Communication Skills Activities:

1. Situational Dialogues / Role Play

2. Speaking Activity – Self Introduction

3. ‗Just A Minute‘ Sessions (JAM)

4. Describing Objects/ Situations/People

5. Telephone Etiquette

6. Giving Directions

7. Review of a story/film/novel


x x


(Common to all branches) ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB-1

L T P/D C Subject Code: 5H181 - - 2/2 1

1. Determine wave length of monochromatic source of light by using Newton‘s

Rings and refractive index of a material prism by using spectrometer

3. Determine Dispersive power of a glass Prism and Cauchy‘s constant by using spectrometer

4. Experiment on R C Circuit and C R series for calculating resonance and Planck‘s constant.

5. Determine of magnetic induction flux density along the axis of a circular coil using Stewart &

Gee‘s Experiment.

Introduction & Description of exercises, processes and procedures with PPT

1. Determination of wave length of monochromatic source of light by using Newton’s Rings 2. Determination of refractive index of a material prism by using spectrometer 3. Determination of Dispersive power of a glass Prism by using spectrometer 4. Determination of wave length of spectral light by using Diffraction Grating 5. Determination of Cauchy’s constant by using spectrometer 6. Determination of wavelength of a given laser Source of light by using diffraction grating 7. R C Circuit 8. L C R series and parallel resonance 9. Determination of Planck’s constant 10. Stewart & Gee’s Experiment (Determination of magnetic induction flux density along the

axis of a circular coil). Note: Any SIX of the above TEN Experiments are to be conducted.


x x


(Common to all branches) ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

Code: 5H186 L T P/D C

- - 2/2 1 Course Outcomes:

1 Determine Hardness of a ground water sample and Prepare Thiokol rubber

2 Determine of Viscosity of a lubricant by Redwood Viscometer. Estimate of percentage of Copper in Brass alloy.

3 Estimate Calcium in Portland cement. Estimate percentage of Iron content in Ore sample using Colorimeter (KSCN)

4 Estimate rate of Corrosion of Aluminum in acidic and alkaline medium. Determine Mohr’s salt by Potentiometric method

5 Determine Calorific value of Solid fuel by using Bomb Calorimeter. Experiment Green chemistry; Aldol condensation(not by Classic route)

6 Determine Flash point and fire point of a lubricant. Determine strength of Strong Acid using Strong Base (HCl vs NaOH) by Conductometric titrations

The objective of the Laboratory practicals is to make the student to acquire the basic Knowledge used for engineering applications.

1. Determination of Hardness of a ground water sample. 2. Preparation of Thiokol rubber. 3. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricant by Redwood Viscometer. 4. Estimation of Copper in Brass alloy (HYPO) 5. Estimation of Calcium in Portland cement. 6. Estimation of Iron content in Ore sample using Colorimeter (KSCN) 7. Estimation of rate of Corrosion of Aluminum in acidic and alkaline medium. 8. Determination of Mohr’s salt by Potentiometric method. 9. Determination of Calorific value of Solid fuel by using Bomb Calorimeter. 10. Experiment on Green chemistry; Aldol condensation (not by Classic route) 11. Determination of Flash point and fire point of a lubricant 12. Determination of strength of Strong Acid using Strong Base (HCl vs NaOH) by Conductometric titrations.


x x


(Common to all branches) COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB

Code: 5F171 L T P/D C

- - 3 2 COURSE OUTCOMES: 1 Write algorithms and flowcharts to convert temperature Celsius to its equivalent

Fahrenheit, calculate roots and Fibonacci series

2 Write programs using control statements while, do-while, and for loops and solve

mathematical series summations.

3 Write programs in menu driven style. 4 Write programs implementing functions, recursion with return values for example

Fibonacci, GCD, LCMD, pascal triangle, large and smallest in a set of numbers.

5 Write a program to implementing applications on arrays , matrices addition ,

multiplication and compute symmetric, lower triangular, upper triangular, diagonal,

scalar, or unit of a matrix. 6 Write programs on complex numbers and structures with suitable examples such as

student or employees information.

Introduction & Description of exercises, processes and procedures with PPT

13. Unit I (Cycle 1)

5. Write an algorithm for converting a given Celsius temperature to its equivalent

Fahrenheit temperature and draw a flowchart.











14. Finding the interest on a given principal for a given period of time at a given rate of

per year.


16. Write a C program to display a given decimal integer into an equivalent octal number

and hexadecimal number using %o and %x in printf function.


1. Write a C program to find the roots and nature of the roots of a quadratic equation,

given its coefficients.


3. A salesman gets a commission of 5% on the sales he makes if his sales is below

Rs.5000/- and a commission of 8% on the sales that exceeds Rs.5000/- together with

Rs.250/-. Write an algorithm or a flowchart and develop C program for computing

the commission of the salesman, given his sales.


6. Write three C programs to print a multiplication table for a given number using while,

do-while, and for loops.


8. 1+x+x2+x

3+………….+x

n, given x and n.

9. 1! + 2! + 3! + . . . + n!, given n.

10. 1 – x2/2! + x

4/4! – x

6/6! + x

8/8! – x


th term becomes

less than 0.0001.


1. Write a C program in the menu driven style to perform the operations +, -, *, /, %

between two given integers.

2. Write a C program to find the largest and the least of some numbers given by the

user.




a) A function that takes an integer n as argument and returns 1 if it is a prime

number and 0 otherwise.

b) A function that takes a real number x and a positive integer n as arguments and

returns xn.


Fibonacci number.







a) Write a menu driven style program to compute the above functions (cycle 6) on

the choice of the function given by the user.









1. Write a program to store the numbers given by the user in an array, and then to find

the mean, deviations of the given values from the mean, and variance.

2. Write a C program to initially store user given numbers in an array, display them and

then to insert a given number at a given location and to delete a number at a given

location.

3. Write a program to store user given numbers in an array and find the locations of

minimum and maximum values in the array and swap them and display the resulting

array.



multiplication.








4. Define a structure for complex number. Write functions on complex numbers

(addition, subtraction, absolute value, multiplication, division, complex conjugate)

and implement them in a menu driven style.


6. Define a structure student having members roll no., name, class, section, marks.

Create an array of 10 students give the data and find the average marks, section-wise.



a) Create a file by the name given by the user or by command line argument and add

the text given by the user to that file.



arguments.




x x


(Common to all branches) ENGINEERING WORKSHOP – I

Subject Code:5B171 L T P/D C - - 2/2 1 Course Outcomes:

1 Perform House wiring and install Tube light, connection of Calling Bell as per circuit diagram and connection of stair case as per circuit diagram.

2 Practice of disassembly and assembly of various home appliances such as Fans, Mixers, Air blower, Iron box and Rice cooker.

3 Perform Welding as and when needed i.e. Lap Joint, Butt Joint and welding of T-Joint

Introduction & Description of Tools, processes and procedures of all trades with PPT I) House wiring

To connect the Tube light as per circuit diagram

To connect the Calling Bell as per circuit diagram

To connect stair case as per circuit diagram II) Home Appliances Practice of disassembly and assembly of various home appliances such as

Fans

Mixers

Air blower

Iron box

Rice cooker III) Welding

Preparation and welding of Lap Joint

Preparation and welding of Butt Joint

Preparation and welding of T-Joint


x x


(Common to all branches) IT WORKSHOP – I

Code:5B172 L T P/D C - - 2/2 1 Course Outcomes: 1 Identify peripherals of a computer, describe types of Operating system, Install computer with

dual boot operating systems.

2 Assembling and Disassemble system.

3 Install and Use Microsoft Windows 7 for Programming and application development.

4 Install linux and install applications in Linux and windows.

5 Trouble Software and hardware problems along with setting configurations for computer security settings and application software of the system.

6 Describe Cyber ethics.

Introduction & Description of exercises, processes and procedures with PPT Week1: Introduction to Computer: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components/peripherals in a CPU & its functions. Introduction to the types of Operating system, Install computer with dual boot operating system (Windows, Linux with PowerPoint presentation). Comparison of types of OS in different platform. Week 2: Assembling and Disassembling Practical’s Week 3: Introduction to Microsoft Windows 7: Software and data, Components of Desktop, Working with windows

Week 4: Getting Started with Microsoft Windows 7: Using the Start Menu, Obtaining Help on Windows, Changing Setting, Using Applications in Windows, Shutting Down Windows Week 5: Introduction to Linux Operating system, Linux Commands, DOS commands Week 6: Install computer applications in Linux and windows. Software and hardware trouble shoot, personal computer security settings and application software of the system. Cyber Ethics: Access websites and email, effectively and securely browse (bank sites, https WebPages) and share the data, categories of websites (.com, .in, .edu, .org). TEXT BOOK: 1. “Comdex Information Technology Course Kit” by Vikas Gupta, Dreamtech Press


x x



Seminar on Current Affairs / Technical Topic

Code:5A191 L T P/D

C - - 2 1

Course Outcomes:

1. Identify current general, political and technology related topics.

2. Arrange and present Seminar in an effective manner.

3. Collect survey and organize Content in presentable manner. 4. Demonstrate oratory skills. 5. Exhibit interview facing skills. 6. Demonstrate team leading qualities.

Procedure:













Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks


x

Syllabus for B. Tech I Year II semester

ENGLISH-II (Common to all Branches)

Code: 5H202 L T P/D C 2 2 - 2

COURSE OUTCOMES

Students able to

1. Acquire reasonable proficiency in Communicative English

2. Take part in group activities like sharing information, narrating experience etc

3. Attain language proficiency (with the help of training in study skills)

4. Acquire advanced level ability in Functional English

5. Understand the difference between Technical and General writing

6. Develop the ability to prepare executive summary

UNIT I:

A Short Story of an Indian Engineer by Bhargav Prasanna

Words and Phrases from the text

Types of Sentences: Structure and function

Note Making

UNIT II:

The Convocation Speech by Narayana Murthy

Phrasal Verbs from the text and additional material/handout

Direct and Indirect Speech

Information Transfer

Speaking on Current Affairs / Latest Technology (Solo/team)

UNIT III:

One Thousand Dollars by O‘Henry

Vocabulary: One word substitutes

Creative Writing and Critical Appreciation

- Essay writing: Types of Essays ( with the use of authentic material –

Newspaper)

UNIT IV:

Three Days to See by Helen Keller

Concept and elements of a biography, autobiography and memoir

Types of Narration

UNIT V:

The Cyber Age (Polymer Bank Notes)

Report Writing

- Eg: Report on the Economic Status due to Credit or Debit Card

Essay writing: Types of Essays ( with the use of authentic material –

Newspaper)

Debating Skills

- Eg: On Conventional Currency and Plastic Money

UNIT VI:

On Forgetting by Robert Lynd

Vocabulary: Text based words / meanings

Writing: Summarizing

Prescribed Text:

English for Professional Success – An Interactive Approach (Compiled by the Faculty of English, Department of Science and Humanities, Sreenidhi

Institute of Science and Technology)

Suggested Reading:


Murphy.


- Objective English- Edgar Thorpe And Showick Thorpe- Pea

- Test Your English Vocabulary In Use- Stuart Redman Ruth Gairns-Cambridge

University


x x


Engineering mathematics – II (Common to all Branches except BT)

Code: 5H213 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3


7. Evaluate the rank of matrix, and able to find the solution to a linear system. 8. Find Eigen values and Eigen vectors and their applications to find higher powers and inverse

of a matrix. 9. Form partial differential equations and find the solution to first order linear and nonlinear

partial differential equations. 10. Solve the problems in evaluating Laplace and inverse Laplace transforms and its applications

to solve ordinary differential equation with constant coefficients. 11. Solve problems on Z-transform and its application to solve difference equations. 12. Find the Fourier series of a function; solve the problems in finding Fourier transformations

and their applications. UNIT-I Matrices and Linear Systems: Rank of a Matrix, Echelon Form, Normal Form, Inverse of a Matrix by Gauss-Jordan method, Linear Dependence and Independence of Vectors, Solution of Linear Systems –Gauss Elimination Method, Rank method. Iterative methods - Gauss Jordon and Gauss Seidal Methods. Applications: Finding the current in electrical circuit. UNIT-II Eigen values and Eigenvectors: Eigen values and Eigenvectors- properties, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem (without proof) and its Applications to find higher power and inverse of a matrix, Diagonalization of a Matrix. UNIT-III Partial Differential Equations: Formation of partial differential equations by Elimination of Arbitrary Constants and Arbitrary Functions, Solutions of first order linear equation, Non-linear (Standard type) equations, Method of Separation of Variables. Classification of partial differential equations. Applications: One dimensional Wave, Heat equations. UNIT-IV Laplace Transformations: Laplace transform of standard functions, shifting theorems, change of scale property, Multiplication by powers of t, Divison by t, Laplace transform of unit step function, Impulse function and periodic functions. Inverse Laplace transforms: properties, partial fraction method and convolution theorem (without proof). Applications: Laplace transforms to solve ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. UNIT-V Z- transforms: Z- Transforms and Inverse Z-transforms, properties, damping rule, Shifting properties, Initial and final value theorems Convolution theorem (without proofs). Applications-Solution of difference equation by Z- transforms

UNIT-VI Fourier series: Fourier coefficients, Fourier series to the functions of any period p=2L, Fourier series of even and odd functions, Half-range Expansions. Applications: Fourier series to ordinary differential equations with boundary conditions. Fourier Transform: Fourier Sine and Cosine transforms, Finite fourier transform, Convolution, Parseval’s identity. Application: Solution of one dimensional heat and wave equations using Fourier transform. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 2. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 3. Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD university press. 4. Erwin Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8th Edition. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. A Text Book of KREYSZIG’s Engineering mathematics, Dr. A. Ramakrishna Prasad, Wiley Publications. 2. Advanced Engineering mathematics, S. R. K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Narosa Publishing House, London, 2002.


x x


Applied Physics – I (Common to EE, ECE and ECM)

Code: 5H223 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Outcomes:

1. Explain Semiconductor fundamentals, its properties and Hall Effect in semiconductors with its applications.

2 Explain fabrication of Semiconductor Devices with PN Junction and working of PN Junction and its I-V Characteristics.

3 Describe characteristics of different dielectric materials 4 Describe characteristics lasers

5 Explain Fiber Optics Principle, Acceptance Angle , its types , other features and applications of optical Fiber in communication system, Fiber Optic Sensors and Medical Endoscopy.

6 Discuss significance, features characteristics applications of Nanotechnology and Nano Materials.

Unit I Semiconductor Physics: Fermi Level in Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, calculation of carrier concentration of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, Direct & Indirect Band Gap Semiconductors, Thermistor, Hall Effect in semiconductors and its applications. Unit II Physics of Semiconductor Devices: Formation of PN Junction and working of PN Junction. Energy Diagram of PN Diode, Diode equation (Quantitative), I-V Characteristics of PN Junction. Applications: LED, Solar Cell, Photo diode. Unit III Dielectric Properties: Electric Dipole, Dipole Moment, Dielectric Constant, Electric Susceptibility, Electronic and Ionic polarizabilities (Quantitative) Orientation Polarization (Qualitative), Internal fields in Solids, Clausius-Mossotti equation, Frequency and temperature effect on Dielectrics (Qualitative), Piezo-electricity, pyro-electricity and Ferro-electricity, Applications. Unit IV Lasers: Characteristics of Lasers, Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission of Radiation, Meta-stable State, Population Inversion, Lasing Action, Einstein’s Coefficients and Relation between them and significance, Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser, Semiconductor Diode Laser, Applications of Lasers. Unit V Fiber Optics: Introduction, Principle of Optical Fiber, Acceptance Angle and Acceptance Cone,

Numerical Aperture, Types of Optical Fibers, Step index and graded index Fibers Attenuation in Optical Fibers. Applications: Optical Fiber communication system, Fiber Optic Sensors, Medical Endoscopy.

Unit VI Nanotechnology: Origin of Nanotechnology, Nano Scale, Surface to Volume Ratio, Quantum Confinement, Bottom-up Fabrication, Sol-gel, Precipitation, Chemical vapor Deposition (CVD); Top-down Fabrication; Thermal evaporation, Ball Milling, Characterization of Nano materials (XRD&TEM), carbon nano tubes (CNTs), Applications of Nano Materials. Text Books:

1. P K Palanisamy, Engineering Physics, Sitech Publications 2. B.K.Pandey, Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning

Reference Books:

1. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley Publisher 2. Dr.M.N.Avadhanulu, Engineering Physics, S Chand 3. Dekker, Solid State Physics 4. S.O.Pillai, Solid State Physics 5. Opto Electronics - John Senior.


x x x


DATA STRUCTURES AND C++ (Common to all Branches)

Code: 5E201 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Outcomes: 1 Explain Abstract data type, stack and Queues with their applications



4 Describe object oriented Programming approach and its elements

5 Write and explain programs on searching, sorting and hashing operations.

6 Explain and apply concepts of oops, write programs implementing function and operator overloading. Writing programs with inheritance.

UNIT I Introduction to data structures: Abstract data type (ADT), Stacks, Queues and Circular queues and their implementation with arrays. Applications of Stack: infix to post fix conversion, postfix expression evaluation. Applications of Queues Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter, a student should be able to: (i) Define what is an abstract data type (ii) Differentiate linear and non-linear data structures (iii) Representation and implementation of stack and queue using arrays. (iv) Convert the given infix expression to post fix notation and evaluate the postfix expression using stack. (v) Understand the applications of stack and queue. UNIT II Singly linked lists, Advantages of Linked lists over Arrays, Doubly linked lists, Circular list and their operations, representing stacks and queues with Linked lists. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i) Understand what is a linked list (ii) know how structurally the distinct categories of lists differ from each other (iii) implement various categories of lists such as singly linked lists, doubly linked lists and circular lists (iv) understand how to represent and implement stack and queue using linked list UNIT III Trees- Binary trees, terminology, representation, traversals. AVL trees, AVL tree operations: Insertion, deletion and searching. Graphs- terminology, representation, graph traversals (DFS & BFS). Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)understand the terminology and uses of trees and graphs(ii)explain distinct representations of trees as well the graphs(iii)analyze binary search tree(iv)construct binary search tree, given the elements and traverse the tree in pre-order, in-order and post-order(v)differentiate Depth First Search(DFS) and Breadth First Search (BFS) techniques and could traverse through the graph using DFS and/or BFS

UNIT IV Searching - Linear and binary search methods. Hashing-Hash table representation, Hash functions, Collision Resolution Techniques-Chaining, Linear probing, Quadratic probing, double hashing. Sorting - Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort. Performance analysis of Searching & Sorting Algorithms. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)understand what is meant by searching and could differentiate linear search operation performed on an ordered set of elements and an unordered set of elements(ii)differentiate the linear search and binary search techniques (iii)explain the procedure involved in binary search method(iv)understand the necessity of sorting techniques(v)list and implement different types of sorting techniques(vi)know and compare the time complexity of each sorting technique. UNIT V Introduction to C++ Programming-object oriented Programming concepts, Structured Vs OOP. Classes and objects-class definition, Objects, class scope and accessing members, Constructors-default constructor, parameterized constructor, copy constructor. Destructor. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)differentiate structured Programming approach and the object oriented Programming approach(ii)understand the terms class, object and could write simple programs in C++ (iii)understand how to use access specifiers (iv)explain the differences between constructor and normal function UNIT VI Static class members, this pointer, friend functions, Dynamic memory management with operators new and delete. Overloading-function overloading, Operator overloading, restrictions on operator overloading, overloading unary and binary operators, templates, inheritance: single, multiple and multi level inheritance. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)describe static class members(ii)make use of this pointer, friend function(iii)demonstrate the dynamic memory allocation and deallocation (iv)understand what is overloading and write programs on function overloading, operator overloading(v)understand and differentiate types of templates (vi)learn inheritance and its usage. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Data Structure through C by Yashavant Kanetkar. 2. The complete reference C++ By Herb Schildt. 3. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg & Behrouz A. Forouzan. REFERENCES: 1. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, John E. Hopcroft. Data structures and Algorithms. Addison Wesley, 1983. 2. Data structures using c Aaron M.Tenenbaum , Yedidyah Langsam,Moshe J Augenstein. 3. Introduction to Data structures In C By Kamtane


x x

Syllabus for B. Tech(EEE) I Year II semester

Engineering Drawing – II (Common to all branches)

Code: 5B202 L T P/D C 1 1 2 2 COURSE OUTCOMES: Students will be able: 7. To draw the various types of scales for different applications and using various types of units. 8. to understand the practical applications of development of various solids and draw their

developments 9. to understand the concept of three dimensional representations of simple and complex objects

through isometric projection principle given their orthographic representation 10. To convert pictorial (Isometric) views to orthographic views. 11. to understand the applications and draw the perspective views of various drawing entities 12. to understand the computer aided drafting technique and commands for generation of basic

entities of drawing UNIT – I Scales: Construction of Plain, Diagonal, Comparative, Vernier Scales and Scale of chords. UNIT – II Development of Surfaces: Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids, Cones and their parts. UNIT – III Isometric Projections/views: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric Views – Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids – Isometric Projection of objects having non- isometric lines. Conversion of Orthographic Views to Isometric Views of simple objects. UNIT –IV Transformation of Projections: Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views of simple objects. UNIT –V Perspective Projections: Principle, Perspective elements, Perspective View of Points, Lines, Plane Figures and Simple Solids - Vanishing Point Method, Visual ray method. UNIT –VI Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting: Generation of points, lines, curves, polygons, simple solids, dimensioning. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D. Bhatt / Charotar publishers 2. Engineering Drawing, K.L.Narayana and Kannaiah / Scietech publishers.

REFERENCES: 3. Engineering graphics with Auto CAD- R.B Choudary / Anuradha Publishes 4. Engineering Drawing, K.Venugopal/G.Sreekanjana, New Age International Publishers.

3. Engineering Drawing, Basanth Agarwal/CM Agarwal/ MG graw hill Education


x x

Syllabus for B. Tech I Year II semester Environmental Chemistry and Ecology

(Common to all Branches) Code: 5H232 L T P/D C

2 1 - 2 Course Outcomes: 1 Describe air pollution, control, global warming and elements of Environmental Technology.

Discuss about Sea water equilibrium.

2 Describe Ecosystem, Bio Diversity, threat to bio diversity and Conservation strategies such as Insitu and Exsitu conservation.

3 Explain concepts, classification and problems relating to natural resources. Describe environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources.

4 Explain Concept of sustainable development, Strategies for sustainable development. Describe Green Technology and its applications. Explain Toxicology and Biochemical effects of As, Cd, Pb, Hg, CO, NO2, SO2, CN-, O3, PAN and Pestisides.

5 Describe elements, features, classification and applications of polymers, Plastics,

rubber and conducting polymers. Explain need for Environmental protection from

Pollution.

6 Describe classification, features, usage and application of solid, liquid, gaseous Fuel. And Engineering applications of fuels Influence of Fuels on Environment.

UNIT-I POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY Atmosphere- Introduction –Atmospheric structure- Air pollution: causes, effects and Control measures, Case study: Bhopal disaster , Chernobyl disaster, acid rains, green house effect, ozone layer depletion, Global warming , CholoroFlouro carbons(CFC)Photochemical smog. Hydroshere - Sea water equilibrium. Water Pollution- use and over-exploitation, floods, drought, dams- benefits and problems, Rain water conservation, Marine Pollution, Micro organisms-The catalyst of Aquatic chemical reaction. Lithosphere- Inorganic & organic components in soil, Nitrogen pathways & NPK in soil. Soil pollution- soil erosion and desertification, Disaster management : floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides. Solid Waste Management- Effects of solid waste, Control measures of Urban and Industrial waste. UNIT - II ECOSYSTEMS and BIO DIVERSITY Environmental studies, definition and scope, Ecosystem - concept, Structure and Function, Ecological succession, Classification (Forest and aquatic Ecosystems), Biodiversity –Definition and types, Value of bio diversity, Hot spots, Threats to bio diversity, Conservation strategies: Insitu and Exsitu conservation. UNIT- III NATURAL RESOURCES Definition, classification, Forest resources-use and over-exploitation, deforestation, Forest Conservation Act, Energy resources-energy demand, renewable and non-renewable energy resources, alternate energy resources, Case studies. Food Resources-World Food problems, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, Mineral resources: Use and exploitation environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources.

UNIT –IV SUSTAINABLE CHEMISTRY AND GREEN TECHNOLOGY

Concept of sustainable development, Strategies for sustainable development- Wasteland

reclamation, -Environmental management, Green Technology - Introduction, Concepts,

Principles of green chemistry, development of green chemistry.

Engineering Applications- Manufacutre of polylactic acid for plastic production,

Production of biodegradable polymer (poly hydroxyl alkanoates (PHA).

Toxicology-Impact of toxic chemicals on Enzymes, Biochemical effects of As, Cd, Pb, Hg,

CO, NO2 ,SO2, CN-, O3 ,PAN and Pestisides.

UNIT - V POLYMER TECHNOLOGY Polymer, polymerization - Types of Polymerization.

Plastics – thermosetting and thermoplastics, preparation, properties and Engineering

applications of the following: PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, Nylon 6, 6 and epoxy resins.

Rubber – natural and artificial rubber, vulcanization of natural rubber, Buna-S, Buna-N and

their Engineering applications. Fibers-Natural and Synthetic (Polyamides & Polyesters)

Conducting polymers- classification, preparation of polyacetylene, polyaniline and their

Engineering applications. Effects of polymers on Environmental Pollution. UNIT - VI FUEL TECHNOLOGY Classification of Fuels- Solid, Liquid & gaseous fuels. Characteristics of good fuel , calorific value (HCV&LCV) . Determination of calorific value by Bomb calorimeter. Solid Fuels:- Coal and its chemical composition, Analysis of Coal and their importance. Liquid fuels:-Source –Petroleum-refining of petroleum- Production of petrol by Bergius process.- (the production of synthetic petrol).Biodiesel – Blends, Properties, Applications and Usage in Automobiles , Railways and Aircrafts. Advantages & disadvantages. Gaseous Fuels: - Natural gas –Analysis of flue gas by Orsat’s apparatus. Engineering applications of fuels Influence of Fuels on Environment.

TEXT BOOK:

3. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES by R. Rajagopalan Oxford University Press III Edition. REFERENCE BOOK: 1. ENVIONMENTAL STUDIES by Deeksha Dave & S.S.Katewa ,Cengage Publications (2012)

4. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY by A.K.DE , New Age Internationals(2014)


x x x x


Code: 5A201 Electrical and Electronics Engineering CIRCUITS and NETWORKS – I

L T P/D C 3 2 - 3

Course Outcome : 1. Concepts of active and passive elements, basics of network analysis and responce to different

types of inputs.

2. Fundamental concepts about network topology

3. Fundamental concepts about magnetic circuits.

4. Fundamental concepts about single phase AC circuits

5. Fundamental concepts about locus diagrams

6. Fundamental concepts about network theorms. UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS: Circuit concept, R – L – C parameters, Voltage and current sources, Independent and dependent sources, Source transformation, Kirchoff’s Laws, Network reduction techniques, Series, Parallel, Series - parallel, Star – to – delta and Delta – to – star transformation, Mesh analysis, Nodal analysis, Concept of super mesh and super node. Voltage current relationship for passive elements (for different input signals – square, ramp, saw tooth, triangular) UNIT – II: NETWORK TOPOLOGY: Definitions, Graph, Tree, Basic cut-set and basic tie-set matrices for planar networks, Loop and Nodal methods of analysis of Networks using graph theory, Duality & dual networks UNIT – III: MAGNETIC CIRCUITS: Basic terms in Magnetic Circuits, Comparison between electric and magnetic circuits, Composite magnetic circuit, Analysis of series, parallel magnetic circuits, Faraday’s Laws of electromagnetic induction, Concept of self and mutual inductance, Dot convention, Co-efficient of coupling. UNIT - IV: SINGLE PHASE A.C. CIRCUITS: R.M.S. and Average values, Form factor for different periodic wave forms, j Notation, Complex and polar forms of representation, Steady state analysis of R,L,C circuits (in series, parallel and series parallel combinations) with sinusoidal excitation, Concept of Reactance, Impedance, Susceptance and Admittance, Phase angle, Concept of power factor, Real, Reactive powers and Complex power. UNIT – V: LOCUS DIAGRAMS & RESONANCE: Locus diagrams of R-L, R-C circuits with variation of various parameters (series and parallel), Resonance in series, parallel circuits, Concept of band width and Q factor. UNIT – VI: NETWORK THEOREMS: Tellegen’s, Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power transfer, Millman’s and Compensation theorems with D.C.& A.C. excitations. TEXT BOOKS: 5. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6

th


rd edition.


th edition.


x x


Ethics, Morals, Gender Sensitization, and Yoga (Common to all Branches)

Code: 5H233 L T P/D C 1 1 - 1

COURSE OUTCOMES


Discriminate between right and wrong from their own behavior and judge the

same in others.

Understand how moral development involves thoughts, feelings, and

behaviors regarding right and wrong and get intrapersonal and interpersonal

dimensions.

Understand Engineer‘s Responsibility for safety and risk.

Understand rules and principles set by the society in a customary way.

Perceive gender literacy and understand the importance of gender perspective

and in turn delve into gender issues.

Understand and appreciate the importance of yoga for an enriched life style.

UNIT I: HUMAN VALUES AND MORALS Why Value Education, Understanding Social Factors, System, Structure and Source of Generic Values; Morals, Values and Ethics; Integrity; Work ethics; Service Learning-Civic Virtue-Respect for Others-Living Peacefully-Caring-Sharing; Honesty; Courage; Value Time; Cooperation; Commitment; Empathy; Self Confidence; Spirituality; Character; Loyalty; Confidentiality UNIT II: ENGINEERING ETHICS AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT Ethical Principles, Ethical Theories, , Use of Ethical Theories, Types of Inquiry, Engineering and Ethics, Engineering Ethics, Moral Autonomy of Engineers, Professional Ethics, Consensus and Controversy, Ethics in Business, Global business, Understanding Factors of Success, Human Aspirations, Personality and Our Identity, Understanding SELF, Happiness and Self-Interest, Positive Thinking, Custom and Religion, Understanding responsibility toward society, Understanding National and cultural Ethos; Professionalism UNIT III:ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION Comparison with Standard Experiments; Knowledge Gained; Learning from the Past; Engineer as Manager, Consultants and leaders and responsible social Experimenter; Engineers personality Trait, Big Five Personality model, Conscientiousness ,Accountability- Roles of Codes-Codes and Experimental Nature of Engineering; Engineer’s Responsibility for safety and Risk, Concept of Safety-Types of Risks UNIT IV: GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE Distinguish between Bribes and Gifts; Occupational Crimes; Globalization- Cross-Cultural Issues; Environmental Ethics; Internet and Computer Codes of Ethics Case Study: Ethics in Military and Weapons Development-Ethics in Research work

UNIT V: GENDER SENSITIZATION Introduction to Gender Study; Introduction to Gender Spectrum; Point of view; Gender and

Structure of Knowledge; Contribution of Women in growth and development as

Technologist, Scientist, R&D, GDP, Social Life, National Development, International

Perspective‖- Life Exemplary Madame Curie, Durga bai Deshmukh, Kalpana Chawla,

Chanda Kochar, Mary Kom, Indra Gandhi, Mother Teresa, Indra Nooyi, Golda Meir,

Margaret Thatcher and other achievers

UNIT VI: YOGA

Introduction to Yoga in India; Origin and Development; Theoretical understanding of yoga;

Stress Management : Modern and Yogic perspectives ; Tackling ill-effects of Frustration,

Anxiety and Conflict through modern and Yogic methods; Meditation Techniques;

Suryanamaskar; Pranayama.

TEXT BOOKS:

4. Indian Culture Values And Professional Ethics(For Professional Students)

by Prof.P.S.R.Murthy ; B.S.Publications. 5. Professional Ethics and Human Values by M. Jayakumar, Published by University Science

Press, 6. Telugu Academy, Hyderabad, 2015, Towards A World of Equals, A Bilingual Text Book on

Gender. REFERENCE BOOKS:

4. The Yoga Sutras of Patanjali by Swami Satchitananda

5. The Secret Power of Yoga by Nischala Joy Devi

6. Light on Pranayama by B.K.S. Iyengar

7. Books on the Art of Living by Poojya Sri Sri Ravi Shanker

8. Making It Relevant: Mapping the meaning of women’s studies in

Tamilnadu by Anandi S and Swamynathan P

9. Feminism is for Everybody; Passionate Politics by Bell Hooks

10. Gender by Geetha V

11. “Growing up Male” in what is worth teaching by K Kumar

12. The Lenses of Gender: Transforming the Debate on Sexual Inequality - Sandra

Lipsitz Bem

13. The Lenses Of Gender - by ANNE MURPHY


x x x

Syllabus for B. Tech(EEE) I Year II semester

DATASTRUCTURES AND C++ LAB (Common to all Branches)

Code: 5E271 L T P/D C - - 3 2

Course Outcomes: 1 Write programs to implement Stacks, Queues and circular queues. 2 Write programs using tree traversals. Inorder, preorder and post order. 3 Write Programs on searching and sorting operations. 4 Write programs on Binary trees. 5 Write programs in C++ to implement classes and operator overloading. 1. Write a C program that implement stack and its operations using arrays 2. Write a C program that implement Queue and its operations using arrays. 3. Write a C program that implement Circular Queue and its operations using arrays. 4. Write a C program that uses Stack operations to perform the following i) Converting infix expression into postfix expression ii) Evaluating the postfix expression 5. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on singly linked list: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal 6. Write a C program using functions to perform the following operations on circular singly linked list: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal 7. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on doubly linked list: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal in both ways 8. Write a C program to implement operations on the following Data structures Using Singly linked list: i) Stack ii) Queue 9. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following: i) Creating a Binary Tree of integers ii) Traversing the above binary tree in preorder, inorder and postorder. 10. Write C programs that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform the Following searching operations for a Key value in a given list of integers: i) Linear search ii) Binary search 11. Write C programs that implement the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers

in ascending order: i) Bubble sort ii) Insertion sort iii) Selection Sort 12. Write C programs that implement the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers in ascending order: i) Quick sort ii) Merge sort 13. Write a C++ program to read & display the details of student class with data members as name, rollno and 3 subjects’ marks. 14. Write a C++ program to implement all types of constructors. 15. Write a C++ program to implement operator overloading for addition of two complex numbers. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Data Structure through C by Yashavant Kanetkar. 2. The complete reference C++ by Herb Schildt. 3. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg & Behrouz A. Forouzan.


x x

B. Tech (EEE) I Year II semester

Engineering Physics Lab – II (Common to ALL)

Code: 5H282 L T P/D C - - 2/2 1 Course Outcomes: 1 Determine the Energy gap (Eg) of a semiconductor. Describe the characteristics of a

Thermistor. 2 Describe the Characteristics of a laser Diode. Determine Numerical aperture of an optical fiber.

3 Determine the frequency of an electrically vibrating tuning fork - using Melde’s apparatus. Describe and determine frequency of A.C signal generator – using Sonometer.

4 Determine rigidity modulus of a given material wire – using Torsional pendulum and acceleration due to gravity and radius of gyration - using compound pendulum

5 Verify of laws of Transverse Vibration of a stretched string - using Sonometer. Describe the characteristics of LED and determine forward resistance of a given LED.

11. Determination of Energy gap (Eg) of a semiconductor. 12. To study the characteristics of a Thermistor. 13. To study the Characteristics of a laser Diode. 14. Determination of a Numerical aperture of an optical fiber. 15. Determination of frequency of an electrically vibrating tuning fork - using Melde’s apparatus. 16. Determination of frequency of A.C signal generator – using Sonometer. 17. Determination of rigidity modulus of a given material wire – using Torsional pendulum. 18. Determination of acceleration due to gravity and radius of gyration - using compound

pendulum. 19. Verification of laws of Transverse Vibration of a stretched string - using Sonometer. 20. Study of characteristics of LED and determination of forward resistance of a given LED.

Note: Any SIX of the above Experiments are to be conducted


x x

Syllabus for B. Tech I Year II semester Engineering Workshop – II

(Common to ALL) Code: 5B272 L T P/D C - - 2/2 1

Course Outcomes:

4. Understand the various tools used for filing and perform fitting on simple joints. 5. To fabricate components made up of tin sheets. 6. to make simple wooden joints using carpentry tools

1. Introduction and Description:

Tools, Processes and procedures of Fitting, Tin Smithy and Carpentry 2. Fitting

To make a Square - Fitting as per the dimensions

To make a V - Fitting as per the dimensions 3. Tin Smithy

Preparation of Rectangular Tray

Preparation of Square box 4. Carpentry

To Make a Cross lap joint

To Make a T joint

Syllabus for B. Tech (EEE) I Year II semester Seminar on Science and its impact

(Common to ALL) Code: 5A292 L T P/D C - - 2 1 COURSE OUTCOMES: 1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.

2 Collect , survey and organize Content in presentable manner 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas. 4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking skills. 6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise.


Procedure:




may be asked to present in the subsequent slot / week. 5. Progress of the Seminars needs to be reviewed by the concerned HOD once in 15 days. 6. The evaluation for Technical Seminars has to be informed to students and displayed in

the classrooms. 7. Report and presentation must contain topic, introduction, explanation, diagrams, tables,








Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks


X

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –III L T P/D C Code: 5H314 Common to all branches except Bio-Technology) 3 2 0 3 Course Outcomes: Students will able to

7. Find the roots of algebraic and transcendental equations and can solve problems of numerical integration.

8. Solve problems using finite differences. . 9. Find the numerical solution of ordinary differential equations. 10. Evaluate integrals using special functions; understand the basic concepts of Bessel’s

function, properties. 11. Evaluate the limits, test the continuity and differentiability of a function. Also the student

can express the function in series form using Taylor’s and Laurent series methods. 12. Solve problems in conformal mapping.

UNIT-I

Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations: The Bisection Method – The Method of False

Position, Fixed point iteration Method – Newton-Raphson method,

Numerical integration: Newton-Cotes Quadrature Formula, Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 rule.

UNIT-II

Interpolation: Introduction-– Finite differences- Forward Differences, Backward differences, Central

differences. Newton’s interpolation formulae – Gauss Central Difference Formulae (without proofs), Lagrange’s Interpolation formula for unevenly spaced points. UNIT-III

Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series –Picard’s Method of

Successive Approximations –Euler’s Method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth order, Predictor-Corrector Method- Milne’s method. UNIT-IV

Special Functions: Beta, Gamma Functions –Applications: Evaluation of improper integrals.

Bessel’s Equation- Bessel function, Expansions of Bessel functions J0, J1, Recurrence formulae, Orthogonality, Generating function. UNIT-V

Complex Analysis: Limits, continuity and differentiation, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations,

Complex Integration : Complex integration, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula. Taylor’s

and Laurent’s series, Singularities and zeros, Cauchy’s Residue Theorem (without proofs). Applications: Evaluation of real integrals by means of residues. UNIT-VI

Conformal mapping: Translation, Inversion, Rotation and Magnification, Invariance of circles and cross ratio-

Determination of bilinear transformation- mapping three given points. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 2. Advanced Engineering mathematics, Alan Jeffrey. 3. Engineering mathematics, Srimanta Pal, OXFORD University press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A Text Book of KREYSZIG’s Engineering mathematics, Dr. A. Ramakrishna Prasad, Wiley Publications.

2. Advanced Engineering mathematics, S. R. K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Narosa Publishing House, London, 2002.


x x x x


SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN (Common to ECE/ECM/EEE/CSE)

Code: 5C302

After completing this course, the students will have demonstrated

xiii. an ability to understand number systems and apply the rules of Boolean

algebra to simplify Boolean expressions.

xiv. an ability to simplify of Boolean expressions using K-map.

xv. an ability to design MSI combinational circuits such as full adders,

multiplexers, decoders, encoders. Code converters.

xvi. an ability to design basic memory units (latches and flip-flops) and sequential

circuits such as counters and registers

xvii. an ability to design digital design using PLD‘s such as ROM‘s, PLA‘ s, PAL s.

xviii. an ability to design digital controllers using Algorithmic State Machine

Charts .

UNIT – I Number System: Binary, decimal, octal, hexa decimal, weighted and un-weighted codes. Boolean Algebra: Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra, Binary operators, postulates of and theorems. Boolean addition, subtraction, 1’s complement, 2’s complement. Switching functions, Canonical forms and Standard forms, Simplification of switching functions using theorems. UNIT – II Logic gates: Basic gates and universal gates. Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Prime implicants, don’t care combinations, Minimal SOP and POS forms, Quine-McCluskey Tabular Method, Prime Implicant chart, simplification rules. UNIT - III Combinational Logic design: Single output and multiple output combinational logic circuit design, AND-OR, OR-AND, and NAND/NOR realizations, Exclusive-OR and Equivalence functions, Binary adders/subtractors, Encoder, Decoder, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, MUX realization of switching functions, Parity bit generator, Code-converters, Contact Networks, Hazards and hazard free realizations. Applications: Design of a 16-bit Magnitude Comparator. UNIT - IV Sequential Circuits 1: Classification of sequential circuits (Synchronous, Asynchronous Pulse mode, and Level mode with examples). Basic flip-flops-Triggering and excitation tables. Conversions of flip flops.

L T P/D C 3 1 - 3

UNIT - V Sequential Circuits 2: The sequential circuit model. Asynchronous counters, Design of simple synchronous sequential circuits such as counters. Design of modulo-N counter, Ring counter, twisted ring counter. Shift registers Applications: Design of 1010 sequence detector UNIT - VI Programmable Logic Devices: Basic PLD’s-ROM, PROM, PLA, and PLD Realization of Switching functions using PLDs. Algorithmic State Machines: State machines and state diagrams. Applications: Design of a Weighing machine and Binary multiplier. Text Books:

7. Morris Mano-,Digital design –PHI, 2nd Edition. 8. Zvi Kohavi and Niraj K Jha -Switching & Finite Automata theory – Cambridge, 3rd Edition. 9. Subrata Ghoshal, Digital electronics,2012, Cengage Learning

References:

11. Fletcher -An Engineering Approach to Digital design – PHI. 12. Fundamentals of Logic design, Roth, Kenny, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning 13. R.P.Jain-Switching Theory and Logic design- TMH Edition,2003. 14. John M. Yarbrough -Digital Logic Applications and Design – Thomson Publications, 2006 15. CVS Rao -Switching Theory and Logic design –Pearson Education, 2005

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS

(Common to ECE/ECM/EEE) Code: 5C301


7. Understand the Principle of operation and applications of CRO.

8. Understand the operation of diode and its application as rectifier.

9. Understand the Fundamentals of BJT operation, Characteristics and different biasing

circuits.

10. Understand the Fundamentals of JFET operation, Characteristics and importance of

MOSFETs.

11. Understand the Small signal Model of BJT and Amplifier Analysis under CB, CE and

CC configurations.

12. Understand the Basic regulator circuits and voltage multipliers. UNIT-I ELECTRON DYNAMICS AND CRO: Motion of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields. Simple problems based on electric and magnetic fields. Electrostatic and magnetic focusing. Principle of CRT. Deflection Sensitivity (Electrostatic and Magnetic deflection). Parallel Electric and Magnetic fields. UNIT- II PN JUNCTION DIODE: P-N junction diode under forward & reverse bias. Transition capacitance and Diffusion capacitance. Break down of junctions (Avalanche and Zener Break down).Zener Diode Characteristics. Applications: Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier: Analysis.Problems based on rectifiers. Introduction to power supply filters.(L,C and π filters ) UNIT-III BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR: Fundamentals of BJT& Operation, Minority carrier profiles. I/P and O/P Characteristics CB, CE and CC configurations. Switching characteristics (Rise time, Fall time, Delay Time and Storage time) .Biasing Methods & Stabilization. Fixed Bias, Collector to Base Bias, Voltage Divider Bias and Problems, Thermal runway in BJTs. UNIT-IV FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR: Working of JFET, JFET characteristics, Drain current equation, FET Parameters, Small signal model of JFET. Construction and characteristics of MOSFET (Enhancement and depletion mode); Comparison of JFET & MOSFET .SCR: Two transistor Analogy and Characteristics, UJT: Operation and Characteristics. UNIT- V TRANSISTOR AMPLIFIERS: Small signal Model of BJT, h-parameter representation-Determination of voltage gain, current gain, input impedance, output impedance .CE Amplifier-its Analysis,Frequency Response. Problems. RC coupled amplifier: Analysis. Approximate analysis of CB and CC Amplifiers. Oscillators: Concept of feedback , Introduction to oscillators , Barkhausen criteria for oscillations. Applications: Design of a single-stage amplifier .

a b c d e f g h i j k L

X X x X

L T P/D C 3 1 - 3

UNIT-VI VOLTAGE REGULATORS: Terminology, Basic regulator circuit: Zener, Transistor Based: Shunt and Series Voltage regulators. Protection Circuits: Current limiting, Short circuit protection. Specifications of Voltage regulator, Voltage multipliers. Applications: Design of a Regulated power supply

Text Books

5. Electronic Devices and Crcuits-J.Millman, C.C.Halkias and satyabratha jit Tata McGraw Hill,2 Ed.

2007

6. Electronic Devices AND Circuits-R.L.Boylestad &Louis Nashelsky, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 9th edition,

2006.

References:

1. Integrated Electronics- J.Millman, C.C.Halkias, 1991 ed., 2008, TMH.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits – K.LalKishore, 2 ed., 2005, BSP

3. Electronic Devices: Systems and Applications – Robert Diffenderter, 2nd Indian Reprint., 2010,

Cengage Learning


5. Electronic Devices and Circuits by S.Salivahanan and N.Suresh Kumar, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications


x x x x

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester II year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 5A302 ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELDS L T P/D C

3 1 -- 3

After studying this course, the students will be able to 13. Understand the Principle of electrostatics.






UNIT – I ELECTROSTATICS: Coordinate systems-Cartesian, Spherical and Cylindrical coordinate systems- Conversion of coordinates to other systems. Electrostatic Fields – Coulomb’s Law – Electric Field Intensity (EFI) – EFI due to a line and a surface charge – Work done in moving a point charge in an electrostatic field – Electric Potential – Properties of potential function – Potential gradient – Guass’s law – Application of Guass’s Law – Maxwell’s first law, div ( D )=ρv-Laplace’s and Poison’s equations. UNIT – II ELECTRIC DIPOLE & CONDUCTORS: Electric dipole –Dipole moment – potential and EFI due to an electric dipole – Torque on an Electric dipole in an electric field, Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field. Behavior of conductors in an electric field, Conductors and Insulators, Current density – conduction and Convection current densities – Ohm’s law in point form – Equation of continuity. UNIT – III DIELECTRICS, CAPACITANCE & MAGNETO STATICS: Electric field inside a dielectric material – polarization – Dielectric – Conductor and Dielectric – Dielectric boundary conditions, Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors with composite dielectrics. Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart’s law – Oesterd’s experiment - Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to a straight current carrying filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current – Carrying wire – Relation between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI – Maxwell’s second Equation, div(B)=0- UNIT – IV AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW & FORCE IN MAGNETIC FIELDS: Ampere’s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of current and a long current carrying filament – Point form of Ampere’s circuital law – Maxwell’s third equation, Curl (H)=Jc, Field due to a circular loop, rectangular and square loops. Magnetic force - Moving charges in a Magnetic field – Lorentz force equation – force on a current element in a magnetic field – Force on a straight and a long current carrying conductor in a magnetic field – Force between two straight long and parallel current carrying conductors – UNIT – V MAGNETIC DIPOLE & MAGNETIC POTENTIAL: Magnetic dipole and dipole moment – a differential current loop as a magnetic dipole – Torque on a current loop placed in a magnetic field. Scalar Magnetic potential and its limitations – vector magnetic potential and its properties – vector magnetic potential due to simple configurations – vector Poisson’s equations. UNIT – VI SELF & MUTUAL INDUCTANCE AND TIME VARYING FIELDS:

Self and Mutual inductance – Neumans’s formulae – determination of self-inductance of a solenoid and toroid and mutual inductance between a straight long wire and a square loop wire in the same plane – energy stored and density in a magnetic field. Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Its integral and point forms –Maxwell’s fourth equation, Curl (E)=-∂B/∂t – Statically and Dynamically induced EMFs – Simple problems -Modification of Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields – Displacement current – Poynting Theorem and Poynting vector. TEXT BOOKS: 1. “Engineering Electromagnetic’s” - William H. Hayt & John. A. Buck Mc. Graw-Hill Companies, 7

th

Editon.2006. 2. “Electro magnetic Fields” - Sadiku, Oxford Publications REFERENCES: 1. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics” - D J Griffiths, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2nd edition 2. “Electromagnetics” - J P Tewari. 3. “Electromagnetics” - J. D Kraus Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 4

th edition 1992.

4. “Electromagnetic fields”, - S. Kamakshaiah, Right Publishers, 2007.


x x x x

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester II Year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 5A303 ELECTRICAL MACHINES – I L T P/D C

3 2 - 3

After studying this course, the students will be able to 11. Understand the constructional features & Principle of operation of DC machine.




15. Understand the various applications of DC machines. UNIT – I D.C. GENERATORS – CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION:



Problems.











D.C Motors, Principle of operation, Back E.M.F, Torque equation, Characteristics and application of shunt, Series and compound motors, Speed control of d.c. Motors: Armature voltage and field flux control methods. Ward-Leonard system, Principle of 3 point and 4 point starters, Protective devices, Problems. UNIT – VI TESTING OF D.C. MACHINES:


th edition.


rd edition, 2004.


x x x x


Code: 5A304 CIRCUITS and NETWORKS- II L T P/D C

2 2 - 3


13. Understand the three phase circuits.





18. Understand the Fourier analysis of AC circuits. UNIT – I: THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase sequence, Star and delta connection, Relation between line and phase voltages and currents in balanced


th edition.

2. Electric Circuits – T.Nagasarkar Oxford publications. REFERENCES: 5. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6

th


rd edition.


x x x x


II year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 5GC46 Applied Biology

L T P C 3 2 - 3

Unit I Introduction to Biology and its relevance to society Cell-functional unit of live organisms - prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell, cell organization – tissues - basic types -cell division: mitosis, meiosis. Application of biological sciences and biotechnology to human health care and medicines - pharmaceuticals and food and agriculture- pollution management and environment Unit II Introduction to Biomolecules Bimolecular classification, biological significance - carbohydrates, proteins and amino acids - lipids and fats - nucleic acids - vitamins-enzyme Unit III Human Physiology Human physiology - different systems associated with human- tissues, organ and physiology of the various systems: digestive, respiratory, circulatory, skeletal, nervous, excretory and reproductive system Unit IV Biomedical Instrumentation Block diagram of medical instrumentation system. Problems encountered with measurement from human beings. Generalized medical instrument specifications working of EEG, ECG, x ray machine, CT- scanners and ultrasound scanner. Cardiac pacemakers, defibrillators, ventilators and infant incubators Unit V Mechanochemistry Molecular machines/ motors- Engineering design inspired by examples in biology, biosensors and its applications in medicine, health care and industrial monitoring Unit VI Nano-Biotechnology: Definition of nanoscale with refences to biosystem. Nanoinfotech: information storage- nanocomputer, molecular switch, super chip, micro electro mechanical systems (mems), nano electro mechanical systems (nems)- nanosensors TEXT BOOKS: Satyanarayana, U. “Biotechnology”, 4th Edition, Books and Allied Pvt. Ltd. Kolkata, 2007. Lehninger A.L, Nelson D.L, Cox .M.M, “Principles of Biochemistry”,. CBS Publications 1993 REFERENCE: Biosensors, Elizabeth A. H. Hall, open University Press Biotechnology Series


x x

L T P C 4 2 - 4


Code: 5ZC11 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to give the student an overview of Supply Chain Management principles and practices *The students need Statistical Table to solve numerical problems.

Prerequisites: Knowledge of Production and Operations Management, Marketing Management and QABD taught in second semester of the programme. UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO LSCM: Logistics and Competitive strategy Understanding the Supply Chain. Objective

and Importance of Supply Chain Process View of Supply Chain. Competitive and Supply Chain Strategies,

Achieving Strategic Fit, Challenges of SCM

UNIT II

SUPPLY CHAIN DRIVERS AND METRICS: Drivers for Supply Chain Performance, Framework for

Structuring drivers. Facilities, inventory, transportation, information, sourcing and pricing. Obstacles to

Achieving fit. Designing the Supply Chain Network. Role of distribution in the Supply Chain, Factors

influencing network design, the role of network in the Supply Chain.

UNIT III DEMAND FORECASTING & AGGREGATE PLANNING IN SUPPLY CHAIN: Demand Forecasting in Supply Chain Components of forecast and forecasting methods. Role of IT in forecasting. Aggregate Planning in Supply Chain Planning Supply and Demand in A Supply Chain, Managing Predictable Variability. UNIT IV LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN RELATIONSHIPS: Benchmarking the logistics process and SCM operations –Mapping the supply chain processes – SCOR model – Supplier and distributor benchmarking –setting benchmarking priorities –identifying logistics performance indicators –Channel structure – channel relationships – Transportation, Inventory Planning & Managing - logistics service alliances. UNIT V WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT: Importance, Structure, Business process of warehouse management, product unit used for packaging and shipping, supply chain relevant for warehouse management, Goods receipt, Issue & Transfer within the warehouse, Warehouse management automation & IT integration, RFID. UNIT VI

MANAGING GLOBAL LOGISTICS AND GLOBAL SUPPLY CHAINS: Performance of Logistics and

Supply chain in India, Logistics in a global economy – views of global logistics- global operating levels –

interlinked global economy – The global supply chains -Global supply chain business processes.

Books Recommended:

Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindl: Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation,3/e, Pearson Education, New Delhi 2007.

Donald J.Bowersox and David J.Closs, Logistical Management: The Integrated Supply Chain Process, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

References:

Martin Christopher, Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Pitman, London.

B.S.Sahay, Supply Chain Management for Global Competitiveness, Macmillan, New Delhi.2003.

Philip B.Schary, Tage Skjott-Larsen: Managing the Global Supply Chain, Viva, Mumbai, 2006.

Monczka: Purchasing and Supply Chain Management Thomson, 2006.

Ballou, Business Logistics/Supply Chain Management5/e Pearson Education.

David Simchi-Levi, Philip Kaminsky,Edith Simchi-Levi, Designing and Managing The Supply Chain 2

nd ed. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,2006

Amit Sinha, Herbert Kotzab , Supply Chain Management A managerial Approach, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd, 2012.


Code: 5BC08 FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY L T P/D C

4 2 --- 4 UNIT I Fluid statics: Dimensions and units: physical properties of fluids- specific gravity, viscosity surface tension- vapor pressure and their influence on fluid motion- atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure – measurement of pressure- Piezometer, U-tube and differential manometers. UNIT II Fluid kinematics: Stream line, path line and streak lines and stream tube, classification of flows-steady & unsteady, uniform, non uniform, laminar, turbulent, rotational, and irrotational flows-equation of continuity for one dimensional flow. Fluid dynamics: Surface and body forces –Euler’s and Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a stream line, momentum equation and its application on force on pipe bend. UNIT III Closed conduit flow: Reynold’s experiment- Darcy Weisbach equation- Minor losses in pipes- pipes in series and pipes in parallel- total energy line-hydraulic gradient line. Measurement of flow: pitot tube, venturimeter, and orifice meter, Flow nozzle, Turbine flow meter Boundary Layer theory UNIT IV Basics of turbo machinery : Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat, inclined, and curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity diagrams, work done and efficiency, flow over radial vanes, Layout of hydroelectric Power Plant. Hydroelectric power stations: Elements of hydro electric power station-types-concept of pumped storage plants-storage requirements, mass curve (explanation only) estimation of power developed from a given catchment area; heads and efficiencies. UNIT V Hydraulic Turbines : Classification of turbines, impulse and reaction turbines, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine-working proportions, work done, efficiencies , hydraulic design –draft tube theory functions and efficiency. Performance of hydraulic turbines: Geometric similarity, Unit and specific quantities, characteristic curves, governing of turbines, selection of type of turbine, Cavitation, surge tank, water hammer, Hydraulic Ram. UNIT VI Reciprocating pumps: Working, Discharge, slip, indicator diagrams. Centrifugal pumps: Classification, working, work done – manomertic head- losses and efficiencies specific speed- pumps in series and parallel-performance characteristic curves, NPSH TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hydraulics, fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machinery MODI and SETH. 2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines by Rajput. REFERENCES: 1. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by D.S. Kumar, Kotaria & Sons. 2. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery by D. Rama Durgaiah, New Age International. 3. Hydraulic Machines by Banga & Sharma, Khanna Publishers. 4. Hydraulic Machines Including Fluidics PB by Jagdish Lal Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd. , 1994.


Code: 5BC07 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY

L T P/D C 4 2 --- 4

UNIT I Mechanical Behaviour of Metals: Theoretical shear strength of the material comparison to actual strength of various metal systems. Dislocation theory and slip phenomenon; Frank-Read Source of dislocation Dislocation pile-up; Theory of strain hardening: Temperature effect on deformation and strain hardening; Concept of single and poly crystals; Intermediate annealing Recovery Recrystallization and grain growth; Recrystallization temperature

UNIT II Fracture: Types of fracture Brittle & ductile fractures in Tension. Compression and pure Torsion. Fatigue and Theory of Fracture: S-N curve, types of fatigue loading, effect of mean stress on fatigue. Definition of creep, mechanism of creep, and curve, ductile to brittle transition temperature, the concept of equi-cohesive strength, Types of Fracture surfaces in Tension, Compression, Torsion, Fatigue and Creep in brittle and ductile materials.

UNIT III Heat Treatment: Steels: Types of Heat treatments ( Annealing, Tempering, Normalizing, Hardening, Spherodizing); TTT diagram; Effect of cooling rate on the phase-transformations; case-hardening methods (carburizing, Nitriding, carbo-nitriding, cyaniding, shot-peening, Induction Hardening, Flame Hardening)

UNIT IV

An Introduction to Advanced Materials: Composites: Classification, Metal Matrix Composites (MMCs), Cermets, C-C composites, Polimer matrix composites; applications of various composites. Introduction, and applications of SMART Materials Maraging steels and Nanomaterials..

UNIT-V Mechanical Behavior of Metals: Concept of single and polycrystals; Dislocation theory and slip phenomenon; Deformation behavior of BCC, FCC and HCP crystal structures. Theory of strain hardening: effect of temperature on properties of materials; Dislocation pile-up Frank-Read source of dislocations; Theory of cold-working and hot-working. Intermediate Annealing: Introduction, recovery, recrystallization and grain growth; recrystallization temperature, effect of grain size on strength and ductility. Creep: Mechanism of creep, creep-curve.

UNIT VI Fatigue and Theory of Fracture: S-N curve, types of fatigue loading, effect of mean stress on fatigue. Types of Fracture: Brittle & ductile fractures in Tension, Compression and pure Torsion. Fracture surfaces; Fatigue and creep fracture surfaces.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy / Sidney H. Avener. 2. Essential of Materials science and engineering/ Donald R.Askeland/Thomson.

REFERENCES: 1. Material Science and Metallurgy/Kodgire. 2. Materials Science and engineering / William and Collister. 3. Elements of Material science / V. Raghavan 4. Engineering Materials-2, An Introduction to Microstructure, Processing and Design – Micheal F Ashby &

David R H Jones 5. Mechanical Metallurgy / G.E. Dieter


Code: 5BC51 Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer L T P/D C

4 2 --- 4

UNIT – I Introduction: Basic Concepts : System, Control Volume, Surrounding, Boundaries, Universe, Types of Systems, Macroscopic and Microscopic view points, Concept of Continuum, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Property, Process, Cycle – Reversibility – Quasi – static Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of Irreversibility – Energy in State and in Transition, Types, Work and Heat, Point and Path function.

UNIT – II zeroth law of thermodynamics – Concept of quality of Temperature – Principles of Thermometry – Reference Points – Const. Volume gas Thermometer – Scales of Temperature, Ideal Gas Scale – PMM-I - Joule’s Experiments – First law of Thermodynamics – Corollaries – First law - applied to a Process and applied to a flow system – Steady Flow Energy Equation.

UNIT – III Limitations of the First Law – Thermal Reservoir, Heat Engine, Heat pump, Parameters of performance, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence / Corollaries, PMM of Second kind, Carnot’s principle, Carnot cycle and its specialties, UNIT – IV Introduction: Modes and mechanisms of heat transfer – Basic laws of heat transfer –General discussion about applications of heat transfer. Conduction Heat Transfer: Fourier rate equation – General heat conduction equation in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical coordinates. UNIT – V Simplification and forms of the field equation – steady, unsteady and periodic heat transfer – Initial and boundary conditions. One Dimensional Steady State Conduction Heat Transfer: Homogeneous slabs, hollow cylinders and spheres – overall heat transfer coefficient – electrical analogy – Critical radius of insulation One Dimensional Steady State Conduction Heat Transfer: Variable Thermal conductivity – systems with heat sources or Heat generation. Extended surface (fins) Heat Transfer – Long Fin, Fin with insulated tip and Short Fin, Application to error measurement of Temperature. UNIT – VI Free Convection: Development of Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical plate – Use of empirical relations for Vertical plates and pipes. Radiation Heat Transfer: Emission characteristics and laws of black-body radiation – Irradiation – total and monochromatic quantities – laws of Planck, Wien, Kirchoff, Lambert, Stefan and Boltzmann– heat exchange between two black bodies – concepts of shape factor – Emissivity – heat exchange between grey bodies – radiation shields – electrical analogy for radiation networks. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Thermodynamics / PK Nag /TMH, III Edition

2. Fundamentals of Engg. Heat and Mass Transfer / R.C.SACHDEVA / New Age International.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics – Sonntag, Borgnakke and Van Wylen / John Wiley & Sons (ASIA) Pvt. Ltd. 2. Heat Transfer / HOLMAN/TMH


Functional and Communicative Written English (FCWE) (Common to all branches)

Code: 5H373

COURSE OBJECTIVES


7. Acquire advanced level Communicative English competence

8. Develop Interpersonal Communication Skills

9. Participate in Group Tasks using effective language


UNIT I:

Difference between General and Technical Vocabulary

- General engineering/technical and branch specific

Collocations

Phrasal Verbs and Idioms

UNIT II:

Etymology

- Word root and origins

- Word analogy

Synonyms and Antonyms

One Word Substitutes

UNIT III:

Stages of Written Communication: Pre-Writing; Writing and Re-writing

Difference between General and Technical Communication

Components of Technical writing

- Audience analysis

- Usage of Language etc.

UNIT IV:

Report Writing

E-mail

Résumés / Curriculum Vitaé

UNIT V:

Group Discussion

g. Difference between debate and group discussion

h. Rules of Group Discussion

i. Team Skills

j. Group Etiquette

UNIT VI:

Presentation Skills

- Plan

- Prepare

- Practice

- Perform

- Precautions

A B C D E F G H I J K L

X X X X

L T P/D C 1 2 - 1

Text Book:

Advanced English Proficiency Course: Volume-I

Suggested reading:

- Let Us Hear Them Speak

- Developing Speaking-Listening Skills in English (With CD)

- Basic Communication Skills For Technology- Andrea J Rutherfoord- Pearson

- Developing Communication Skills- Krishna Mohan- Mac

- Written Communication Skills- Michael Hatton-iste

- Soft skills Know Yourself And Know The World- K Alex- S Chand


X X X X X

II Year, B. Tech (EEE) – I - Sem.

CODE: 5C371 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB

PART A: ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE (in 3 lab sessions): 1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components (Colour Codes), Potentiometers, Switches (SPDT,

DPDT, and DIP), Coils, Relays, Bread Boards. 2. Identification, Specifications and Testing of Active Devices, Diodes, BJTs, Low power JFETs, MOSFETs, Power

Transistors, LEDs, LCDs, SCR, and UJT. 3. Soldering practice – Simple Circuits using active and passive components. 4. Single layer and Multi layer PCBs (Identification and Utility). 5. Study and operation of


6. Study and Operation of CRO: Oscilloscope, CRT features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system, sweep, trigger Pulse, delay line, sync selector circuits, Dual trace oscilloscope, standard specifications of CRO, probes for CRO, Measurement of amplitude and frequency. Time Period measurement.

PART B: (For Laboratory examination – Minimum of 10 experiments) 1. PN Junction diode characteristics A. Forward bias B. Reverse bias. 2. Zener diode characteristics 3. Transistor CB characteristics (Input and Output) 4. Transistor CE characteristics (Input and Output) 5 Half wave Rectifier with and without filters. 6. Full wave Rectifier (Centre tapped and Bridge) with and without filters 7. FET characteristics 8. CE Amplifier 9. CC Amplifier (Emitter Follower). 10. FET amplifier (Common Source) 11. RC Phase Shift Oscillator 12.UJT characteristics 13. Hartley Oscillator. 14.SCR characteristics

L T P/D C

- - 3 2


x x x


Code: 5A371 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SIMULATION LAB L T P/D C

- - 3 2


Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year I semester SEMINAR ON TECHNOLOGY AND ITS IMPACT

Code: 5A393 COURSE OUTCOMES : 1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies.

2 Explain domain knowledge to resolve real time technical issues 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas. 4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking skills. 6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise.


Procedure:

Seminar in-charges shall highlight the significance of Technical Seminar in the first two sessions and enlighten the students on the utility of these Seminars.












Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

L T P/D C - - 2 1


X

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 5H416 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS L T P/D C (Common to All Branches) 3 2 0 3 Course Outcomes: Students

7. Learn basic concepts of probability and able to evaluate probability. 8. Will able to solve problems on discrete and continuous probability distributions. 9. Learn basic concepts of sampling distribution and able solve problems on estimation. 10. Will able to solve problems on correlation and regression. 11. Learn basic concepts of test of hypothesis and are able solve problems. 12. Learn fundamentals of design of experiments and Quality Control.

UNIT-I

Probability: The Axioms of probability, Addition theorem, conditional probability, Multiplication theorem,

Baye‘s Theorem. Random variable – Discrete and Continuous, probability mass and density functions,

expectation and variance.

UNIT-II

Probability Distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Gaussian (Normal) distribution–Related properties.

UNIT-III

Sampling Distributions: Populations and samples, Sampling distribution of the Mean ( - known) and the

sampling distribution of the mean (-unknown), proportions, sums and differences, Central limit theorem.

Estimation- Point Estimation, Interval Estimation, Bayesian Estimation.

UNIT-IV

Correlation and Regression: Types of correlation, coefficient of correlation, Properties. Methods of finding

the coefficient of correlation, Scatter diagram, direct method, Spearman‘s rank correlation, Karl Pearson‘s

formula. Types of Regression, linear regression, multiple regressions.

UNIT-V

Inferences Concerning Means and Proportions: Tests of Hypothesis, Type–I and Type-II Errors, Hypothesis testing concerning to one mean and two means of

large and small size samples. Test of Hypothesis Concerning to Proportions.

Test of significance: Student t-test, 2 test-Goodness of fit, Independence of Attributes and Elements of

ANOVA (one way and two way).

UNIT-VI

Statistical Design of experiments: Basic concepts of CRD, RBD and Latin square designs.

Quality Control: Control Charts –Control lines, determination of control limits, Types of control charts- Control charts for variables ( mean chart, Range chart) – charts for attributes (fraction defective, no. of defectives and defects for unit)

Text Books: 1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Miller and John E. Freund, PHI Publishers, 9

th Edition.

2. Probability and Statistics for Science and Engineering, G.Shnaker Rao, University Press. 3 .Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics: Gupta and Kapoor – S. Chand and Co. 4. Statistical Quality Control, M.Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai & Sons

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 5A405 ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II L T P/D C 2 2 - 2


x x x x


13. Learn basic concepts of single phase transformer. 14. Study about testing of single phase transformer and auto transformer. 15. Study about poly phase transformer. 16. Study about poly phase induction motors. 17. Study about torque speed characteristics and circle diagram of induction motor. 18. Study about different starting methods of induction motor.



Polyphase Transformers - Polyphase connections - Y/Y, Y/, /Y, / and open , Third harmonics in phase voltages-three winding Transformers-tertiary windings-determination of Zp, Zs and Zt transients in switching - off load and on load tap changing; Scott connection. UNIT- IV POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS: Polyphase induction motors-construction details of cage and wound rotor machines-production of a rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor frequency - rotor reactance, rotor current and pf at standstill and during operation- Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and their inter relation. UNIT-V - TORQUE- SPEED CHARACTERISTICS AND CIRCLE DIAGRAM OF INDUCTION

MOTORS:

Torque equation-deduction from torque equation- expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristic- Double cage and deep bar rotors - crawling and cogging - equivalent circuit - phasor diagram-Circle diagram-no load and blocked rotor tests-predetermination of performance.


Methods of starting and starting current and torque calculations-Speed control-change of frequency; change of poles and methods of consequent poles; cascade connection. Injection of an emf into rotor circuit (qualitative treatment only)-induction generator-principle of operation. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric machinery - A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Mc Graw Hill Companies, 5

th edition


REFERENCES: 8. Performance and Design of AC Machines – MG.Say, BPB Publishers 9. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery – Langsdorf, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies, 2

nd edition.

10. Electric Machines – I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 7th

Edition.2005

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 5A406 POWER SYSTEMS - I L T P/D C 3 1 - 3


x x x x

Course Outcomes: Students 13. Learn basic concepts of hydro electric and thermal Power Plants. 14. Study about gas and nuclear Power Plants. 15. Study about transmission line parameters and efficiency. 16. Study about performance of transmission lines. 17. Learn basic about over head insulators and mechanical design. 18. Learn fundamentals of underground cables.

UNIT -1 HYDROELECTRIC POWER STATION: Elements of hydro electric power station, Types, Concept of pumped storage plants, Storage requirements, Mass curve(explanation only) Estimation of power developed from a given catchments area, Heads and efficiencies Thermal power stations: Line diagram of Thermal Power Station (TPS) showing paths of coal, Steam, Water, Air, ash and flue gasses, Brief description of TPS components, Economizers, Boilers, Super heaters, Turbines, Condensers, Chimney and Cooling towers. UNIT -II GAS AND NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS: Nuclear Fission and Chain reaction, Nuclear fuels, Principle of operation of Nuclear reactor, Reactor Components, Moderators, Control rods, Reflectors and Coolants, Radiation hazards, Shielding and Safety precautions, Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR. Gas Power Stations, Principle of Operation and Components (Block Diagram Approach Only). UNIT-III TRANSMISSION LINE PARAMETERS: Types of conductors - calculation of resistance for solid conductors - Calculation of inductance for single phase and three phase, single and double circuit lines, concept of GMR & GMD, symmetrical and asymmetrical conductor configuration with and without transposition, Numerical Problems. Calculation of capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems, effect of ground on capacitance, capacitance calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical single and three phase, single and double circuit lines, Numerical Problems. UNIT-IV PERFORMANCE OF SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG LENGTH TRANSMISSION LINES: Classification of Transmission Lines - Short, medium and long line and their model representations -Nominal-T, Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical & Asymmetrical Networks, Numerical Problems. Mathematical Solutions to estimate regulation and efficiency of all types of lines - Numerical Problems. Long Transmission Line-Rigorous Solution, evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants, Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines, Wave Length and Velocity of Propagation of Waves - Representation of Long Lines - Equivalent-T and Equivalent Pie network models (numerical problems). UNIT-V OVERHEAD LINE INSULATORS: Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical Problems – voltage distribution, calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static Shielding. SAG AND TENSION CALCULATIONS: Sag and Tension Calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers, Effect of Wind and Ice on weight of Conductor, Numerical Problems - Stringing chart and sag template and its applications. Skin and Proximity effects - Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors -Ferranti effect - Charging Current - Effect on Regulation of the Transmission Line, Shunt Compensation. Corona - Description of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical voltages and power loss, Radio Interference.

UNIT-VI UNDERGROUND CABLES: Types of Cables, Construction, Types of Insulating materials, Calculations of Insulation resistance and stress in insulation, Numerical Problems. Capacitance of Single and 3-Core belted cables, Numerical Problems. Grading of Cables - Capacitance grading, Numerical Problems, Description of Inter-sheath grading. TEXT BOOKS: 1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar, A.Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat

Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd. 2. Electrical power systems - C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1998. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Analysis- John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC Companies, 4

th edition

2. Power system Analysis and Design - B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing. 3. Power system Analysis - Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition. 4. Modern Power system Analysis - I.J.Nagaraj and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw Hill, 2

nd Edition.

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 5AC07 CONTROL SYSTEMS L T P C 3 1 - 3


x x x

Course Outcomes: Students 13. Learn basic concepts of control systems. 14. Study about time response analysis. 15. Learn basic concepts of stability and root locus method. 16. Study about frequency response analysis. 17. Learn basic concepts stability analysis in frequency domain. 18. Learn fundamentals of state space analysis.

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Concepts of Control systems- Open Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences- Classification of control systems, Feed-Back Characteristics, Effects of feedback. Mathematical models – Differential equations, Impulse Response and transfer functions – Translational and Rotational mechanical systems Transfer function representation: Transfer Function of Synchro transmitter and Receiver, Block diagram representation of systems considering Electrical Systems as examples -Block diagram algebra – Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using Mason’s gain formula. UNIT-II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Standard test signals - Time response of first order systems – Characteristic Equation of Feedback control systems, Transient response of second order systems - Time domain specifications – Steady state response - Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of proportional derivative, proportional integral systems, PID controllers. UNIT – III STABILITY ANALYSIS IN S-DOMAIN: The concept of stability – Routh’s stability criterion – qualitative stability and conditional stability – limitations of Routh’s stability. Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept - construction of root loci-effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s)H(s) on the root loci. UNIT – IV FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Introduction, Frequency domain specifications-Bode diagrams-Determination of Frequency domain specifications and transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-Stability Analysis from Bode Plots. UNIT – V STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: Polar Plots-Nyquist Plots-Stability Analysis. CLASSICAL CONTROL DESIGN TECHNIQUES: Compensation techniques – Lag, Lead, Lead-Lag Controllers design in frequency Domain. UNIT – VI STATE SPACE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS: Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams, Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its Properties. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Automatic Control systems 8th edition –B. C. Kuo 2003– John wiley and sons. 2. Control systems Engineering – I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers, 2nd

edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3

rd edition, 1998.

2. Control systems – N.K.Sinha, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 3rd

Edition, 1998. 3. Control systems Engg. – NISE 3

rd Edition – John wiley.

4. “Modeling & Control of Dynamic Systems” – Narciso F. Macia George J. Thaler, Thomson Publishers.


X X X X X

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester L T P C

3 1 - 3 CODE : 5C446 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS

(For EEE only) After studying this course, the students will be able to






12. Understand the concept of power amplifiers and distortions present in amplifiers UNIT – I SINGLE STATE AMPLIFIERS DESIGN AND ANALYSIS Review of CE, CB, CC & CS amplifiers- classification of Amplifiers, Distortion in amplifiers – Approximate analysis, CE, CB, CC amplifiers comparison.

BJT & FET FREQUENCY RESPONSE Logarithms- decibels – General Frequency consideration – Low frequency analysis – Low frequency response of BJT amplifiers- low frequency response of FET amplifier – Miller effect capacitance – High frequency response BJT amplifier. Applications: Public Address systems UNIT – II

FEED BACK AMPLIFIERS: Concept of feedback, classification of feedback amplifiers, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics, voltage series shunt, current series and current shunt feedback configuration, simple problems.

OSCILLATORS Conditions for oscillations, RC and LC type Oscillators, Crystal oscillators, Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillators, Generalized analysis of LC oscillators, Quartz, Hartley, and Colpitts Oscillators, RC-Phase shift and Wien-bridge oscillators. Applications: Television, Radios UNIT – III

LINEAR WAVE SHAPING: high pass, low pass RC circuits, their response for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp inputs.

NON-LINEAR WAVE SHAPING: clippers and clampers: Diode clippers- Transistor clippers- clipping at two independent levels, Transfer characteristics of clippers, Emitter coupled clipper- comparators, Applications of voltage comparators, Clamping operation, clamping circuits with different inputs, clamping circuit theorem, practical clamping circuits, effect of diode characteristics on clamping voltage, transfer characteristics of clampers. Applications: Image Sharpening and smoothing, comparators, Switch mode power supplies, invertors, Converters. UNIT – IV SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS OF DEVICES: Diode as a switch, piecewise linear diode characteristics, Transistor as a switch, Break down voltage consideration of transistor, saturation parameters of transistors and their variation with temperature, design of transistor switch, transistor , Switching times.

Applications: Relays UNIT – V MULTI VIBRATORS: Analysis and Design of Bistable, Monostable, Astable Multi vibrators and Schmitt trigger using transistors and applications of Astable multivibrator and monostable multivibrator Applications: Pulse width modulation, Flip flops, timing circuits, frequency divider circuits UNIT – VI Large signal amplifiers: Class, A power amplifier, Maximum Value of efficiency of Class – A amplifier, Transformer couple amplifier, Push Pull Amplifier, complimentary symmetry circuits (Transformer Less class B Power Amplifier), Phase inverters, Transistor Power Dissipation, Thermal Runway, Heat sinks. Applications: Public Address Systems TEXT BOOKS:

3. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nasheisky, 9th

Edition 2007, Pearson Education.

4. Solid State Circuits - David A.Bell 4th

Edition, Prentice Hall of India. REFERENCES:

3. Introductory Electronic Devices and Circuits (Conventional Flow version) - Robert T.Paynter, 7th

Edition, 2009, PEI

4. Electronic Devices and Circuits- Ani K.Maini, Varsha Agarwal, 1st

Edition, Wiley.


x x x x

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 5BC04 ELEMENTS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Common to All Branches except Mechanical Engineering) L T P/D C

3 2 -- 3 COURSE OUTCOMES: Student should be able to




10. To acquire the knowledge about the working of hydraulic pumps & hydraulic turbines. 11. To acquire the knowledge to identify the different casting methods and welding methods and

their applications. 12. To acquire the knowledge to identify the different machine tools and their construction.

UNIT - I Thermodynamics: Basic concepts of Thermodynamics, Property of gases, Zeroth Law. First Law of

Thermodynamics and its applications, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, Air standard

cycles – Otto, Diesel Cycles.

Internal combustion engines: Internal combustion engines, definition, classification, components,

working of two-stroke, four stroke cycle engines, SI and CI Engines, Performance parameters, Need

for cooling, and lubrication of IC engines.

UNIT-II

Steam Power Plant, Boiler, Steam Turbines: Layout of steam Power Plant, Water tube and Fire

tube Boilers :- ―Cochron‖, Babcock and Wilcox Boiler and High Pressure Boilers. (Benson & La-

mount only).

Steam turbines:- Impulse & Reaction Turbines

Gas turbine-Power Plants: - Closed & Open cycle types

UNIT- III

Hydraulic pumps & turbines: - Centrifugal Pumps, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan Turbine -- Layout of Hydro electric Power Plant Refrigeration & Air conditioning systems: - Description of Vapour Compression and Vapour Absorption systems UNIT-IV Manufacturing Processes: Foundry Practice:- Patterns, Moulding and Moulding materials, casting methods-Sand Casting, Shell

mould Casting, Investment Casting, Die Casting ,Centrifugal casting – Principle and Application of these processes Welding:- Types of Welding- Electric Arc welding - Coated electrode, TIG welding & MIG welding, Gas welding and cutting, Resistance welding- Spot welding, Soldering and Brazing .

UNIT-V

Mechanical working :- Hot and Cold working, Rolling- Rolling products, Types of Rolling mills,

Forging-operations, forging methods, Extrusion-methods, Metal Spinning and Wire Drawing


UNIT-VI

Machine tools: Construction of lathe, shaper, drilling, milling, grinding and CNC machine tools-

Advantages, Machine controls, vertical & horizontal spindles.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mathur, M.L., Mehta, F.S. and Tiwari, R.P., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Jain Brothers,

New Delhi, 2005.

2. R.K. Rajput, ―Elements of Mechanical Engineering‖, Laxmi Publications, 1994.

REFERENCES:

1. P.N.Gupta, M.P. Poonia, ―Elements of Mechanical Engineering‖, Standard Publishers Distributors

Nai Sarak, Delhi.

2. R.C.Gupta, ―Mechanical Engineering‖, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.


x

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester

EFFECTIVE ENGLISH COMMUNICATION (EEC) (Common to ALL)

Code: 5H474

COURSE OBJECTIVES



2. Develop oratory skills

3. Hone the ―right‖ professional traits (Positive thinking, critical thinking etc)

4. Attain standard proficiency in all types of professional communication

UNIT I

Reading Comprehension

- Skimming / Scanning

- Speed Reading

- Prediction of Content

- Reading for Specific Information

- Reading for Gist

- Reading Scientific Text

- Reading NEWSPAPER

UNIT II:

Public Speaking

- Audience Analysis

- Overcoming Stage Fear

- Vocal Aspects

- Body Language

- Dos and Don‘ts

UNIT III:

Book Review

- Thematic Study – Main and Sub Plot

- Critical Review

- Character Analysis

UNIT IV:

Positive Attitude and Critical thinking

- Nurturing Positive Attitude and critical thinking

- Related Experiences

- Subjective and Objective Views / Perceptions

UNIT V:

Team Skills/Dynamics

L T P/D C - 1 2 1

- Difference between Group and Team

- Forming Teams

- Leading Teams

- Team Ethics

- Problem solving/conflict management

- Roles and Responsibilities (Leaders and Members)

UNIT VI:

Project Work

- Project work based on Survey and Analysis

- Project on Employability

- Project on Higher Education

- Project on Scholarship Awareness

- Project on Universities (India and Overseas)

Text Book:

Advanced English Proficiency Course: Volume-II

Suggested Reading: Mastering Communication at Work- Ethan F Becker, Jon Wortmann- Tmh Oral Business Communication- Urmila Rai and S M Rai- hph Strategies for Engineering Communication- Susan Stevenson Steve Whitmore- Wiley Essentials of Business Communication Skills for Engineers- Urmila Rai and M Rai- HPH Effective Communication and Public Speaking- S K Mandal- Jaico


x x

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE-I

Code: 5A472 Course Outcome : 1. Comprehend the concepts in the core and élective courses. 2. Exhibit technical knowlegde to face interviews. 3. Exhibit life long Learning skills for higher education and to persue Professional practice.


L T P/D C

- - - 1


x x x

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E) II Year B.Tech II Semester Code: 5A473 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – I L T P/D C - - 3 2 The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments: 1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator. Determination of critical field

resistance and critical speed. 2. Load test on DC shunt generator. Determination of characteristics. 3. Load test on DC series generator. Determination of characteristics. 4. Load test on DC compound generator. Determination of characteristics. 5. Hopkinson’s test on DC shunt machines. Predetermination of efficiency. 6. Fields test on DC series machines. Determination of efficiency. 7. Swinburne’s test and speed control of DC shunt motor. Predetermination of efficiencies. 8. Brake test on DC compound motor. Determination of performance curves. In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the following list are required to be conducted: 9. Brake test on DC shunt motor. Determination of performance curves. 10. Retardation test on DC shunt motor. Determination of losses at rated speed. 11. Separation of losses in DC shunt motor.


X X X X X X

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 5C483 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB

L T P/D C - - 3 2

Minimum ten experiments to be conducted:

1. Linear wave shaping. 2. Non Linear wave shaping – Clippers. 3. Non Linear wave shaping – Clampers. 4. Transistor as a switch. 5. Wien Bridge Oscillator using Transistors 6. RC Phase Shift Oscillator using Transistors 7. Astable Multivibrator. 8. Monostable Multivibrator. 9. Bistable Multivibrator. 10. Schmitt Trigger. 11. Common Emitter and Common Source amplifier 12. Current shunt and Feedback Amplifier 13. Class A Power Amplifier (Transformer less) 14. Class B Complementary Symmetry Amplifier

Equipment required for Laboratories: 6. RPS - 0 – 30 V 7. CRO - 0 – 20 M Hz. 8. Function Generators - 0 – 1 M Hz 9. Components 10. Multi Meters

Syllabus for B. Tech (E.E.E.) II Year B.Tech. II Semester TECHNICAL SEMINAR

Code: 5A494 COURSE OUTCOMES: 1 Deliver lecture on emerging technologies. 2 Explain domain knowledge to resolve real time technical issues 3 Demonstrate ability to lead and explain concepts and innovative ideas. 4 Demonstrate team leading qualities. 5 Demonstrate public speaking and lifelong learning skills for higher

studies and to pursue professional practice. 6 Exchange new information that would not have been available otherwise. 7. Develop debating and interview skills. Procedure:













Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

L T P/D C - - 2 1





S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 5H101 English – I 2 - --- 2 25 75







--- --- 2 1 25 75





12 5F172 IT work shop – I --- -- 2/2 1 25 75


--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 14 5 15 24 400 900


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 5H202 English – II 2 2 --- 2 25 75





6 5H232 Environmental Chemistry & Ecology

2 1 --- 2 25 75


8 5H233 Ethics, Morals, Gender Sensitization and Yoga

1 1 -- 1 25 75





Total 18 10 9 24 375 825


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext



3 1 --- 3 25 75

3 5C301 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 1 --- 3 25 75




7 Open Elective- I 3 2 3 25 75

8 5H373 Functional Communicative Written English (FCWE)

1 2 -- 1 25 75

9 5C371 Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab

--- --- 3 2 25 75


--- --- 3 2 25 75


--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 19 13 8 24 350 750

Open Elective- I

5GC46 Applied Biology

5ZC11 Logistics & Supply Chain Management

5BC08 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machinery

5BC07 Metallurgy & Material Science

5BC51 Thermodynamics & Heat Transfer


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext



3 5A406 Power system – I 3 1 --- 3 25 75




7 5H474 Effective English communication (EEC)

--- 1 2 1 25 75





Total 17 8 10 24 375 725


5DC03 Computer Organization and Architecture



5DC50 Digital System Design


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext


2 1 --- 2 25 75





6 Open Elective – II 2 1 -- 2 25 75

7 5H501 Quantitative aptitude -- -- 2 1 25 75

8 5A574 Group project -- -- 2 1 25 75



11 5A595 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-I

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 12 7 12 23 350 750


5CC57 Fundamentals of Signals And Systems Electronics Stream

5ZC20 Product and services TEP Stream

5EC26 SAP-I: SAP ABAP workbench fundamentals

SAP Stream

5HC46 Basic German Language Foreign Language Stream

5FC32 Data Base Systems Computer Stream


Management Stream

5GC47 Fundamentals of Bio - Informatics Bio Tech Stream

5BC61 Fundamentals of Smart Materials Mechanical Stream


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext


2 5DC05 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers

3 1 -- 3 25 75



5 5A613 Power Semi Conductor Drives 3 1 --- 3 25 75



8 5H601 Logical reasoning --- -- 2 1 25 75




12 5A696 Technical Literature Review and Seminar -II

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 17 6 10 24 400 800


5EC04 Fundamentals of Operating systems Computer Stream

5HC41 Basic French Language Foreign Language Stream

5ZC19 Entrepreneurship, Project management And Structured Finance

Management Stream

5EC27 SAP-II : SAP ABAP workbench concepts SAP Stream

5ZC05 General Management and Entrepreneurship TEP Stream

5GC48 Bio – Medical Instrumentation Bio Tech Stream

5BC63 Principles of Operations Research Mechanical Stream

Note: Industry oreiented Mini Project will be conducted by all students in summer vacation of III / IV B. Tech, II – Semester for a period of One Month. The report must be submitted in IV / IV B. Tech I –Semester and will have to be defended. Marks allotted are “100” and Two Credits are provided.


S.No. Subject Code


INT EXT

1 5ZC02 Management science 3 1 --- 3 25 75

2 5A714 Power system Analysis and Control 4 1 -- 4 25 75

3 5A715 Renewable Sources of Energy 3 1 -- 3 25 75



6 5A779 Project Phase –I -- 1 3 3 100 ---



9 5DC71 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers Lab -- -- 3 2 25 75


11 5A797 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-III --- --- 2 1 100 ---

15 6 14 28 425 675



5A725 Advanced Control systems

5A733 Switch Mode Power Conversion

5A727 Reactive power Compensation & Management



S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext





5 5A898 Technical Literature Review and Seminar-IV

--- --- 2 1 100 ---

Total 6 2 22 20 250 350

5A734 HVDC & FACTS



5CC56 VLSI and Embedded systems







5EC21

Neural Networks

5A831 Smart Grid

5A835 Energy Storage Systems


5A828 Power quality


B. Tech (Electrical & Electronics Engineering) Program objective

B. Tech in Electrical and Electronics Engineering program emphasizes the fundamentals of electrical & electronics in daily life. The first two years of this program begins with a set of introductory courses, like Mathematics, physics, English, computer languages (C, C++), circuits and networks, DC machines and introduction to power systems which provide students with a firm foundation in mathematics, Electrical, as well as communication skills. These courses include weekly labs in which students use state-of-the art techniques and equipments to create solutions to interesting problems. The last two years of study focuses on the concepts and techniques used in the design and development of advanced systems in electrical and electronics. In addition, students choose from a rich set of electives, which covers skills in demand. These advanced courses give broad opening for research and help them to choose specialization in their higher studies. A generous allotment of open electives allows students to learn foreign languages like French, German, Spanish; and it includes computing with a business focus. Students in this program pursue an inter-disciplinary course of study that combines strong foundation in electrical and electronics with a focus on interdisciplinary areas. This program is designed for students who seek to blend their abilities with skills in demand and skills specific to another domain to solve problems in that domain. Having completed this course, a student is prepared to work independently within a well structured design frame work in the job and for higher studies.









XI. Preparation: To prepare students to excel in postgraduate programmes or to succeed in electrical industry/technical profession through global, rigorous education.

XII. Core Competence: To provide students with a solid foundation in mathematical, scientific and engineering fundamentals required to solve engineering problems and also to pursue higher studies.

XIII. Breadth: To train students with good scientific and engineering breadth so as to comprehend, analyze, design, and create novel products and solutions for the real life problems.

XIV. Professionalism: To inculcate in students’ professional and ethical attitude, effective communication skills, team work skills, multidisciplinary approach, and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social context.

XV. Learning Environment: To provide student with an academic environment aware of excellence, leadership, written ethical codes and guidelines, and the life-long learning needed for a successful professional career.

Program Outcomes of EEE Department w) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of differential equations, vector calculus, complex

variables, matrix theory, probability theory, physics, chemistry and electrical and electronics engineering.

x) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, formulate and solve electrical engineering problems.

y) Graduate will demonstrate an ability to design electrical and electronic circuits and conduct experiments with Electrical Systems, analyze and interpret data.

z) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to design digital and analog systems and component.

aa) Graduates will demonstrate an ability to visualize and work on laboratory and multidisciplinary tasks.

bb) Graduate will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipment to analyze problems.

cc) Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of professional and ethical responsibilities. dd) Graduate will be able to communicate effectively in both verbal and written form. ee) Graduate will show the understanding of impact of engineering solutions on the society and

also will be aware of contemporary issues. ff) Graduate will develop confidence for self education and ability for life-long learning. gg) Graduate who can participate and succeed in competitive examinations like GATE, GRE.


Program Outcomes


I X X X

II X X X X X X

III X X X X

IV X X X X

V X X

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 5ZC01 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

L T P C 2 1 - 2


x x

Course Objective: To make the students understand the concepts and principles of Business Economics at micro level and basic principles of Financial Accounting and Analysis, which facilitate them in making better planning and decisions? Course Out Comes: 7) Understand the basics of Business Economics at Micro level and Demand analysis in particular.

8) Understand Production patterns and various Costs involved.

9) Understand different types of Markets, Business organizations and Pricing strategies.

10) Enrich students with basic concepts of Financial Accounting.

11) Understand basic concepts of Depreciation and Final accounts.

12) Increase Competence of Analyzing Financial Statements.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Definition, Nature and Scope of Business Economics–Demand Analysis: Demand Determinants, Law of Demand and its exceptions, Elasticity of Demand and Demand Forecasting. UNIT II: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS Production Function – Isoquants and Isocosts, Internal and External Economies of Scale, Laws of Returns. Cost Analysis: Cost concepts, different types of costs, cost control and cost efficiency, Break-even Analysis (BEA)-Determination of Break-Even Point (simple problems). UNIT III: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETS Market structures: Types of competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition. Pricing strategies, transfer pricing and performance measurement, Price-Output Determination in case of Perfect Competition and Monopoly UNIT IV: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Definition of Accounting, Concepts and conventions, principles of Double-Entry system, Book Keeping, Overview of books of original records Journal, Ledger and Subsidiary books UNIT V: DEPRECIATION OF FIXED ASSETS AND FINAL ACCOUNTS Depreciation, Depreciation of fixed assets, Methods of Depreciation – Straight line method and Diminishing Balance method Classification of revenue and capital expenses, Trial Balance, Final Accounts - Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments. UNIT VI: RATIO ANALYSIS Introduction to Ratio analysis – Leverage ratios – Liquidity ratios – Turnover ratios – Profitability ratios, Du-pont chart. (Simple problems) TEXT BOOK: 2. Aryasri: Managerial economics and Financial Analysis, 2/e, TMH, 2005.

REFERENCES: 4. Ambrish Gupta, Financial Accounting for Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi.

5. H. Craig Peterson & W. Cris Lewis, Managerial economics, PHI, 4th Ed.

6. Suma Damodaran, Managerial economics, Oxford University Press.


Code: 5CC16 LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x x


To maintain the right blend of theory and practice in analyzing and designing a wide variety of applications using IC 741 op-amps.

To acquaint the learners with a wide variety of Digital ICs families, and their applications in various digital circuits and systems.


CO1 Demonstrate the concepts of Differential Amplifier and Operational Amplifier and their characteristics.

CO2 Design the basic circuits using Operational Amplifiers.

CO3 Explore, design and analyze Filters, Timers, Voltage Controlled Oscillator and Phase Locked Loop.

CO4 Demonstrate the design and analyze Oscillators, D/A Converters and A/D Converters.

CO5 Classify and characterize the various Logic Families.

CO6 Explore the combinational and sequential logic ICs in design of various digital systems.

Unit-I: OPAMP & ITS CHARACTERISTICS Differential Amplifiers and its Characteristics. Op-Amp Block Diagram, Ideal OP-AMP Characteristics, DC and AC Characteristics. 741 Op-Amp and its Features and Characteristics. Parameters Measurement: Offset Voltage and Current, Slew Rate and CMRR. Frequency Compensation. Unit-II: BASIC APPLICATIONS OF OP-AMPs Adder/Subtractor, Difference Amplifier, Instrumentation Amplifier, Differentiator, Integrator, V/I & I/V Converters, Comparators, Multivibrators, Square and Triangular Waveform Generators, Clippers, Clampers, Peak Detector, S/H circuit. Unit-III: FILTERs, TIMERs & PLLs Filters: Introduction, Butterworth Filters- First and Second Order Active Filters- LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF. Introduction to 555 Timer, Functional Block, 555 timers as Monostable and Astable Multivibrators and Applications, Schmitt Trigger. Voltage Controlled Oscillator (IC 566), Phase Locked Loop. Applications: Design of visitors counter using 555 timer. Unit-IV: OSCILLATORS, D/A AND A/D CONVERTERS Oscillators: Introduction, Design and Analysis of Wein Bridge, RC Phase shift Oscillators using op-amp. D/A Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, R-2R Ladder, Weighted Resistor, Inverter R-2R type D/A Converter, IC 1408 DAC. A/D Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, Counter Type, Dual Slope, Successive Approximation and Flash types A/D Converters. Unit-V: LOGIC FAMILIES Classification of IC Logic Families. Standard TTL NAND & NOR Gate-Analysis & Characteristics, TTL Open Collector Outputs. Tristate TTL. MOS & CMOS Logic, Open Drain and Tristate Outputs. ECL. Comparison of Various Logic Families. IC interfacing, TTL driving CMOS & CMOS driving TTL. Course Outcomes: The students learnt and explored the knowledge of classifying and characterizing the logic circuits of various Logic Families. UNIT VI: TTL-74XX Series ICs: COMBINATIONAL AND SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS Decoders. Priority Encoders, Multiplexers, Arithmetic Circuit ICs-Parallel Binary Adder. Flip-flops- D flip-flop, JK flip-flop, T flip-flop and Master-slave JK flip-flop. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters. Decade counters. Universal Shift Register. Applications: Design of Digital clock

TEXT BOOKS:

2. D. Roy Chowdhary, Linear Integrated Circuits , New Age Publications (P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2003

3. Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps & Linear ICs, PHI, 1987.


REFERENCES:


2. R.F.Coughlin & Fredrick Driscoll, Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, PHI, 6th

Edition.

3. K. Lal Kishore, Linear Integrated Circuit Application, Pearson Educations, 2005.

4. Millman, Micro Electronics, McGraw Hill, 1988.



Code: 5A508 ELECTRICAL MACHINES - III L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x

Corse Objective: It deals with the detailed analysis of Synchronous generators and motors which are the prime source of electrical power generation and its utilities. Also concerns about the different types of single phase motors which are having significant applications in house hold appliances and control systems. Course Outcomes: After completion of this course the students are able to







UNIT – I CONSTRUCTION AND PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Constructional Features, Armature windings, Integral slot and fractional slot windings, Distributed and concentrated windings, Distribution, Pitch and winding factors, E.M.F Equation. UNIT-II SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR CHARACTERISTICS: Harmonics in generated E.M.F., Suppression of harmonics, Armature reaction, Leakage reactance, Synchronous reactance and impedance, Experimental determination, Phasor diagram, Load characteristics. UNIT – III REGULATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Regulation by synchronous impedance method, M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method and A.S.A. methods, Salient pole alternators, two reaction analysis, Experimental determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test) Phasor diagrams, Regulation of salient pole alternators. UNIT – IV PARALLEL OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Synchronizing alternators with infinite bus bars, synchronizing power torque, parallel operation and load sharing, Effect of change of excitation and mechanical power input. Analysis of short circuit current wave form, Determination of sub-transient, Transient and steady state reactance’s. UNIT – V SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Principal of operation, Phasor diagram, Power flow equation, Variation of current and power factor with excitation, Power circles, Synchronous condenser, Hunting and its suppression, Methods of starting. UNIT – VI SINGLE PHASE AND SPECIAL MOTORS: Single phase induction motor, constructional features, double revolving field theory, elementary idea of cross, Field theory, Split-phase motors, and Shaded pole motor. Principle & performance of A.C. Series motor, Universal motor, Stepper motor and reluctance motor. TEXT BOOKS 1. Electric Machines –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishers, 7

th Edition.

2. Electrical machines - P.S. Bimbra, Khanna Publishers. REFERENCES: 1. The Performance and Design of A.C.Machines – M.G.Say, ELBS and Ptiman & Sons. 2. Electric Machinery – A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 5

th edition.


edition. 4. Electromachanics-III (Synchronous and single phase machines) -S.Kamakashiah, Right Publishers.


3 1 3


x x x x

Course Objective: With the advent of semiconductor devices, Revolution is taking place in the power transmission distribution and utilization. This course introduces the basic concepts of power semiconductor devices, Converters and choppers and their analysis. Course Outcomes: After completion of this course the students are able to

13) Understand the construction and operation of various power semiconductor devices and analyze about the series and parallel operation of SCRs.

14) Analyze the operation of different configurations of single phase converters for different loads. 15) Analyze the operation of different configurations of three phase converters for different loads. 16) Explain the operation of different type‘s choppers.



UNIT – I POWER SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES: Thyristors, Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR’s), BJT, Power MOSFET, Power IGBT, DIAC, TRIAC, GTO and their characteristics. Basic theory of operation of SCR, Static characteristics, Two transistor analogy, Turn on and turn off methods, Dynamic characteristics of SCR, Turn on and Turn off mechanism., SCR, UJT firing circuit, Series and parallel connections of SCR’s, Snubber circuit details, Specifications and Ratings of SCR’s, BJT, IGBT. UNIT – II SINGLE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS: Phase control technique, Single Phase Line commutated converters, Midpoint and Bridge connections; Half controlled and Fully controlled converters, Derivation of average load voltage and current with R and RL loads, UNIT – III THREE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS: Three phase half controlled and fully controlled bridge converters with R and RL loads, Effect of Source inductance, Waveforms, Numerical Problems. UNIT – IV CHOPPERS: Choppers, Time ratio control and Current limit control strategies, Step down choppers Derivation of load voltage and currents with R, RL and RLE loads, Step up Chopper, load voltage expression, Jones chopper and waveforms, Problems, Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost choppers.(Qualitative treatment). UNIT – V INVERTERS: Inverters, Single phase inverter, Half and Full bridge VSI & CSI inverters, Waveforms, Voltage control techniques for inverters, Three phase inverters with 120degrees and 180 degrees mode of conduction, Pulse width modulation techniques (Multiple Pulse and Sinusoidal), Numerical problems. UNIT –VI AC VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS & CYCLO CONVERTERS: AC voltage controllers, Single phase two SCR’s in anti parallel with R and RL loads, Derivation of RMS load voltage, current and power factor wave forms, Firing circuits, Numerical problems, Cyclo converters, Single phase midpoint cyclo converters with Resistive and inductive load (Principle of operation only), Bridge configuration of single phase cyclo converter (Principle of operation only), Waveforms TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power electronics - P.S.Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers. 2. Power electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications - M. H. Rashid, Prentice Hall of India, 2

nd edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Power electronics - Vedam Subramanyam, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers. 2. Power electronics - V.R.Murthy 1st edition, OXFORD University Press. 3. Power electronics - P.C.Sen,Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing. 4. Power electronics - M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company.


3 1 3


x x x x

Course Outcomes:


voltage control.


tariff.





UNIT – I POWER FACTOR AND VOLTAGE CONTROL: Causes of low p.f, Methods of Improving p.f, Phase advancing and generation of reactive KVAR using static Capacitors, Most economical p.f. for constant KW load and constant KVA type loads, Numerical Problems. Dependency of Voltage on Reactive power flow, Methods of Voltage Control, Shunt Capacitors, Series Capacitors, Synchronous Capacitors, Tap changing and Booster Transformers UNIT-II ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF POWER GENERATION AND TARIFF METHODS: Load curve, Load duration and integrated load duration curves, Load, Demand, Diversity, Capacity, Utilization and plant use factors, Numerical Problems, Costs of Generation and their division into Fixed, Semi - fixed and Running Costs. Desirable Characteristics of a Tariff Method, Tariff Methods, Flat Rate, Block-Rate, Two-part, Three –part and power factor tariff methods and Numerical Problems. UNIT - III SUBSTATIONS & GROUNDING: Classification of Substations, Air insulated substations, Indoor & Outdoor substations, Substations layout showing the location of all the substation equipment, Bus bar arrangements in the sub-stations, Simple arrangements like single bus bar, sectionalized single bus bar, and Main and transfer bus bar system with relevant diagrams. Gas insulated substations (GIS): Advantages of Gas insulated substations, Single line diagram of gas insulated substations, Comparison of Air insulated substations and Gas insulated substations. NEUTRAL GROUNDING: Grounded and Ungrounded Neutral Systems, Effects of Ungrounded Neutral on system performance, Methods of Neutral Grounding, Solid, Resistance, Reactance, Arcing Grounds. UNIT – IV SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS: Per Unit System of Representation, Per Unit equivalent reactance network of a three phase Power system, Numerical Problems. SYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS Short Circuit Current and MVA Calculations, Fault levels, Application of Series Reactors, Numerical Problems. . UNIT-V SYMMETRICAL COMPONENT THEORY: Symmetrical Component Transformation, Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components: Voltages, Currents and Impedances. Sequence Networks: Positive, Negative and Zero sequence Networks, Numerical Problems. UNSYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS: LG, LL, LLG faults with and without fault impedance, Numerical Problems UNIT-VI -GENERAL ASPECTS OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: D.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS:

Classification of Distribution Systems - Comparison of DC vs AC and Under-Ground vs Over - Head Distribution Systems- Requirements and Design features of Distribution Systems-Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in D.C Distributors for the following cases: Radial D.C Distributor fed one end and at the both the ends (equal/unequal Voltages) and Ring Main Distributor. A.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in A.C. Distributors for the following cases: Power Factor referred to receiving end voltage and with respect to respective load voltages. TEXT BOOKS 1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar and A.Chakraborti,

Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd. 2. Principles of Power systems - V.K Mehta and Rohit Mehta S.CHAND& COMPANY LTD., New Delhi. REFERENCES: 1. Electrical Power systems - C.L.Wadhawa New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers. 2. Electrical Power generation, Transmission and Distribution - S.N.Singh., PHI.

III Year, B. Tech – I - Sem. CODE: 5CC57 FUNDAMENTALS OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-II) L T P C

2 1 2


X X X X



Functions.











UNIT I: SIGNALS Signals. Classification of Signals. Periodic. Non-periodic. Energy and Power Signals. Exponential and Sinusoidal Signals. Concepts of Impulse Function. Unit Step Function. Signum Function. SIGNAL ANALYSIS - Analogy between Vectors and Signals. Orthogonal Signal Space. Signal Approximation using Orthogonal Functions. Mean Square Error. Closed or Complete Set of Orthogonal Functions. Orthogonality in Complex Functions.

UNIT-II: FOURIER REPRESENTATION OF CONTINUOUS TIME SIGNALS

PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier series. Properties of Fourier series. Dirichlet’s Conditions. Trigonometric. Exponential & Compact (Cosine) Fourier series. Fourier Spectrum. NON- PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier Transforms. Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier Series. Fourier Transform of Arbitrary Signal. Standard Signals. Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals. Properties of Fourier Transforms. Fourier Transforms Involving Impulse and Signum Functions. Introduction to Hilbert Transform. Applications: Implementation of Signum function in MATLAB.

UNIT-III: SIGNAL TRANSMISSION THROUGH LINEAR SYSTEMS


UNIT-IV: CONVOLUTION AND CORRELATION OF SIGNALS

Concept of Convolution in Time Domain and Frequency Domain. Graphical Representation of Convolution. Convolution Properties. Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions. Properties of Correlation Function. Energy Density Spectrum. Parseval’s Theorem. Power Density Spectrum. Relation between Auto Correlation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density Function. Relation between Convolution and Correlation. LAPLACE TRANSFORMS - Review of Laplace Transforms. Partial Fraction Expansion. Inverse Laplace Transform. Concept of Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms. Constraints on ROC for Various Classes of Signals. Properties of LT. Relation between LT and FT of a Signal. Laplace Transform of Certain Signals using Waveform Synthesis. Laplace Transform of a Periodic Signals. Applications: Pole-zero calculation of 1 KHz Butterworth filter.

UNIT-V: SAMPLING

Sampling Theorem. Graphical and Analytical Proof for Band Limited Signals. Impulse(Ideal) Sampling. Natural(Chopped) Sampling and Flat Top(S&H) Sampling. Reconstruction of Signal from its Samples. Effect of Under Sampling . Aliasing. Introduction to Band Pass Sampling. Applications: Design of a 8 KHz audio sampler

UNIT-VI : Z–TRANSFORMS


TEXT BOOKS:



Edn.

REFERENCES:


Edition.


x x


CODE: 5ZC20 PRODUCT AND SERVICES (OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

L T P C 2 1 2

Course Objectives: This course helps to provide the basic concepts of Product and services. This course will enable the students to study areas of basic insights in product management and Services Design. Course Out Comes: 1) The students will be introduced to basic concepts of product. 2) Will enlighten the students with the process of new product development and stages in the process. 3) Will help the students understand the concept of product testing, product planning and the preparatory groundwork for launching a new product 4) Will help the students to understand the nature of services, its differences with the goods and the application of marketing principles for services. 5) Will enlighten the students to understand the attributes of a good service design and the tools for producing and distributing the services. 6) To make the students understand about the importance of quality of services and also introduce some measurement scales to evaluate the service quality. UNIT- I: PRODUCT AS A COMMERCIAL FACTOR Product concept: premarketing, product definition, product dimensions. Product classification- by its nature, by final use by reasons for purchase, by consumer groups. UNIT- II: PRODUCT INNOVATION New products-What is a new product, Concept, Reasons, Succeed and failure factors, Launch process, Opportunities identification, Idea generation Systems, Evaluation, Check list, Financial analysis, Product concept. UNIT- III: PRODUCT MANAGEMENT Concept test, Product testing, Pre-launch, Market test, Final evaluation “Stage / Gate Process” A sequence system for a product launch. Product planning and development-Product planning, Price planning, Bake even point analysis, Communications Planning, Advertising Planning, Distribution planning UNIT - IV: INTRODUCTION TO SERVICE: Meaning and Definition of Service, Characteristics of Services, Classification of Service, Five levels of Service, Service verses Physical Goods, 7 P’s for Marketing of Services, Marketing Mix for Tourism, Hospitality, Education, and Health Industry. UNIT – V: SERVICE PROCESS DESIGN: Challenges & Critical Success Factors, Distribution Methods for Service, Process of Service Delivery, Tools for Service Design, Customer involvement in the Production Process, Tools for Innovation, Role of Intermediaries, Attributes of a Good Design. UNIT – VI: QUALITY OF SERVICE: Definition of Service Quality, Elements of Service Quality, Service Quality Measuring Tools; SERVQUAL Scale, Service Quality Gap Analysis, Objective Service Metrics, Cost of Quality in Service. Challenges and Problems of Service Quality in Inida.

ESSENTIAL READINGS: 1. Dr. S.L. Gupta, Product Management, Wisdom Publications

2. C.Merle Crawford ,New Product Management

3. Valarie A.Zeithaml & Mary Jo-Bitner: Services Marketing—Integrating Customer Focus Across the

Firm, 3/e, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

4. Thomas J.Delong & Asish Nanda: Managing Professional Servies—Text and Cases, McGraw-Hill

International, 2006.

5. Christopher Lovelock: Services Marketing People, Technology, Strategy, Fourth Edition, Pearson

Education, 2006

III Year B.Tech I semester SAP-I: SAP ABAP Workbench Fundamentals



x x x Code: 5EC26 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2

Course Objective

5. Understand the SAP NetWeaver AS fundamentals




Course Outcomes

4. To acquire through knowledge of SAP Net weaver architecture, ABAP fundamentals (like language




Unit Content Hours

1 Introduction to enterprise resource planning(ERP) 4

5. ERP explained




2 SAP Net weaver application server fundamentals 8

5. SAP systems and SAP applications portfolio


7. System core


3 ABAP Work bench foundations - Part 1 10

5. ABAP Program processing




4 ABAP Work bench foundations - Part 2 10

6. Complex data objects, structures and internal tables





5 ABAP Dictionary 10

8. Domains, Data elements and structures


10. Input Checks



13. Views

14. Search Helps

6 Classical UI Programming 10

3. Selection Screens


TEXTBOOKS:

5. ABAP Workbench Fundamentals, Part 1, SAP India 6. ABAP Workbench Fundamentals, Part 2, SAP India REFERENCES: www. training.sap.com/in/en


Code: 5HC46 (Open Elective – II) Basic German Language

L T P/D C 2 1 - 2


x

Unit –I

Definite and Indefinite articles(including negation)

Noun: Gender and Plural forms, cases (nominative, accusative, dative & genitive) Unit –II

Verb: Strong and Weak verbs, Verbs with separable and inseparable prefixes, modal verbs, position of verb in the main and subordinate clauses, auxiliary verbs, reflexive verbs in accusative and dative cases, imperative constructions

Unit –III

Pronouns: personal, possessive, reflexive, interrogative and demonstrative

Prepositions: with the accusative, dative and with both these cases Unit –IV

Adjective :declension with the Indefinite article Definite article Without article With the indefinite pronoun Degrees of comparison (also adverbs),ordinal numbers, adjectives as nouns

Conjunctions: subordinating and coordinating with respect to the position of the verb Unit –V

Pretaritum of sein and haben

Perfect tense Unit –VI

Negatin: of a sentence and words therein.

Sentence structure: general principles observed in German Language.

TEXT BOOK: 1. Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn, Oliver Bayerlein., Studio d A 1.2005 Comelsen Verlag, Berlin.

REFERENCES: 1. Rosa –Marie Dallapiazza, Eduard von Jan, Till Schonherr,unter Mitarbeit von Jutta Orth-Chambah

Tangram aktuell 1 –Lektion 1-4, Lektion 5 - 8 Max Hueber Verlag. Munchen. 2009

2. Jutta Muller, Thomas Storz, 2006. Laguna. Heuber Veerlag, Ismaning. Deutschland


x x x


Code: 5FC32 Database Systems (Open Elective – II)

L T P/D C 2 1 - 2






3. A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, ―Database System and Concepts‖, 5th

Edition McGraw-Hill.

4. Rob, Coronel, ―Database Systems‖, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning.


x x

L T P C 2 1 0 3

B. Tech. III Year I semester Code: 5ZC03 BANKING OPERATIONS, INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective – II) Course Objectives: To make the students understand the concepts and principles of Indian Banking Business, Insurance Business and Capital market business products and services, which facilitate them to understand the nature of market. Course Out Comes: 1) Describe the new dimensions and products served by the banking system in INDIA. 2) Explain the credit control system and create awareness on NPA’s 3) Apply the knowledge of Insurance concepts in real life scenarios 4) Recognize the importance of regulatory and legal frame work of IRDA 5) Identify the risk management process and methods. 6) Calculate the diversity of risk and return UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BANKING BUSINESS: Introduction to financial services - History of banking business in India, Structure of Indian banking system: Types of accounts, advances and deposits in a bank. KYC norms, New Dimensions and products- E-Banking: Mobile-Banking, Net Banking, Digital Banking, Negotiable Instruments: Cheque system. UNIT II BANKING SYSTEMS AND ITS REGULATION: Banking Systems: Branch Banking, Unit Banking, Correspondent Banking, Group Banking, Deposit Banking, Mixed Banking and Investment Banking - Banking Sector Reforms with special reference to Prudential Norms, Capital Adequacy Norms, Classification of Assets and NPA’s, Functions of RBI, Role of RBI in regulating Indian Banking. Banking Ombudsman scheme. UNIT III INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE: Introduction to insurance, Need and importance of Insurance, principles of Insurance, characteristics of insurance contract, branches of insurance and types of insurance: Life insurance and its products, General Insurance and its variants. UNIT IV INSURANCE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT: Procedure for issuing an insurance policy –Nomination - Surrender Value - Policy Loans – Assignment - Revivals and Claim Settlement; Insurance as a tax mitigation tool, Role of IRDA in Insurance Regulation. UNIT V FINANCIAL MARKETS AND RISK MANAGEMENT: Introduction to Financial Markets: Money Market – Capital market; Introduction to Risk Management, meaning and classification of risks, Risk management process, Risk Management Approaches and Techniques. UNIT VI DERIVATIVES AS A RISK MANAGEMENT TOOL: Introduction to Financial Derivatives, Advantages of Derivatives - types of Derivative Contracts - Forwards, Futures, Options and Swaps - Differences among Forwards, Futures and Option Contracts.

TEXT BOOKS:




REFERENCES:

1. Scott E. Harringam Gregory R. Nichanus: Risk Management & Insurance, TMH, 2009.

2. Geroge E. Rejda: Principles of risk Management & Insurance, 9/e, pearson Education. 2009.


L T P C 2 1 0 3

B. Tech. III Year I semester Code: 5GC47 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOINFORMATICS


COURSE OUTCOMES:

1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the biological, computational, Engineering and mathematical

sciences relevant to biotechnology

2. Analyze and interpret homology by using basic bioinformatics problems and their solutions

3. Demonstrate the ability to solve biological problems using basic computer science Programming

tools and software

4. Develop the ability to identify the computational problems within the living Systems at molecular level

5. Develop the ability to evaluate the evolutionary relationships among various Organisms using computational methods. 6. Gain an understanding of working in interdisciplinary teams of biologists, Biochemists, medical researchers,

geneticists, and allied engineering branches.

UNIT I : SCOPE OF BIOINFORMATICS and BIOLOGICAL DATABASES History, definition, importance and applications of bioinformatics in information technology, Introduction to biological data, Organization and management of databases, Nucleotide databases (Genbank), Protein Databases (UNI PROT) UNIT II: SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT Database searching, Basic concepts of sequence homology Dynamic programming, Dot Matrix analysis, Smith-Waterman Algorithm, Neddleman-Wunsch Algorithm, Scoring matrices: PAM and BLOSUM matrices UNIT III: SEQUENCE-BASED DATABASE SEARCHES BLAST and FASTA algorithms, various versions of basic BLAST and FASTA, Use of these methods for sequence analysis including the on-line use of the tools and interpretation of results. UNIT IV: MULTIPLE SEQUENCE ALIGNMENT Basic concepts of various approaches for MSA algorithms (e,g. progressive, hierarchical etc.). Algorithm of CLUSTALW and its application UNIT V: PHYLOGENETIC ANALYSIS Definition and description of phylogenetic trees. Distance based and character based algorithms of phylogenetic analysis UNIT VI: GENE AND PROTEIN STRUCTURE PREDICTION Introduction to Next Gen sequencing

,Biological sequence/structure, Human Genome Project, Gene structure and DNA sequences, Pattern

recognition and prediction, Protein Secondary structure prediction methods, Algorithms of Chou Fasman, GOR

methods. Protein homology modeling.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bioinformatics. David Mount, 2000. CSH Publications REFERENCES: 1. Bioinformatics: A Machine Learning Approach P. Baldi. S. Brunak, MIT Press 1988. 2. Genomics and Proteomics-Functional and Computational aspects. Springer Publications. Editior-Sandor Suhai. 3. Bioinformatics- Methods and Protocols-Human Press. Stephen Misener, Stephen A. Krawetz. 4. Bioinformatics – A Practical guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins – Andreas D.Baxevanis, B.F. Francis Ouellette.

a b c d e f g h i j k l X X X X X X X


x x

L T P C 2 1 0 2

B. Tech. III Year I semester Code: 5BC61 FUNDAMENTALS OF SMART MATERIALS


Course Objectives: To provide the knowledge on principles of smart materials, their functions and applications. Course Outcomes: After studying this course the student will be able to:

1. Apply the knowledge for developing/producing sensors, devices based on the assimilated know-how of composites, ceramics, electro-magnetic materials, shape memory alloys, and their properties.

2 Develop/process new sensing and actuating smart devices based on the assimilated knowledge on the principles of phase transformations.

3 Evaluate shape memory materials, electro rheological fluids and develop newer applications.

4 Comprehend the principles of operation of optical fibers, actuators, and methods of analyses employed in smart materials.

5 To apply the principles for developing smart skins for aerospace and transportation vehicles.

6 To develop or process sensors and actuators for MEMS using shape memory alloys, PZT actuators.

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION: Characteristics of composites and ceramics materials, Electro-magnetic materials and shape memory alloys-processing and characteristics UNIT – II: SENSING AND ACTUATION: Principles of electromagnetic, acoustics, chemical and mechanical sensing and actuation, Types of sensors and their applications, their compatibility conventional and advanced materials. Principles and characterization. UNIT – III: CONTROL DESIGN: Design of shape memory alloys, Types of MR fluids, Characteristics and application, principles of MR fluid value designs, Magnetic circuits, MR Dampers, Design issues. UNIT – IV: OPTICS AND ELECTROMAGNETIC: Principles of optical fiber technology, characteristics of active and adaptive optical system and components, and manufacturing principles. UNIT – V: STRUCTURES: Principles of drag and turbulence control through smart skins, applications in environment such as aerospace and transportation vehicles, manufacturing, repair and maintainability aspects. Controls: Principles of structural acoustics analog and digital feedback controls, Dimensional implications for structural control. UNIT – VI: PRINCIPLES OF VIBRATION AND MODAL ANALYSIS: PZT Actuators, MEMS, Magnetic shape Memory Alloys, Characteristics and Applications. Information Processing: Neural Network, Data Visualization and Reliability – Principles and Application domains.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Analysis and Design’, A. V. Srinivasan, ‘Smart Structures –Cambridge Universities Press, New York, 2001, (ISBN: 0521650267) 2. ‘Smart Materials and Structures’, M V Gandhi and B S Thompson Chapmen & Hall, London, 1992 (ISBN: 0412370107) 133 REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. ‘Smart Materials and Structures’, Banks HT, RC Smith, Y Wang,Massow S A, Paris 1996 2. G P Gibss’ Adaptive Structures’, Clark R L, W R Saunolers, JhonWiles and Sons, New York, 1998 3. An introduction for scientists and Engineers’, Esic Udd, OpticSensors : Jhon Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991 (ISBN :0471830070)

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 5H575 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE L T P C 2 1


x x

Course Objective : Learn and practice problems on numbers systems, ratios, mensuration and relations to Excel in and competitive examinations. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, students should able to 1. Solve problems related to number systems












TEXT BOOKS: 1. Quantitative aptitude by R.S.Agarwal 2. Quantitative aptitude by Abhijit Guha


L T P/D C - - 2 1


x

Course Objective : To acquaire basic knowledge on selecting a projcet , learn related tools and enhance Programming and communication skills for employabilty. Pre-Requisites: All Courses till this semester Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to











x



To Design and analyze the various circuits and systems using Digital ICs. Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

CO1 An ability to explore the applications of IC 741 OP-AMP.

CO2 An ability to understand and implement generate square and Triangular waveforms using 555 Timers

CO3 An ability to design D to A converters and its applications

CO4 An ability to implement combinational designs using TTL Ics.

CO5 An ability to understand and implement sequential designs using TTL Ics

Part A (Linear IC Application Lab): (At least Six Experiments) Design and testing of

20. OP AMP Applications – Adder, Subtractor, Comparator Circuits. 21. Active Filter Applications – LPF, HPF (first order) 22. Function Generator using OP AMPs. 23. 4 bit DAC using OP AMP. 24. IC 555 Timer – Monostable and Astable Operation Circuit. 25. IC 566 – VCO Applications. 26. Phase Locked Loop


27. 3x8 Decoder using IC 74x138 28. 8 x1 Multiplexer using IC 74x151 29. 4-bit Binary Adder using IC 74x283 30. Priority encoder using 74x148 31. D Flip-Flop IC 74x74 32. Decade counter using IC74x90




x x x x

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 1. An ability to explore the applications of control systems.



L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


X X


Code: 5A595 TECHNICAL LITRETURE REVIEW AND SEMINAR-I


practice.






and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks


Code: 5GC49 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

L T P C 1 1 1


x x x x x

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO IPR: Discovery, Invention, Creativity, Innovation, History & Significance of IPR, Overview of IPR -Patent, Copyright, Trade Mark, Trade Secret , GI, Industrial Design & Integrated Circuit, Non-patentable criteria UNIT II: PATENTS: Patents- Patentability Criteria, Types of Patents-Process, Product & Utility Models, Software Patenting and protection, Patent infringement- Case studies- Apple Vs Samsung, Enfish LLC Vs Microsoft, Overview of Patent search-Types of Searching, Public & Private Searching Databases, Basics of Patent Filing & Drafting, Indian Patents Law UNIT III: COPYRIGHTS AND GEOGRAPHICAL INDICATIONS: Types of Copyrights, Procedure for filing, copyright infringement, Copyright Law, Geographical Indications -Tirupati Laddu, Darjeeling Tea, Basmati rice UNIT IV: TRADEMARK AND TRADE SECRETS: Trade Marks –Commercial importance, protection, registration, Case Studies- Sabena and Subena, Castrol Vs Pentagon, Trade Secrets- Case Studies-Kentucky Fried Chicken (KFC), Coca-Cola UNIT V: PROTECTION OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS & INTEGRATED CIRCUITS: Industrial Designs – Scope, protection, filing, infringement; Integrated Circuits & Layout design, Semiconductors, Unfair competition, Designs Act. UNIT VI: INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS & TREATIES: Overview of WTO, GATT, TRIPS, WIPO, Berne Convention, Rome convention, Paris Convention, Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT), Madrid Protocol, Budapest Treaty, Hague agreement TEXT BOOKS: 4. Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property for Paralegals – The law of Trademarks, Copyrights,

Patents & Trade secrets, 3rd

Edition, Cengage learning, 2012

5. N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Agitha, Principles of Intellectual Property, Eastern Book Company,

Lucknow, 2009.

REFERENCES: 6. M. M. S. Karki , Intellectual Property Rights: Basic Concepts, Atlantic Publishers, 2009

7. Neeraj Pandey & Khushdeep Dharni, Intellectual Property Rights, Phi Learning Pvt. Ltd

8. Ajit Parulekar and Sarita D‘ Souza, Indian Patents Law – Legal & Business Implications; Macmillan

India ltd, 2006.

9. B. L. Wadehra. Law Relating to Patents, Trade Marks, Copyright, Designs & Geographical Indications;

Universal law Publishing Pvt. Ltd., India 2000.

10. P. Narayanan; Law of Copyright and Industrial Designs; Eastern law House, Delhi, 2010

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 5DC05 MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERS

L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x










nd Edition, 1999.




nd Edition.


III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 5A611 SWITCH GEAR AND PROTECTION L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x

Course Outcomes:







UNIT –I POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS Types of System Transients - Traveling or Propagation of Surges - Attenuation, Distortion, Reflection and Refraction Coefficients - Termination of lines with different types of conditions - Open Circuited Line, Short Circuited Line, T-Junction, Lumped Reactive Junctions (Numerical Problems). Bewley’s Lattice Diagrams (for all the cases mentioned with numerical examples). UNIT – II PROTECTION AGAINST OVER VOLTAGES: Generation of Over Voltages in Power systems, Protection against Lightning Over Voltages ,Valve type and Zinc-Oxide Lighting Arresters, Insulation Coordination -BIL, Impulse Ratio, Standard Impulse Test Wave, Volt-Time Characteristics. UNIT – III CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Elementary principles of arc interruption, Restriking Voltage and Recovery voltages, Restriking Phenomenon, Average and Max. RRRV, Numerical Problems, Current Chopping and Resistance Switching, Types and Numerical Problems, Auto recloser’s. Description and Operation of following types of Circuit Breakers: Minimum Oil Circuit Breakers, Air Blast Circuit Breakers, Vacuum and SF6 Circuit Breakers. CB ratings and Specifications. UNIT – IV ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAYS: Principle of Operation and Construction of Attracted armature, Balanced Beam, Induction Disc and Induction Cup relays. Relays Classification, Instantaneous, DMT and IDMT types, Application of relays, over current, under voltage relays, Directional relays, Differential relays and Percentage Differential Relays. Universal torque equation, Distance relays, Impedance, Reactance, Mho and Off-Set Mho relays, Characteristics of Distance Relays and Comparison UNIT – V STATIC RELAYS: Static Relays, Static Relays verses Electromagnetic Relays. Amplitude and phase comparators, coincidence type phase comparators, static over current relay, definite over current relay, static directional over current relay, static impedance relay, static reactance relay, advantages and disadvantages of static relays, Microprocessor based relays. UNIT – VI GENERATOR, TRANSFORMER, FEEDER AND BUS-BAR PROTECTION: Protection of generators against Stator faults, Rotor faults, and Abnormal Conditions. Restricted Earth fault and Inter turn fault Protection. Numerical Problems on % Winding Unprotected. Protection of Transformers, Percentage Differential Protection, Numerical Problem on Design of CT s Ratio, Buchholtz relay Protection. Protection of Lines, Over Current, Carrier Current and Three-zone distance relay protection using Impedance relays. Translay Relay. Protection of Bus bars, Differential protection. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, New Age international (P) Limited, Publishers, 3

rd edition.

2. Protection and Switchgear- Bhavesh Bhalja, R. P. Maheshwari, N.G. Chothani, Oxford University Press, 1

st edition.

3. Power system Protection and Switchgear – Badri Ram, D.N Viswakarma, TMH Publications. REFERENCES: 1. Fundamentals of Power system Protection –Paithankar and S.R.Bhide.,PHI. 2. Art & Science of Protective Relaying – C R Mason, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 3. Switchgear and Protection – Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publlishers 4. A Text book on Power system Engineering – B.L.Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat Rai &

Co.


Code: 5A612 MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objective: The basic principles of all measuring instruments and in measurement of electrical and non-electrical parameters viz., Resistance, Inductance, Capacitance, voltage, current Power factor, Power, Energy, Strain, Temperature, Torque, Displacement etc. and the different types of electrical and non electrical transducers. It introduces the different signal analyzers and oscilloscopes. Course Outcomes The student should be able to 13. Understand the principle of operation of different types of instruments viz., PMMC, moving iron type of








the range of them.






UNIT-I MEASURING INSTRUMENTS- INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS: Significance of Measurement, static characteristic of system- Linearity, Sensitivity, Precision, Accuracy - Classification - Deflecting, Control and Damping torques, Ammeters and Voltmeters, PMMC, Moving iron type instruments, Expression for the Deflecting torque and Control torque, Errors and Compensations, Extension of range using Shunts and Series resistance. UNIT –II: INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS Introduction, advantages, burden of instrument transformer, Current Transformer - errors in current transformer, Effect of secondary open circuit, Potential transformer- errors in potential transformer, Testing of current Transformers with silsbee’s method. Power Factor Meters: Type of P.F. Meters, Dynamometer and Moving iron type, 1- ph and 3-ph meters. UNIT –III MEASUREMENT OF POWER& ENERGY: Single phase dynamometer wattmeter-LPF and UPF-Double element and three element dynamometer wattmeter, Expression for deflecting and control torques, Extension of range of wattmeter using instrument Transformers, Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced systems, Single phase induction type energy meter, Driving and braking torques, Testing by phantom loading, Three phase energy meter . UNIT - IV MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE - MAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS- A.C. BRIDGES: Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer, Standardization, Measurement of unknown resistance, current, voltage. Method of measuring low- Medium and High resistance, sensitivity of Wheatstone’s bridge, Carey Foster’s bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge for measuring low resistance, Measurement of high resistance, loss of charge method, Measurement of inductance, Quality Factor, Maxwell’s bridge, Hay’s bridge, Anderson’s bridge, Owen’s bridge. Measurement of capacitance and loss angle, Desauty Bridge, Wien’s bridge, Schering Bridge.

UNIT-V DIGITAL VOLTMETERS- SIGNAL ANALYZERS- CRO: Digital voltmeters, Successive approximation, Ramp, Dual slope integration continuous balance type, Wave Analyzers, Frequency selective analyzers, Heterodyne, Application of Wave analyzers, Harmonic Analyzers, Total Harmonic distortion, spectrum analyzers, Basic spectrum analyzers, Spectral displays, Q meter and RMS voltmeters . CRO- Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), Screens, Probes, Applications of CRO, Measurement of frequency and phase using CRO, Block diagram. UNIT-VI MEASUREMENT OF NON-ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES: Transducers - Classification of transducers, Advantages of Electrical transducers, Characteristics and choice of transducers, Principle operation of Resistor, Inductor, LVDT and Capacitor transducers, LVDT Applications, Strain gauge and its principle of operation, Guage factor- Thermistors, Thermocouples, Piezo electric transducers, Photovoltaic, Photo conductive cells. Measurement of strain, Gauge Sensitivity, Displacement, Velocity, Acceleration, Force, Torque, Measurement of Temperature. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments – E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, 5

th Edition,


nd Edition.


th Edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – D O Doeblin- Tata MC Graw-Hill. 2. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – A.S Morris, Pearson /Prentice Hall of India. 3. Electronic Instrumentation- H.S.Kalsi Tata MC Graw – Hill Edition, 3

rd Edition.


III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 5A613 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVES L T P C 3 1 3


x x x

Course Objective: This course is an extension of Power electronics applications to AC and DC drives. Control of DC motor drives with single phase and three phase converters and choppers are given in detail. The control of AC motor drives with variable frequency converters and variable voltage are presented. Course Outcomes: 13) Identify the necessity of drive; understand the operation of different converters connected to D.C separately








UNIT – I CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE CONVERTERS: Introduction to Thyristor controlled Drives, Single Phase and three phase semi and Fully controlled converters connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current waveforms, Speed and Torque expressions, Speed, Torque Characteristics, Problems on Converter fed d.c motors. UNIT – II FOUR QUADRANT OPERATION OF DC DRIVES: Introduction to Four quadrant operation, Motoring operations, Electric Braking, Plugging, Dynamic and Regenerative Braking operations. Four quadrant operation of D.C motors by dual converters, Closed loop operation of DC motor (Block Diagram Only). UNIT-III CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY CHOPPERS: Single quadrant, Two - quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed dc separately excited and series excited motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current wave forms, Speed torque expressions, speed torque characteristics, Problems on Chopper fed D.C Motors, Closed Loop operation ( Block Diagram Only). UNIT – IV CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON STATOR SIDE: Variable voltage characteristics, Control of Induction Motor by AC Voltage Controllers, Waveforms, speed torque characteristics, Variable frequency characteristics, Variable frequency control of induction motor by Voltage source and current source inverter and cyclo converters, PWM control, Comparison of VSI and CSI operations, Speed torque characteristics, numerical problems on induction motor drives, Closed loop operation of induction motor drives (Block Diagram Only). UNIT –V CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON ROTOR SIDE: Static rotor resistance control, Slip power recovery, Static Scherbius drive, Static Kramer Drive, Their performance and speed torque characteristics, Advantages applications, problems. UNIT – VI CONTROL OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Separate control & self control of synchronous motors, Operation of self controlled synchronous motors by VSI and CSI cyclo converters. Load commutated CSI fed Synchronous Motor, Operation, Waveforms, Speed torque characteristics, Applications Advantages and Numerical Problems, Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram Only), Variable frequency control, Cyclo converter, PWM, VFI, CSI.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Fundamentals of Electric Drives – G K Dubey, Narosa Publications 2. Power electronic Circuits, Devices and applications – M.H.Rashid, PHI. REFERENCES: 1. Power electronics – MD Singh and K B Khanchandani, Tata – McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. 2. Modern Power electronics and AC Drives – B.K.Bose, PHI. 3. Thyristor Control of Electric drives – Vedam Subramanyam Tata McGraw Hill Publications. 4. A First course on Electrical Drives – S K Pillai New Age International (P) Ltd, 2

nd Edition.


x x



3 1 0 3 Course Objective: This subject deals with the fundamentals of illumination and its classification and the electric heating and welding. It gives the detailed study of all varieties of Electric drives and their applications to electrical engineering. Course Outcomes: The student will able to: 1. Know the importance of different type of electric drives, selection of motor based on starting and running characteristics, required speed control, tolerance of temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives, and understands different types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads etc 2. Know the importance of advantages and methods of electric heating, and applications of resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating. 3. Identify the core areas of illumination, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere, and their applications & sources of light. 4. Differentiate Discharge lamps of MV and SV lamps, tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, understands basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting. 5. Understands System of electric traction and track electrification. 6. Understand and Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for a given run, effect of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

UNIT – I DRIVE APPLICATIONS: Type of electric drives, Choice of motor, starting and running characteristics, Speed control, Temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives, Types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads, Load equalization. UNIT – II ELECTRIC HEATING: Advantages and methods of electric heating, Resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating. Electric welding: Electric welding, resistance and arc welding, electric welding equipment, comparison between A.C. and D.C. Welding. UNIT – III ILLUMINATION FUNDAMENTALS: Introduction, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere, sources of light. UNIT – IV VARIOUS ILLUMINATION METHODS Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, Basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting. UNIT – V ELECTRIC TRACTION - I: System of electric traction and track electrification. Review of existing electric traction systems in India. Special features of traction motor, methods of electric braking-plugging rheostatic braking and regenerative braking. Mechanics of train movement. Speed-time curves for different services – trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed time curves. UNIT – VI ELECTRIC TRACTION - II: Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for given run, effect of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction - J.B. Gupta, S.K.Kataria & Sons, 9

th edition.



nd edition.

REFERENCES: 1. Utilization of Electrical Power including Electric drives and Electric traction - N.V. Suryanarayana, New Age International (P) Limited, 1

st edition.


st revised edition.

II Year I semester

Fundamentals of Operating systems (Open Elective-III)


x x x x

Code: 5EC04 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2 Course Objectives: 4. Learn basics of operating systems

5. Understand process management and synchronization.

6. Learn principles of memory, I/O and file management in a secured environment.

COURSE OUTCOMES:








UNIT I





UNIT II







recovery.










TEXT BOOKS:


edition.




REFERENCES:

7. Operating system - Peterson, 1985, AW.

8. Operating system - Milankovic, 1990, TMH. 9. Operating system Incorporating With UNIX & Windows - Colin Ritche, 1974, TMH. 10. Operating systems - Mandrik & Donovan, TMH 11. Operating systems - Deitel, 1990, AWL. 12. Operating systems – Advanced Concepts By Mukesh Singhal , N.G. Shivaratri, 2003, T.M.H


Code: 5HC41 Basic French Language

(Open Elective – III) L T P/D C

2 1 - 2 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

UNITÉ – I : Professions et nationalités, vie quotidienne et loisirs, descriptions physiques et psychologiques, nombres cardinaux. Articles définis et indéfinis, genre et nombre des noms et des adjectifs, interrogation et négation, conjugaison du présent. UNITÉ – II Intonation, liaison, voyelles orales et nasales. Faire connaissance, inviter et répondre à une invitation, décrire les personnes. UNITÉ – III Paris, monuments et lieux publics. La vie de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. Logement et nourriture, vêtements et couleurs, fêtes et faits divers, nombres ordinaux. UNITÉ – IV Articles partitifs, adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs, prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de lieu, pronoms toniques, l’impératif, verbes pronominaux. Intonation, semi-voyelles, liaison, consonnes sonores et sourdes. UNITÉ – V Exprimer l’ordre et 1'obligation, demander et commander, évaluer et apprécier, féliciter et remercier. Une région de France: la Bourgogne, vie quotidienne à la campagne. UNITÉ – VI Teaching passé composé through the above lessons. TEXT BOOK:

1. Dominique, Philippe, et al. 1999. Le Nouveau sans Frontières -I (Including Exercise Book). Paris: Clé, International (Indian Edition).

REFERENCES:

1. Alter Ego I & II. Published by Hachette 2. Connexion I & II. Published by Didier 3. Echo I & II. Clé International publishers 4. Latitude I & II. Published by Didier


CODE: 5ZC05 GENERAL MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP (OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2


x x x x x

Course Objective: The course is designed to impart the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging Entrepreneur for the Engineering students to enhance their career prospects and ambitions of starting a new Enterprise. Pre-requisites: This course shall require a student to have knowledge in Managerial economics and Financial analysis, Management science, Operations management. Course Outcomes:

7. Describe the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging Entrepreneur.

8. Distinguish various methods for business process and product development

9. Demonstrate the skills required for the project planning, implementing and controlling

10. Outline the legal aspects and applying for Intellectual Property Rights

11. Illustrate the various sources of finance for venturing a business project.

12. Designing production plant and quality management system.

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Changing Face of Management-

Entrepreneurship, Modern Management with Entrepreneurial Orientation. Meaning of Entrepreneurship.

Benefits and Drawbacks of Entrepreneurship Reasons feeding the Entrepreneurial fire. Understanding

Entrepreneurship as a Process. Multiple roles of Entrepreneur: Intrapreneur, Inventor, Coordinator, Manager and

Controller. Psychological and behavioral aspects of First-Generation Entrepreneur. Case Studies

UNIT II

PROCESS DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Business Process Model,

Value chain for Manufacturing industries and Service Industries. Frugal Innovation. Creativity process in

developing Innovation. Types of New Products, Forecasting of New Products, Stages in the New Product

development, Prototype building and pitching Going ahead with ideas, killing the ideas through Stage Gate

Models, pitching of full fledged idea. Choosing the Start-Up Team.

UNIT III PROJECT MANAGEMENT & FEASIBILITY REPORT: Project Inception, Project Implementation, and Project control. Analyzing the project by employing capital budgeting techniques, Risk Management, tools and techniques. Methods of Appraising the Project. Industry Analysis pertaining to the Product, Competitive Analysis and Market analysis. Preparation of feasibility report, Contents of Feasibility Report. Exercise to write an effective Feasibility report. Case Studies.

UNIT IV

PROTECTION OF IDEAS AND MECHANISM: Exposure to intellectual property rights to the entrepreneur

in the Indian and the World context. Registration process for Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Geographical

indicators. Legal Framework in administration of Intellectual property rights. Meaning of Infringement,

consequences of Infringement. Cases on Infringement. Case Studies.

UNIT V

VENTURE FINANCING AND ISSUES RELATED TO PRICING: Meaning of Venture Capitalist, Process

of Venture Capital, Seed Funding, First Phase Funding, Second Phase Funding and Final Phase funding. Cost

analysis, Preparation of standard costing, Finalizing the output, fixing the pricing based on market structure,

Monopoly, oligopoly market structures and marketing pricing practices for attracting customers. Case Studies

UNIT VI

MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Plant Layout, Process and Product Layout,

Service Factory. Introduction to Quality Circles, Quality inspection, ISO Certification, process of certification

and exposure to the entrepreneurs of the need for certification. Quality certification for Manufacturing industrial.

Case Studies

TEXT BOOKS: 13. "Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and Review", Prasanna Chandra,

TMH, New Delhi, 2012

14. "Project management", Jeffrey K. Pinto, Pearson, 2011 15. Small Scale industries and Entrepreneurship Vasanth Desai “Himalya publishing 2012 REFERENCES:

1. Innovation by Design", Gerald H. (Gus) Gaynor, AMACOM {American Management Association), NYC, 2002

2. Entrepreneurship Rajeev Roy , oxford ,2012 3. Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship Nandan H, PHI, 2013 4. Entrepreneurship Development Khanka, ,S.Chand 2012 5. Robert Hisrich et al “enterpreneruship TMH 2012 6. Entrepreneurship Development B.Janikairam and M Rizwana


x x x x x

L T P C 2 1 -- 2

III Year B.Tech II Semester

CODE: 5ZC19 ENTREPRENEURSHIP, PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND STRUCTURED FINANCE (OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Entrepreneurship, its importance and to create an awareness regarding the systematic planning and implementation of projects; highlight the components of structured finance and establish a framework of CMBS with respect to Servicing Agreements Course Out Comes: 1) Students will understand the nature of Entrepreneurship and its importance 2) Will gain knowledge regarding project, its life cycle and organization 3) Will gain knowledge relating to project formulation and implementation 4) Comprehend the components of structured finance 5) Establish a framework of CMBS 6) Students will gain knowledge relating to the CRE Servicing

UNIT I: CONCEPTS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition of Entrepreneurship, Evolution of Entrepreneurship, Classification of Entrepreneurs, Characteristics of Entrepreneur, Selection of Product and the means required for starting an enterprise, Financing and Financial incentives available, success rate of entrepreneurs – a case study. UNIT-II: BASICS OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Concept and characteristics of a project - types of projects - Objectives of project management - Project Organizational structure - Project life cycle - Challenges and problems of project management - Qualities & functions of a project manager. UNIT III: PROJECT FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION: Generation of Project Ideas; Monitoring the environment; Preliminary Screening of Projects; Feasibility study; Project Selection. Detailed Project Report: Market, Technical, Financial and Economic aspects. Pre-requisites for Successful Project Implementation; Control of in-progress Projects (Gnatt chart, PERT, CPM); Project Risk Management Process, Post-audit; Abandonment Analysis UNIT-IV: INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURED FINANCE: Term Loans, Bonds/Debentures, Types of debentures, Issue of debt instruments. Structured Finance: Evolution, Securitization process, characteristics, and structured finance products (ABS, CDO, MBS, CDS) UNIT-V: COMMERCIAL MORTAGAGE LOAN BASICS: Definition and characteristics of CMBS, CMBS Vs other Mortgage Backed Securities, CMBS three level perspective: property level, loan level, bond level; Life cycle of commercial real estate loans – Loan cycle, Key players in loan cycle; Property types and characteristics, property performance. UNIT-VI: BASICS OF CRE SERVICING: Introduction to servicing, Role of the Servicer, Servicing approaches, Influence of technology, Ethics in commercial servicing, Servicing – sources of income, Overview of servicing agreements, Pooling & Servicing agreement, Sub servicing agreement. TEXT BOOKS:



edition, Pearson


REFERENCES:



3. The Complete Real Estate Documents by Mazyar M. Hedayat, John J. Oleary 4. The Fundamentals of Listing and Selling Commercial Real Estate - By Keim K. Loren (Author)

B. Tech. III Year II semester SAP – II: SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts

(Open Elective – III)


x x x x x x

Code: 5EC27 L T P/D C 2 1 - 2 Course Objectives: 1. Write object oriented programs with ABAP 2. Understand the techniques in enhancements and modifications 3. Create simple Web Dynpro for ABAP applications Course Outcomes: After completion of this course student will be able to 1. To carry out enhancements and modifications to SAP standard, in future proof manner 2. To develop simple Web Dynpro for ABAP applications 3. To be able to understand Functional Specifications and write Technical Specifications

UNIT – I: ABAP Objects-Part 1


2. Fundamentals Object-Oriented syntax 3. Inheritance and casting 4. Interfaces and casting 5. Events UNIT – 2: ABAP Objects-Part2 1. Global Classes and Interfaces 2. Exception handling 3. ABAP Object-Oriented examples-ALV and BAdls 4. Abstract classes, factory methods, singletons UNIT – 3: Shared Objects and shared Memory Areas 1. Shared Objects 2. Shared Memory Access UNIT – 4: Dynamic programming 1. Generic data types 2. Field symbols and data references 3. Runtime Type Identifications (RTTI) 4. Runtime Type Creation (RTTC) UNIT – 5: Enhancements and Modifications 1. Adjustment of SAP Standard Software 2. Enhancing Dictionary elements 3. Customers Exits 4. Business Add Ins (BAdls) 5. Modifications of the SAP standard applications 6. Implicit and Explicit Enhancements UNIT – 6: Fundamentals of Webdynpro for ABAP 1. Web Dynpro Components, Windows and Views 2. Web Dynpro Controllers 3. Web Dynpro Context 4. Web Dynpro User Interface 5. Controller and Context Programming TEXTBOOKS:

7. SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts, Part 1, SAP India 8. SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts, Part 2, SAP India REFERENCES: www.Training.sap.com/in/en


x x x x x

L T P C 2 1 -- 2


CODE: 5GC48 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION (OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

Course outcomes: 1. Demonstrate a breadth of knowledge in medical instrumentation 2. To understand the Electro-physiology of various systems and recording of the bioelectric signals

3. To understand the working principles of various Imaging techniques

4. To understand the design aspects of various assist and therapeutic device

Unit I: INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION: Block Diagram of medical Instrumentation system, origin and characteristics of Biopotential. Problems encountered with measurement from human beings. Generalized medical instrument specifications, types of electrodes external, internal and Microelectrodes, Recording Electrodes – Electrode-tissue interface Unit II: CENTRAL NERVOUS AND CARDIO-VASCULAR SYSTEM: Receptors, Motor systems, Neural and neuromuscular measurements, Evoked response of EEG, Structure of Heart, Rhythmicity, ECG theory, Electrocardiograph, Measurement of blood pressure and blood flow, ECG electrodes. Unit III: BIO-SIGNAL AMPLIFIERS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING: Electrodes and transducers for biomedical applications, Basic requirements of op-Amp circuits and Instrumentation amplifiers in biomedical applications, ECG data acquisition and biomedical signal processing Unit IV: INTENSIVE CARE INSTRUMENTATION AND PATIENT SAFETY: Bedside and central station monitoring systems, Introduction to bio-medical telemetry, Surgical Diathermy, Physiological effects of electricity, Macro shock and Micro shock hazards, Basic approaches to protection against shock Unit V: IMAGING AND DISPLAY SYSTEM: X ray machine, CT- scanners, Ultrasound scanner, nuclear methods, Recorders and displays: Inkjet, Thermal array, Fiber optic face plate CRT, Non fade CRO Unit VI: THERAPEUTIC AND PROSTHETIC DEVICES: Cardiac Pacemakers, Defibrillators, Ventilators and Infant Incubators TEXT BOOKS 1. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell and Erich A. Pfeifer, ―Biomedical Instrumentation and

Measurements‖, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2006

2. Khandpur.R.S, ―Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation‖, 2nd edition, 12

th reprint, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2008.

3. Joseph J. Carr and John M. Brown, ―Introduction to Biiomedical Equipment Technology‖, 4

th edition,

Pearson Education, 2008.

4. John G. Webster, ―Medical Instrumentation Application and Design‖, 3

rd edition, Wiley India, 2008.

http://www.training.sap.com/in/en


x x x x x

L T P C 2 1 -- 2


CODE: 5BC63 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH (OPEN ELECTIVE-III)

Course Objectives: This course aims at familiarizing the students with quantitative tools and techniques, which are frequently

applied to business decision-making & to provide a formal quantitative approach to problem solving and an

intuition about situations where such an approach is appropriate

Course Outcomes:

After completing the subject, students will be able to: 1. understand the application & techniques of OR & Formulate & Obtain solution problems using linear Programming (LP) by different methods 2. understand the transportation problem their formulation and solution, understand the job sequencing under different condition 3. understand the significance of replacement and the techniques of replacement of various types of items 4. understand the Game theory concept & solutions and its industrial significance 5. understand the importance of queue system and various possible configuration of queues, concept of inventory system, various inventory models 6. concept of stage wise Optimization and its implications, concept of simulation and its uses UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION: Definition, Characteristics and Phases (or steps) of OR method, Types of models, applications. LINEAR PROGRAMMING PROBLEM- Formulation – Graphical solution, Simplex method-Types of variables, Unbounded solution Artificial variables techniques -Two–phase method, Big-M method -Degeneracy, Duality Principle-examples UNIT – II: TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM: Formulation – methods of finding initial solution, optimal solution-MODI method, Special cases in TP: unbalanced, maximization case, Degeneracy. ASSIGNMENT PROBLEM – Formulation – Optimal solution - Variants of Assignment Problem-Unbalanced, Maximization, Traveling Salesman problem. UNIT – III: SEQUENCING: Introduction – Terminology, Assumptions, Johnson’s procedure- Processing n jobs through two machines – Processing n jobs through three machines – Processing two jobs through ‘m’ machines. REPLACEMENT: Introduction – Types of failure, Replacement of items that deteriorate with time – when money value is not counted and counted – Replacement of items that fail completely, Group replacement. UNIT – IV: THEORY OF GAMES: Introduction, Definitions, Pure strategies-Minimax (maximin) – Criterion and optimal strategy – Solution of games with saddle points – Mixed Strategies-Rectangular games without saddle points- Dominance principle – 2 X 2 games , m X 2 & 2 X n games -Graphical method. UNIT – V: WAITING LINES: Introduction, Terminology, Structure of a queue, Calling population characteristics-size, behavior, pattern of arrivals, Kendall-Lee notation, Single Channel – Poisson arrivals – exponential service times – with infinite population and finite population models– Multichannel – Poisson arrivals – exponential service times with infinite population single channel Poisson arrivals. INVENTORY : Introduction, Inventory costs, Concept of EOQ, Single item Deterministic models without shortages and with shortages, Single item inventory models with one price break and multiple price breaks, Stochastic models – Instantaneous demand and no set up cost.

UNIT – VI: SIMULATION: Definition – Types of simulation – phases of simulation– applications of simulation – Inventory and Queuing problems – Advantages and Disadvantages DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Introduction – Bellman’s Principle of optimality – Applications of dynamic programming- shortest path problem -capital budgeting problem –– linear Programming problem. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Operations research / Hira & Gupta 2. Operation Research /J.K.Sharma/MacMilan publishers. REFERENCES:

1. Operations research/V.K.Kapoor


Code: 5H677 LOGICAL REASONING L T P C

2 1


x x x

Course Objectives Understand and solve arithmetic, analogy, coding, puzzles and ranking related problems for enhancing employability. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 1. Generate number and alphabet series






Unit – I Series Completion: Number Series, Alphabet Series, Alpha – Numeric Series. Analogy: Completing the Analogous Pair, Simple Analogy, Choosing the Analogous pair, Double Analogy, Word Analogy, and Number Analogy. Unit – II Classification / Odd One Out: Word Classification, Number Classification, Letter Classification. Coding – Decoding: Letter Coding, Number Coding, Matrix Coding, Substitution, Deciphering Message Word Codes, Jumbled Coding. Unit – III Blood Relations, Deciphering Jumbled up Descriptions, Relation Puzzle – Direction sense test. Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test – Arithmetical Reasoning – Mathematical Operations. Unit – IV Directions, Arithmetical Reasoning. Puzzle Test: Classification Type Questions, Seating Arrangements Comparison Type Questions, Sequential Order of Things, Selection Based on given conditions, Family – Based Puzzles, Jumbled Problems. Unit – V Assertions and Reason– Logical Venn Diagrams – Alpha Numeric Sequence Puzzle. Cubes and Dice – Analytical Reasoning .Logical Deduction: Logic, Statement – Arguments, Unit – VI Clocks & Calendar .Data Sufficiency and Syllogism. Text Book: Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning by R.S.Agarwal.


L T P/D C - - - 1


x x x

Course Objectives: Prepare students in basics and advanced relevant courses to revise and face technical interviews for enhancing employability. Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to







x x x x x x






x x x x x x



The Experiments in Power electronics Lab 1. Study of Characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT 2. Gate firing circuits for SCR’s 3. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads 4. DC Jones chopper with R and RL Loads 5. Single Phase Parallel inverter with R and RL loads 6. Single Phase Cycloconverter with R and RL loads 7. Three Phase half controlled bridge converter with R-load 8. Single Phase series inverter with R and RL loads 9. PSPICE simulation of single-phase full converter using RLE loads and single-phase AC voltage controller using RLE loads. 10. PSPICE simulation of resonant pulse commutation circuit and Buck chopper. 11. PSPICE simulation of single phase Inverter with PWM control. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE – by M.H.Rashid, M/s PHI Publications. 2. PSPICE A/D user’s manual – Microsim, USA. 3. PSPICE reference guide – Microsim, USA. 4. MATLAB and its Tool Books user’s manual and – Mathworks, USA.

a


x x x x x x x


CODE: 5A696 TECHNICAL LITRETURE REVIEW AND SEMINAR - II

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


practice.






and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 5ZC02 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE L T P C

3 1 - 3


x x x


7. Understand the significance of management, basic concepts and applicability of management principles

in changing paradigms.




management.

11. Explain the different dimensions of behavior, personality, perception, attitudes overall to gain insights

into organizational behavior.







Motivational theory,.

UNIT II: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT:

Plant Location- need, factors; Plant layout – types, Methods of production, Techniques of Project management -

Network Analysis - Program Evaluation and Review Techniques (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM),

Crashing of Simple Networks.

UNIT III: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT:

Objectives of Material management, Inventory control- need for Inventory Control, ABC Analysis, Economic

Order Quantity; Just In Time; Introduction to LSCM; Quality Control Techniques– Introduction to SQC,

Inspection, ISO standards, Six Sigma.

UNIT IV: (i) Human Resources Management: Objectives of HRM, Challenges of HRM, HR Planning process HR

functions and policies – Job Analysis, Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, Performance

Appraisal.

(ii) Marketing Management: Concept of Marketing, Functions, Marketing Mix, Product Life Cycle, Marketing

Strategies, Channels of Distribution, Differences between products and services.

UNIT V: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR:


Attribution theory- Johari Window and Transactional Analysis , Stress Management- factors and remedies

UNIT VI: STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT:




TEXT BOOK:


REFRENCES:

2. Dr. Y. Satyanarayana: Management control systems in competitive environment,

3. Koontz & Weihrich: Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005

4. Kotler Philip & Keller Kevin Lane: Market Management 12/e, PHI, 2005


Code: 5A714 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND CONTROL L T P C 4 1 4


x x x x x x








UNIT -I POWER SYSTEM NETWORK MATRICES: Graph Theory: Definitions, Bus Incidence Matrix, YBus formation by Direct and Singular Transformation Methods, Numerical Problems. FORMATION OF ZBUS: Partial network, Algorithm for the Modification of ZBus Matrix for addition element for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to reference, Addition of element from a new bus to an old bus, Addition of element between an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old busses (Derivations and Numerical Problems), Modification of ZBus for the changes in network (Problems). UNIT – II LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL SINGLE AREA: Speed governor, turbine, generator and power system simplified models, excitation system model, Necessity of keeping frequency constant. Definitions of Control area, Single area control, Block diagram representation of an isolated power system, Steady state analysis, Dynamic response, uncontrolled case. UNIT – III LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL TWO AREA: Load frequency control of 2-area system, uncontrolled case and controlled case, tie-line bias control, Proportional plus Integral control of single area and its block diagram representation, steady state response, Load Frequency Control and Economic dispatch control. UNIT –IV POWER FLOW STUDIES: Necessity of Power Flow Studies, Derivation of Static load flow equations, Load flow solutions using Gauss Seidel Method, Acceleration Factor, Load flow solution with and without P-V buses, Algorithm and Flowchart. Numerical Load flow Solution for Simple Power systems (Max. 3-Buses), Determination of Bus Voltages, Injected Active and Reactive powers (Sample One Iteration only) and finding Line Flows/Losses for the given Bus Voltages. Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Co-Ordinates Form, Load Flow Solution with or without PV Busses, Derivation of Jacobian Elements, Algorithm and Flowchart. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods, Comparison of Different Methods, DC load Flow. UNIT –V POWER SYSTEM STATE STABILITY ANALYSIS: Concepts of Steady State, Dynamic and Transient Stabilities, Steady State Stability Power Limit, Power Angle Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability and Methods to improve steady state stability, Derivation of Swing Equation, Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal Area Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle Calculation - Solution of Swing Equation: Point-by-Point Method, Methods to improve Stability, Application of Auto Reclosing and Fast Operating Circuit Breakers. UNIT-VI ECONOMIC OPERATION OF POWER SYSTEMS:

Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal Power Stations, Heat rate Curve, Cost Curve, Incremental fuel and Production costs, Input-output characteristics, Optimum generation allocation with line losses neglected. Optimum generation allocation including the effect of transmission line losses, Loss Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula. Hydrothermal scheduling. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, Newage International, 6

th Edition.

2. Modern Power system Analysis –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2

nd edition.


edition. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Analysis and Design – J.Duncan Glover and M.S.Sarma., THOMPSON, 3

rd Edition.

2. Electric Energy systems Theory – O.I.Elgerd, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2nd

edition. 3. Power system Analysis – Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Power system Analysis – Hadi Saadat, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing, 2

nd Edition.

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 5A715 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x

Course Objectives: Becomes familiar with solar energy, its radiation, Collection, storage and application and also gets introduced to other forms of Renewable Energy sources viz., the Wind energy, Biomass energy, geothermal energy and ocean energy. Course Outcomes: The student should be able to 13. Understand the role and potential of new and renewable energy sources realize the potential of solar



radiation.






geothermal wells.





UNIT – I -PRINCIPLES OF SOLAR RADIATION: Role and potential of new and renewable source, The solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power, Physics of the sun, the solar constant, Extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation, Solar radiation on titled surface, Instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, Solar radiation data. UNIT-II- SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, Classification of concentrating collectors, orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors. Different methods, Sensible, Latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, photovoltaic energy conversion. UNIT – III WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, Horizontal and vertical axis windmills, Performance characteristics, Betz criteria BIO-MASS: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, Types of Bio-gas digesters, Gas yield, Combustion characteristics of bio-gas, Utilization for cooking, I.C.Engine operation and economic aspects. UNIT – IV GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, Potential in India. UNIT-V OCEAN ENERGY: OTEC, Principles utilization, Setting of OTEC plants, Thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy, Potential and conversion techniques, Mini-hydel Power Plants and their economics. UNIT-VI DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION: Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, Limitations, principles of DEC. Thermoelectric generators, seebeck, Peltier and joul Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials, Applications, MHD generators, Principles, Dissociation and ionization, Hall effect, Magnetic flux, MHD accelerator, MHD Engine, Power generation systems, Electron gas dynamic conversion, economic aspects. Fuel cells – principles - Faraday’s law’s - Thermodynamic aspects - selection of fuels and operating conditions. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources - G.D. Rai 2. Renewable Energy Technologies - Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa. REFERENCES: 1. Renewable energy resources - Tiwari and Ghosal/ Narosa. 2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /Wiley Eastern. 3. Non-Conventional Energy Systems - K Mittal /Wheeler 4. Solar energy - Sukhame

L T P/D C 3 1 0 3


X X X


CODE: 5CC10 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-II)

After studying this course, the students will be able to 13. Distinguish between CT and DT signals and systems and understand the growing need of DSP and study the concepts of discrete time signals and systems. 14. Represent periodic DT signals as a Fourier series; non-periodic DT signals as a Fourier Transform and use a powerful mathematical tool called DFT. 15. Compute the Fourier Transform of DT signals using the FFT algorithms. 16. Realize a digital filter in several forms and structures for a given transfer function H (z). 17. Distinguish IIR and FIR filters; Design each type by several methods once the desired specifications are given. 18. Understand the need and implement the multirate sampling techniques. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Digital Signal processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, linear shift invariant systems, stability, and causality. Linear constant coefficient difference equations. Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems. UNIT II: DISCRETE FOURIER SERIES: Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete Fourier transforms: Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT, Computation of DFT. Relation between Z-transform and DFS UNIT III: FAST FOURIER TRANSFORMS: Fast Fourier transforms (FFT) - Radix-2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT Algorithms, Inverse FFT. UNIT IV: REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS: Review of Z-transforms, Applications of Z – transforms, solution of difference equations of digital filters, Block diagram representation of linear constant-coefficient difference equations, Basic structures of IIR systems, Transposed forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function. UNIT V: IIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Analog filter approximations – Butter worth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters from analog filters, Design Examples: Analog-Digital transformations FIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Characteristics of FIR Digital Filters, frequency response. Design of FIR Digital Filters using Window Techniques, Frequency Sampling technique, Comparison of IIR & FIR filters. UNIT VI: MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING: Decimation, interpolation, sampling rate conversion, Implementation of sampling rate conversion. Applications of Multirate signal processing. Introduction to DSP Processors TEXT BOOKS:

5. Digital Signal processing – Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, PHI Ed., 2006 6. Digital Signal processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications: John G. Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis,

Pearson Education / PHI, 2007.

IV Year – I Sem. B.Tech Code: 5A725 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-II)

L T P C 3 1 3

Objective: This subject deals with state space, describing function, phase plane and stability analysis including controllability and observability. It also deals with modern control and optimal control systems. Course outcomes: Students will be able to







UNIT – I STATE SPACE ANALYSIS State Space Representation, Solution of State Equation, State Transition Matrix, Canonical Forms – Controllable Canonical Form, Observable Canonical Form, Jordan Canonical Form. CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY Tests for controllability and observability for continuous time systems – Time varying case, minimum energy control, time invariant case, Principle of Duality, Controllability and observability form Jordan canonical form and other canonical forms. UNIT – II DESCRIBING FUNCTION ANALYSIS Introduction to nonlinear systems, Types of nonlinearities, describing functions, describing function analysis of nonlinear control systems. PHASE-PLANE ANALYSIS Introduction to phase-plane analysis, Method of Isoclines for Constructing Trajectories, singular points, phase-plane analysis of nonlinear control systems. UNIT-III STABILITY ANALYSIS Stability in the sense of Lyapunovs, Lyapunov’s stability and Lypanov’s instability theorems. Direct method of Lypanov for the Linear and Nonlinear continuous time autonomous systems. UNIT – IV MODAL CONTROL Effect of state feedback on controllability and observability, Design of State Feedback Control through Pole placement. Full order observer and reduced order observer. UNIT-V CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS Minimization of functional of single function, Constrained minimization. Minimum principle. Control variable inequality constraints. Control and state variable inequality constraints. Euler Lagrangine Equation. UNIT-VI OPTIMAL CONTROL Formulation of optimal control problem. Minimum time, Minimum energy, minimum fuel problems. State regulator problem. Output regulator problem. Tracking problem, Continuous-Time Linear Regulators. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Modern Control system Theory – by M. Gopal, New Age International Publishers, 2nd edition,1996. REFERENCES: 1. Modern Control Engineering – by K. Ogata, Prentice Hall of India, 3rd edition, 1998 2. Control systems Engineering by I.J. Nagarath and M.Gopal, New Age International (P) Ltd. 3. Digital Control and State Variable Methods – by M. Gopal, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 1997. 4. Systems and Control by Stainslaw H. Zak , Oxford Press, 2003.

IV Year – I Sem. B.Tech CODE: 5A733 SWITCHED MODE POWER CONVERSION

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II) L T P C

3 1 - 3

Objective: This subject deals with different control topologies of converters. Course outcomes: Students will be able to 8. Understand the Dc/DC converters.

9. Understand the current mode and current fed topologies..

10. Understand about resonant converters.

11. Know about converter transfer function.

12. Understand the power converter design.

13. Study about controller design.

UNIT- I DC/DC CONVERTERS: Basic topologies of buck, boost converters, buck-boost converters, and cuk converter, isolated DC/DC converter topologies—forward, and fly-back converters, half and full bridge topologies, modeling of switching converters. UNIT –II CURRENT MODE AND CURRENT FED TOPOLOGIES: Voltage mode and current mode control of converters, peak and average current mode control, its advantages and limitations, voltage and current fed converters. UNIT – III RESONANT CONVERTERS: Need for resonant converters, types of resonant converters, methods of control, phase modulation technique with ZVS in full-bridge topology, series resonant converter and resonant transition converter. UNIT – IV CONVERTER TRANSFER FUNCTIONS: Application of state-space averaging to switching converters, derivation of converter transfer functions for buck, boost, and fly-back topologies. UNIT – V POWER CONVERTER DESIGN: Design of filter inductor & capacitor, and power transformer, Ratings for switching devices, current transformer for current sensing, design of drive circuits for switching devices, considerations for PCB layout. UNIT - VI CONTROLLER DESIGN: Introduction, mechanisms of loop stabilization, shaping E/A gain vs. frequency characteristic, conditional stability in feedback loops, stabilizing a continuous mode forward converter and discontinuous mode fly-back converter, feed-back loop stabilization with current mode control, the right-half plane zero. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ned Mohan Tore M. Undeland: Power electronics: Converters, Applications, and Design, Edition3, John Wiley & Sons, 2007. 2. Abraham I. Pressman, ―Switching Power Supply Design‖, Mc Graw Hill International, Second Edition, 1999. 3. P.C. Sen: Modern Power electronics, S. Chand-2004. 4. Andrzej M. Trzynadlowski Introduction to Modern Power electronics, 2nd Edition, illustrated Publisher John Wiley & Sons, 2010. 5. Muhammad H. Rashid, Power electronics hand book, ISBN: 81 8147 367 1.

B.Tech IV Year – I Sem. Code: 5A727 REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION & MANAGEMENT (Professional Elective-II)

L T P C 3 1 - 3 Objective: This subject deals with reactive power control and management. Course outcomes: Students will be able to

1. Understand the load compensation.





16. Study about Reactive power Management In Electric Traction Systems And Arc Furnaces:


Objectives and specifications – reactive power characteristics – inductive and capacitive approximate biasing – Load compensator as a voltage regulator – phase balancing and power factor correction of unsymmetrical loads- examples. UNIT-II: STEADY – STATE REACTIVE POWER COMPENSATION IN TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Uncompensated line – types of compensation – Passive shunt and series and dynamic shunt compensation –examples. Transient state reactive power compensation in transmission systems: Characteristic time periods – passive shunt compensation – static compensations- series capacitor compensation –compensation using synchronous condensers – examples UNIT-III: REACTIVE POWER COORDINATION Objective – Mathematical modeling – Operation planning – transmission benefits – Basic concepts of quality of power supply – disturbances- steady –state variations – effects of under voltages – frequency –Harmonics, radio frequency and electromagnetic interferences. UNIT-IV: DEMAND SIDE MANAGEMENT Load patterns – basic methods load shaping – power tariffs- KVAR based tariffs penalties for voltage flickers and Harmonic voltage levels. Distribution side Reactive power Management: System losses –loss reduction methods – examples – Reactive power planning – objectives – Economics Planning capacitor placement – retrofitting of capacitor banks. UNIT-V: USER SIDE REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT KVAR requirements for domestic appliances – Purpose of using capacitors – selection of capacitors – deciding factors – types of available capacitor, characteristics and Limitations. UNIT-VI: REACTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT IN ELECTRIC TRACTION SYSTEMS AND ARC FURNACES: Typical layout of traction systems – reactive power control requirements – distribution Transformers- Electric arc furnaces – basic operations- furnaces transformer –filter requirements – remedial measures –power factor of an arc furnace. REFERENCES: 1. Reactive power control in Electric power systems by T.J.E.Miller, John Wiley and sons, 1982. 2. Reactive power Management by D.M.Tagare, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

IV year B.Tech – I Sem CODE: 5A734 HVDC TRANSMISSION & FACTS


3 1 3


x x x x x

Objectives: Understand operating principles of HVDC systems and control aspects.



Course Outcomes: The student will be able to 7. Acquire the knowledge to compare AC and HVDC systems in terms of power transmission and

stability.


systems.



UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION: Comparison of AC and DC transmission systems, application of DC transmission, types of DC links, typical layout of a HVDC converter station. HVDC converters, pulse number, analysis of Graetz circuits with and without overlap, converter bridge characteristics. UNIT – II: CONVERTER & HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL: Principles o DC Link Control – Converters Control Characteristics – system control hierarchy, firing angle control current and extinction angle control starting and stopping of DC link. UNIT-III: HARMONICS, FILTERS AND REACTIVE POWER CONTROL: Introduction, generation of harmonics, AC and DC filters. Reactive power Requirements in steady state, sources of reactive power, Power Flow Analysis in AC/DC Systems: Modeling of DC/AC converters, Controller Equations – Solutions of AC/DC load flow – Simultaneous method-Sequential method, UNIT-IV: Introduction to FACTS: Flow of power in AC parallel paths and meshed systems, basic types of FACTS controllers, brief description and definitions of FACTS controllers. UNIT –V: STATIC SHUNT COMPENSATORS: Objectives of shunt compensation, methods of controllable VAR generation, static VAR compensators, SVC and STATCOM, comparison between SVC and STATCOM. UNIT –VI: STATIC SERIES COMPENSATORS: GCSC, TSSC, TCSE & SSSC, Objectives of series compensator, Variable impedance type series compensators, Basic operating control schemes, Power angle characteristics, Control range and VA rating, External control. Combined Compensators: Introduction, unified power flow controller (UPFC), basic operating principle, independent real and reactive power flow controller, control structure. TEXT BOOKS: 1. HVDC Transmission – S Kamakshaiah, V. Kamaraju, Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publications, 1

st Edition, 2011.

2.”Understanding FACTS – Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems” Narain G. Hingorani, Laszlo Gyugyi, Wiley India publications, 2011. 3. HVDC Transmission – J. Arrillaga, IEE, 2

nd Edition, 1998.




3 1 3


x x x x x


7. Understand the Introduction And Classical Optimization Techniques.

8. Understand the Classical Optimization Techniques.

9. Understand the Transportation Problem.

10. Know about Unconstrained Nonlinear Programming.

11. Understand the Constrained Nonlinear Programming.

12. Study about Dynamic programming.


rd

edition, 1998. 2. Introductory Operations Research - H.S. Kasene & K.D. Kumar, Springer (India), Pvt .LTd.

REFERENCES: 1 Optimization Methods in Operations Research and systems Analysis – K.V. Mital and C. Mohan, New


th edition.


IV Year B.Tech – I Sem. Code: 5A724 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective – III)








UNIT – I SAMPLING AND RECONSTRUCTION Introduction, Examples of Data control systems – Digital to Analog conversion and Analog to Digital conversion, sample and hold operations. UNIT-II THE Z – TRANSFORMS Introduction, Linear difference equations, pulse response, Z – transforms, Theorems of Z – Transforms, the inverse Z – transforms, Modified Z- Transforms. Z-PLANE ANALYSIS OF DISCRETE-TIME CONTROL SYSTEM Z-Transform method for solving difference equations; Pulse transforms function, block diagram analysis of sampled – data systems, mapping between s-plane and z-plane. UNIT – III STATE SPACE ANALYSIS State Space Representation of discrete time systems, Pulse Transfer Function Matrix solving discrete time state space equations, State transition matrix and its Properties, Methods for Computation of State Transition Matrix, Discretization of continuous time state – space equations. CONTROLLABILITY AND OBSERVABILITY Concepts of Controllability and Observability, Tests for controllability and Observability. Duality between Controllability and Observability, Controllability and Observability conditions for Pulse Transfer Function UNIT – IV STABILITY ANALYSIS Mapping between the S-Plane and the Z-Plane – Primary strips and Complementary Strips – Constant frequency loci, Constant damping ratio loci, Stability Analysis of closed loop systems in the Z-Plane. Jury stability test – Stability Analysis by use of the Bilinear Transformation and Routh Stability criterion. UNIT– V DESIGN OF DISCRETE TIME CONTROL SYSTEM BY CONVENTIONAL METHODS Transient and steady – State response Analysis – Design based on the frequency response method – Bilinear Transformation and Design procedure in the w-plane, Lead, Lag and Lead-Lag compensators and digital PID controllers. . UNIT – VI STATE FEEDBACK CONTROLLERS AND OBSERVERS Design of state feedback controller through pole placement – Necessary and sufficient conditions, Ackerman’s formula. State Observers – Full order and Reduced order observers. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Discrete-Time Control systems - K. Ogata, Pearson Education/PHI, 2nd Edition REFERENCES: 1. Digital Control systems, Kuo, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2003. 2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods by M.Gopal, TMH.


x x x

T P C 3 1 3


CODE: 5CC56 VLSI AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to provide the students an overview on various aspects of VLSI circuits and Embedded System Design. Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

CO1 Understand the existing device technologies and IC fabrication process

CO2 Explore and analyze the electrical properties of the devices of CMOS device.

CO3 Design basic logic gates, combinational and sequential circuits using CMOS logic.

CO4 Understand the basic concepts of Embedded systems.

CO5 Realization of various Embedded products.

CO5 Familiarize with Multiprocessing and Multitasking using RTOS.

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MOS TECHNOLOGIES: MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS INTRODUCTION TO IC TECHNOLOGY AND FABRICATION PROCESS: VLSI Design Flow, Oxidation, Lithography, Diffusion, Ion Implantation, Metallization, Encapsulation, Probe testing, Integrated Resistors and Capacitors [T1-CH1, 2 & 3]. UNIT II: BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits: Ids-Vds relationships, MOS transistor threshold Voltage, gm, gds, Figure of Merit (ωo), Zpu/Zpd, Latch-Up in CMOS, Pass Transistors [T1-CH2] INVERTERS: NMOS Inverter, Various Pull-Ups, CMOS Inverter Analysis and Design [T1-CH2] UNIT III: CIRCUIT DESIGN PROCESSES: MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Lamda-based CMOS Design rules for Wires, Contacts and Transistors, Layout Diagrams for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits, Limitations of Scaling. [T1-CH3]

UNIT IV: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEM: Embedded systems Vs General Computing Systems, History of Embedded systems, Classification of Embedded systems. The Typical Embedded system: Core of the Embedded system, Memory, Sensors and Actuators, Communication Interface, Embedded Firmware, Other System Components, PCB and Passive Components. Characteristics and Quality Attributes of Embedded system. [T2] UNIT V: DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF EMBEDDED PRODUCT: Embedded Hardware Design and Development: Analog Electronic Components, Digital Electronic Components, VLSI and Integrated Circuit Design, Electronic Design Automation (EDA) Tools. Embedded Firmware Design and Development: Embedded firmware Design Approaches, Embedded firmware Development Languages. [T2] UNIT VI : REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM (RTOS) BASED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN: Operating system Basics, Types of Operating systems, Tasks, Process and Threads, Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling, Threads, Processes and Scheduling: Putting them altogether, Task Communication, Task Synchronization, Device Drivers, How to choose an RTOS. [T2] TEXTBOOKS: 4. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design - Weste and Eshraghian, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2009. 5. Introduction to Embedded systems, Shibu K.V., TMH Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 7. Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems - John .P. Uyemura, JohnWiley, 2003. 8. Modern VLSI Design - Wayne Wolf, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1997. 9. VLSI Technology – S.M. SZE, 2

nd Edition, TMH, 2003.

10. Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective - John M. Rabaey, 2/E, 2002 11. An Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon, Addison Wesley, 1999. 12. Embedded systems – Architecture, Programming and Design, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Company Limited, New Delhi, 12th reprint 2007.




CODE: 5A779 PROJECT PHASE - I

L T P/D C - 1 3 3






The evaluation is for 100 marks. It is internal evaluation only. The committee consists of HOD, a Senior Faculty member and Internal Guide.










CODE: 5A780 INDUSTRY OREIENTED MINI PROJECT L T P/D C

- - - 2



Course Objective : To enhance the knowledge on selecting a projcet , learn related tools and enhance Programming and communication skills for employabilty. Pre-Requisites: All Courses till this semester Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to










Code: 5A781 ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP L T P C 3 2


x x x x x






x x x x x x



L T P C 3 2


x x x x

Objectives of the Course: Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; it can be transformed from one form into another. Out of all the forms of energies (which are available) electrical energy occupies top position in the hierarchy. So measurement of electrical quantity plays a vital role in the field of Engineering and Technology. In this lab students will be able to measure practically different electrical parameters and calibrate the meters. Course Outcomes: 23. To draw the graph between the distance and EMF for linear variable differential transformer and to

measure the displacement. 24. To measure 3-Ф reactive power using single phase wattmeter. 25. To determine the value of given capacitor and to obtain its dissipation factor, and also the values of the


comparison with another current transformer whose errors are known. 29. To determine the value of the resistance of the given wire using Kelvin’s double bridge. 30. To apply Crompton’s DC potentiometer to, Calibrate a PMMC type ammeter. Voltmeter 31. To calibrate a given 1-Ф power factor meter by phantom loading. 32. To calibrate a given LPF watt meter by phantom loading. 33. To measure the 3-phase power with two number of CTs and a single wattmeter. The following experiments are required to be conducted: 1. Calibration and Testing of single phase energy Meter 2. Calibration of dynamometer power factor meter 3. Crompton D.C. Potentiometer – Calibration of PMMC ammeter and PMMC voltmeter 4. Kelvin’s double Bridge – Measurement of resistance – Determination of Tolerance. 5. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given C.T. by comparison. 6. Schering bridge & Anderson bridge. 7. Measurement of 3 phase reactive power with single-phase wattmeter. 8. Measurement of parameters of a choke coil using 3 voltmeter and 3 ammeter methods. 9. Calibration LPF wattmeter – by Phantom testing 10. Measurement of 3 phase power with single watt meter and 2 No’s of C.T. 11. LVDT and capacitance pickup – characteristics and Calibration

IV Year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 5A797 TECHNICAL LITRETURE REVIEW AND SEMINAR - III

L T P/D C - - 2 1


x x x x x x x


practice.






and conclusions.







Attendance 10 marks

Total 100 Marks

a


x x


CODE: 5A820 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV)

L T P C 3 1 0 3 Course Objective: This course is an extension of Power system I& II. Knowledge of distribution system modeling, and understanding of various factors like coincidence factor, contribution factor, loss factor etc helps in how loads effects the system .Various models of feeders & substations and location of faults and protective devices gives awareness to students their usage in practical applications. Course Outcomes: By the end of the unit the student will be able to











UNIT – 1 GENERAL CONCEPT Introduction to distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics. Coincidence factor, contribution factor loss factor - Relationship between the load factor and loss factor. Classification of loads (Residential, Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and their characteristics. UNIT – II DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS Design Considerations of Distribution Feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders, Voltage levels, Feeder loading; Basic design practice of the secondary distribution system. UNIT – III SUBSTATIONS Location of Substations: Rating of distribution substation, Service area within primary feeders. Benefits derived through optimal location of substations. UNIT – IV SYSTEM ANALYSIS Voltage drop and power-loss calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and power loss in lines, Manual methods of solution for radial networks, Three phase balanced primary lines. UNIT – V PROTECTION & CO-ORDINATION Objectives of distribution system protection, Types of common faults and procedure for fault calculations. Protective Devices: Principle of operation of Fuses, Circuit Reclosures, line sectionalizes and Circuit Breakers. Coordination of Protective Devices: General coordination procedure. UNIT – VI POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT & VOLTAGE CONTROL Capacitive compensation for power-factor control. Different types of power capacitors, Shunt and series capacitors, Effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched), Power factor correction, capacitor allocation - Economic justification - Procedure to determine the best capacitor location. Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control, Effect of series capacitors, Effect of AVB / AVR, line drop compensation.

TEXT BOOK: 1. “Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering” – Turan Gonen, Mc Graw-hill 2

nd edition.


edition. REFERENCES: 1. Electrical Power Distribution and Automation – S.Sivanagaraju, V.Sankar, Dhanpat Rai publishers. Rai & Co, 1

st edition.


edition.

L T P/D C 3 1 0 3


x x x


Code: 5A822 ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)

OBJECTIVE: To provide sound knowledge about constructional details and design of various electrical machines. To study mmf calculation and thermal rating of various types of electrical machines. To design armature and field systems for D.C. machines. To design core, yoke, windings and cooling systems of Transformers. To design stator and rotor of induction machines. To design stator and rotor of synchronous machines and study their thermal behavior. UNIT - I INTRODUCTION: Major considerations in Electrical machine Design - Electrical Engineering Materials – Space factor – Choice of Specific Electrical and Magnetic loadings – Thermal considerations - Heat flow – Temperature rise - Rating of machines – Standard specifications. UNIT -II DC MACHINES: Output Equations – Main Dimensions - Magnetic circuit calculations – Carter’s Coefficient - Net length of Iron –Real & Apparent flux densities – Selection of number of poles – Design of Armature – Design of commutator and brushes – performance prediction using design values. UNIT III TRANSFORMERS: Output Equations – Main Dimensions - KVA output for single and three phase Transformers – Window space factor – Overall dimensions – Operating characteristics – Regulation – No load current – Temperature rise in Transformers – Design of Tank - Methods of cooling of Transformers. UNIT IV INDUCTION MOTORS: Output equation of Induction motor – Main dimensions – Length of air gap- Rules for selecting rotor slots of squirrel cage machines – Design of rotor bars & slots – Design of end rings – Design of wound rotor -– Magnetic leakage calculations – Leakage reactance of poly phase machines- Magnetizing current - Short circuit current – Circle diagram - Operating characteristics.

UNIT V SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES-I: Output equations – choice of loadings – Design of salient pole machines – Short circuit ratio – shape of pole face – Armature design – Armature parameters – Estimation of air gap length. UNIT VI SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES-II: Design of rotor – Design of damper winding – Determination of full load field mmf – Design of field winding – Design of turbo alternators – Rotor design. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sawhney, A.K., 'A Course in Electrical machine Design', Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 1984. 2. Sen, S.K., 'Principles of Electrical machine Designs with Computer Programmes', Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1987. REFERENCES: 1. A.Shanmugasundaram, G.Gangadharan, R.Palani 'Electrical machine Design Data Book', New Age Intenational Pvt. Ltd., Reprint 2007. 2. ‘Electrical machine Design', Balbir Singh, Brite Publications, Pune.

L T P/D C 3 1 0 3


x x x


Code: 5A829 POWER SYSTEM DEREGULATION (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-IV)

UNIT – I: OVERVIEW OF KEY ISSUES IN ELECTRIC UTILITIES: Introduction –Restructuring models –Independent system operator (ISO) –Power Exchange -Market operations –Market Power –Standard cost –Transmission Pricing –congestion Pricing –Management of Inter zonal/Intra zonal Congestion. UNIT- II: OASIS: OPEN ACCESSES SAME-TIME INFORMATION SYSTEM: Structure of OASIS -Posluing of Information –Transfer capability on OASIS –Definitions Transfer Capability Issues –ATC –TTC –TRM –CBM calculations –Methodologies to calculate ATC UNIT – III: ELECTRICITY PRICING: Introduction –electricity Price Volatility Electricity Price Indexes –challenges to Electricity Pricing –Construction of Forward Price Curves –Short-time Price Forecasting. UNIT – IV: POWER SYSTEM OPERATION IN A COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT: Introduction –Operational Planning Activities of ISO-The ISO in Pool Markets –The ISO in Bilateral Markets –Operational Planning Activities of a Genco UNIT – V: ANCILLARY SERVICES MANAGEMENT: Introduction –Reactive power as an Ancillary Service –a review –Synchronous Generators as Ancillary Service Providers. UNIT – VI: RELIABILITY AND DEREGULATION: Reliability Analysis, The network Model, Reliability Costs, Hierarchical Levels, Reliability and Deregulation, Performance Indicators TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kankar Bhattacharya, Math H.J. Boller, JaapE.Daalder, ―Operation of Restructured Power system‖ Klum, er Academic Publisher –2001. 2. AshikurBhuiya: Power system Deregulation: Loss Sharing in Bilateral Contracts and Generator Profit Maximization, Publisher VDM Verlag, 2008. 3. Mohammad Shahidehpour, and Muwaffaqalomoush,-―Restructured Electrical Power systems‖ Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2001. 4. Loi Lei Lai; ―Power system Restructuring and Deregulation‖, Jhon Wiley & Sons Ltd., England.

IV year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 5EC21 NUERAL NETWORKS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – IV) L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objectives:

Students should be able apply Pattern Recognition for Real-life problems

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student shall be able to 5. The role of neural networks in engineering, artificial intelligence, and cognitive modeling. 6. Feed-forward neural networks of increasing complexity, gradient descent learning and extensions, learning and generalization theory 7. Competitive learning, Self-organizing feature maps, be able to evaluate whether neural networks are appropriate to a particular application. 8. Be able to apply neural networks to particular applications, and to know what steps to take to improve performance. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION – What is a neural network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron, Neural networks viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures, Knowledge Representation, Artificial Intelligence and Neural Networks. UNIT II: SINGLE LAYER PERCEPTRONS – Adaptive filtering problem, Unconstrained Organization Techniques, Linear least square filters, least mean square algorithm, learning curves, Learning rate annealing techniques, perceptron –convergence theorem, Relation between perceptron and Bayes classifier for a Gaussian Environment UNIT III: MULTILAYER PERCEPTRON – The XOR problem, Heuristics, Output representation and decision rule, feature detection, BACK PROPAGATION – Algorithm and its derivation by using error minimization. back propagation and differentiation, Hessian matrix, Generalization, Cross validation, Network pruning Techniques, Virtues and limitations of back propagation learning, UNIT IV: SELF ORGANIZATION MAPS – Two basic feature mapping models, Self organization map, SOM algorithm. UNIT V: HOPFIELD MODELS – Simple Hopfield models. UNIT VI : Examples OF APPLICATIONS OF NEURAL NETWORKS Alphabet recognition, fingerprint recognition. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Neural networks comprehensive foundations, Simon Hhaykin, Pearson Education 2

nd Edition 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

4. Artifical neural networks - B.Vegnanarayana Prentice Halll of India P Ltd 2005 5. Neural networks in Computer intelligence, Li Min Fu TMH 2003 6. Neural networks James A Freeman David M S kapura pearson education 2004

B.Tech IV Year – II Sem. Code: 5A831 SMART GRID

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-V) L T P C

3 1 3

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID: What is Smart Grid, Working definitions of Smart Grid and Associated Concepts –Smart Grid Functions-Traditional Power Grid and Smart Grid –New Technologies for Smart Grid – Advantages –Indian Smart Grid –Key Challenges for Smart Grid. UNIT – II SMART GRID ARCHITECTURE: Components and Architecture of Smart Grid Design –Review of the proposed architectures for Smart Grid. The fundamental components of Smart Grid designs –Transmission Automation – Distribution Automation –Renewable Integration UNIT – III TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES FOR SMART GRID: Computational Techniques –Static and Dynamic Optimization Techniques –Computational Intelligence Techniques –Evolutionary Algorithms –Artificial Intelligence techniques. UNIT – IV DISTRIBUTION GENERATION TECHNOLOGIES: Introduction to Renewable Energy Technologies –Micro grids –Storage Technologies –Electric vehicles and plug –in hybrids –Environmental impact and Climate Change –Economic Issues. UNIT – V COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AND SMART GRID: Introduction to Communication Technology –Synchro Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs) –Wide Area Measurement Systems (WAMS). UNIT – VI CONTROL OF SMART POWER GRID SYSTEM: Load Frequency Control (LFC) in Micro Grid System –Voltage Control in Micro Grid System – Reactive power Control in Smart Grid. Case Studies and Test beds for the Smart Grids. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stuart Borlase, Smart Grids, Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions, CRC Press, 2013 2. Gil Masters, Renewable and Efficient Electric Power system, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2004. 3. A.G. Phadke and J.S. Thorp, ―Synchronized Phasor Measurements and their Applications, Springer Edition, 2010. 4. T. Ackermann, Wind Power in Power systems, Hoboken, NJ, USA, John Wiley, 2005.

IV Year B.Tech – II Sem. Code: 5A835 ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective – V) L T P C

3 1 - 3 Objectives: Objectives of this course are

To enable the student to understand the need for energy storage.

To understand the devices and technologies available and their applications.

To enable the various types of energy storage and various devices used for the purpose.

Outcomes: After this course, the student

Can analyze the characteristics of energy from various sources and need for storage

Can classify various types of energy storage and various devices used for the purpose

Can apply the same concepts to real time problem

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION: Need of Energy Storage, Different modes of Energy Storage. ENERGY STORAGE: Potential Energy: Pumped Hydro Storage, KE and Compressed gas system: Flywheel Storage, Compressed air energy Storage, Electrical and magnetic energy storage: Capacitors, Electromagnets and battery storage systems. UNIT – II: CHEMICAL ENERGY STORAGE: Thermo-Chemical, Bio-Chemical, Electro-Chemical, Fossil Fuels and synthetic fuels and Hydrogen storage. UNIT –III: SENSIBLE HEAT STORAGE: SHS mediums, Stratified storage systems, Rock-bed storage systems, Thermal storage in buildings, Earth storage, Energy storage in aquifers, Heat storage in SHS systems Aquifers storage. UNIT-IV: LATENT HEAT THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE: Phase Change Materials (PCMs), Selection Criteria of PCMs, Stefan Problem, Solar Thermal LHTES systems, Energy Conservation through LHTES Systems, LHTES systems in Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems. UNIT-V: SOME AREAS OF APPLICATION OF ENERGY STORAGE: Enthalpy formulation, Numerical heat transfer in melting and freezing process Food Preservation, Waste Heat Recovery, Solar energy Storage, Green House Heating. UNIT-VI: APPLICATIONS: Power Plant Applications, Drying and Heating for Process Industries. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Solar Thermal Energy Storage, H. P. Garg et al, D Reidel (1885), Publishing Co. 2. Mathematical Modeling of Melting and Freezing Process, V Alexiades & A. D Solomon (1993), Hemisphere Publishing Corporation. REFERANCES: 1. Chemical and Electro Chemical Energy System, Washington Narayan R, Viswanath B (1998), University Press 2. Energy Storage for Power systems, A. Ter-Gazarian (1994), Peter Peregrinus Ltd. London 3. Energy Storage Systems, B. Kikis and S. Kakac (1989) (ED), KAP, London, 1989.

IV Year B.Tech – II Sem. Code: 5A825 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS

(Professional Elective – V) L T P C

3 1 - 3

UNIT – I: PLC: Characteristics, Operation, function, Types of PLC, Architecture Of PLC Applications of PLC, PC v/s PLC. UNIT –II: Overview of I/O system. Classification: serial, parallel, discrete, analog special. Direct I/O, Parallel I/O, Serial I/O, discrete input modules: DC input, AC input, Rectifier with filter, Isolation, logic section. Discrete output modules: operating principals, Analog input modules: single ended, differential input, Common AC source, isolation, protection. Configuration, power line conditioner. UNIT – III: Ladder diagram: of logic gates, multiplexer, Ladder diagram for different logical conditions or logical equations or truth table, Timers: types of timer, Characteristics. Function of timer in PLC. Classification of a PLC timer. Ladder diagram using timer, PLC counter. Ladder diagram using counter. UNIT – IV: Introduction of Management Hierarchy of an industry. Industrial control process . Parallel and Serial communication interface. Simplex, Half duplex, full duplex. RS 232- DB-25 connector, DB-9 connector, RS 422, EIA 485 interface, Introduction of industrial network. Bus topology, Ring topology, Star topology, Tree topology. UNIT – V: basic Concept, History and Hierarchy of DCS, Functions of each level. Advantages and Disadvantages, Architecture of SCADA .Working of SCADA. UNIT – VI: PLC, DCS and SCADA suitability .Applications: Thermal Power Plant, Irrigation and Cement factory. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Programmable Logic Controllers and Industrial Automation an Introduction Mitra, Madhuchanda; Gupta,

Samarjit Sen Param International Publishing (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Latest edition.

2. Programmable Logic Controllers: principles and applications Webb, John W.; Reis, Ronald A. PHI Learning Pvt.

Ltd. New Delhi, Latest edition.

3 Programmable logic controls: principles and applications NIIT PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, Latest edition.


B.Tech IV Year – II Sem. Code: 5A828 POWER QUALITY

(Professional Elective- V) L T P C

3 1 - 3 UNIT – I: Terms & Definitions: General Classes of Power quality Problems, Transients, Long Duration Voltage Variations, Short-Duration Voltage Variations, Voltage Imbalance, Waveform Distortion, Voltage Fluctuations, Power Frequency Variations, Power quality Terms. UNIT – II: Voltage Sags & Interruptions: Sources of Sags and Interruptions, Estimating Voltage Sag Performance, Fundamental Principles of Protection, Solutions at the End-User Level, Evaluating the Economics of Different Ride-Through Alternatives, Motor Starting Sags, Utility System Fault-Clearing Issues. (Chapter-2: 2.2 to 2.10 and Chapter-3: 3.1 to 3.7) UNIT –III: Transient over Voltages: Sources of Transient over Voltages, Principle of over Voltage Protection, Devices for Over Voltage Protection, Utility Capacitor-Switching Transients, Utility System Lightning Protection, Managing Ferro-resonance, Switching Transient Problems with Loads, Computer Tools for Transient Analysis. UNIT – IV: Fundamentals of Harmonics: Harmonic Distortion, Voltage Versus Current Distortion, Harmonics Versus Transients, Power system Quantities under Non-sinusoidal Conditions, Harmonic Indices, Harmonic Sources from Commercial Loads, Locating Harmonic Sources, System Response Characteristics, Effects of Harmonic Distortion, Inter-harmonics. (Chapter-4: 4.1 to 4.8 and Chapter-5: 5.1 to 5.11) UNIT – V: Long Duration Voltage Variations: Principles of Regulating the Voltage, Devices for Voltage Regulation, Utility Voltage Regulator Application, Capacitors for Voltage Regulation, End-User Capacitor Application, Regulating Utility Voltage with Distributed resources, Flicker. UNIT – VI: Power quality Monitoring: Monitoring Considerations, Historical Perspective of Power quality Measuring Instruments, Power quality Measurement Equipments, Assessment of Power quality Measurement Data, Application of Intelligent Systems, Power quality Monitoring Standards. (Chapter-7: 7.1 to 7.7 and Chapter-11: 11.1 to 11.6)

TEXT BOOK: 1.“Electrical Power systems Quality” By Roger C. Dugan, Mark F. Mcgranaghan, Surya Santoso & H.Wayne Beaty,

2nd Edition, TMH Education Private Ltd., New Delhi. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Quality Assessment, J.Arrilaga, N.R.Watson, S.Chen, John Wiley & Sons. 2. Understanding Power quality Problems: Voltage Sags & Interruptions, M.H.J. Boller IEEE, 1999

526

B.Tech IV Year – II Sem. Code: 5A830 REAL TIME CONTROL OF POWER SYSTEMS (Professional Elective-V)

L T P C 3 1 3 UNIT – I Substation/ Generating Station: Lay out of substation / Generating Station, Main Equipment in Sub Station/ Generating Station, Instrument Transformers and their importance in measurements and protection, important parameters necessary for Grid operation: Analog Points (MW, MVar, Tap Position, Voltage, Frequency), Status Points (CB Status, Isolator Status, SOE Points), Alarms. Hardware required getting these parameters to RTU: Transducers & their connectivity. UNIT – II SCADA Functions: Introduction to SCADA: Grid Operation & Control, Difficulties in operating the large power systems manually, need for going to SCADA operation, advantages of SCADA operation. Data Acquisition, Monitoring and Event Processing, Control Functions, Time tagged data, Disturbance data collection and analysis, Reports and Calculations. Man –Machine Communication: Operator‘s Console, VDU Display and its use, Operator Dialogs, Mimic Diagram Functions, and Printing Facilities. UNIT – III Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) & Communication Practices: Major Components: RTU Panel, Interface Panel. D20M Main Processor, Analog Card, Status Card, Control Card, Modems. Types Of Communications: Power Line Carrier Communications, Microwave, Optical fibre, VSAT Communications. Types of Network Elements in LAN & WAN. Process of Data Communication. UNIT – IV Sub-Load Dispatch Center (SUB-LDC): Various Equipment in Sub LDC: (a) Work Stations: details (b) FEPS: Function of FEPS (Front End Processors). (c) Routers: function of routers, interconnectivity of the equipment by LAN, Functionality and responsibilities of Sub LDC UNIT – V Introduction to SCADA Protocols and Communication Standards for Electrical Power systems: Power system Control requirements and evolution of Protocol for Communication, Protocols -Modbus, Distributed Network Protocol (DNP), IEC 870-5 and 60870 series, Benefits from the IEC (International Electro technical Commission) communication Standards. (Ref: www.dnp.org,www.modbus.org, www.kema.nl) Real Time Software: Classification of Programs, Structure of Real time Programs, Construction Techniques & Tools, Programming Language Requirements for Process Control.

UNIT – VI Computer Control of Electrical Power systems: Evolution of System Control, time scale of system control, online computer control, and Software Elements: State Estimation, Monitoring & Prediction, Generation & Load Control, Security Analysis; Software Coordination & Systems Simulation. State Load Dispatch Center (SLDC): Inter Connectivity of Sub-LDCs & SLDCs, Hierarchy of Data Transfer, Functions & Responsibilities of SLDC, Real Time Operation carried at SLDC.

Southern Regional Load Dispatch Center (SRLDC): Functions & Responsibilities of SRLDC, Operations carried at SRLDC, Overview of SCADA, Real Time Operation in detail.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hassan Bevrani: Robust Power system Frequency Control, Power electronics and Power systems, Edition illustrated Publisher Springer, 2009. 2. Michael John Howard Sterling: Power system control, Volume 6 of IEE control engineering series, Edition illustrated Publisher Peregrinus [for] the Institution of Electrical Engineers, 1978. 3. TorstenCegrell, ―Power system control –Technology‖, Prentice –Hall International seriesin Systems and control Engineering, Prentice Hall International Ltd., 1986. 4. S. Bennett and D.A. Linkens (Editors): Real –Time Computer Control, IEE Control Engineering series (24), peter Peregrinus Ltd., 1984. 5. Real –Time Systems –by C.M. Krishna and Kangg. Shin, McGraw-Hill international companies, 1997.

527


CODE: 5A883 PROJECT PHASE - II L T P/D C

0 0 20 12




















528


CODE: 5A884 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA-VOCE - III L T P/D C

0 0 0 1


x x x

Course Outcome :

2. Comprehend the concepts in the core and élective courses. 3. Exhibit technical knowlegde to face interviews. 4. Exhibit life long Learning skills for higher education and to persue Professional practice.


529


CODE: 5A898 TECHNICAL LITRETURE REVIEW AND SEMINAR - IV L T P/D C

0 0 2 1


x x x x x x x x


practice.






and conclusions.




Seminar Notes 10 marks



Attendance 10 marks

Punctuality 05 marks

Total 100 Marks

530





S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4H101 English – I 2 1 --- 2 30 70



4 4H131 Engineering Chemistry-I 3 1 --- 3 30 70


6 4B101 Engineering Drawing - I 2 --- 4 4 30 70

7 4H171 ELCS Lab - I --- --- 2 1 25 50





12 4F172 IT work shop – I --- --- 3/2 1 25 50

13 4A185 Technical paper writing & Seminar - I

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 17 6 17.5 28 355 720


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4H202 English – II 2 1 --- 2 30 70


3 4H222 Engineering Physics – II 3 1 --- 3 30 70


5 4B202 Engineering Drawing – II 2 --- 3 3 30 70

6 4H232 Engineering Chemistry-II 3 1 --- 3 30 70

7 4A201 Circuits & Networks - I 3 2 --- 3 30 70

8 4H272 English Language Lab - II --- --- 2 1 25 50




12 4A286 Technical paper writing & Seminar – II

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 21 7 13 28 335 690

531


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext



4 1 --- 4 30 70





7 4H373 Functional and Communicative Written English

--- --- 3 2 25 50

8 4CC71 Electronic Devices & Circuits Lab --- --- 4 2 25 50

9 4A371 Electrical Circuits & Simulation Lab

--- --- 4 2 25 50

10 4A387 Technical paper writing & Seminar – III

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 21 8 13 28 280 570


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4HC16 Probability & Statistics 3 1 --- 3 30 70


3 4A406 Power system – I 4 1 --- 4 30 70




7 4HC74 Effective English communication and Soft skills

--- --- 3 2 25 50

8 4A472 Comprehensive Viva-Voce- I --- --- --- 1 --- 50



11 4A488 Technical paper writing & Seminar – IV

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 20 7 13 28 280 620

Professional Elective –I 4A717 High Voltage Engineering


4DC03 Computer Organization & Architecture

532


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4BC04 Basic Mechanical Engineering 3 1 --- 3 30 70

2 4CC09 Linear and Digital ICs 3 1 --- 3 30 70




6 Open Elective – I 3 -- -- 3 30 70

7 4HC76 Quantitative aptitude --- -- 3 2 25 50

8 4A574 Group project -- -- 3 1 25 50

9 4CC76

Linear and Digital IC Applications Lab

-- -- 3 2 25 50

10 4A575 Control systems Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50

11 4A589 Technical paper writing & Seminar - V

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 20 5 14 28 305 620

Open Elective – I

4CC04 Signals And Systems

4FC03 Data Base Management Systems

4DC01 Discrete Structures And Graph Theory

4DC07 VLSI Design

4DC06 Embedded And Real Time Systems

4B515 Product and service Design

4ZC04 Entrepreneurship

533


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext


4 1 -- 4 30 70

2 4DC05 Microprocessor & Microcontrollers

3 1 -- 3 30 70

3 4A716 Utilization of Electrical energy 3 1 -- 3 30 70

4 4A611 Power systems – III 4 1 --- 4 30 70


6 Open Elective – II 3 -- -- 3 30 70

7 4HC77 Logical reasoning --- -- 3 2 25 50

8 4A676 Comprehensive Viva-Voce- II -- -- -- 1 -- 50


10 4A678 Power electronics Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50

11 4A690 Technical paper writing & Seminar – VI

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 20 5 11 28 280 620







4ZC07 Fundamentals of Disaster Management

4ZC12 Project management & Finance

5EC03 Operating systems

***Industry oreiented Mini Project will be conducted by all students in summer vacation of III / IV B.Tech, II – Semester for a period of One Month. The report must be submitted in IV / IV B.Tech I –Semester and will have to be defended. Marks allotted are “75” and Two Credits are provided.

534


S.No. Subject Code


INT EXT

1 4GC33 Intellectual Property Rights, Values and Ethics

2 1 --- 2 30 70

2 4A714 Power systems – IV 4 0 -- 4 30 70

3 4A715 Non conventional Sources of Energy 4 1 -- 4 30 70


5 4ZC02 Management science 4 1 -- 4 30 70

6 Professional Elective – II 3 1 --- 3 30 70

7 4A779 Project Phase –I -- -- 2 1 50 --



10 4DC71 Microprocessor & Microcontrollers Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50


12 4A791 Technical paper writing & Seminar - VII --- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 21 5 13 31 355 620

Professional Elective – II


4EC06 Computer Networks

4FC10

Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic


535


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4A820 Electrical distribution Systems 3 1 --- 3 30 70

4GC06 Environmental Studies 4 1 -- 4 30 70

2 Professional Elective – III 4 1 --- 4 30 70

3 4A883 Project Phase -II --- --- 15 12 50 150

4 4A884 Comprehensive Viva-voce-III --- --- --- 1 --- 50

5 4A892 Technical paper writing & Seminar - VIII

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 11 3 17 25 165 410



4A819 Flexible AC Transmission Systems


4A821 High Voltage DC Transmission

4A823 Control of Electric Drives

4C836 Communication Theory

536

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2


x x

I Year B.Tech - I Sem

CODE: 4H101 ENGLISH - I UNIT 1: Refresher Course

Exercises on English Vocabulary and Grammar are practiced and followed up by a Diagnostic Test

Grammar - Parts of Speech

Correction of Sentences

Vocabulary

One Word Substitutes

DIAGNOSTIC TEST 1

REMEDIAL CLASSES Exercises on different aspects to improve basic English language learning is provided

WRITING: Guided paragraph

UNIT 2: Short Story Short Story & Vocabulary (Devoted Son by Anita Desai)

Vocabulary: Words from the text

a. Meanings of Words

b. Usage of Words

c. Synonyms of Words

d. Antonyms of Words

e. Usage of Sentences

Grammar: Types of Sentences – Simple / Compound / Complex

Conversation of one type into the other / Rules of conversation

Exercises based on simple to compound, simple to complex, compound to complex, complex to compound,

complex to simple, etc.

Writing: Paragraph Writing

Speaking: Asking questions to gain information (working in pairs)

“Wh” Questions; Tag Questions; Command and Requests; Greeting and Leave Taking; Asking for Permission

UNIT 3: Public Address Evolution of Indomitable Spirit in Youth by APJ Abdul Kalam

Vocabulary: Words from the text

a. Meanings of Words

b. Usage of Words

c. Homonyms, Homophones and Homographs

d. Words often confused and sentences with such words

Grammar: Verbs, Types of Verbs, Finite / Infinite, Transitive and Intransitive, Auxiliary, Tenses (Regular and

Irregular Verb Tenses)

Exercises based on Verbs and their various usages

Writing: Writing a paragraph on any famous / inspirational person

Speaking: Greeting and Leave Taking, Apologizing and Inviting (working in pairs)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST 2

Remedial Activity 2

537

UNIT 4: Creativity Lesson: A Tea Party by Ruth Prawar Jhabwala

Vocabulary: Text based words, meanings and sentences / Affixation, Prefixes, Infixes and Suffixes

Grammar: Sentences Using the Correct Form of given base word

Writing: Informal / Formal Letter Writing (Salutation, Introduction, Body, Conclusion, Complimentary Close

and Signature)

Speaking: Situational Dialogues

UNIT 5: Inspiring Speech Moon Shot Speech (1961) by John F. Kennedy

Vocabulary: Text Based Words / Meanings

Collocations: Words that go together

Exercises based on Collocations

Phrasal Verbs

Exercises

Grammar: Scrambled Words and Writing Sentences

Writing: Summarizing

Speaking: Topic related short speeches / Narrating an anecdote

Tex Book: Compiled by Faculty - Department of English (SNIST)

Suggested Reading: Essential English Grammar by Raymond Murphy

Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond Murphy

538

L T P/D C

3 2 0 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

I Year B.Tech. I Semester Code: 4H111 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS –I

(Common to all branches except Bio-Technology)

UNIT-I: Differential Calculus: Rolle’s theorem, Lagranges and Cauchy mean value theorems (without proofs). Taylor’s series and Maclarin series- Applications to find approximation of definite integrals.

Functions of several variables: Continuity of function of variables, Partial derivatives of Higher order,

Euler’s theorem, Total differentiation, Jacobian and its properties, Extreme values of a function of several variables- Applications.

UNIT-II: Ordinary Differential Equations of first order: Differential equations of first order and first degree-Exact, Linear and Bernoulli equations. Applications: Law of natural growth and decay, Newton’s law of cooling, orthogonal trajectories.

UNIT-III: Ordinary Differential Equations of Higher order: Linear differential equations of second and higher orders with constant coefficients, method of variation of parameters, system of linear differential equations with constant coefficients. Applications: simple Harmonic motion, LCR circuit.

UNIT-IV: Multiple integrals: Double Integrals, Iterated Integrals-Integrals over Rectangular and General Regions, Change of Variables, Polar Coordinates, Triple integrals in Cartesian coordinates, Change of variables. Applications -Moment of Inertia, Calculation of volumes using Triple Integrals.

UNIT-V: Vector Differential Calculus: Scalar and Vector Fields, Vector Differentiation, Level Surfaces, Directional Derivative, Gradient of a Scalar Field, Divergence and Curl of a Vector Field, Laplacian Operator and related properties.

UNIT-VI: Vector Integral Calculus: Line Integral, Surface Integral, Volume Integral, Verification of problems on Green’s Theorem in Plane, Gauss-Divergence Theorem and Stoke’s Theorem. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 2. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 3. Engineering mathematics, B. V. Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. REFERENCE BOOKS:



539

B.Tech. I Year – I semester

Code: 4H121 Engineering Physics – I (Common to all branches) L T P/D C

3 1 -- 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

UNIT – I: Crystallography and Crystal Structures: Space Lattice, Unit Cell, Lattice Parameters, Crystal Systems, Bravais Lattices, Miller Indices, Crystal Planes and Directions, Inter Planar Spacing of Orthogonal Crystal Systems, Atomic Radius, Co-ordination Number and Packing Factor of SC, BCC, FCC, and hcp Structures. Atomic densities along various portant directions and planes and comparison of deformability of BCC, FCC and hcp metals.

UNIT-II: Defects in Crystals:

Point Defects: Vacancies, Substitutional, Interstitial, Frenkel and Schottky Defects-Calculation of concentration,

Qualitative treatment of line (Edge and Screw Dislocations) Defects, Burger‘s Vector.

X-ray Diffraction: Basic Principles, Bragg’s Law, Powder Method, Applications of X-ray Diffraction.

UNIT- III: Elements of Statistical Mechanics:

Phase space, Ensemble, Difference between micro, canonical & grand canonical ensemble,

Qualitative explanation of Maxwell - Boltzman Statistics, Bose – Einstein Statistics, and Fermi – Dirac

Statistics, Density of states quantitative treatment.

UNIT-IV: Principles of Quantum Mechanics: Waves and Particles, de Broglie Hypothesis , Matter Waves, Davisson and Germer’s Experiment, G. P. Thomson Experiment, Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle, Schrödinger’s Time Independent Wave Equation -Physical Significance of the Wave Function -Particle in One Dimensional Potential Box.

UNIT-V: Free electron theory of Metals:

Classical free electron theory (Drunde and Lorentz), Electrical conductivity of a metals, Relaxation time,

Collision time and mean free path, Success of classical free electron theory, Breakdown of free electron theory,

Fermi – Dirac distribution function- variation with temperature, The quantum free electron theory.

UNIT-VI: Band Theory of Solids:

Bloch Theorem, Kronig-Penny Model (Qualitative Treatment), E-K curve ,velocity of ,point of

inflection, effective mass of an electron and its significance, Origin of Energy Band Formation in Solids,

Classification of Materials into Conductors, Semi Conductors & Insulators.

Text Book:


Reference Books: 12. Charles Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, John Wiley Publisher 13. Neil W. Ashcroft, N. David Mermin,, Solid State Physics, Thomson Publisher, 14. Donald Allan McQuarrie, Statistical Mechanics, University Science Books Publisher, California 15. Sathya Prakash, Statistical Mechanics, Pragathi Prakashan Publisher 16. Quantum Mechanics by G. Aruldas 17. John L Powel, Quantum Mechanics, Narosa Publications 18. Ramamurti Shanker, Principles of quantum Mechanics, Springer Publication 19. M Chandrashekar and P Appla Naidu, Applied Physics, VGS Book Links 20. K. Vijaya Kumar, S Chandralingam, Modern Engineering Physics, S Chand Publisher

e

540

B.Tech I Year I Sem CODE: 4H131 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY-I

(Common to all) L T P/D C

3 1 - 3


x x x

UNIT - I WATER TECHNOLOGY (g) Water quality Parameters:-Hardness of water – types of hardness (temporary and permanent).

Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA Method. (h) Water for Industrial purpose: Water for steam making, Boiler troubles-Carry over (priming

&foaming).Boiler Corrosion, Scale and sludge, caustic embrittlement. (i) Treatment of Water: Internal Conditioning- Phosphate, Carbonate & Calgon conditioning. External

Treatment: Lime- Soda, Zeolite, Ion-exchange process, Desalination-Reverse osmosis and electro dialysis. Methods of Treatment of Water for Domestic purpose-Sedimentation, Coagulation, Filtration, Disinfection-Chlorination, Ozonization. (Numerical problems on calculation temporary and permanent hardness). Engineering applications: Methodology and working of mineral water plant (ISI) for drinking purpose.

UNIT - II ELECTROCHEMISTRY Electro Ionics:- Conductance – conductors (metallic and electrolytic) – Types of conductance – specific, Equivalent, molar conductance – Effect of dilution on conductance – Kohlrausch’s law and its applications i) Determination of equivalent conductance for weak electrolytes ii) Degree of dissociation iii) Solubility of sparingly soluble salts – numerical problems on Kohlrausch’s law. Electrodics :- E M F of electrochemical cells – cell notation and cell reaction – electrode potential ( oxidation and reduction) Nernst Equation and its applications. Types of electrodes (a) Gas electrode (H2 electrode) (b) Metal ion electrode (Zn/Zn

+2) (c) Redox electrode (Quinhydrode electrode) (d) Metal – Metal insoluble salt

electrode(SCE) (e) Ion selective electrode. Engineering Applications – determination of PH.

UNIT - III ELECTROCHEMICAL ENERGY SOURCES – BATTERIES Cell and batteries – types of batteries (i) Primary batteries – Lechalanche cell (dry cell), Lithium cell (j) Secondary batteries(Accumulators) – Lead acid battery, Alkaline battery Ni-Cd battery, , Lithium-ion

battery (k) Fuel cells- H2 – O2 fuel cell & Methanol – Oxygen fuel cell (l) Photovoltaic Cell- Solar Cell

Engineering applications – future water powered car, solar cells in domestic and automobiles.

UNIT - IV CORROSION AND ITS CONTROL Corrosion – Basic concepts – Mechanism of chemical, electrochemical Corrosion (absorption of O2 and evaluation of H2) – Pilling - Bed worth rule – Types of electrochemical Corrosion – Galvanic Corrosion – Pitting Corrosion – Concentration Cell Corrosion – Factors affecting the rate of Corrosion. Engineering Applications: a) Corrosion Control Methods- Cathodic protection – sacrificial anode and impressed current cathode

method. b) Protective Coatings -- Surface preparation for metallic coatings like hot dipping (tinning and galvanizing)

metal cladding (Al Cladding) electro plating (copper plating) and electroless plating (Nickel plating). Methodology and production of gold decorative articles.

UNIT - V PHASE EQUILIBRIA AND ALLOYS Phase rule:- Introduction, definition of terms with examples, one components system – Water system, reduced phase rule – Two component systems, classification – lead – silver system. Alloys: - Introduction – Definition – properties of alloys – significance of alloying, functions and effect of alloying elements. Engineering applications of ferrous alloys – Ni chrome and stainless steel, nonferrous alloys – brass and bronze.

541

UNIT - VI NANO CHEMISTRY Basics – distinction between molecules, nanoparticles and bulk materials, size – dependent properties. Nano Particles: nano cluster, Nano rod, nano tube (CNT) and nano wire. Synthesis: Precipitation, thermolysis, hydrothermal, solvothermal, electrode position, laser ablation, wet chemical methods of preparation (micro emulsion – solvent extraction Reduction – chemical oxidation Reduction. Applications of Nano materials in Medicine and Energy systems - Carbon nanotubes in efficient solar cell and fuel cells. Text Book:

6. Engineering Chemistry: P.K. Jain and M.K. Jain, Dhanpathrai Publications-14th

Edition. Reference Books:

3. Essentials of Physical Chemistry: Baul & Tuli, S. Chand Publications. 4. Text of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara & Mukkanti, S. Chand & CO, New Delhi (2014). 5. Chemistry of Engineering Materials by C.V. Agarwal,C.P.Murthy,A.Naidu; BS publications. 6. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology by B.S. Murthy and P.Shankar, University press.

542

B. Tech. I Year I semester COMPUTER PROGRAMMING


CODE: 4F101 L T P C 4 1 0 4


x x x x x x

UNIT – I Computer fundamentals – Computer Systems, Computer Hardware, Computer Software, Computer Environments – Personal Computing Environment, Time-sharing Environment, Client/Server Environment, Distributed Computing, Computer Languages – Machine Languages, Symbolic Languages, High-Level Languages, Creating and running programs – Writing and Editing, compiling, linking, and executing programs, System Development – SDLC (Pages 1 – 28 of Text Book 1). Problem solving Techniques – Algorithms, pseudo code, flowcharts – Simple illustrations and domain problems like: Sum of digits of a number, Nature of quadratic equations, Income Tax Problem, Standard Deviation (Pages 1019 – 1032 of Text Book 1). UNIT – II Introduction to the C language – Background, C Programs, Structure of a C Program, Comments, the greeting program, identifiers, constants, variables and keywords. Types – void, integral, and foating-point types. Variables – declarations and initialization. Input / Output – Steams, Formatting input and output (Pages 29 – 76 of Text Book 1). Expressions – Primary expressions, post-fix expressions, pre-fix expressions, unary expressions, binary expressions, Precedence and associativity, evaluating expressions, type conversions – implicit type conversion, explicit type conversion, statements – statement type, role of semicolon, statements and defined constants (Pages 94 – 134 of Text Book 1). Decision control structures – Logical data and operators, Two-way selection – if..else, nested if, dangling else, conditional expressions, Multi-way selection – switch statement, else-if (231 – 263 of Text Book 1). UNIT – III Repetitive control structures – Pre-test and post-test loops – initialization and updation, event and counter controlled loops, while, do..while, for, break and continue statements, comma expression (Pages 303 – 348 of Text Book 1). Functions – User-defined functions - Function definition, arguments, return value, prototype, arguments and parameters, inner-function communication. Standard functions – Math functions, Random numbers. Scope – local global (Pages 149 – 199 of Text Book 1). Parameter passing – Call by value and call by reference. Recursive functions – Definition, examples, advantages and disadvantages (Pages 349 – 359 of Text Book 1). Macros – Definition, examples, comparison with functions. UNIT – IV Arrays – Definition and declaration, initialization, accessing elements of in arrays, storing values in arrays, inter-function communication – passing individual elements, passing the whole array, array applications, bubble sort, sequential search. Two dimensional and multidimensional arrays (Pages 459 – 487 and 493, 501 of Text Book 1). UNIT – V Pointers – Introduction, pointer constants, pointer values, pointer variables, accessing variables through pointers, pointer declaration and definition, declaration versus redirection, initialization of pointer variables, pointer for inter function communication, pointer to pointers (Pages 557 – 577 of Text Book 1). Arrays and pointers – Pointer arithmetic and arrays, Memory allocation functions – static and dynamic memory allocation, array of pointers (Pages 612 – 633 of Text Book 1). Strings – Input output functions, string handling functions.

543

UNIT – VI Enumerated, Structure, and Union types – The type definition (typedef), enumerated types, Structure, Unions (Pages 745 – 786 of Text Book 1). Files – File name, file information table, streams, text and binary streams, stream file processing, system created steams, Standard library I/O functions, file open and close, formatting I/O functions, character I/O functions, Binary I/O, Standard library functions (Pages 393 – 441, 821 – 840 of Text Book 1). Text Books: 6. Computer science, a structured Programming approach using C, B.A. Forouzan and R.F. Gilberg, Third

edition, Thomson.

References: 7. The C programming Language, B.W. Kernighan, Dennis M.Ritchie, PHI/Pearson Education. 8. Let us C by Yashwanth P. Kanetkar 8

th edition BPB publications.

9. Computer Programming for teens by Mary Farrell.

544

B. Tech. I Year I semester Code: 4B101 ENGINEERING DRAWING – I

(Common to all branches) L T P/D C

2 0 4 4


x

UNIT – I Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Drawing Instruments and their uses, types of lines, use of pencils, Lettering, Rules of dimensioning. Construction of polygons: Inscription and superscription of polygons given the diameter of circle. Introduction To Scales (Theory Only): Scales Used In Engineering Practice and Concept Of Representative Fraction Curves used in Engineering Practice and their Constructions: Conic Sections including Rectangular Hyperbola - General method only.

UNIT – II Drawing of Projections or Views (Orthographic Projection in First Angle Projection Only): Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions – First and Third Angle Projections, Projection of Points, Projection of Lines - inclined to both planes, True lengths, traces.

UNIT – III Projections of Planes: Projections of regular Planes, traces, Oblique planes, Introduction to Auxiliary planes

UNIT –IV Projections of Solids: Projections of Regular Solids – Regular Polyhedra, solids of revolution, Axis inclined to both planes.

UNIT –V Sections of Solids: Sections and Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views

UNIT –VI Intersection of Similar and Dis-similar Solids: Line method, Cutting plane method, Intersection of Prism Vs Prism, Cylinders Vs Cylinder (Under Similar category) and Cylinder Vs Prism (Under Dis-similar category)

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D. Bhatt / Charotar publishers

2. Engineering Drawing 2nd Edition Basant Agrawal, C. M. Agrawal, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

REFERENCES: 5. Engineering Drawing, K.Venugopal/G.Sreekanjana, New Age International Publishers.

http://www.flipkart.com/author/basant-agrawal

http://www.flipkart.com/author/c-m-agrawal

545

B. Tech. I Year I semester

Code: 4H171 ELCS Lab L T P/D C

0 0 2 1 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

Phonetics:

1. Vowels: Long Vowels

2. Vowels: Short Vowels

3. Vowels: Diphthongs

4. Consonants: Voiced Consonants

5. Consonants: Voiceless Consonants

6. Stress or Accent

7. Intonation

Communication Skills:

1. Situational Dialogues

Speaking Activity – Introducing Oneself; Introducing Others; Meet and Greet

2. JAM Sessions

3. Describing an object/person/situation/place

4. Telephonic Conversations

5. Giving Directions

6. Review of a story/film/novel.

B.Tech. I Year - I semester

546

CODE: 4H181 Engineering Physics Lab – I L T P/D C -- -- 3/2 1


x x


11. Calculation of error – Error estimation 12. Determination of wavelength of a given laser Source of light by using diffraction grating 13. To find frequency of tunning fork – Melde’s experiment 14. To find the frequency of ac signal generator – A c Sonometer 15. R C Circuit 16. L C R series and parallel resonance 17. Determination of rigidity modulus of a given wire – Torsional pendulum 18. Determination of Planck’s constant 19. Determination of the acceleration to gravity and radius of gyration by compound pendulum.

Note: Any six of the above nine Experiments are to be conducted.

Prescribed Practical Book by Dr. Y. Aparna, Professor & HOD of Physics Department, JNTUH.

547

B. TECH - I Year I Semester

CODE: 4H186 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY

L T P/D C

- - 4/2 2


x x

The objective of the Laboratory practicals is to make the student to acquire the basic Knowledge used for engineering applications. 1. Determination of Hardness of a ground water sample. 2. Preparation of Thiokol rubber. 3. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricant by Redwood Viscometer.. 4. Estimation of Copper in Brass alloy (HYPO) 5. Estimation of Calcium in Portland cement. 6. Estimation of Iron content in Ore sample using Colorimeter (KSCN) 7. Estimation of rate of Corrosion of Aluminium in acidic and alkaline medium. 8. Determination of Mohr’s salt by Potentiometric method. 9. Determination of Calorific value of Solid fuel by using Bomb Calorimeter. 10. Experiment on Green chemistry;Aldol condensation(not by Classic route) 11. Determination of Flash point and fire point of a lubricant 12. Determination of strength of Strong Acid using Strong Base (HCl vs NaOH) by Conductometric titrations.

548

B. Tech I Year I semester Code: 4F171 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB


L T P/D C - - 3 2


x x x x x

25. Unit I (Cycle 1) 1. Write an algorithm for converting a given Celsius temperature to its equivalent Fahrenheit temperature and draw a flowchart. 2. Write an algorithm to find the largest of three given numbers and draw a flowchart. 3. Write an algorithm and draw a flowchart for finding the roots and nature of roots of a quadratic

equation, given its coefficients. 4. Write an algorithm and flowchart for finding the first n Fibonacci numbers, give n.


1. Write an algorithm, flowchart, and C program for: a) Finding the area and circumference of a circle of given radius. b) Finding the volume of a sphere of given radius. c) Finding the lateral surface area of a right circular cone of given base radius and height. d) Finding selling price of an item, given its cost price and profit percent. e) Finding the interest on a given principal for a given period of time at a given rate of per year.

2. Write a C program to display all the sizes of data types in C. 3. Write a C program to display a given decimal integer into an equivalent octal number and

hexadecimal number using %o and %x in printf function. 27. Unit II (Cycle 3)

1. Write a C program to find the roots and nature of the roots of a quadratic equation, given its coefficients.

2. Write a C program for finding the largest of three given numbers. 3. A salesman gets a commission of 5% on the sales he makes if his sales is below Rs.5000/- and a

commission of 8% on the sales that exceeds Rs.5000/- together with Rs.250/-. Write an algorithm or a flowchart and develop C program for computing the commission of the salesman, given his sales.


1. Write three C programs to print a multiplication table for a given number using while, do-while, and for loops.

2. Write a C program to compute the sum of: a) 1+x+x

2+x

3+………….+x

n, given x and n.

b) 1! + 2! + 3! + . . . + n!, given n. c) 1 – x

2/2! + x

4/4! – x

6/6! + x

8/8! – x


th term becomes less than

0.0001. 29. Unit III (Cycle 5)

1. Write a C program in the menu driven style to perform the operations +, -, *, /, % between two given integers.

2. Write a C program to find the largest and the least of some numbers given by the user. 3. Write a C program to find the sum of the digits of a positive integer.


1. Write C functions for the following: a) A function that takes an integer n as argument and returns 1 if it is a prime number and 0

otherwise. b) A function that takes a real number x and a positive integer n as arguments and returns x

n.


Fibonacci number. 2. Using recursion write C functions for the following:

549

a) Factorial of a non-negative integer n. b) Number of combinations of n things taken r at a time. c) Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. d) Least Common Multiple of two integers.

31. Unit III (Cycle 7) a) Write a menu driven style program to compute the above functions (cycle 6) on the choice of

the function given by the user. b) Define macros for the following and use them to find sum of the squares of the minimum and

maximum of two given numbers. 1. Larger of two numbers. 2. Smaller of two numbers. 3. Sum of the squares of two numbers.

c) Write a program to generate Pascal’s triangle. d) Write a program to count the number of letters, words, and lines in a given text.

32. Unit IV (Cycle 8) 1. Write a program to store the numbers given by the user in an array, and then to find the mean,

deviations of the given values from the mean, and variance. 2. Write a C program to initially store user given numbers in an array, display them and then to insert a

given number at a given location and to delete a number at a given location. 3. Write a program to store user given numbers in an array and find the locations of minimum and

maximum values in the array and swap them and display the resulting array.

33. Unit IV (Cycle 9) 1. Write a C program to implement the operations of matrices – addition, subtraction, multiplication. 2. Write a program to find whether a given matrix is symmetric, lower triangular, upper triangular,

diagonal, scalar, or unit matrix.

34. Unit V (Cycle 10) 1. Write a function to swap two numbers. 2. Write a function to compute area and circumference of a circle, having area and circumference as

pointer arguments and radius as an ordinary argument. 35. Unit VI (Cycle 11)

1. Define a structure for complex number. Write functions on complex numbers (addition, subtraction, absolute value, multiplication, division, complex conjugate) and implement them in a menu driven style. 2. Define a structure point. Write a program to find the distance between two points. 3. Define a structure student having members roll no., name, class, section, marks. Create an array of 10 students give the data and find the average marks, section-wise.


1. Write a program to: a) Create a file by the name given by the user or by command line argument and add the text given

by the user to that file. b) Open the file created above and display the contents of the file. c) Copy a file into some other file, file names given by the user or by command line arguments. d) Append a user mentioned file to another file. e) Reverse the first n characters of a file.

550

B. Tech. I Year I semester Code: 4B171 ENGINEERING WORKSHOP – I


--- --- 3/2 1


x x

1. House Wiring To connect the Tube Light as per circuit diagram To connect the Calling Bell as per circuit diagram

2. Home Appliances Practice of disassembly and assembly of various home appliances such as Fans, Mixers, Washing machines etc.,

3. Welding Preparation and welding of Lap Joint Preparation and welding of Butt Joint

551

B. Tech I Year I semester Code: 4F172 IT WORKSHOP-I

L T P/D C 0 0 3/2 1


x x x

Week1: Introduction to Computer: Identify the peripherals of a computer, components/peripherals in a CPU & its functions. Introduction to the types of Operating system, Install computer with dual boot operating system (windows, Linux with PowerPoint presentation). Comparison of types of OS in different platform. Week 2: Assembling and Deassembling Praticals Week 3: Introduction to Microsoft Windows 7: Software and data, Components of Desktop,Working with windows

Week 4: Getting Started with Microsoft Windows 7: Using the Start Menu, Obainting Help on Windows Changing Setting, Using Applications in Windows, Shutting Down Windows Week 5: Introduction to Linux Operating system, Linux Commands, DOS commands Week 6: Install computer applications in Linux and windows. Software and hardware trouble shoot, personal computer security settings and application software of the system. Cyber Ethics: Access websites and email, effectively and securely browse (banksites, https webpages) and share the data, categories of websites (.com, .in, .edu, .org).

TEXT BOOK: 1. “Comdex Information Technology Course Kit” by Vikas Gupta, Dreamtech Press

552

I Year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A185 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR - I

L T P/D C - - 2 1 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x

There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in first year first semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:

Preliminary Report on progress of the work and viva 05 marks Final report 05 marks Presentation and Defense before a departmental committee

consisting of Head, a senior faculty and supervisor 15 marks

553

I Year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4H202 ENGLISH -II

L T P/D C 2 1 0 2 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

UNIT 1: Short Story

Lesson: A Short Story of an Indian Engineer / A Talent, Undone by Bhargav Prasanna

Grammar: Active and Passive Voice

Vocabulary: Words and Phrases from the text

Writing: Paragraph Writing (Guided and Free)

Speaking: Narration of Places of Interest (India and Overseas)

UNIT 2: Speech Lesson: The Convocation Speech by Narayana Murthy

Vocabulary: Phrasal Verbs from the text

Grammar: Direct and Indirect Speech

Exercises related to speech

Writing: Précis Writing

Speaking: Speaking on Current Affairs / Latest Technology

UNIT 3: Analysis of an Essay Lesson: The Secret of Work by Swami Vivekananda

Vocabulary: One Word Substitutes

Writing: Essay Writing

Speaking: Giving Instructions and Directions

UNIT 4: Life History Lesson: Three Days to See by Hellen Keller

Concept and Elements of a Biography; Fiction and Non-Fiction; Ideas; Reminiscing

Writing: Critical Appreciation

Speaking: Speaking on past experiences and life‘s events

UNIT 5: Advancement of Technology Lesson: The Cyber Age (Polymer Bank Notes)

Question and Answers regarding a report / Testing on Mood, Tense and Voice

Vocabulary: Text Based Words / Meanings

Writing: Report on the economic status due to Credit/Debit Card

Speaking: Debate on conventional Currency and ―plastic money‖

Prescribed Text: Compiled by Faculty - Department of English (SNIST)

Suggested Reading: Essential English Grammar by Raymond Murphy

Intermediate English Grammar by Raymond Murphy

554

I Year B.Tech. II Semester Code: 4H213 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II

(Common to all branches except Bio-Technology)

L T P/D C

4 1 0 4 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

UNIT-I

Matrices and Linear System: Rank of a matrix, Echelon form, normal form, Inverse of a matrix by Guass-

Jordon method, Linear dependence and independence of a vectors, Solution of Linear system-Guass Elimination method, Rank method, Iteration methods: Guass Jordan and Guass seidal methods. Applications: Finding the current in electrical circuits. UNIT-II

Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors: Linear Eigen values and Eigenvectors- properties, Cayley Hamilton

theorem (without proof) and its applications, Digitalization of a matrix. UNIT-III

Special Functions: Beta, Gamma Functions –Properties, Relation between Beta and Gamma functions- Evaluation of improper integrals. UNIT-IV

Laplace Transformations:

Laplace Transformations – Laplace transform, Shifting theorems, Multiplication by powers of t, Division by t, Laplace transform of Unit Step function, Impulse function, and periodic functions.

Inverse Laplace transforms: Inverse Laplace transforms Shifting theorems, Partial fraction method, convolution theorem (without proof), Applications of Laplace transform to solve ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. UNIT-V Z- transforms: Z- Transforms – Inverse Z- transforms – properties – Damping rule – Shifting properties – Initial and final value theorems – Convolution theorem. Applications-Solution of difference equation by Z- transforms UNIT-VI Fourier series: Fourier series – Even and Odd functions – Fourier series in an arbitrary interval – Half-range Fourier sine and cosine series. Fourier Transforms: Fourier transformation, Sine and Cosine transformations, Finite fourier transforms, Parseval’s identity. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 2. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 3. Engineering mathematics, B. V. Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. REFERENCE BOOKS:



555

I Year B.Tech. II Semester

CODE: 4H222 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – II L T P/D C

3 1 -- 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x

(EEE, ECE, ECM, CSE, IT) UNIT-I

Semiconductor Physics: Fermi Level in Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors,

calculation of carrier concentration of Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, Direct &

Indirect Band Gap Semiconductors, Thermistor, Hall Effect in semiconductors and

applications.

UNIT-II

Physics of Semiconductor Devices: Formation of PN Junction and working of PN junction.

Energy Diagram of PN Diode, I-V Characteristics of PN Junction, LED, Solar cell,

applications.

UNIT-III

Dielectric Properties: Electric Dipole, Dipole Moment, Dielectric Constant, Electric

Susceptibility, Electronic and Ionic polarizabilities; Orientation Polarization(qualitative),

Internal fields in Solids, Clausius-Mossotti equation,Frequency and temperature effect on

Dielectrics(qualitative),Piezo-electricity, Pyro-electricity and Ferro- electricity,

Applications.

UNIT - IV

Magnetic Properties Permeability, Field intensity, Magnetic Induction, Magnetization,

Magnetic Susceptibility, Origin of Magnetic Moment, Bohr Magneton, Classification of Dia,

Para and Ferro Magnetic Materials on the basis of Magnetic Moment, Domain Theory of

Ferro Magnetism on the basis of Hysteresis Curve, Soft and Hard Magnetic Materials,

Properties of Anti-Ferro and Ferri Magnetic Materials and their applications, Super

conductivity, effect of Magnetic Field, Critical current density, Meissner’s effect, Type-I &

Type-II superconductors, Introduction to BCS theory of Superconductivity, applications of

super conductors.

UNIT - V

Lasers: Characteristics of Lasers, Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission of Radiation,

Meta-stable State, Population Inversion, Lasing Action, Einstein’s Coefficients and

Relation between them and significance, Ruby Laser, Helium-Neon Laser,

Semiconductor Diode Laser, Applications of Lasers.

Basics of Fiber Optics: Introduction, Principle of Optical Fiber, Acceptance Angle and

Acceptance Cone, Numerical Aperture, Types of Optical fibres. Attenuation in Optical

Fibers, Optical Fiber in communication system.

UNIT - VI

Nanotechnology: Origin of Nanotechnology, Nano Scale, Surface to Volume Ratio,

Quantum Confinement, Bottom-up Fabrication: Sol-gel, Precipitation, Chemical Vapour

556

Deposition; Top-down Fabrication: Thermal evaporation, Ball Milling, Characterization of

Nano materials(XRD&TEM), carbon nanotubes, Applications of Nano Materials.

Text Books: 1. P K Palanisamy, Engineering Physics, Sitech Publications

Reference Books: -

1. Introduction to Solid Physics, by Charles Kittel

2. Solid State Physics Neil by W. Ashcroft, N. David Mermin

3. Solid State Physics by S L Singal

4. Physics for semiconductor devices by Michael Shur

5. Engineering Phisics P K Palanisamy

6. Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction To The Next Big Idea by M Ratner, D Ratner

7. Nano Materials by A K Bandyopadhyay

8. Applied Physics by P.K. Mittal

9. Modern Engineering Physics by S.Chandralingam, K.Vijay Kumar

10. Heat and Thermodynamics by Zemansky

557

B. Tech I Year II semester Code: 4E201 DATA STRUCTURES AND C++

(Common to all Branches) L T P/D C

4 1 - 4


x x x x x

UNIT – I Introduction to data structures: Abstract data type (ADT), Stacks and Queues circular queues and their implementation with arrays. Applications of Stack: infix to post fix conversion, postfix expression evaluation. Applications of Queues Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter, a student should be able to: (i) Define what is an abstract data type (ii) Differentiate linear and non-linear data structures (iii) Representation and implementation of stack and queue using arrays. (iv) Convert the given infix expression to post fix notation and evaluate the postfix expression using stack. (v) Understand the applications of stack and queue. UNIT – II Singly linked lists, Advantages of Linked lists over Arrays, Doubly linked lists, Circular list and their operations, representing stacks and queues with Linked lists. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i) Understand what is a linked list (ii) know how structurally the distinct categories of lists differ from each other (iii) implement various categories of lists such as singly linked lists, doubly linked lists and circular lists (iv) understand how to represent and implement stack and queue using linked list UNIT – III Trees- Binary trees, terminology, representation, traversals. AVL trees, AVL tree operations: Insertion, deletion and searching. Graphs- terminology, representation, graph traversals (DFS & BFS). Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)understand the terminology and uses of trees and graphs(ii)explain distinct representations of trees as well the graphs(iii)analyze binary search tree(iv)construct binary search tree, given the elements and traverse the tree in pre-order, in-order and post-order(v)differentiate Depth First Search(DFS) and Breadth First Search (BFS) techniques and could traverse through the graph using DFS and/or BFS UNIT - IV Searching - Linear and binary search methods. Hash table representation, hash functions, double hashing. Sorting - Bubble sort, Selection sort, Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)understand what is meant by searching and could differentiate linear search operation performed on an ordered set of elements and an unordered set of elements(ii)differentiate the linear search and binary search techniques (iii)explain the procedure involved in binary search method(iv)understand the necessity of sorting techniques(v)list and implement different types of sorting techniques(vi)know and compare the time complexity of each sorting technique UNIT – V Introduction to C++ Programming-object oriented Programming concepts, Structured Vs OOP.

558

Classes and objects-class definition, Objects, class scope and accessing members, Constructors-default constructor, parameterized constructor, constructor initialization list, copy constructor. Destructors. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)differentiate structured Programming approach and the object oriented Programming approach(ii)understand the terms class, object and could write simple programs in C++ (iii)understand how to use access specifiers (iv)explain the differences between constructor and normal function UNIT – VI Static class members, this pointer, friend functions, Dynamic memory management with operators new and delete. Overloading-function overloading, Operator overloading, restrictions on operator overloading, overloading unary and binary operators, templates, inheritance: single, multiple and multi level inheritance. Objective: On completion of the unit/chapter a student should be able to:(i)describe static class members(ii)make use of this pointer, friend function(iii)demonstrate the dynamic memory allocation and deallocation (iv)understand what is overloading and write programs on function overloading, operator overloading(v)understand and differentiate types of templates (vi)learn inheritance and its usage. TEXT BOOKS 1. Data Structure Through C by Yashavant Kanetkar. 2.The complete reference C++ By Herb Schildt. 3. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg & Behrouz A. Forouzan.

REFERENCES 1. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, John E. Hopcroft. Data structures and Algorithms. Addison Wesley, 1983. 2. Data structures using c Aaron M.Tenenbaum , Yedidyah Langsam,Moshe J Augenstein. 3. Introduction To Data structures In C By Kamtane

559

B. Tech. I Year II semester

Code: 4B202 ENGINEERING DRAWING – II (Common to all branches)

L T P/D C 2 --- 3 3


x

UNIT – I Scales: Construction of Plain, Diagonal, Comparitive, Vernier Scales and Scale of chords.

UNIT – II Development of Surfaces: Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prisms, Cylinders, Pyramids, Cones and their parts.

UNIT – III Isometric Projections/views: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale – Isometric Views – Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple and Compound Solids – Isometric Projection of objects having non- isometric lines. Conversion of Orthographic Views to Isometric Views of simple objects.

UNIT –IV Transformation of Projections: Conversion of isometric views to orthographic views of simple objects.

UNIT –V Perspective Projections: Principle, Perspective elements, Perspective View of Points, Lines, Plane Figures and Simple Solids - Vanishing Point Method, Visual ray method.

UNIT –VI Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting: Generation of points, lines, curves, polygons, simple solids, dimensioning.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D. Bhatt / Charotar publishers 2. Engineering Drawing 2

nd Edition Basant Agrawal, C. M. Agrawal, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

REFERENCES: 5. Engineering Drawing, K.Venugopal/G.Sreekanjana, New Age International Publishers.

http://www.flipkart.com/author/basant-agrawal

http://www.flipkart.com/author/c-m-agrawal

560

B.Tech I Year II Sem CODE: 4H232 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY-II

(Common to EEE, ME, ECE, CSE, IT and ECM)

L T P/D C

3 1 - 3


x x x

UNIT - I POLYMER TECHNOLOGY Polymer, polymerization - Types of Polymerization. Plastics – thermosetting and thermoplastics , preparation, properties and Engineering applications of the following: PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, Nylon 6,6 and epoxy resins. Rubber – natural and artificial rubber, vulcanization of natural rubber, Buna-S, Buna-N and their Engineering applications. conducting polymers- classification, preparation of polyacetylene, polyaniline and their Engineering applications. UNIT - II SURFACE CHEMISTRY AND COLLOIDS Surface Chemistry: Adsorption – Types of Adsorption, Isotherms Langmuir adsorption isotherm. Engineering applications of adsorption. Colloids: Classification of colloids, Electrical and optical properties, micelles, gold number, Types of emulsions, preparation, Emulsifier, liquid in solids(gel), classification, preparation and properties Engineering applications of colloids in industry. UNIT - III FUEL TECHNOLOGY Classification of Fuels- Solid ,Liquid & gaseous fuels. Characteristics of good fuel , calorific value (HCV&LCV) . Determination of calorific value by Bomb & Junkers gas calorimeter. Solid Fuels:- Coal and its chemical composition, Analysis of Coal and their importance. Liquid fuels:-Source –Petroleum-refining of petroleum- Production of petrol by Bergius and Fischer tropsch’s process.- (the production of synthetic petrol). Gaseous Fuels:- Natural gas –Analysis of flue gas by Orsat’s apparatus. Engineering applications of fuels. UNIT - IV EXPLOSIVES, PROPELLANTS AND LUBRICANTS Explosives: Classification, Precautions during Storage, blasting fuses, important explosives and their Engineering apllicatons. Propellants: Classification of Propellants, Solid Rocket propellants and their engineering applications. Lubricants: Classification- Solid , Semi Solid, Liquid, emulsion- Properties- Selection of lubricants for different purposes. Lubrication: Mechanism of lubrication (fluid film, boundary and extreme pressure lubrication). Characteristics of Lubricants, Viscosity, viscosity index, Cloud and pour point, flash and fire point, mechanical strength.Engineering applications of lubricants. UNIT – V CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS Refractories : Definition, Classification with examples, criteria of a good refractory material, Causes for the failure of a Refractory material. Engineering applications of refractories. Insulators: Definition & Classification with examples, Characteristics of Insulating materials-Thermal insulators, Electrical insulators- Their Characteristics and Engineering applications of electrical insulators. Glass:- Manufacture of glass –types of glasses-Soft glass- hard glass , Applications of glass as an Engineering and Architectural material. Ceramics : Structural clay products, white wares and chemical stone wares. Engineering applications of ceramics. UNIT - VI GREEN CHEMISTRY Introduction, Concepts, Principles of green chemistry, development of green chemistry, importance of measurement in green chemistry, Principles of green engineering. Engineering Applications of green chemistry: Manufacutre of polylactic acid for plastic production, Production of biodegradable polymer (poly hydroxyl alkanoates (PHA).

561

Text Books:

1. Engineering Chemistry: P.K. Jain and M.K. Jain, Dhanpathrai Publications-14th

Edition. Reference Books:

1. Essentials of Physical Chemistry: Baul & Tuli, S. Chand Publications. 2. Text of Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara & Mukkanti, S. Chand & CO, New Delhi (2014). 3. Chemistry of Engineering Materials by C.V. Agarwal,C.P.Murthy,A.Naidu; BS publications. 4. Sharma, R.K.; Sidhwani,I.T. & Chaudhari, M.K. Green Chemistry Experiments: A Monograph, I.K.

International Publishing Hopuse pvt Ltd. New Delhi, Bangalore(2013). 5. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology by B.S. Murthy and P.Shankar, University press.

562

I year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A201 CIRCUITS & NETWORKS – I

L T P/D C 3 2 - 3


x x x x

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS: Circuit concept, R – L – C parameters, Voltage and current sources, Independent and dependent sources, Source transformation, Kirchoff’s Laws, Network reduction techniques, Series, Parallel, Series - parallel, Star – to – delta and Delta – to – star transformation, Mesh analysis, Nodal analysis, Concept of super mesh and super node. Voltage current relationship for passive elements (for different input signals – square, ramp, saw tooth, triangular) UNIT – II: NETWORK TOPOLOGY: Definitions, Graph, Tree, Basic cutset and Basic tieset matrices for planar networks, Loop and Nodal methods of analysis of Networks using graph theory, Duality & dual networks UNIT – III: MAGNETIC CIRCUITS: Basic terms in Magnetic Circuits, Comparison between electric and magnetic circuits, Composite magnetic circuit, Analysis of series, parallel magnetic circuits, Faraday’s Laws of electromagnetic induction, Concept of self and mutual inductance, Dot convention, Co-efficient of coupling. UNIT - IV: SINGLE PHASE A.C. CIRCUITS: R.M.S. and Average values, Form factor for different periodic wave forms, j Notation, Complex and polar forms of representation, Steady state analysis of R,L,C circuits (in series, parallel and series parallel combinations) with sinusoidal excitation, Concept of Reactance, Impedance, Susceptance and Admittance, Phase angle, Concept of power factor, Real, Reactive powers and Complex power. UNIT – V: LOCUS DIAGRAMS & RESONANCE: Locus diagrams of R-L, R-C circuits with variation of various parameters (series and parallel), Resonance in series, parallel circuits, Concept of band width and Q factor. UNIT – VI: NETWORK THEOREMS: Tellegen’s, Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power transfer, Millman’s and Compensation theorems with D.C.& A.C. excitations. TEXT BOOKS: 7. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6

th


rd edition.


th edition.

563

I year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4H272 ENGLISH LANUGAGE LAB- II

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


x

Lab Activities:

1. Reading Comprehension / Vocabulary Activities




5. Reading Comprehension / Grammar




Communication Skills:

1. Speaking Activity: Agreement and Disagreement

2. Speaking Activity: Hobbies / Books

3. Speaking Activity: Hobbies / Movies / Travel

4. Speaking Activity: Picture Perception

5. Speaking Activity: Picture Perception

6. Speaking Activity: Extemporaneous

7. Speaking Activity: Debate

564

B. Tech I Year II semester Code: 4E271 DATASTRUCTURES AND C++ LAB

(Common to all Branches) L T P/D C - - 3 2


x x x x x

Lab Objective: On completion of all the exercises, a student should be able to:

Represent and Implement the operations on basic linear and non-linear data structures

Implement basic C++ programs using object oriented Programming concepts 1. Write a C program that implement stack and its operations using arrays 2. Write a C program that implement Queue and its operations using arrays. 3. Write a C program that uses Stack operations to perform the following i) Converting infix expression into postfix expression ii) Evaluating the postfix expression 4. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on singly linked list.: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal 5. Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations on doubly linked list.: i) Creation ii) Insertion iii) Deletion iv) Traversal in both ways 6 Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following: i) Creating a Binary Tree of integers ii) Traversing the above binary tree in preorder, inorder and postorder. 7. Write C programs that use both recursive and non recursive functions to perform the following searching operations for a Key value in a given list of integers : i) Linear search ii) Binary search 8. Write C programs that implement the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers in

ascending order: i) Bubble sort ii) Quick sort 9.Write C programs that implement the following sorting methods to sort a given list of integers

in ascending order: i)Insertion sort ii) Merge sort iii) Selection Sort 10. Write a C++ program that prints all real solutions to the quadratic equation ax2+bx+c=0. Read in a,b,c and use the quadratic formula. If the descremainant b2-4ac is negative, display a message stating that there are no real solutions. 11. A Fibonacci Sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms in the sequence are 0

and Subsequent terms are found by adding the preceding two terms in the sequence. Write a C++ program to generate the first n terms of the sequence.

12. Write a C++ program that checks whether a given string is palindrome or not. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Data Structure through C by Yashavant Kanetkar. 2. The complete reference C++ by Herb Schildt. 3. Data structures, A pseudocode Approach with C by Richard F. Gilberg & Behrouz A. Forouzan.

565


Code:4B273 ENGINEERING WORKSHOP – II (Common to all branches except CSE & IT)

L T P/D C

0 0 3/2 1 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

1. Fitting

To make a Step Fitting as per the dimensions To make a Half Round Fitting as per the dimensions

2. Tin Smithy

Preparation of Funnel Preparation of Square box

3. Black Smithy

Fabrication of S - Shape Fabrication of Hook shape

566


Code:4H282 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB– II (Common to all branches)

L T P/D C

0 0 3/2 1


x x

1. Energy gap of a semiconductor 2. To study the characteristics of a thermistor 3. Characteristics of laser Diode 4. Numerical aperture of optical fiber and Bending losses of an optical fiber 5. Diffraction Grating. 6. Stewart & Gee’s Experiment (Determination of magnetic induction flux density along the

axis of a circular coil). 7. Newton’s Rings 8. Hall effect 9. Dielectric constant of a given material 10. Dispersive power of Prism

Note: Any six of the above nine Experiments are to be conducted

Prescribed Practical Book by Dr. Y. Aparna, Professor & HOD of Physics Department, JNTUH

567

I Year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A186 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR - II

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x

There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in first year second semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:



568

II Year B.Tech – I Sem

Code: 4H315 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – III (Common to all branches except Bio-Tech)

L T P/D C

3 2 - 3


x

UNIT-I

Special Functions: Beta, Gamma Functions –Properties, Relation between Beta and Gamma functions.

Applications: Evaluation of improper integrals. UNIT-II

Complex Analysis: Limits, continuity and differentiation, Analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations,

Complex integration, Cauchy’s integral theorem (without proof), Cauchy’s integral formula. Taylor’s and Laurent’s series, Singularities and zeros, Cauchy’s Residue Theorem (without proof). Applications: Evaluation of real integrals using Cauchy residue theorem. UNIT-III Fourier Transform: Fourier transform of a function, Sine and Cosine transformations, Finite fourier transform, Parseval’s identity. Application : Solution of differential equations using Fourier transform. UNIT-IV

Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations and Numerical integration: Introduction – The Bisection Method – The Method of False Position – The Iteration Method – Newton-Raphson Method, Trapezoidal rule – Simpson’s 1/3 rule , Simpson’s 3/8 rule. UNIT-V

Interpolation: Introduction-– Finite differences- Forward Differences, Backward differences, Central differences. Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Gauss Central Difference Formulae (without proofs), Lagrange’s Interpolation formula for unevenly spaced points. UNIT-VI

Numerical solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Solution by Taylor’s series –Picard’s Method of Successive Approximations –Euler’s Method, Runge-Kutta Methods, Predictor-Corrector Methods- Milne’s method, Adams-Bashforth method.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering, Kanti B.Datta, CENGAGE Learning. 2. Higher Engineering mathematics, B.S. Grewal, Khanna Publications, New Delhi. 3. Engineering mathematics, B. V. Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 4. Erwyn Kreyszig: Advanced Engineering mathematics, John Wiley and Sons, 8

th Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:



569


Code: 4CC02 SWITCHING THEORY AND LOGIC DESIGN (Common to all branches except Bio-Tech)

L T P/D C

4 1 0 4 a b c d e f g h i j k l

X X X X


1. Understand the rules of Boolean algebra and use it to simplify Boolean expressions.

2. Understand simplification of Boolean expressions using K-map.

3. Understand operations of combinational circuits such as fullaadders, multiplexers, decoders, encoders.

codeconverters.

4. Understand the operation of sequential circuits such as flip-flops

5. Understand the operation of counters and registers. Able to design them.

6. Understand the structure of PLD’s such as ROM’s, PLA’ s,PAL s. Understand the basic concepts of State Machine

Charts and models.

UNIT – I Number System: binary, decimal, octal, hexa decimal, weighted and un-weighted codes.

Boolean Algebra: Axiomatic definition of Boolean algebra, Binary operators, postulates of and theorems.

Boolean addition, subtraction, 1’s complement, 2’s complement. Switching functions, Canonical forms and Standard forms, Simplification of switching functions using theorems.

UNIT – II Logic gates: Basic gates and universal gates.

Minimization of Switching Functions: Karnaugh map method, Prime implicants, don’t care combinations,

Minimal SOP and POS forms, Quine-McCluskey Tabular Method, Prime Implicant chart, simplification rules.

UNIT - III Combinational Logic design: Single output and multiple output combinational logic circuit design, AND-OR,

OR-AND, and NAND/NOR realizations, Exclusive-OR and Equivalence functions, Binary adders/subtractors, Encoder, Decoder, Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, MUX realization of switching functions, Parity bit generator, Code-converters, Contact Networks, Hazards and hazard free realizations.

UNIT - IV Sequential Circuits 1: Classification of sequential circuits (Synchronous, Asynchronous Pulse mode, and Level

mode with examples). Basic flip-flops-Triggering and excitation tables. Conversions of flip flops.

UNIT - V Sequential Circuits 2: The sequential circuit model. Asynchronous counters, Design of simple synchronous sequential circuits such as counters. Design of modulo-N counter, Ring counter, twisted ring counter. Shift registers

UNIT - VI Programmable Logic Devices: Basic PLD’s-ROM, PROM, PLA, and PLD Realization of Switching functions

using PLDs .

Algorithmic State Machines: State machines and state diagrams. Examples of weighing machine and Binary multiplier. .

Text Books:

10. Morris Mano-,Digital design –PHI, 2nd Edition. 11. Zvi Kohavi -Switching & Finite Automata theory – TMH, 2nd Edition.

References: 1. Fletcher -An Engineering Approach to Digital design – PHI.

570

2. Charles H. Roth,-Fundamentals of Logic design –Thomson Publications, 5th Edition, 2004. 3. R.P.Jain-Switching Theory and Logic design- TMH Edition,2003. 4. John M. Yarbrough -Digital Logic Applications and Design – Thomson Publications, 2006 5. CVS Rao -Switching Theory and Logic design –Pearson Education, 2005

571


Code: 4CC01 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS (Common to ECE, ECM&EEE)

L T P/D C

4 1 0 4


X X x X


13. Understand the Principle of operation and applications of CRO.

14. Understand the operation of diode and its application as rectifier.

15. Understand the Fundamentals of BJT operation, Characteristics and different biasing circuits.

16. Understand the Fundamentals of JFET operation, Characteristics and importance of MOSFETs.

17. Understand the Small signal Model of BJT and Amplifier Analysis under CB, CE and CC configurations.


UNIT-I ELECTRON DYNAMICS AND CRO: Motion of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields. Simple problems based on electric and magnetic fields. Electrostatic and magnetic focusing. Principle of CRT. Deflection Sensitivity (Electrostatic and Magnetic deflection). Parallel Electric and Magnetic fields.

UNIT- II PN JUNCTION DIODE: P-N junction diode under forward & reverse bias. Transition capacitance and Diffusion

capacitance. Break down of junctions (Avalanche and Zener Break down).Zener Diode Characteristics. Applications: Half wave Rectifier, Full wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier: Analysis. UNIT-III BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR: Fundamentals of BJT& Operation, Minority carrier profiles. I/P and O/P Characteristics CB, CE and CC configurations. Switching characteristics (Rise time, Fall time, Delay Time and Storage time) .Biasing Methods & Stabilization Fixed Bias, Collector to Base Bias, Voltage Divider Bias and Problems, Thermal runway in BJTs.

UNIT-IV FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR: Working of JFET, JFET characteristics, Drain current equation, FET Parameters,

Small signal model of JFET. Construction and characteristics of MOSFET (Enhancement and depletion mode); Comparison of JFET & MOSFET .SCR: Two transistor Analogy and Characteristics, UJT: Operation and Characteristics.

UNIT- V TRANSISTOR AMPLIFIERS: Small signal Model of BJT, h-parameter representation-Determination of voltage gain, current gain, input impedance, output impedance .CE Amplifier-its Analysis,Frequency Response. Problems. RC coupled amplifier: Analysis. Approximate analysis of CB and CC Amplifiers.

UNIT-VI VOLTAGE REGULATORS: Terminology, Basic regulator circuit: Zener, Transistor Based: Shunt and Series

Voltage regulators. Protection Circuits: Current limiting, Short circuit protection. Specifications of Voltage regulator, Voltage multipliers.

Text Books

1. Electronic Devices and Crcuits-J.Millman, C.C.Halkias and satyabratha jit Tata Mc

Graw Hill,2 Ed. 2007

2. Electronic Devices AND Circuits-R.L.Boylestad &Louis Nashelsky, Pearson/Prentice

Hall, 9th edition, 2006.

References:

1. Integrated Electronics- J.Millman, C.C.Halkias, 1991 ed., 2008, TMH.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits – K.LalKishore, 2 ed., 2005, BSP.


4. Electronic Devices and Circuits by S.Salivahanan and N.Suresh Kumar, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications.

572

II year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A302 ELECTRO MAGNETIC FIELDS

L T P/D C 3 1 0 3


x x x x

UNIT – I ELECTROSTATICS: Coordinate systems-Cartesian, Spherical and Cylindrical coordinate systems- Conversion of coordinates to other systems. Electrostatic Fields – Coulomb’s Law – Electric Field Intensity (EFI) – EFI due to a line and a surface charge – Work done in moving a point charge in an electrostatic field – Electric Potential – Properties of potential function – Potential gradient – Guass’s law – Application of Guass’s Law – Maxwell’s first law, div ( D )=ρv-Laplace’s and Poison’s equations. UNIT – II ELECTRIC DIPOLE & CONDUCTORS: Electric dipole –Dipole moment – potential and EFI due to an electric dipole – Torque on an Electric dipole in an electric field, Energy stored and energy density in a static electric field. Behavior of conductors in an electric field, Conductors and Insulators, Current density – conduction and Convection current densities – Ohm’s law in point form – Equation of continuity. UNIT – III DIELECTRICS, CAPACITANCE & MAGNETO STATICS: Electric field inside a dielectric material – polarization – Dielectric – Conductor and Dielectric – Dielectric boundary conditions, Capacitance – Capacitance of parallel plate and spherical and co-axial capacitors with composite dielectrics. Static magnetic fields – Biot-Savart’s law – Oesterd’s experiment - Magnetic field intensity (MFI) – MFI due to a straight current carrying filament – MFI due to circular, square and solenoid current – Carrying wire – Relation between magnetic flux, magnetic flux density and MFI – Maxwell’s second Equation, div(B)=0- UNIT – IV AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW & FORCE IN MAGNETIC FIELDS: Ampere’s circuital law and its applications viz. MFI due to an infinite sheet of current and a long current carrying filament – Point form of Ampere’s circuital law – Maxwell’s third equation, Curl (H)=Jc, Field due to a circular loop, rectangular and square loops. Magnetic force - Moving charges in a Magnetic field – Lorentz force equation – force on a current element in a magnetic field – Force on a straight and a long current carrying conductor in a magnetic field – Force between two straight long and parallel current carrying conductors – UNIT – V MAGNETIC DIPOLE & MAGNETIC POTENTIAL: Magnetic dipole and dipole moment – a differential current loop as a magnetic dipole – Torque on a current loop placed in a magnetic field. Scalar Magnetic potential and its limitations – vector magnetic potential and its properties – vector magnetic potential due to simple configurations – vector Poisson’s equations. UNIT – VI SELF & MUTUAL INDUCTANCE AND TIME VARYING FIELDS: Self and Mutual inductance – Neumans’s formulae – determination of self-inductance of a solenoid and toroid and mutual inductance between a straight long wire and a square loop wire in the same plane – energy stored and density in a magnetic field. Time varying fields – Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction – Its integral and point forms –Maxwell’s fourth equation, Curl (E)=-∂B/∂t – Statically and Dynamically induced EMFs – Simple problems -Modification of Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields – Displacement current – Poynting Theorem and Poynting vector.

573

TEXT BOOKS: 1. “Engineering Electromagnetic’s” - William H. Hayt & John. A. Buck Mc. Graw-Hill Companies, 7

th

Editon.2006. 2. “Electro magnetic Fields” - Sadiku, Oxford Publications REFERENCES: 1. “Introduction to Electro Dynamics” - D J Griffiths, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2nd edition 2. “Electromagnetics” - J P Tewari. 3. “Electromagnetics” - J. D Kraus Mc Graw-Hill Inc. 4

th edition 1992.

4. “Electromagnetic fields”, - S. Kamakshaiah, Right Publishers, 2007.

574

II Year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A303 ELECTRICAL MACHINES – I

L T P/D C 3 2 0 3


x x x x








D.C. Generators, Principle of operation, Action of commutator, Constructional features, Armature windings, Lap and wave windings, Simplex and multiplex windings, Use of laminated armature, E. M.F Equation, Problems.


Armature reaction, Cross magnetizing and de-magnetizing AT/pole, compensating winding, Commutation reactance voltage, Methods of improving commutation, Simple Problems.


Methods of Excitation, Separately excited and self excited generators, Build-up of E.M.F, Critical field resistance and critical speed, Causes for failure to self excite and remedial measures, Problems.


Load characteristics of shunt, Series and compound generators, Parallel operation of d.c shunt and series generators, Load sharing, Problems.


D.C Motors, Principle of operation, Back E.M.F, Torque equation, Characteristics and application of shunt, Series and compound motors, Speed control of d.c. Motors: Armature voltage and field flux control methods. Ward-Leonard system, Principle of 3 point and 4 point starters, Protective devices, Problems.

UNIT – VI TESTING OF D.C. MACHINES:


th edition.


rd edition, 2004.

575

II year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A304 CIRCUITS & NETWORKS- II

L T P/D C 4 1 0 4


x x x x

UNIT – I: THREE PHASE CIRCUITS: Phase sequence, Star and delta connection, Relation between line and phase voltages and currents in balanced


th edition.

2. Electric Circuits – T.Nagasarkar Oxford publications. REFERENCES: 7. Engineering Circuit Analysis - William Hayt and Jack E.Kemmerly, Tata McGraw - Hill Company, 6

th


rd edition.

576


Code: 4HC73 Functional Communicative Written English (FCWE) L T P/D C

0 0 3 2


x x

UNIT 1: Speed Reading Strategies

g. Vocabulary skills: Word recognition, guessing the meaning from the context, analysis of word

structure (prefix – suffix)

h. Prediction Techniques: Index, headings, sub-headings, nonverbal context and linguistic clues

i. Scanning skills: Speed Reading, Regional practice

j. Skimming Skills for identifying the central idea and recognizing the main ideas

k. Identifying the writing pattern of the passage/text

l. Intensive reading: Identifying difference between facts/opinions and drawing inferences and

conclusions

UNIT 2: Group Discussions

a. Definitions: Difference between a Group Discussion and Debate

b. Purpose of Group Discussion: Problem solving, Decision Making and Personality Assessment

c. Features / Characteristics of successful Group Discussion: Agreement on Group Goals, Goal

Oriented, Interactive Agreement for procedures, cooperative and friendly atmosphere

d. Evaluation method in Group Discussion for selection: Subject knowledge, Oral communication skills,

leadership skills and team management

e. Group Discussion strategies: Appropriate strategy for effective participation in Group Discussion,

contributing systematically, creating a friendly and cooperative atmosphere, moving the discussion

along, promoting optimal participation, handling conflict and effective closure

f. Techniques for Individual contribution: Topic analysis, Discussing opinions, problems, case studies

UNIT 3: Nature of Technical Communication

g. Definition of Communication

h. Stages of Communication; Channels of Communication; Nature of Technical Communication

i. Aspects of Technical Competence – Subject, Linguistic, Organizational Competence

j. Features of Technical Competence – Audience, Objective Language, Format Style and Visual Aids

k. Difference between General Communication and Technical Communication

l. Need and Importance of Technical Communication; Types of Technical Communications

m. Technical Communication Skills:

i. Listening - General, Academic and Professional

ii. Speaking - Asking and Answering Questions, Experiencing Opinion and Comments,

Academic and Professional oral Interaction, Academic and Professional Discussions

iii. Reading – General, Academic, Professional

iv. Writing - General, Academic, Professional

n. Barriers to Effective Communication: Improper encoding, Bypassing, Frame of Reference, Physical

Distractions, Psychological and Emotional Interference and Intercultural differences

UNIT 4: Presentation Skills

g. Nature and importance of Oral Presentation

h. Planning the presentation

i. Define the purpose

j. Analysis the Audience and Occasion

k. Choose a suitable Title/Topic.

l. Preparing the Presentation: Develop the central idea, main ideas, supporting material, plan and prepare

visual aids

m. Presentation: Introduction, Body and Conclusion

n. Rehearsing and Presentation: Vocal aspects, body language, Time Management, Handling questions,

meeting unexpected situations

o. Handling Stage Fright

p. DOs and DON‘Ts of Presentations

UNIT 5: Writing Strategies

577

g. Pre-writing; Writing; Re-writing

h. Letter Writing - Formal and Informal Letter Writing; Inquiry Letters, Replies to Letters of urging

action, Complaint, Bank and Insurance, Business and Industrial Sales, Correspondence, Social

Correspondence

i. E – Correspondence: Purpose, Structure, Layout and Form, Tone, Types,

j. E-mails: Principles and Fundamentals

k. E-mail Messages: Advantages of E-mail

l. Characteristics of successful E-messages

m. Formatting E-mail messages

n. Standard E-mail practices

o. E-mail writing strategies

p. DOs and DON‘Ts in E-Correspondence

q. Nature and Significance of Report Writing

r. Types of Reports: Informational and Analytical Reports, Routine and Special Reports, Oral and

Written Reports, Formal and Informal Reports

s. Formats of Reports: Printed, Letter, Memo, Manuscript

t. Structure of Formal Reports

u. Writing Strategies: Preparation steps to write a Report

Suggested Books:

11. Technical communication- Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha Sharma (Oxford Publications)

12. Effective Technical Communication – Ashraf Rizwi

13. Developing Communication Skills – Krishna Mohan and Meera Benarjee

14. SOFT SKILLS – Dr. K. Alex, S.Chand publications

15. Advanced Technical communication - Kavita Tyagi and Padma Mistri

578

II Year B. Tech - I semester CODE: 4CC71 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS LAB

L T P/D C - - 4 2


X X X X X

ELECTRONIC WORKSHOP PRACTICE (in 6 lab sessions): 1. Identification, Specifications, Testing of R, L, C Components (Colour Codes), Potentiometers, Switches (SPDT,

DPDT, and DIP), Coils, Gang Condensers, Relays, Bread Boards. 2.Identification, Specifications and Testing of Active Devices, Diodes, BJTs, Low power JFETs, MOSFETs, Power

Transistors, LEDs, LCDs, Optoelectronic Devices, SCR, UJT, DIACs, TRIACs, Linear and Digital ICs. 3. Soldering practice – Simple Circuits using active and passive components. 4. Single layer and Multi layer PCBs (Identification and Utility). 5. Study and operation of


6. Study and Operation of CRO: CRO Varieties and Operations: Oscilloscopes CRT features, vertical amplifiers, horizontal deflection system, sweep, trigger Pulse, delay line, sync selector circuits, simple CRO, triggered sweep CRO, Dual beam CRO, Measurement of amplitude and frequency. Dual trace oscilloscope, digital storage oscilloscope, Lissajous method of frequency measurement, standard specifications of CRO, probes for CRO- Active & Passive, attenuator type, Frequency counter, Time and Period measurement. 7. Data sheets of p-n junction diode,zener diode,transistor,FET,UJT and SCR

PART B: (For Laboratory examination – Minimum of 13 experiments) 1. PN Junction diode characteristics A. Forward bias B. Reverse bias. 2. Zener diode characteristics 3. Transistor CB characteristics (Input and Output) 4. Transistor CE characteristics (Input and Output) 5. Rectifier without filters (Full wave & Half wave) 6. Rectifier with filters (Full wave & Half wave) 7. FET characteristics 8. CE Amplifier 9. CC Amplifier (Emitter Follower). 10. FET amplifier (Common Source) 11. RC Phase Shift Oscillator 12. Feed back amplifier (Voltage Series). 13. Hartley Oscillator

579

II year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A371 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND SIMULATION LAB

L T P/D C - - 4 2


x x x


580

II Year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A387 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR – III


x x x

There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in second year first semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:



581

II Year B.Tech. II Semester

Code: 4HC16 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS (Common to All Branches)

L T P/D C

3 1 0 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

UNIT-I

Probability: Introduction, Sample Space and Events – Counting, Probability, The Axioms of probability, Addition theorem,

Conditional, Multiplication theorem, Theorem of Total Probability, Baye‘s Theorem.

UNIT-II

Probability Distributions: Random variable – Discrete and Continuous, Distribution functions of probability- mass and density, Expectation, Probability distributions - Binomial, Poisson and Gaussian (Normal) distribution–Related properties. UNIT-III

Sampling Distributions: Populations and samples, Sampling distribution of the Mean (known ) and The sampling distribution of the mean (unknown), proportions, sums and differences. Central limit theorem and its applications. Estimation-Point Estimation, Interval Estimation, Bayesian Estimation. UNIT -IV

Inferences Concerning Means and Proportions: Tests of Hypothesis, Type–I and Type-II Errors, Hypothesis testing concerning to One mean and two means of large and small size samples. Test of Hypothesis Concerning to Proportions. UNIT-V

Test of significance: Student t-test, F-test, 2 test- Goodness of fit, Independence of Attributes.

UNIT-VI

Quality Control: Control Charts for Measurements, Control Charts for Attributes, Tolerance Limits, Acceptance Sampling.

Text Books: 1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers: Miller and John E. Freund, PHI Publishers, 9

th Edition.

2. Probability and Statistics, V.Srinivas and R.Umamaheshwar Rao, Paramount Publishing House. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics: Gupta and Kapoor – S. Chand and Co. 2. Engineering mathematics, B. V. Ramana, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.

582


Code: 4A405 ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II L T P/D C 3 1 - 3


x x x x



Polyphase Transformers - Polyphase connections - Y/Y, Y/, /Y, / and open , Third harmonics in phase voltages-three winding Transformers-tertiary windings-determination of Zp, Zs and Zt transients in switching - off load and on load tap changing; Scott connection. UNIT- IV POLYPHASE INDUCTION MOTORS: Polyphase induction motors-construction details of cage and wound rotor machines-production of a rotating magnetic field - principle of operation - rotor emf and rotor frequency - rotor reactance, rotor current and pf at standstill and during operation- Rotor power input, rotor copper loss and mechanical power developed and their inter relation. UNIT-V - TORQUE- SPEED CHARACTERISTICS AND CIRCLE DIAGRAM OF INDUCTION

MOTORS:

Torque equation-deduction from torque equation- expressions for maximum torque and starting torque - torque slip characteristic- Double cage and deep bar rotors - crawling and cogging - equivalent circuit - phasor diagram-Circle diagram-no load and blocked rotor tests-predetermination of performance.


Methods of starting and starting current and torque calculations-Speed control-change of frequency; change of poles and methods of consequent poles; cascade connection. Injection of an emf into rotor circuit (qualitative treatment only)-induction generator-principle of operation. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electric machinery - A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Mc Graw Hill Companies, 5

th edition


REFERENCES: 11. Performance and Design of AC Machines – MG.Say, BPB Publishers 12. Theory of Alternating Current Machinery – Langsdorf, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies, 2

nd edition.

13. Electric Machines – I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 7th

Edition.2005

583

II year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A406 POWER SYSTEMS - I L T P/D C 4 1 - 4


x x x x

UNIT -1 HYDROELECTRIC POWER STATION: Elements of hydro electric power station, Types, Concept of pumped storage plants, Storage requirements, Mass curve(explanation only) Estimation of power developed from a given catchments area, Heads and efficiencies Thermal power stations: Line diagram of Thermal Power Station (TPS) showing paths of coal, Steam, Water, Air, ash and flue gasses, Brief description of TPS components, Economizers, Boilers, Super heaters, Turbines, Condensers, Chimney and Cooling towers. UNIT -II GAS AND NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS: Nuclear Fission and Chain reaction, Nuclear fuels, Principle of operation of Nuclear reactor, Reactor Components, Moderators, Control rods, Reflectors and Coolants, Radiation hazards, Shielding and Safety precautions, Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR. Gas Power Stations, Principle of Operation and Components (Block Diagram Approach Only). UNIT-III TRANSMISSION LINE PARAMETERS: Types of conductors - calculation of resistance for solid conductors - Calculation of inductance for single phase and three phase, single and double circuit lines, concept of GMR & GMD, symmetrical and asymmetrical conductor configuration with and without transposition, Numerical Problems. Calculation of capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems, effect of ground on capacitance, capacitance calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical single and three phase, single and double circuit lines, Numerical Problems. UNIT-IV PERFORMANCE OF SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG LENGTH TRANSMISSION LINES: Classification of Transmission Lines - Short, medium and long line and their model representations -Nominal-T, Nominal-Pie and A, B, C, D Constants for symmetrical & Asymmetrical Networks, Numerical Problems. Mathematical Solutions to estimate regulation and efficiency of all types of lines - Numerical Problems. Long Transmission Line-Rigorous Solution, evaluation of A,B,C,D Constants, Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, Surge Impedance and SIL of Long Lines, Wave Length and Velocity of Propagation of Waves - Representation of Long Lines - Equivalent-T and Equivalent Pie network models (numerical problems). UNIT-V OVERHEAD LINE INSULATORS: Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical Problems – voltage distribution, calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static Shielding. SAG AND TENSION CALCULATIONS: Sag and Tension Calculations with equal and unequal heights of towers, Effect of Wind and Ice on weight of Conductor, Numerical Problems - Stringing chart and sag template and its applications. Skin and Proximity effects - Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors -Ferranti effect - Charging Current - Effect on Regulation of the Transmission Line, Shunt Compensation. Corona - Description of the phenomenon, factors affecting corona, critical voltages and power loss, Radio Interference. UNIT-VI UNDERGROUND CABLES: Types of Cables, Construction, Types of Insulating materials, Calculations of Insulation resistance and stress in insulation, Numerical Problems. Capacitance of Single and 3-Core belted cables, Numerical Problems. Grading of Cables - Capacitance grading, Numerical Problems, Description of Inter-sheath grading.

584

TEXT BOOKS: 1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar, A.Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat

Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd. 2. Electrical power systems - C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 1998. REFERENCES: 1. Power system Analysis- John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMC Companies, 4

th edition

2. Power system Analysis and Design - B.R.Gupta, Wheeler Publishing. 3. Power system Analysis - Hadi Saadat – TMH Edition. 4. Modern Power system Analysis - I.J.Nagaraj and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw Hill, 2

nd Edition.

585

II year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4AC07 CONTROL SYSTEMS L T P/D C 4 1 - 4


x x x

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: Concepts of Control systems- Open Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences- Classification of control systems, Feed-Back Characteristics, Effects of feedback. Mathematical models – Differential equations, Impulse Response and transfer functions – Translational and Rotational mechanical systems Transfer function representation: Transfer Function of Synchro transmitter and Receiver, Block diagram representation of systems considering Electrical Systems as examples -Block diagram algebra – Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using Mason’s gain formula. UNIT-II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Standard test signals - Time response of first order systems – Characteristic Equation of Feedback control systems, Transient response of second order systems - Time domain specifications – Steady state response - Steady state errors and error constants – Effects of proportional derivative, proportional integral systems, PID controllers. UNIT – III STABILITY ANALYSIS IN S-DOMAIN: The concept of stability – Routh’s stability criterion – qualitative stability and conditional stability – limitations of Routh’s stability. Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept - construction of root loci-effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s)H(s) on the root loci. UNIT – IV FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS: Introduction, Frequency domain specifications-Bode diagrams-Determination of Frequency domain specifications and transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-Stability Analysis from Bode Plots. UNIT – V STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: Polar Plots-Nyquist Plots-Stability Analysis. CLASSICAL CONTROL DESIGN TECHNIQUES: Compensation techniques – Lag, Lead, Lead-Lag Controllers design in frequency Domain. UNIT – VI STATE SPACE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS: Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams, Diagonalization- Solving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its Properties. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Automatic Control systems 8th edition –B. C. Kuo 2003– John wiley and sons. 2. Control systems Engineering – I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age International (P) Limited,

Publishers, 2nd

edition. REFERENCES: 1. Modern Control Engineering – Katsuhiko Ogata – Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3

rd edition, 1998.

2. Control systems – N.K.Sinha, New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, 3rd

Edition, 1998. 3. Control systems Engg. – NISE 3

rd Edition – John wiley.

4. “Modeling & Control of Dynamic Systems” – Narciso F. Macia George J. Thaler, Thomson Publishers.

586

II year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4C433 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS L T P/D C 3 1 - 3


x x x x







18. Understand the concept of power amplifiers and distortions’ present in amplifiers

UNIT – I SINGLE STATE AMPLIFIERS DESIGN AND ANALYSIS Review of CE, CB, CC & CS amplifiers- classification of Amplifiers, Distortion in amplifiers – Approximate analysis, CE, CB, CC amplifiers comparison.

BJT & FET FREQUENCY RESPONSE Logarithms- decibels – General Frequency consideration – Low frequency analysis – Low frequency response of BJT amplifiers- low frequency response of FET amplifier – Miller effect capacitance – High frequency response BJT amplifier. UNIT – II

FEED BACK AMPLIFIERS: Concept of feedback, classification of feedback amplifiers, General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers, Effect of Feedback on Amplifier characteristics, voltage series shunt, current series and current shunt feedback configuration, simple problems.

OSCILLATORS Conditions for oscillations, RC and LC type Oscillators, Crystal oscillators, Frequency and amplitude stability of oscillators, Generalized analysis of LC oscillators, Quartz, Hartley, and Colpitts Oscillators, RC-Phase shift and Wien-bridge oscillators. UNIT – III

LINEAR WAVE SHAPING: high pass, low pass RC circuits, their response for sinusoidal, step, pulse, square, ramp inputs.

NON-LINEAR WAVE SHAPING: clippers and clampers:Diode clippers- Transistor clippers- clipping at two independent levels, Transfer characteristics of clippers, Emitter coupled clipper- comparators, Applications of voltage comparators, Clamping operation, clamping circuits with different inputs, clamping circuit theorem, practical clamping circuits, effect of diode characteristics on clamping voltage, transfer characteristics of clampers. UNIT – IV SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS OF DEVICES: Diode as a switch, piecewise linear diode characteristics, Transistor as a switch, Break down voltage consideration of transistor, saturation parameters of transistors and their variation with temperature, design of transistor switch, transistor , Switching times. UNIT – V MULTI VIBRATORS: Analysis and Design of Bistable, Monostable, Astable Multi vibrators and Schmitt trigger using transistors and applications of Astable multivibrator and monostable multivibrator UNIT – VI Large signal amplifiers: Class, A power amplifier, Maximum Value of efficiency of Class – A amplifier, Transformer couple amplifier, Push Pull Amplifier, complimentary symmetry circuits (Transformer Less class B Power Amplifier), Phase inverters, Transistor Power Dissipation, Thermal Runway, Heat sinks.

587

TEXT BOOKS:

5. Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nasheisky, 9th

Edition 2007, Pearson Education.

6. Solid State Circuits - David A.Bell 4th

Edition, Prentice Hall of India. REFERENCES:

5. Introductory Electronic Devices and Circuits (Conventional Flow version) - Robert T.Paynter, 7th

Edition, 2009, PEI

6. Electronic Devices and Circuits- Ani K.Maini, Varsha Agarwal, 1st

Edition, Wiley.

588

B. Tech. I Year II semester Code: 4BC04 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Common to All Branches Except Mechanical Engineering) L T P/D C

3 2 -- 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

UNIT - I

Thermodynamics: Basic concepts of Thermodynamics, Property of gases, Zeroth Law.

First Law of Thermodynamics and its applications, Second Law of Thermodynamics,

Carnot cycle, Air standard cycles – Otto, Diesel Cycles.

Internal combustion engines: Internal combustion engines, definition, classification,

components, working of two-stroke, four stroke cycle engines, SI and CI Engines,

Performance parameters, Need for cooling, and lubrication of IC engines.

UNIT-II

d) Steam Power Plant, Boiler, Steam Turbines: Layout of steam Power Plant, Water

tube and Fire tube Boilers :- “Cochron”, Babcock and Wilcox Boiler and High

Pressure Boilers. (Benson & La-mount only).

e) Steam turbines:- Impulse & Reaction Turbines

f) Gas turbine-Power Plants :- Closed & Open cycle types

UNIT- III

c) Hydraulic pumps & turbines:- Centrifugal Pumps, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan Turbine -- Layout of Hydro electric Power Plant

b) Refrigeration & Air conditioning systems:- Description of Vapour Compression and Vapour Absorption systems

UNIT-IV Manufacturing Processes: Foundry Practice:- Patterns, Moulding and Moulding materials, casting methods-Sand Casting, Shell mould

Casting, Investment Casting, Die Casting ,Centrifugal casting – Principle and Application of these processes Welding:- Types of Welding- Electric Arc welding - Coated electrode, TIG welding & MIG welding, Gas welding and cutting, Resistance welding- Spot welding, Soldering and Brazing .

UNIT-V

Mechanical working :- Hot and Cold working, Rolling- Rolling products, Types of Rolling

mills, Forging-operations, forging methods, Extrusion-methods, Metal Spinning and Wire Drawing


UNIT-VI

Machine tools: Construction of lathe, shaper, drilling, milling, grinding and CNC machine tools-

Advantages, Machine controls, vertical & horizontal spindles.

589

TEXT BOOKS :

Mathur, M.L., Mehta, F.S. and Tiwari, R.P., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Jain Brothers, New

Delhi, 2005.

R.K. Rajput, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Laxmi Publications, 1994.

REFERENCES :

P.N.Gupta, M.P. Poonia, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Standard Publishers Distributors Nai

Sarak, Delhi.

R.C.Gupta, “Mechanical Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

590

B. Tech.II Year II semester Code: 4HC74 Effective English communication and Soft skills (EECSS)

(Common to All Branches except Mechanical Engineering) L T P/D C

0 0 3 2 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x

UNIT 1: The Art of Communication

Introduction: Analytical Communication for leaders

1. Non-verbal Communication

a. Body Language

b. Listening

c. Writing

2. Oral Communication (Speaking)

8 detrimental facts to Communication:

1. At peace with self

2. Awareness

3. Transparency (Being yourself)

4. Helping Hand

5. Realistic Response (Unemotional)

6. Resolving Misunderstandings

7. Overcoming Fear

8. Blamelessness

UNIT 2: Soft skills

1. What are Soft skills?

2. Importance of Soft skills

3. Attributes regarded as Soft skills

4. Social Skills

5. Exhibiting; Identifying and Improving your Soft skills

6. Top 60 soft skills

7. Practicing soft skills

Attitude: ―ATTITUDE IS EVERYTHING!‖

1. Meaning; Features of attitudes

2. Attitude and Behavior

3. Formation of attitudes

4. Change of Attitudes: How to change Attitude for the betterment?

5. Attitude in a workplace

6. The power of positive attitude - Developing positive attitude

7. Positive attitude and its benefits; Negative attitude and its results

8. Examples of negative attitudes

9. Overcoming negative attitude

Exercise 1: Measure your soft skills

Exercise 2: Measure your attitude

UNIT 3: Time Management; Goal Setting; Team Dynamics

Time Management

Introduction:

1. The 80:20 rule

2. Take a good look at the people around you

3. Examine your work

4. Sense of Time Management

5. Features of time; Three secrets of Time Management

6. Time Management matrix: Analysis of time matrix; Effective scheduling; Grouping of activities

7. Five steps to successful Time Management

8. Difficulties in Time Management: Evils of not planning; Overcoming procrastination

9. Time Management tips for students

10. Interesting facts about time

591

11. Ideal way of spending a day

12. Time wasters – Time savers

Goal Setting

Introduction:

1. The purpose of goal setting

2. Types of Goals

3. How to set goals

4. Qualities of effective goals: Steps toward setting effective goals

5. How to achieve goals-Reasons for not meeting the goals.

Team Dynamics

Introduction:

1. Meaning

2. Aspects of team building: Skills needed for teamwork

3. A model of team building: Team Vs Group

4. Characteristics of an effective team: Role of a team leader and team members

5. Inter–Group collaboration: Advantages of inter-group collaboration; Difficulties faced in inter-group

collaboration; Factors shaping inter-group collaboration.

Exercise 1: Test your Time Management skills

Exercise 2: Test your goal setting

Exercise 3: Test your teamwork skills

UNIT 4: Etiquettes and Manners

Etiquette: Introduction:

1. Modern etiquette

2. Benefits of etiquette

3. Classification of etiquette

4. Accompanying women

5. Taboo topics

6. Proposing the toast.

Manners: Introduction:

1. Why should you practice good manners?

2. Poor manners noticed in youth

3. Practicing good manners

4. Manners at the wheel : Driving and Manners in the flight

5. Respecting the sacred : Visiting holy places, Dealing with the challenged, Attending funeral

6. Professional manners: Social skills (manners), Getting along with people, Manners to get respect from

others

7. Annoying office habits.

Exercise 1: Test your etiquette

Exercise 2: Test your manners

UNIT 5: Résumé writing and Interview skills

Résumé: Introduction:

1. Types of Résumé

2. Difference among Bio-data, Curriculum Vitaé and Résumé

3. The terms: The purpose of Curriculum Vitaé writing

4. Types of Résumés

5. Tips to write Résumé: Curriculum Vitaé / Résumé preparation

6. The DOs and the DON‘Ts of Résumé preparation

7. Resume check up

8. Design of a Curriculum Vitaé: Entry level Résumé, Content of the Résumé

9. References, Power words

10. Key skills that can be mentioned in the Résumé

592

11. Cover letter: Cover letter tips

Interview skills: Introduction:

1. Why an Interview?

2. Types of interviews (Face to Face / Panel Interviews, etc.)

3. Types of questions asked

4. Reasons for selecting a candidate / Reasons for rejecting a candidate

5. On the day of interview

6. Attending job fair

7. Common mistakes

8. What not to ask during an Interview

9. Dress code at an interview

10. FAQs

11. Quick / Basic Interview and job search related tips

Exercise 1: Write a resume

Exercise 2: Conduct Mock Interviews

Books recommended:

1. Soft skills - Dr.K.Alex, published by S.Chand

2. Technical communication- Meenakshi Raman and Sangeetha Sharma (Oxford Publications)

3. Effective Technical Communication – Ashraf Rizwi

593

Syllabus for B. Tech. II Year II Semester Code: 4A472 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA- I

L T P/D C - - - 1


x x

There shall be a Comprehensive Viva-Voce in II year II Semester. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce will be conducted by a Committee consisting of an external examiner, Head of the Department and two Senior Faculty members of the Department. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce is aimed to assess the students’ understanding in various subjects he/she studied during the B.Tech. course of study up to II Year. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce is valued for 50 marks by the Committee. There are no internal marks for the Comprehensive Viva-Voce.

594

II year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A473 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB – I L T P/D C - - 4 2


x x x

The following experiments are required to be conducted compulsory experiments: 1. Magnetization characteristics of DC shunt generator. Determination of critical field resistance and

critical speed. 2. Load test on DC shunt generator. Determination of characteristics. 3. Load test on DC series generator. Determination of characteristics. 4. Load test on DC compound generator. Determination of characteristics. 5. Hopkinson’s test on DC shunt machines. Predetermination of efficiency. 6. Fields test on DC series machines. Determination of efficiency. 7. Swinburne’s test and speed control of DC shunt motor. Predetermination of efficiencies. 8. Brake test on DC compound motor. Determination of performance curves. In addition to the above eight experiments, at least any two of the experiments from the following list are required to be conducted: 9. Brake test on DC shunt motor. Determination of performance curves. 10. Retardation test on DC shunt motor. Determination of losses at rated speed. 11. Separation of losses in DC shunt motor.

595


Code: 4C481 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB L T P/D C - - 4 2


x x x

Minimum ten experiments to be conducted:

1. Linear wave shaping. 2. Non Linear wave shaping – Clippers. 3. Non Linear wave shaping – Clampers. 4. Transistor as a switch. 5. Wien Bridge Oscillator using Transistors 6. RC Phase Shift Oscillator using Transistors 7. Astable Multivibrator. 8. Monostable Multivibrator. 9. Bistable Multivibrator. 10. Schmitt Trigger. 11. Common Emitter and Common Source amplifier 12. Current shunt and Feedback Amplifier 13. Class A Power Amplifier (Transformer less) 14. Class B Complementary Symmetry Amplifier

Equipment required for Laboratories: 11. RPS - 0 – 30 V 12. CRO - 0 – 20 M Hz. 13. Function Generators - 0 – 1 M Hz 14. Components

Multi Meters

596

II Year B.Tech –II Sem

Code: 4A488 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR - I


x x x

There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in second year second semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:



597

SREENIDHI INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY (AUTONOMOUS) B.Tech in Electrical & Electronics Engineering

COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (2014-15)


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4BC04 Basic Mechanical Engineering 3 1 --- 3 30 70





6 Open Elective – I 3 -- -- 3 30 70

7 4HC76 Quantitative aptitude --- -- 3 2 25 50

8 4A574 Group project -- -- 3 1 25 50

9 4CC76

Linear and Digital IC Applications Lab

-- -- 3 2 25 50

10 4A575 Control systems Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50

11 4A589 Technical paper writing and Seminar - V

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 20 5 14 28 305 620

Open Elective – I

4CC04 Signals And Systems

4FC21 Fundamentals of Database Management Systems

4DC01 Discrete Structures And Graph Theory

4DC07 VLSI Design

4DC06 Embedded And Real Time Systems

4BC15 Product and service Design

4ZC04 Entrepreneurship

4EC26 SAP-I

598


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext


3 1 -- 3 30 70

2 4DC05 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers

3 1 -- 3 30 70

3 4A616 Utilization of Electrical energy 3 1 -- 3 30 70

4 4A611 Power systems – III 4 1 --- 4 30 70


6 Open Elective – II 3 -- -- 3 30 70

7 4HC77 Logical reasoning --- -- 3 2 25 50

8 4A676 Comprehensive Viva-Voce- II -- -- -- 1 -- 50


10 4A678 Power electronics Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50

11 4A690 Technical paper writing and Seminar – VI

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 20 5 11 28 280 620






4ZC07 Fundamentals of Disaster Management

4ZC12 Project management and Finance

4E607 Operating system Concepts

4EC27 SAP-II

***Industry oreiented Mini Project will be conducted by all students in summer vacation of III / IV B.Tech, II – Semester for a period of One Month. The report must be submitted in IV / IV B.Tech I –Semester and will have to be defended. Marks allotted are “75” and Two Credits are provided.

599

IV Year – I Semester S.No. Subject


INT EXT

1 4GC33 Culture values, Professional Ethics and IPR 2 1 --- 2 30 70

2 4A714 Power systems – IV 4 0 -- 4 30 70

3 4A715 Non conventional Sources of Energy 3 1 -- 3 30 70


5 4ZC02 Management science 4 1 -- 4 30 70

6 Professional Elective – II 4 1 --- 4 30 70

7 4A779 Project Phase –I -- -- 2 1 50 --



10 4DC71 Microprocessor and Microcontrollers Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50

11 4A782 Measurements and Instrumentation Lab -- -- 3 2 25 50

12 4A791 Technical paper writing and Seminar - VII --- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 21 5 13 31 355 620

Professional Elective – II


S.No. Subject Code


Int Ext

1 4A820 Electrical distribution Systems 3 1 --- 3 30 70

4GC06 Environmental Studies 4 -- -- 4 30 70

2 Professional Elective – III 4 -- --- 4 30 70

3 4A883 Project Phase -II --- --- 15 12 50 150

4 4A884 Comprehensive Viva-voce-III --- --- --- 1 --- 50

5 4A892 Technical paper writing and Seminar - VIII

--- --- 2 1 25 ---

Total 11 1 17 25 165 410






4FC10 Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic

4EC05 Fundamentals of Computer Networks

4A819 Flexible AC Transmission Systems


4A821 High Voltage DC Transmission

4A823 Control of Electric Drives

4ZC19 Project management and Structured Finance

600

B. Tech. III Year I semester Code: 4BC04 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(Common to All Branches Except Mechanical Engineering) L T P/D C

3 1 -- 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x x

Course Objective: The main objective of the course is to offer the students get the awareness on basic thermodynamic principles, First law and second law of thermodynamics and its applications to a wide variety of systems, functionality of various Power Plants and refrigeration systems. The main objective of the course how manufacturers use technology to change raw materials into finished products, also introduce the basic concepts of casting, pattern preparation, gating system and knowledge on basic features of various welding and cutting processes, and also to study the concepts of press working process and their applications. Course Outcomes:




16. To acquire the knowledge about the working of hydraulic pumps & hydraulic turbines. 17. To acquire the knowledge to identify the different casting methods and welding methods and their

applications. 18. To acquire the knowledge to identify the different machine tools and their construction.

UNIT – I: Thermodynamics: Basic concepts of Thermodynamics, Property of gases, Zeroth Law. First Law of Thermodynamics and its applications, Second Law of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, Air standard cycles – Otto, Diesel Cycles. Internal combustion engines: Internal combustion engines, definition, classification, components, working of two-stroke, four stroke cycle engines, SI and CI Engines, Performance parameters, Need for cooling, and lubrication of IC engines.

UNIT-II: Steam Power Plant, Boiler, Steam Turbines: Layout of steam Power Plant, Water tube

and Fire tube Boilers: - ―Cochron‖, Babcock and Wilcox Boiler and High Pressure Boilers. (Benson

& La-mount only).

g) Steam turbines:- Impulse & Reaction Turbines

h) Gas turbine-Power Plants :- Closed & Open cycle types

UNIT- III: a) Hydraulic pumps & turbines:- Centrifugal Pumps, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine

and Kaplan Turbine -- Layout of Hydro electric Power Plant.

b) Refrigeration & Air conditioning systems:- Description of Vapour Compression and

Vapour Absorption systems

UNIT-IV: Manufacturing Processes: Foundry Practice:- Patterns, Moulding and Moulding materials, casting methods-Sand Casting, Shell

mould Casting, Investment Casting, Die Casting ,Centrifugal casting – Principle and Application of these processes

Welding: - Types of Welding- Electric Arc welding - Coated electrode, TIG welding & MIG welding, Gas welding and cutting, Resistance welding- Spot welding, Soldering and Brazing.

601

UNIT-V : Mechanical working :- Hot and Cold working, Rolling- Rolling products, Types

of Rolling mills, Forging-operations, forging methods, Extrusion-methods, Metal Spinning

and Wire Drawing


UNIT-VI: Machine tools: Construction of lathe, shaper, drilling, milling, grinding and CNC

machine tools-Advantages, Machine controls, vertical & horizontal spindles.

TEXT BOOKS:

1) Mathur, M.L., Mehta, F.S. and Tiwari, R.P., Elements of Mechanical Engineering, Jain

Brothers, New Delhi, 2005.

2) R.K. Rajput, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Laxmi Publications, 1994.

REFERENCES:

1) P.N.Gupta, M.P. Poonia, “Elements of Mechanical Engineering”, Standard Publishers

Distributors Nai Sarak, Delhi.

2) R.C.Gupta, “Mechanical Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

602

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4CC09 LINEAR AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS L T P C

3 1 3


x x x x x


To maintain the right blend of theory and practice in analyzing and designing a wide variety of applications using IC 741 op-amps.

To acquaint the learners with a wide variety of Digital ICs families, and their applications in various digital circuits and systems.


CO1 Demonstrate the concepts of Differential Amplifier and Operational Amplifier and their characteristics.

CO2 Design the basic circuits using Operational Amplifiers.

CO3 Explore, design and analyze Filters, Timers, Voltage Controlled Oscillator and Phase Locked Loop.

CO4 Demonstrate the design and analyze Oscillators, D/A Converters and A/D Converters.

CO5 Classify and characterize the various Logic Families.

CO6 Explore the combinational and sequential logic ICs in design of various digital systems.

Unit-I: OPAMP & ITS CHARACTERISTICS Differential Amplifiers and its Characteristics. Op-Amp Block Diagram, Ideal OP-AMP Characteristics, DC and AC Characteristics. 741 Op-Amp and its Features and Characteristics. Parameters Measurement: Offset Voltage and Current, Slew Rate and CMRR. Frequency Compensation. Unit-II: BASIC APPLICATIONS OF OP-AMPs Adder/Subtractor, Difference Amplifier, Instrumentation Amplifier, Differentiator, Integrator, V/I & I/V Converters, Comparators, Multivibrators, Square and Triangular Waveform Generators, Clippers, Clampers, Peak Detector, S/H circuit. Unit-III: FILTERs, TIMERs & PLLs Filters: Introduction, Butterworth Filters- First and Second Order Active Filters- LPF, HPF, BPF, BRF. Introduction to 555 Timer, Functional Block, 555 timers as Monostable and Astable Multivibrators and Applications, Schmitt Trigger. Voltage Controlled Oscillator (IC 566), Phase Locked Loop. Applications: Design of visitors counter using 555 timer. Unit-IV: OSCILLATORS, D/A AND A/D CONVERTERS Oscillators: Introduction, Design and Analysis of Wein Bridge, RC Phase shift Oscillators using op-amp. D/A Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, R-2R Ladder, Weighted Resistor, Inverter R-2R type D/A Converter, IC 1408 DAC. A/D Converters: Introduction, Characteristic Parameters, Counter Type, Dual Slope, Successive Approximation and Flash types A/D Converters. Unit-V: LOGIC FAMILIES Classification of IC Logic Families. Standard TTL NAND & NOR Gate-Analysis & Characteristics, TTL Open Collector Outputs. Tristate TTL. MOS & CMOS Logic, Open Drain and Tristate Outputs. ECL. Comparison of Various Logic Families. IC interfacing, TTL driving CMOS & CMOS driving TTL. Course Outcomes: The students learnt and explored the knowledge of classifying and characterizing the logic circuits of various Logic Families. UNIT VI: TTL-74XX Series ICs: COMBINATIONAL AND SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS Decoders. Priority Encoders, Multiplexers, Arithmetic Circuit ICs-Parallel Binary Adder. Flip-flops- D flip-flop, JK flip-flop, T flip-flop and Master-slave JK flip-flop. Synchronous and Asynchronous Counters. Decade counters. Universal Shift Register. Applications: Design of Digital clock

603

TEXT BOOKS:

5. D. Roy Chowdhary, Linear Integrated Circuits , New Age Publications (P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2003



REFERENCES:


7. R.F.Coughlin & Fredrick Driscoll,Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits, PHI, 6th

Edition.

8. K. Lal Kishore, Linear Integrated Circuit Application,Pearson Educations,2005.

9. Millman, Micro Electronics, McGraw Hill,1988.


604

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A508 ELECTRICAL MACHINES - III L T P C

4 1 4


x x x x

Corse Objective: This subject is an extension of previous machines courses. It deals with the detailed analysis of Synchronous generators and motors which are the prime source of electrical power generation and its utilities. Also concerns about the different types of single phase motors which are having significant applications in house hold appliances and control systems. Course Outcomes:

19) To Understand the Principal of operation and constructional features of different types of synchronous

generator also to Understand the winding literature for development of various types of n-phase windings

also to compute pitch and distribution factor for different types of windings and deduce and solve

problems related to E.M.F equation

20) II Summaries the causes for generation of harmonics in generated voltage, comprehend the effects and to

analyse the remedial measures for elimination of harmonics. Illustration of Armature reaction, its reliance

on nature of load, its Consequence effects and accountability of armature reaction, leakage reactance on

generated voltage. Computing synchronous reactance experimentally by conducting OC and SC test and

also developing phasor diagram for different natures of load.

21) To compute and discriminate different methods of voltage regulation of non salient pole synchronous

machine. Analyzing and evaluating the performance of salient pole synchronous machine by two reaction

theory also developing phasor diagram and obtaining the parameters by conducting slip test.

22) Summarize the advantages and knowing the methods of synchronization of alternators. Comprehend

the significance of synchronizing power and torque for auto synchronizing also to understand the basis

for load sharing during parallel operation and governing factors like change in excitation and prime

mover speed for control of real and reactive power through phasor diagrams

23) To Understand the Principal of operation, constructional features and significance of synchronous motors.

To deduce the phasor diagram of synchronous Motor for analyzing the impact of varying excitation and

mechanical load for evaluating the performance .Asses the Significance of synchronous condenser for

power factor improvement .Comprehend why synchronous motor is not self starting and interpret the

different methods of starting synchronous motor and advantages

24) To Understand the Principal of operation, constructional features and significance of different types of

single phase induction motors. To analyse the operation of single phase IM by double field revolving

theory and cross field theory. To understand the Principal of operation, constructional features of shaded

pole motor, A.C Series motor, universal motor, reluctance motor and permanent magnet motor with

relevant applications

UNIT – I CONSTRUCTION AND PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Constructional Features, Armature windings, Integral slot and fractional slot windings, Distributed and concentrated windings, Distribution, Pitch and winding factors, E.M.F Equation. UNIT-II SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR CHARACTERISTICS: Harmonics in generated E.M.F., Suppression of harmonics, Armature reaction, Leakage reactance, Synchronous reactance and impedance, Experimental determination, Phasor diagram, Load characteristics. UNIT – III REGULATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Regulation by synchronous impedance method, M.M.F. method, Z.P.F. method and A.S.A. methods, Salient pole alternators, Two reaction analysis, Experimental determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test) Phasor diagrams, Regulation of salient pole alternators. UNIT – IV PARALLEL OPERATION OF SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR: Synchronizing alternators with infinite bus bars, synchronizing power torque, parallel operation and load sharing, Effect of change of excitation and mechanical power input. Analysis of short circuit current wave form, Determination of sub-transient, Transient and steady state reactance’s.

605

UNIT – V SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Principal of operation, Phasor diagram, Power flow equation, Variation of current and power factor with excitation, Power circles, Synchronous condenser, Hunting and its suppression, Methods of starting. UNIT – VI SINGLE PHASE AND SPECIAL MOTORS: Single phase induction motor, constructional features, double revolving field theory, elementary idea of cross, Field theory, Split-phase motors, and Shaded pole motor. Principle & performance of A.C. Series motor, Universal motor, Stepper motor and reluctance motor. Text Books 1. Electric Machines –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishers, 7

th Edition.

2. Electrical machines - P.S. Bimbra, Khanna Publishers. Reference Books: 1. The Performance and Design of A.C.Machines – M.G.Say, ELBS and Ptiman & Sons. 2. Electric Machinery – A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies, 5

th edition.


edition. 4. Electromachanics-III (Synchronous and single phase machines) -S.Kamakashiah, Right Publishers.

606


3 1 3


x x x x

Course Objective: With the advent of semiconductor devices, Revolution is taking place in the power transmission distribution and utilization. This course introduces the basic concepts of power semiconductor devices, Converters and choppers and their analysis. Course Outcomes:

19) Understand the construction and operation of Silicon Controlled Rectifier and different power semiconductor devices like BJT, Power MOSFET and power IGBT and their characteristics. Explain the role of various semiconductor devices in power electronics

20) Define the basic requirements for the successful firing of thyristor; Understand the two transistor analogy of SCR; Design a snubber circuit for SCR, explain the operation of UJT firing circuits, Recommend the appropriate device for Low, medium and high power converters; Identify the mechanism for proper series and parallel operation of SCRs, Compute string efficiency and derating factor.

21) Understand the classification of converter circuits and analyze the operation of different configurations of converts with different types of loads with and without freewheeling diode.

22) Understand the working of an AC voltage controller and analyze the AC voltage controller for

different types of loads with anti parallel combination of SCRs and TRIAC. Understand the

operation of different configurations of Cyclo-Converter for different types of loads.

23) Understand the Principle of operation of chopper and analyze the operation of different types

of choppers for different types of loads with and without freewheeling diodes.

24) Understand the principle of inverter and applications of inverters and analyze working of

different configurations for different types of loads.

UNIT – I POWER SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES: Thyristors, Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR’s), BJT, Power MOSFET, Power IGBT, DIAC, TRIAC, GTO and their characteristics. Basic theory of operation of SCR, Static characteristics, Turn on and turn off methods, Dynamic characteristics of SCR, Turn on and Turn off times, Salient points. UNIT – II DEVICES AND COMMUTATION CIRCUITS: Two transistor analogy, SCR, UJT firing circuit, Series and parallel connections of SCR’s, Snubber circuit details, Specifications and Ratings of SCR’s, BJT, IGBT. UNIT – III SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS: Phase control technique, Single Phase Line commutated converters, Midpoint and Bridge connections; Half controlled and Fully controlled converters, Derivation of average load voltage and current with R and RL loads, Three phase half controlled and fully controlled bridge converters with R and RL loads, Effect of Source inductance, Waveforms, Numerical Problems. UNIT –IV AC VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS & CYCLO CONVERTERS: AC voltage controllers, Single phase two SCR’s in anti parallel with R and RL loads, Derivation of RMS load voltage, current and power factor wave forms, Firing circuits, Numerical problems, Cyclo converters, Single phase midpoint cyclo converters with Resistive and inductive load (Principle of operation only), Bridge configuration of single phase cyclo converter (Principle of operation only), Waveforms

607

UNIT – V CHOPPERS: Choppers, Time ratio control and Current limit control strategies, Step down choppers Derivation of load voltage and currents with R, RL and RLE loads, Step up Chopper, load voltage expression Morgan’s chopper, Jones chopper and waveforms, AC Chopper, Problems. UNIT – VI INVERTERS: Inverters, Single phase inverter, Basic series inverter, Basic parallel Capacitor inverter bridge inverter, Waveforms, Simple forced commutation circuits for bridge inverters, Voltage control techniques for inverters, Pulse width modulation techniques (Multiple Pulse and Sinusoidal), Numerical problems. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power electronics - M. D. Singh & K. B. Kanchandhani, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company. 2. Power electronics Circuits, Devices and Applications - M. H. Rashid, Prentice Hall of India, 2

nd edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Power electronics - Vedam Subramanyam, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers. 2. Power electronics - V.R.Murthy 1st edition, OXFORD University Press. 3. Power electronics - P.C.Sen,Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing. 4. Thyristorised Power Controllers - G. K. Dubey, S. R. Doradra, A. Joshi and R. M. K. Sinha, New Age

International (P) Limited Publishers. 5. Power electronics - P.S.Bimbhra, Khanna Publishers.

608


3 1 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x x

Course Objective: This course introduces all varieties of Circuit Breakers and Relays for protection of Generators, Transformers and feeder bus bars from over voltages and other hazards. Course Outcomes:







UNIT –I POWER SYSTEM TRANSIENTS Power system transients: Types of System Transients - Traveling or Propagation of Surges - Attenuation, Distortion, Reflection and Refraction Coefficients - Termination of lines with different types of conditions - Open Circuited Line, Short Circuited Line, T-Junction, Lumped Reactive Junctions (Numerical Problems). Bewley’s Lattice Diagrams (for all the cases mentioned with numerical examples). UNIT – II PROTECTION AGAINST OVER VOLTAGES: Generation of Over Voltages in Power systems, Protection against Lightning Over Voltages ,Valve type and Zinc-Oxide Lighting Arresters, Insulation Coordination -BIL, Impulse Ratio, Standard Impulse Test Wave, Volt-Time Characteristics. UNIT – III CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Elementary principles of arc interruption, Restriking Voltage and Recovery voltages, Restriking Phenomenon, Average and Max. RRRV, Numerical Problems, Current Chopping and Resistance Switching, Types and Numerical Problems, Auto recloser’s. Description and Operation of following types of Circuit Breakers: Minimum Oil Circuit Breakers, Air Blast Circuit Breakers, Vacuum and SF6 Circuit Breakers. CB ratings and Specifications. UNIT – IV ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAYS: Principle of Operation and Construction of Attracted armature, Balanced Beam, Induction Disc and Induction Cup relays. Relays Classification, Instantaneous, DMT and IDMT types, Application of relays, over current, under voltage relays, Directional relays, Differential relays and Percentage Differential Relays. Universal torque equation, Distance relays, Impedance, Reactance, Mho and Off-Set Mho relays, Characteristics of Distance Relays and Comparison UNIT – V STATIC RELAYS: Static Relays, Static Relays verses Electromagnetic Relays. Amplitude and phase comparators, coincidence type phase comparators, static over current relay, definite over current relay, static directional over current relay, static impedance relay, static reactance relay, advantages and disadvantages of static relays, Microprocessor based relays. UNIT – VI GENERATOR, TRANSFORMER, FEEDER AND BUS-BAR PROTECTION: Protection of generators against Stator faults, Rotor faults, and Abnormal Conditions. Restricted Earth fault and Inter turn fault Protection. Numerical Problems on % Winding Unprotected. Protection of Transformers, Percentage Differential Protection, Numerical Problem on Design of CT s Ratio, Buchholtz relay Protection.

609

Protection of Lines, Over Current, Carrier Current and Three-zone distance relay protection using Impedance relays. Translay Relay. Protection of Bus bars, Differential protection. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Switchgear and Protection – Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publlishers. 2. Power system Protection and Switchgear – Badri Ram, D.N Viswakarma, TMH Publications. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Fundamentals of Power system Protection –Paithankar and S.R.Bhide.,PHI. 2. Art & Science of Protective Relaying – C R Mason, Wiley Eastern Ltd. 3. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, New Age international (P) Limited, Publishers, 3

rd edition.

4. A Text book on Power system Engineering – B.L.Soni, Gupta, Bhatnagar, Chakrabarthy, Dhanpat Rai & Co.

610

III Year, B. Tech – I - Sem. CODE: 4CC04 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I) L T P C

3 - 3


X X X X



Functions.



21. Understand the concepts of Systems, Classification of Systems, Filter Characteristics of Linear

Systems, Ideal LPF, HPF and BPF Characteristics and Relationship between Bandwidth and Rise Time.




23. Understand the concept of Sampling Theorem, Aliasing and Effect of Under Sampling.



UNIT I

SIGNALS

Signals. Classification of Signals. Periodic. Non-periodic. Energy and Power Signals. Exponential and Sinusoidal Signals. Concepts of Impulse Function. Unit Step Function. Signum Function.

SIGNAL ANALYSIS - Analogy between Vectors and Signals. Orthogonal Signal Space. Signal Approximation

using Orthogonal Functions. Mean Square Error. Closed or Complete Set of Orthogonal Functions. Orthogonality in Complex Functions.

UNIT-II

FOURIER REPRESENTATION OF CONTINUOUS TIME SIGNALS

PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier series. Properties of Fourier series. Dirichlet’s Conditions. Trigonometric.

Exponential & Compact (Cosine) Fourier series. Fourier Spectrum.

NON- PERIODIC SIGNALS - Fourier Transforms. Deriving Fourier Transform from Fourier Series. Fourier

Transform of Arbitrary Signal. Standard Signals. Fourier Transform of Periodic Signals. Properties of Fourier Transforms. Fourier Transforms Involving Impulse and Signum Functions. Introduction to Hilbert Transform. Applications: Implementation of Signum function in MATLAB.

UNIT-III

SIGNAL TRANSMISSION THROUGH LINEAR SYSTEMS


UNIT-IV

CONVOLUTION AND CORRELATION OF SIGNALS

Concept of Convolution in Time Domain and Frequency Domain. Graphical Representation of Convolution. Convolution Properties. Cross Correlation and Auto Correlation of Functions. Properties of Correlation

611

Function. Energy Density Spectrum. Parseval’s Theorem. Power Density Spectrum. Relation between Auto Correlation Function and Energy/Power Spectral Density Function. Relation between Convolution and Correlation.

LAPLACE TRANSFORMS - Review of Laplace Transforms. Partial Fraction Expansion. Inverse Laplace

Transform. Concept of Region of Convergence (ROC) for Laplace Transforms. Constraints on ROC for Various Classes of Signals. Properties of LT. Relation between LT and FT of a Signal. Laplace Transform of Certain Signals using Waveform Synthesis. Laplace Transform of a Periodic Signals. Applications: Pole-zero calculation of 1 KHz Butterworth filter.

UNIT-V

SAMPLING

Sampling Theorem. Graphical and Analytical Proof for Band Limited Signals. Impulse(Ideal) Sampling. Natural(Chopped) Sampling and Flat Top(S&H) Sampling. Reconstruction of Signal from its Samples. Effect of Under Sampling . Aliasing. Introduction to Band Pass Sampling. Applications: Design of a 8 KHz audio sampler

UNIT-VI

Z–TRANSFORMS


TEXT BOOKS:

1. Linear Systems and Signal processing – B.P Lathi Oxford Publications.

2. Signals and Systems – A.V. Oppenheim, A.S. Willsky and S.H. Nawab, PHI, 2nd Edn.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Signals & Systems – Simon Haykin and Van Veen,Wiley, 2nd Edition.

612


x x x


Code: 4FC21 Fundamentals of Database Management Systems (Open Elective – I)

L T P/D C 3 - - 3






5. A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, ―Database System and Concepts‖, fifth Edition McGraw-Hill ,

Rob, Coronel, ―Database Systems‖, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning.

613


x x x


CODE: 4DC01 DISCRETE STRUCTURES AND GRAPH THEORY (Common to ECM & EEE)

(OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: In this course the student will learn

Statements and their truth value and constructing truth tables

The use of Universal and Existential quantifiers to describe predicates

Different algebraic structures and their use in mathematics.

To solve problems by permutations and combinations. Study of pigeonhole principle and inclusion exclusion principles.

To solve various recurrence relations by using different techniques.

The basics of graph theory, different ways of traversing the graph and different types of graphs and

circuits

Course Outcomes: After completing this course, student should be able to

Apply Discrete Mathematics concepts for Computer Science applications.

Develop effective algorithms for computing systems. UNIT-I Propositional Logic: Statements and notations, Connectives, Well formed formulas, Truth Tables, tautology, equivalences, implications, Arguments, Normal forms, proof of contradiction, Conditional proof. UNIT-II First order logic: Predicates, Quantifiers, Free & Bound variables, Rules of inference, Consistency, Automatic Theorem Proving. UNIT-III Relations: Properties of Binary Relations, equivalence, transitive closure, compatibility and partial ordering relations, Hasse diagrams, Lattices, Boolean algebras. Functions: Inverse Function, Composition of functions, recursive Functions Algebraic structures: Algebraic systems, Examples and general properties, Semi groups and monaids, groups, sub groups, homomorphism, Isomorphism. UNIT-IV Elementary Combinatory : Basics of counting, Combinations & Permutations with and without repetitions, Constrained repetitions, Binomial Coefficients, Binomial & Multinomial theorems, Euler function, Derangements, Principles of Inclusion – Exclusion, Pigeon hole principle and its applications UNIT-V Recurrence Relations : Generating Functions, Function of Sequences, Calculating Coefficient of generating function, Recurrence relations, Solving recurrence relation by substitution and Generating functions. Characteristics roots, Solution of in-homogeneous recurrence Relations. UNIT-VI Graph Theory : Basic Concepts, Representation of Graph, DFS, BFS, Spanning trees, Planar graphs, Coloring, Isomorphism and Sub graphs, Multi graphs and Euler circuits, Hamiltonian graphs, Chromatic Numbers, Connectivity, Cut vertices, cut edges, Matchings and coverings, Independent sets. TEXT BOOKS:

614

1. Elements of Discrete mathematics – A computer Oriented Approach- C L Liu, D P Mohapatra. Third Edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

2. Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists & Mathematicians, J.L. Mott, A. Kandel, T.P. Baker, PHI. 3. Discrete mathematics with applications to computer science, J.P.Tremblay and R.Manohar, TMH

REFERENCES: 1. Discrete and Combinational Mathematics- An Applied Introduction-5

th Edition – Ralph. P.Grimaldi.Pearson

Eduction 2. Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Kenneth H. Rosen, Fifth Edition.TMH. 3. Discrete Mathematical structures Theory and application-Malik & Sen, Cengage.

615


x x x x x


CODE: 4DC07 VLSI DESIGN (OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3

Course Objective - In this course the student will learn about 1. IC fabrication process of various technologies and to understand the electrical properties of 2. MOS transistor 3. To draw stick diagrams and layout with verifying design rules and how scaling impacts Performance. 4. Will be able to design digital systems using MOS circuits 5. Design of various combinational and sequential circuits using MOS transistors and about

CMOS testing Course Outcomes - After completing this course, student should be able to

1. Understand the design of complex digital VLSI circuits. 2. Ability to draw stick diagrams and layouts for a digital circuit and verify design rules. 3. Ability to test the circuit various level.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION: Introduction to IC Technology & Fabrication Process – Oxidation, Lithography, Diffusion, Ion implantation, Metallisation, Encapsulation, Probe testing, Integrated Resistors and Capacitors. UNIT II BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES : Basic Electrical Properties of MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS Circuits and their comparisons, Pass transistor. INVERTERS: NMOS Inverter, Various pull ups, CMOS Inverter analysis and design, Bi-CMOS Inverters. UNIT III VLSI CIRCUIT DESIGN PROCESSES: VLSI Design Flow introduction (Abstraction levels, Simulation and synthesis, Physical Design, DRC, LVS, Extraction, verification and fabrication), MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design Rules and Layout (Design rules for wires, Contacts and Transistors) Layout Diagrams for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits, Limitations of Scaling. UNIT IV DELAYS : Sheet Resistance RS and its concept to MOS, Area Capacitance Units, Calculations - - Delays, Driving large Capacitive Loads, Wiring Capacitances, Fan-in and fan-out, Choice of layers UNIT V GATE & SUBSYSTEM DESIGN: Logic Gates and Other complex gates, Switch logic, Alternate gate circuits, Basic circuit concepts, SubSystem Design, Shifters, Adders, ALUs, Multipliers, Parity generators, Comparators, Zero/One Detectors, Counters, High Density Memory Elements. UNIT VI INTRODUCTION TO SEMICONDUCTOR ICs : Programmable devices – PALs, PLAs, FPGAs, CPLDs, Custom & Semi-custom design, Standard Cells. CMOS TESTING : CMOS Testing, Need for testing, Test Principles, Design Strategies for test, Chip level Test Techniques, System-level Test Techniques, Layout Design for improved Testability.

616

TEXTBOOKS: 1. Essentials of VLSI circuits and systems – Kamran Eshraghian, Eshraghian Dougles and A. Pucknell, PHI, 2005 Edition. 2. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design - Weste and Eshraghian, Pearson Education, 1999. REFERENCES:

1. Chip Design for Submicron VLSI: CMOS Layout & Simulation, - John P. Uyemura, Thomson Learning. 2. Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems - John .P. Uyemura, JohnWiley, 2003. 3. Digital Integrated Circuits - John M. Rabaey, PHI, EEE, 1997. 4. Modern VLSI Design - Wayne Wolf, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1997.

5. VLSI Technology – S.M. SZE, 2nd

Edition, TMH, 2003.

617


x x x x x


CODE: 4DC06 EMBEDDED & REAL TIME SYSTEMS (OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3

Course Objective - In this course the student will learn about

i. Embedded System Design process using ARM Processor ii. ARM Architecture and Programming (Assembly and C) iii. ARM interfacing with various bus protocols iv. Concepts and constraints related to real-time systems

Course Outcomes - After completing this course, student should be able to

i. Identify and summarize the characteristics and challenges of designing an embedded system ii. Utilize and apply ARM architecture for Embedded System Design iii. Design simple input output hardware interfaces using ARM iv. Explain the concepts and design requirements related to a real time systems

UNIT – I Introduction to Embedded systems: Introduction, Complex Systems and Microprocessor, Embedded System Design Process, Formalisms for System Design (Ch 1 of Wolf) Design challenge, processor technology, IC technology, Design Technology, Trade-offs. (Ch 1 Frank) UNIT – II 8051 Programming and Interfacing: 8051 Architecture, features, LCD Interfacing, Stepper Motor Interfacing, DC motor Interfacing Using PWM. (Ch 1, 10, 11 Mazidi) UNIT – III Introduction to Advanced Architecture: ARM Processor and Memory Organization, Programmer’s Model, Instruction set, Instruction level Parallelism, Programming Input and output, Supervisor Mode, exceptions and Traps. (Ch2, 3 Wolf) UNIT – IV Interfacing with ARM: LCD Interfacing, Stepper Motor Interfacing, DC motor Interfacing Using PWM, I

2C and

SPI protocol. Networked Embedded systems: Bus Protocols, I

2C bus, CAN bus, Ethernet Enabled Systems, Design Example-

Elevator Controller. (Ch8 Wolf) UNIT – V Introduction to Real-Time Systems: Tasks and Task States, Tasks and Data, Semaphores, and Shared Data; Message Queues, Mailboxes and Pipes, Timer Functions, Events, Memory management, Interrupt Routines in and RTOS Environment. (Ch6 & 7 Simon). UNIT – VI Basic Design Using a Real-Time Operating system: Principles, Semaphores and Queues, Hard Real-Time Scheduling Considerations, Saving Memory and Power, An example RTOS uC-OS / Vx-Works / RT Linux; Embedded Software Development Tools: Host and Target machines, Linker/Locators for Embedded Software, Getting Embedded Software into the Target System; Debugging Techniques: Testing on Host Machine (Ch 8, 9 & 10 Simon).

618

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Computers and Components: principles of embedded computing System Design, Wayne Wolf, Elseveir. 2. Embedded System Design – A Unifies Hardware/Software introduction - Frank Vahid, Tony D. Givargis,

John Wiley, 2002. 3. The 8051 Microcontroller And Embedded systems Using Assembly And C – Mazidi, Pearson Education India,

2nd

edition, 2008. 4. An Embedded Software Primer, David E. Simon, Pearson Education. 5. ARM reference manual. REFERENCES: 1. Embedded systems, Raj Kamal, TMH. 2. LPC2148 ARM7 Microcontroller Manual. 3. ARM Microcontroller Interfacing Hardware and Software, Warwick A Smith, Elkator 4. ARM Microcontroller Part1: 35 Projects for Beginners, Bert Van Dam, Elkator 5. 8051 Application Notes by Atmel.

619


x x


CODE:4BC15 PRODUCT AND SERVICE DESIGN (OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

Course Objective :

1. The students will understand Importance of Design and Entrepreneurship as a career.

2. Learn elements of Product Design, models with experimentation its manufacturing and use modern

tools.

Course Outcome:

At the end of the course the student will be able to: 1. Describe design primitives, role and significance of Design and Technology Entrepreneurship, and IPR

issues in Industrial Designs. 2. Explain Service Design needs Process and Tools for Service Design, Innovation and Attributes of a

Good Design in terms of Usability, Aesthetics, Functionality. 3. Discuss Product Design modalities including Product Suites, Product development, Value Engineering

and Product Design Specifications. 4. Design products for Environment suitability keeping in view Reliability Robustness, Safety, Quality

Aspects and Serviceability. 5. Design physical Models and Prototypes and to discuss Interface of Materials and Codes & Standards. 6. Design Structure, Matrix Modeling, Product Metrics, Concurrent Engineering, CAD/CAM and Design

Review. Unit I: Introduction to Design Thinking:: Product Research, Art, Design and Society - Creativity and Brain-storming for Design – Nature of Technology Entrepreneurship, Characteristics/Qualities, Skills of Technology Entrepreneur, IPR relating to Designs and Registration of Industrial Designs Unit II: Introduction to Service Design: Challenges & Critical Success Factors, Requirements Engineering, Service Design Process, Tools for Service Design, Mapping the Customer Journey; Tools for Innovation, Conjoint Analysis, Voice of Customer Methods. Product Features, Attributes of a Good Design, Design Elements: Usability, Aesthetics, Functionality Unit III: Introduction to Product Design: Product Architecture and Modularity, Product Innovation, Products and Product Suites, Product development, Process Development, Value Engineering, Product Design Specifications, Principles of Ergonomics. Unit IV: Design for Manufacturing Re-manufacturing, Sustainability, Design for Environment, Reliability and Robustness, Safety Considerations, Quality Aspects, Design for Serviceability. Unit V: System & Engg Design: Physical Models and Experimentation, Prototype development, Bill of Materials, Interface of Materials, Processes and Designs, Codes & Standards Unit VI: Design Methodology Live Design & Design Tools – Design Structure, Matrix Modeling, Product Metrics, Concurrent Engineering, CAD/CAM, Design Review

620

TEXT BOOKS: 1) Kevin Otto & Kristie Wood, “Product Design”, Peason Education, 2011 2) Prashant Kumar, “Creativity, Concepts and Usability”, PHI, 2012

REFERENCES: 1) Yousef Haik, “Engg Design Process” Thomson Brodes / Codel. 2) N F M Roozenburg I.Eekels, “Product Design Fundamentals and Methods” Wiley Publications. 3) Nigel Cross, “Engineering Design Methods: Strategies for Product Design”, Wiley, 2008.

621

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3


x x x x x x x


CODE: 4ZC04 ENTREPRENEURSHIP (OPEN ELECTIVE-I)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: The objective of the course is to make students understand the nature of Entrepreneurship, and its importance to business to the engineering students, which will allow them to get the required intuition and interest in starting their own start-up’s UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition of entrepreneurship, Evolution of entrepreneurship, Classification of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurship as a Process, Entrepreneurial Propensity, Benefits and Drawbacks of Entrepreneurship. Characteristics of entrepreneur, Qualities and skills, functions of entrepreneur. Women Entrepreneurs, Problems and opportunities. UNIT II FORMS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Small Business, Importance in Indian Economy, Types of ownership, sole trading, partnership, Joint Stock Company, Important features of Various types of businesses, corporate entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship, Role of Government in the promotion of Entrepreneur, State Enterprises in India. UNIT III EXPLORING OPPORTUNITIES AND STRATEGIES: Opportunity Analysis, SWOT Analysis, Internal and External Environment. First-Mover disadvantages, Risk Reduction strategies, Market scope strategy, Imitation strategies and Managing Newness, Marketing strategies for start-ups, Pitfalls in start-up analysis. Taxes as bottlenecks for the growth of new start-up’s, subsidies and incentives given to save taxes . UNIT IV BUSINESS PLAN AND FEASIBILITY STUDIES: Preparation of an Effective Business Plan, Contents of a Business Plan, Detailed discussion of the business plan. Model Business, Feasibility study, Environmental scanning, Economic Analysis, Industry Analysis, Competitive Analysis. Write Up for an effective feasible and bankable report. UNIT V INNOVATIONS AND PROTECTION OF IDEAS: Creativity process in developing Innovation, breakthrough innovations and its consequences on the society. Inspiring innovations. New product ideas, Idea generation methods, quality gates, prototype building, Test marketing. Protecting the ideas, Applying for Intellectual Property rights, Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Geographical Indicators. Introduction to World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO). UNIT VI FINANCIAL ASPECTS OF THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Sources of Capital, Debt and Equity, Commercial Banks, Angel Investors, Venture capitalist, IDBI, ICICI, IFCI, SFC’c. Government Grants and Subsidies. Registration Process and the documentation required. Government Agencies helping in Registration Process. DIC, NSIC and other Central and State Institutions.

622

REFERENCES:

15. H. Nandan, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Prentice Hall of India, First Edition, New Delhi, 2007. 16. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters, Dean A Shepherd, Entrepreneurship, Sixth Edition, New Delhi,

2006. 17. Alfred E. Osborne, Entrepreneur’s Toolkit, Harvard Business Essentials, HBS Press, USA, 2005. 18. Madhurima Lall, Shikha Sahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel Books, First Edition, New Delhi, 2006. 19. S.S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand and Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007. 20. Thomas W. Zimmerer, Norman M. Scarborough, Essentials of Entrepreneurship

And Small Business Management, Fourth Edition, Pearson, New Delhi, 2006

S.R. Bhowmik, M. Bhowmik, Entrepreneurship-A tool for Economic Growth And A key to Business Success, New Age International Publishers, First Edition, (formerly Wiley Eastern Limited), New Delhi, 2007

623

III Year B.Tech. I semester

SAP-I Open Elective – I


x x x Code: 4EC26 L T P/D C 3 - - 3

SAP ABAP Workbench Fundamentals

Course Objective 9. Understand the SAP NetWeaver AS fundamentals




Course Outcomes 7. To acquire through knowledge of SAP Net weaver architecture, ABAP fundamentals (like language




Unit Content Hours

1 Introduction to enterprise resource planning(ERP) 4 9. ERP explained




2 SAP Net weaver application server fundamentals 8 9. SAP systems and SAP applications portfolio


11. System core


3 ABAP Work bench foundations - Part 1 10 9. ABAP Program processing




4 ABAP Work bench foundations - Part 2 10 11. Complex data objects, structures and internal tables





5 ABAP Dictionary 10 15. Domains, Data elements and structures


17. Input Checks



20. Views

21. Search Helps

6 Classical UI Programming 10 5. Selection Screens


624

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4HC76 QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE L T P C 3 2


x x







TEXT BOOKS 1. Quantitative aptitude by R.S.Agarwal 2. Quantitative aptitude by Abhijit Guha

625


L T P/D C - - 3 1


x


CO1 Students use the concepts learned in the courses, so far, in conceptualizing, designing and executing the modules of the projects.

CO2 They also exhibit the interest in learning the modern tools and technologies through the bridge courses arranged in the college, beyond the curriculum, and hence developing the software.

CO3 They also inculcate an enthusiasm to use the creative ideas to build the innovative projects which are meeting the current needs of the market and society as a whole.

CO4 Through this course, communicative skills and team skills largely improve.

CO5 The students learn the ability to work as an individual and in a team.

A group project shall be carried out by a group of students consisting of 2 to 3 in number in third year first semester. This work shall be carried out under the guidance of the teacher and shall involve design, fabrication, software development or any other significant activity. This can be of interdisciplinary nature also. There will be 75 marks in total with 25 marks of internal evaluation. The internal evaluation shall consist of:

Day to day work 10 marks Report 05 marks

Demonstration / presentation 10 marks End examination 50 Marks.

The end examination will be carried out by a committee consisting of an external examiner, head of the department, a senior faculty member and the supervisor.

626



x



To Design and analyze the various circuits and systems using Digital ICs. Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

CO1 An ability to explore the applications of IC 741 OP-AMP.

CO2 An ability to understand and implement generate square and Triangular waveforms using 555 Timers

CO3 An ability to design D to A converters and its applications

CO4 An ability to implement combinational designs using TTL Ics.

CO5 An ability to understand and implement sequential designs using TTL Ics

Part A (Linear IC Application Lab): (At least Six Experiments) Design and testing of

34. OP AMP Applications – Adder, Subtractor, Comparator Circuits. 35. Active Filter Applications – LPF, HPF (first order) 36. Function Generator using OP AMPs. 37. 4 bit DAC using OP AMP. 38. IC 555 Timer – Monostable and Astable Operation Circuit. 39. IC 566 – VCO Applications. 40. Phase Locked Loop


41. 3x8 Decoder using IC 74x138 42. 8 x1 Multiplexer using IC 74x151 43. 4-bit Binary Adder using IC 74x283 44. Priority encoder using 74x148 45. D Flip-Flop IC 74x74 46. Decade counter using IC74x90


627



x x x x


628

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1


X X


Code: 4A589 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR-V


CO1 Evaluate a topic from the current technical topics of their choice in the electronics & communications engineering domain and the allied fields, after surveying in the internet resources, journals and technical magazines in the library.

CO2 Estimate to arrange the contents of the presentation and scope of the topic, in an effective manner.

CO3 Explain the technical topic they chose in front of the panel and the fellow students, using the oratory skills.

CO4 Discuss the questions posed by the panel with audience and panel to answer them.

CO5 Estimate his/her weak points with suggestions of panels and re-present if necessary.

CO6 Evaluate his/her status in technical presentation.

There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in third year first semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:

Preliminary Report on progress of the work and viva 05 marks Final report 05 marks Presentation and Defence before a departmental committee

Consisting of Head, a senior faculty and supervisor 15 marks

629


Code: 4ZC01 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS L T P C

3 1 3


x x x

UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS: Definition, Nature and Scope of Business Economics– Demand Analysis: Demand Determinants, Law of Demand and its exceptions, Elasticity of Demand and Demand Forecasting. UNIT – II: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST ANALYSIS: Production Function – Isoquants and Isocosts, Internal and External Economies of Scale, Laws of returns. Cost Analysis: Cost concepts, different types of costs, cost control and cost efficiency. Break-even Analysis (BEA)-Determination of Break-Even Point (simple problems). UNIT – III: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETS: Market structures: Types of competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition. Pricing strategies, transfer pricing and performance measurement, Price-Output Determination in case of Perfect Competition and Monopoly. Business Environment: forms of Business organization, Features of Joint Stock Company, Public Enterprises and their types. Liberalization, Globalization and Privatization (LPG). UNIT – IV: FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING: Concepts and conventions, principles of Double-Entry, Book Keeping, Journal, Ledger, Trial Balance, Final Accounts - Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with simple adjustments. UNIT – V: CAPITAL BUDGETING TECHNIQUES: Nature and scope of Capital Budgeting, Methods of Capital Budgeting: Traditional methods and Discounting Cash Flow methods. UNIT – VI: RATIO ANALYSIS: Introduction to Ratio analysis – Leverage ratios – Liquidity ratios – Turnover ratios – Profitability ratios, Du-point chart. (Simple problems). REFERENCES: 1. Ambrish Gupta, Financial Accounting for Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi. 2. Aryasri: Managerial economics and Financial Analysis, 2/e, TMH, 2005. 3. H. Craig Peterson & W. Cris Lewis, Managerial economics, PHI, 4th Ed. 4. Suma Damodaran, Managerial economics, Oxford University Press. 5. Lipsey & Chrystel, Economics, Oxford University Press.

630

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4DC05 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS

L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x










nd Edition, 1999.




nd Edition.


631


x x



3 1 0 3 Course Objective: This subject deals with the fundamentals of illumination and its classification and the electric heating and welding. It gives the detailed study of all varieties of Electric drives and their applications to electrical engineering. Course Outcomes: 1. Know the importance of different type of electric drives, selection of motor based on starting and running characteristics, required speed control, tolerance of temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives, and understands different types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads etc 2. Know the importance of advantages and methods of electric heating, and applications of resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating. Also the student gets basic knowledge of A.C. and D.C types of electric welding, resistance and arc welding, electric welding equipment, and their applications. 3. Identify the core areas of illumination, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere, and their applications & sources of light. 4. By the end of the unit the student will able to: Differentiate Discharge lamps of MV and SV lamps, tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, understands basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting. 5. Understands System of electric traction and track electrification. Knows of existing electric traction systems in India. Gets knowledge of Special features of traction motor, methods of electric braking-plugging rheostatic braking and regenerative braking. Knows mechanics of train movement. Solves problems on Speed-time curves for different services – trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed time curves. 6. Understand and Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for a given run, effect of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion.

UNIT – I DRIVE APPLICATIONS: Type of electric drives, Choice of motor, starting and running characteristics, Speed control, Temperature rise, Particular applications of electric drives, Types of industrial loads, Continuous, Intermittent and variable loads, Load equalization. UNIT – II ELECTRIC HEATING: Advantages and methods of electric heating, Resistance heating induction heating and dielectric heating. Electric welding: Electric welding, resistance and arc welding, electric welding equipment, comparison between A.C. and D.C. Welding. UNIT – III ILLUMINATION FUNDAMENTALS: Introduction, terms used in illumination, laws of illumination, polar curves, photometry, integrating sphere, sources of light. UNIT – IV VARIOUS ILLUMINATION METHODS Discharge lamps, MV and SV lamps – comparison between tungsten filament lamps and fluorescent tubes, Basic principles of light control, Types and design of lighting and flood lighting. UNIT – V ELECTRIC TRACTION - I: System of electric traction and track electrification. Review of existing electric traction systems in India. Special features of traction motor, methods of electric braking-plugging rheostatic braking and regenerative braking. Mechanics of train movement. Speed-time curves for different services – trapezoidal and quadrilateral speed time curves.

632

UNIT – VI ELECTRIC TRACTION - II: Calculations of tractive effort, power, specific energy consumption for given run, effect of varying acceleration and braking retardation, adhesive weight and coefficient of adhesion. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction - J.B. Gupta, S.K.Kataria & Sons, 9

th edition.



nd edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Utilization of Electrical Power including Electric drives and Electric traction - N.V. Suryanarayana, New Age International (P) Limited, 1

st edition.


st revised edition.

633

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A611 POWER SYTEMS-III L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x

OBJECTIVE: This course concerns the distribution of power along with the economic aspects. It also deals about important requirements of power system like reactive power control, power factor and voltage control. Course Outcomes:

19) Understand the importance of reactive power and analyze the different methods of reactive power

control and power factor.


tariff.


22) Understand about the power system stability and methods of analysis.

23) Learn about symmetrical components and sequence impedances.


UNIT – I REACTIVE POWER CONTROL Overview of Reactive power control, Reactive power compensation in transmission systems, advantages and disadvantages of different types of compensating equipment for transmission systems, load compensation, Specifications of load compensator, Uncompensated and compensated transmission lines: shunt and Series Compensation. POWER FACTOR AND VOLTAGE CONTROL: Causes of low p.f, Methods of Improving p.f, Phase advancing and generation of reactive KVAR using static Capacitors, Most economical p.f. for constant KW load and constant KVA type loads, Numerical Problems. Dependency of Voltage on Reactive power flow, Methods of Voltage Control, Shunt Capacitors, Series Capacitors, Synchronous Capacitors, Tap changing and Booster Transformers UNIT-II ECONOMIC ASPECTS OF POWER GENERATION AND TARIFF METHODS: Load curve, Load duration and integrated load duration curves, Load, Demand, Diversity, Capacity, Utilization and plant use factors, Numerical Problems. Costs of Generation and their division into Fixed, Semi - fixed and Running Costs. Desirable Characteristics of a Tariff Method, Tariff Methods, Flat Rate, Block-Rate, Two-part, Three –part and power factor tariff methods and Numerical Problems. UNIT - III SUBSTATIONS & GROUNDING: Classification of Substations, Air insulated substations, Indoor & Outdoor substations, Substations layout showing the location of all the substation equipment. Bus bar arrangements in the sub-stations, Simple arrangements like single bus bar, sectionalized single bus bar, Main and transfer bus bar system with relevant diagrams. Gas insulated substations (GIS): Advantages of Gas insulated substations, Different types of gas insulated substations, Single line diagram of gas insulated substations, Bus bar, Construction aspects of GIS, Installation and maintenance of GIS, Comparison of Air insulated substations and Gas insulated substations. NEUTRAL GROUNDING: Grounded and Ungrounded Neutral Systems, Effects of Ungrounded Neutral on system performance. Methods of Neutral Grounding, Solid, Resistance, Reactance, Arcing Grounds. UNIT –IV POWER SYSTEM STATE STABILITY ANALYSIS: Elementary concepts of Steady State, Dynamic and Transient Stabilities.

634

Description of: Steady State Stability Power Limit, Transfer Reactance, Synchronizing Power Coefficient, Power Angle Curve and Determination of Steady State Stability and Methods to improve steady state stability. Derivation of Swing Equation, Determination of Transient Stability by Equal Area Criterion, Application of Equal Area Criterion, Critical Clearing Angle Calculation - Solution of Swing Equation: Point-by-Point Method. Methods to improve Stability, Application of Auto Reclosing and Fast Operating Circuit Breakers. UNIT-V SYMMETRICAL COMPONENT THEORY: Symmetrical Component Transformation, Positive, Negative and Zero sequence components: Voltages, Currents and Impedances. Sequence Networks: Positive, Negative and Zero sequence Networks, Numerical Problems. UNIT-VI -GENERAL ASPECTS OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: D.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: Classification of Distribution Systems - Comparison of DC vs AC and Under-Ground vs Over - Head Distribution Systems- Requirements and Design features of Distribution Systems-Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in D.C Distributors for the following cases: Radial D.C Distributor fed one end and at the both the ends (equal/unequal Voltages) and Ring Main Distributor. A.C. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: Voltage Drop Calculations (Numerical Problems) in A.C. Distributors for the following cases: Power Factor referred to receiving end voltage and with respect to respective load voltages. TEXT BOOKS 1. A Text Book on Power system Engineering - M.L.Soni, P.V.Gupta, U.S.Bhatnagar and A.Chakraborti,

Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd. 2. Principles of Power systems - V.K Mehta and Rohit Mehta S.CHAND& COMPANY LTD., New Delhi. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Elements of Power Station design and practice - M.V. Deshpande, Wheeler Publishing. 2. Electrical Power systems - C.L.Wadhawa New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers. 3. Electrical Power generation, Transmission and Distribution - S.N.Singh., PHI. 4. Gas turbine performance - PP Wals, P.Fletcher, Blackwell Publisher.

635

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A612 MEASUREMENTS & INSTRUMENTATION L T P C 4 1 4


x x x x x

OBJECTIVE: Electrical measurements course introduces the basic principles of all measuring instruments. It also deals with the measurement of RLC parameters voltage, current Power factor, power, energy and magnetic measurements. Instrumentation is essential in monitoring and analysis of any Physical system and its control. This course deals with different types of transducers, digital voltmeters, oscilloscopes and measurement of non electrical quantities. Course Outcomes: UNIT-I MEASURING INSTRUMENTS- INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS: Classification - Deflecting, Control and Damping torques, Ammeters and Voltmeters, PMMC, Moving iron type instruments, Expression for the Deflecting torque and Control torque, Errors and Compensations, Extension of range using Shunts and Series resistance. CT and PT, Ratio and phase angle errors, Design considerations Type of P.F. Meters, Dynamometer and Moving iron type, 1- ph and 3-ph meters. UNIT –II MEASUREMENT OF POWER& ENERGY: Single phase dynamometer wattmeter-LPF and UPF-Double element and three element dynamometer wattmeter, Expression for deflecting and control torques, Extension of range of wattmeter using instrument Transformers, Measurement of active and reactive powers in balanced and unbalanced systems, Single phase induction type energy meter, Driving and braking torques, Testing by phantom loading, Three phase energy meter . UNIT - III MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE - MAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS- A.C. BRIDGES: Principle and operation of D.C. Crompton’s potentiometer, Standardization, Measurement of unknown resistance, current, voltage. Method of measuring low- Medium and High resistance, sensitivity of Wheatstone’s bridge, Carey Foster’s bridge, Kelvin’s double bridge for measuring low resistance, Measurement of high resistance, loss of charge method, Measurement of inductance, Quality Factor, Maxwell’s bridge, Hay’s bridge, Anderson’s bridge, Owen’s bridge. Measurement of capacitance and loss angle, Desauty bridge, Wien’s bridge, Schering Bridge. UNIT-IV SIGNALS AND THEIR REPRESENTATION- CHARACTERISTICS: Measuring Systems, Performance Characteristics, Static characteristics, Dynamic Characteristics, Errors in Measurement, Gross Errors-Systematic Errors, Statistical Analysis of Random Errors. Signal and their representation, Standard Test, periodic, a periodic, modulated signal, sampled data, pulse modulation and pulse code modulation. UNIT-V DIGITAL VOLTMETERS- SIGNAL ANALYZERS- TRANSDUCERS: Digital voltmeters, Successive approximation, Ramp, Dual slope integration continuous balance type, Micro processor based ramp type DVM digital frequency meter, Digital phase angle meter, Wave Analyzers, Frequency selective analyzers, Heterodyne, Application of Wave analyzers, Harmonic Analyzers, Total Harmonic distortion, spectrum analyzers, Basic spectrum analyzers, Spectral displays, Q meter and RMS voltmeters . UNIT-VI MEASUREMENT OF NON-ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES: Definition of transducers, Classification of transducers, Advantages of Electrical transducers, Characteristics and choice of transducers, Principle operation of Resistor, Inductor, LVDT and Capacitor transducers, LVDT Applications, Strain gauge and its principle of operation, Guage factor- Thermistors, Thermocouples, Piezo electric transducers, Photovoltaic, Photo conductive cells. Measurement of strain, Gauge Sensitivity, Displacement, Velocity, Acceleration, Force, Torque, Measurement of Temperature.

636

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Measurements and measuring Instruments – E.W. Golding and F.C. Widdis, 5

th Edition,


nd Edition.


th Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Measurements Systems, Applications and Design – D O Doeblin- Tata MC Graw-Hill. 2. Principles of Measurement and Instrumentation – A.S Morris, Pearson /Prentice Hall of India. 3. Electronic Instrumentation- H.S.Kalsi Tata MC Graw – Hill Edition, 3

rd Edition.


637

III year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4HC51 (open Elective – II)

Basic Spanish Language L T P/D C

3 - 3 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x

Unit-I Functional Aspects Greetings, introductions, identifying others; tools to ask meaning, pronunciation and spellings; different nationalities and their languages; Hispanic names, family relations and professions; days of the week, Months. Grammatical Aspects Basic structure of spelling and pronunciation; present indicative of the regular verbs (‘ar/er/ir) and ‘querer’; subject pronouns; interrogative sentences with ‘Por que’, and ‘quien’; causal phrase with ‘porque’; ‘ser’ and ‘estar’; negative sentences; adjectives of nationality.

Unit-II Functional Aspects

Ordinal and cardinal numbers: quantities; to go shopping, identifying Material, color, size etc; to go to a restaurant, food habits of Spanish and Latin American people.

Grammatical Aspects Gender and number of nouns and adjectives; the verb ‘tener’; interrogative Sentences; demonstrative and qualitative adjectives. Unit-III Functional Aspects

To express opinions on something contradict someone in modest ways; Suggest something, to value things aesthetically and intellectually; Expression of likes and dislikes; expression and reaction to certain things, (agreement or disagreement)

Grammatical Aspects Qualitative adjectives, forms and usage, gradations, superlative adjectives, Exclamatory sentences; thew verb’gustar’, forms and syntax; personal Pro0nouns; definite and indefinite pronouns, direct object pronouns Prepositions; verbs like ‘parecer’ and ‘encontrar and preferir, their form And syntax, interrogative pronouns. Unit-IV Functional Aspects

Invitations; accepting and rejecting invitations; how to fix an appointment; Inviting through e-mail or telephone

Grammatical Aspects Present indicative of irregular verbes, expressions with ‘tener’ and estar Prepositional pronouns; interrogative sentences Unit-V Functional Aspects

Expression of time; Spanish and Latin American time tables and Comparison with Indian time tables, festivals Indian and Hispanic

Grammatical Aspects Time with ‘ser’, expression s relating to festivals. Unit-VI Functional Aspects

Expressions relating to climate, weather of the day seasons, vacations, planning of holiday and brochers, hotel reservations, offers

Grammatical Aspects Expressions with verbs, ‘ser’ and ‘hacer’ and other verbs.

638

Text Book:

1. NOUVEAU ELE INICIAL 1 Reference Books:

1. Espanol sin Fronteras, A. Sanchez, M. Rios, J.A. Metella, SGEL. Madrid, 1997 2. Entre Nosotros A. Sanchez, M. Rios, J.A. Metella, SGEL. Madrid, 1997

639


Code: 4HC41 (Open Elective – II) Basic French Language

L T P/D C 3 - 3


x

UNITÉ – I : Professions et nationalités, vie quotidienne et loisirs, descriptions physiques et psychologiques, nombres cardinaux. Articles définis et indéfinis, genre et nombre des noms et des adjectifs, interrogation et négation, conjugaison du présent. UNITÉ – II Intonation, liaison, voyelles orales et nasales. Faire connaissance, inviter et répondre à une invitation, décrire les personnes. UNITÉ – III Paris, monuments et lieux publics. La vie de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. Logement et nourriture, vêtements et couleurs, fêtes et faits divers, nombres ordinaux. UNITÉ – IV Articles partitifs, adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs, prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de lieu, pronoms toniques, l’impératif, verbes pronominaux. Intonation, semi-voyelles, liaison, consonnes sonores et sourdes. UNITÉ – V Exprimer l’ordre et 1'obligation, demander et commander, évaluer et apprécier, féliciter et remercier. Une région de France: la Bourgogne, vie quotidienne à la campagne. UNITÉ – VI Teaching passé composé through the above lessons. Text Book:

2. Dominique, Philippe, et al. 1999. Le Nouveau sans Frontières -I (Including Exercise Book). Paris: Clé, International (Indian Edition).

Reference Books:

5. Alter Ego I & II. Published by Hachette 6. Connexion I & II. Published by Didier 7. Echo I & II. Clé International publishers 8. Latitude I & II. Published by Didier

640


Code: 4HC46 (Open Elective – II) Basic German Language

L T P/D C 3 - 3


x

Unit –I

Definite and Indefinite articles(including negation)

Noun: Gender and Plural forms, cases (nominative, accusative, dative & genitive) Unit –II

Verb: Strong and Weak verbs, Verbs with separable and inseparable prefixes, modal verbs, position of verb in the main and subordinate clauses, auxiliary verbs, reflexive verbs in accusative and dative cases, imperative constructions

Unit –III

Pronouns: personal, possessive, reflexive, interrogative and demonstrative

Prepositions: with the accusative, dative and with both these cases Unit –IV

Adjective :declension with the Indefinite article Definite article Without article With the indefinite pronoun Degrees of comparison (also adverbs),ordinal numbers, adjectives as nouns

Conjunctions: subordinating and coordinating with respect to the position of the verb Unit –V

Pretaritum of sein and haben

Perfect tense Unit –VI

Negatin: of a sentence and words therein.

Sentence structure: general principles observed in German Language.

Text Book 2. Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn, Oliver Bayerlein., Studio d A 1.2005 Comelsen Verlag, Berlin.

Reference Books 3. Rosa –Marie Dallapiazza, Eduard von Jan, Till Schonherr,unter Mitarbeit von Jutta Orth-Chambah

Tangram aktuell 1 –Lektion 1-4, Lektion 5 - 8 Max Hueber Verlag. Munchen. 2009

4. Jutta Muller, Thomas Storz, 2006. Laguna. Heuber Veerlag, Ismaning. Deutschland

641


CODE: 4ZC05 GENERAL MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP (OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3


x x x

Course Objective: The course is designed to impart the necessary managerial skills and tactics required for an emerging Entrepreneur for the Engineering students to enhance their career prospects and ambitions of starting a new Enterprise. Pre-requisites: This course shall require a student to have knowledge in Managerial economics and Financial analysis, Management science, Operations management. UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Changing Face of Management-

Entrepreneurship, Modern Management with Entrepreneurial Orientation. Meaning of Entrepreneurship.

Benefits and Drawbacks of Entrepreneurship Reasons feeding the Entrepreneurial fire. Understanding

Entrepreneurship as a Process. Multiple roles of Entrepreneur: Intrapreneur, Inventor, Coordinator, Manager and

Controller. Psychological and behavioral aspects of First-Generation Entrepreneur. Case Studies

UNIT II

PROCESS DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Business Process Model,

Value chain for Manufacturing industries and Service Industries. Frugal Innovation. Creativity process in

developing Innovation. Types of New Products, Forecasting of New Products, Stages in the New Product

development, Prototype building and pitching Going ahead with ideas, killing the ideas through Stage Gate

Models, pitching of full fledged idea. Choosing the Start-Up Team.

UNIT III PROJECT MANAGEMENT & FEASIBILITY REPORT: Project Inception, Project Implementation, and Project control. Analyzing the project by employing capital budgeting techniques, Risk Management, tools and techniques. Methods of Appraising the Project. Industry Analysis pertaining to the Product, Competitive Analysis and Market analysis. Preparation of feasibility report, Contents of Feasibility Report. Exercise to write an effective Feasibility report. Case Studies.

UNIT IV

PROTECTION OF IDEAS AND MECHANISM: Exposure to intellectual property rights to the entrepreneur

in the Indian and the World context. Registration process for Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, Geographical

indicators. Legal Framework in administration of Intellectual property rights. Meaning of Infringement,

consequences of Infringement. Cases on Infringement. Case Studies.

UNIT V

VENTURE FINANCING AND ISSUES RELATED TO PRICING: Meaning of Venture Capitalist, Process

of Venture Capital, Seed Funding, First Phase Funding, Second Phase Funding and Final Phase funding. Cost

analysis, Preparation of standard costing, Finalizing the output, fixing the pricing based on market structure,

Monopoly, oligopoly market structures and marketing pricing practices for attracting customers. Case Studies

UNIT VI

MANUFACTURING AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Plant Layout, Process and Product Layout,

Service Factory. Introduction to Quality Circles, Quality inspection, ISO Certification, process of certification

and exposure to the entrepreneurs of the need for certification. Quality certification for Manufacturing industrial.

Case Studies

642

TEXT BOOKS:

16. "Projects: Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing, Implementation, and Review", Prasanna Chandra, TMH, New Delhi, 2012

17. "Project management", Jeffrey K. Pinto, Pearson, 2011 18. Small Scale industries and Entrepreneurship Vasanth Desai “Himalya publishing 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS:

19. Innovation by Design", Gerald H. (Gus) Gaynor, AMACOM {American Management Association), NYC, 2002

20. Entrepreneurship Rajeev Roy , oxford ,2012 21. Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship Nandan H, PHI, 2013 22. Entrepreneurship Development Khanka, ,S.Chand 2012 23. Robert Hisrich et al “enterpreneruship TMH 2012 24. Entrepreneurship Development B.Janikairam and M Rizwana

643


x x


CODE: 4ZC07 FUNDAMENTALS OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT (OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:

1. To provide students an exposure to disasters, their significance and types.

2. To ensure that students begin to understand the relationship between vulnerability, disasters, disaster

prevention and risk reduction

3. To gain a preliminary understanding of approaches of Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR)

4. To enhance awareness of institutional processes in the country

5. To develop rudimentary ability to respond to their surroundings with potential disaster response in

areas where they live, with due sensitivity

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO DISASTERS: Concepts and definitions (Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability, Resilience,

Risks) Disasters – Classification, Causes, Impacts (including social, economic, political, environmental, health,

psychosocial, etc.). Differential impacts – in terms of caste, class, gender, age, location, disability.

UNIT II

GLOBAL TRENDS IN DISASTERS:

Urban disasters, pandemics, complex emergencies, Climate change Case Study on Climate Change.

UNIT III

APPROACHES TO DISASTER RISK REDUCTION: Disaster cycle – its Analysis, Phases. Culture of

safety, prevention, mitigation and preparedness; Community-based DRR: Structural and nonstructural measures,

roles and responsibilities of community, Panchayati Raj Institutions / Urban Local Bodies (PRIs / ULBs),

district administration, states, centre, and other stakeholders; Case studies.

UNIT IV

INTER-RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DISASTERS AND DEVELOPMENT: Factors affecting Vulnerabilities,

differential impacts; Impact of Development projects such as dams, embankments, changes in land-use etc; Climate change

adaptation; Relevance of indigenous knowledge, appropriate technology and local resources; Case studies.

UNIT V

DISASTER MANAGEMENT IN INDIA: Hazard and vulnerability profile of India. Components of Disaster

Relief: Water, Food, Sanitation, Shelter, Health, Waste Management; Institutional arrangements (Mitigation,

Response and Preparedness, DM Act and Policy, Other related policies, plans, programs and legislation); Case

studies.

UNIT VI

APPLICATION OF TECHNOLOGY IN DISASTER MANAGEMENT: IT in Disaster Management –

Databases – RDBMS – Management information systems – Decision support systems – GIS – Intranets and

Extranets – Video Teleconferencing, Trigger Mechanism – Remote Sensing – Contribution of remote sensing

and GIS. Case Studies and Global Initiatives.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. B. K. Khanna: “Disasters: All you wanted to know about”, New India Publishing Agency, New

Delhi

2. Pradeep sanhi,Madhavi malalgoda and arya bandhu,‖Diasaster risk reduction in south asia ―PHI

3. Amita sinvhal ,‖Understanding earthquake disasters‖TMH,2010

644

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: R.B. Singh, Rawat Publications

2. Remote Sensing and GIS by A.M. Chandra and S.K. Ghosh, Narosa Publishing house

3. GIS – Fundamentals, Applications and Implementations: Dr. K. Elangovan, New India publishing

agency

Suggested Reading List:

2. Alexander David, Introduction in ‗Confronting Catastrophe‘, Oxford University Press

3. Andharia J., Vulnerability in Disaster Discourse, JTCDM, Tata Institute of Social Sciences Working

Paper no. 8, 2008

4. Blaikie, P, Cannon T, Davis I, Wisner B 1997. At Risk Natural Hazards, Peoples‘ Vulnerability and

Disasters, Routledge.

5. Coppola P Damon, 2007. Introduction to International Disaster Management

6. Carter, Nick 1991. Disaster Management: A Disaster Manager‘s Handbook. Asian Development Bank,

Manila Philippines.

7. Cuny, F. 1983. Development and Disasters, Oxford University Press. Document on World Summit on

Sustainable Development 2002.

8. Govt. of India: Disaster Management Act 2005, Government of India, New Delhi.

9. Government of India, 2009. National Disaster Management Policy

10. Gupta Anil K, Sreeja S. Nair. 2011 Environmental Knowledge for Disaster Risk Management, N 1DM,

New Delhi

11. Indian Journal of Social Work 2002. Special Issue on Psychosocial Aspects of Disasters, Volume 63,

Issue 2, April.

12. Kapur, Mu & others, 2005: Disasters in India Studies of grim reality, Rawat Publishers

13. Kapur Anu 2010: Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, IIAS and Sage Publishers,

New Delhi.

14. Pelling Mark, 2003 The Vulnerability of Cities: Natural Disaster and Social Resilience Earthsean

publishers, London

15. Reducing risk of disasters in our communities, Disaster theory, Tearfund, 2006.

16. UNISDR, Natural Disasters and Sustainable Development: Understanding the links between

Development, Environment and Natural Disasters, Background Paper No. 5. 2002.

17. IFRC. 2005. World Disaster Report: Focus on Information in Disaster, pp. 182-225.

645


x x x x x


CODE: 4ZC12 PROJECT MANAGEMENT & FINANCE (OPEN ELECTIVE-II)

L T P/D C 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: The course has been designed to create an awareness of the need for systematic management of projects. This application-oriented course provides the skills in project planning, financing, implementing and controlling, starting from project identification, till project termination. UNIT I PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS: Concept and characteristics of a project, objectives of project management, types of projects, project organizational structure, project life cycle, qualities & functions of a project manager, challenges and problems of project management. UNIT II PROJECT FORMULATION: Generation and Screening of Project Ideas, Project Identification, Project Rating Preliminary, Analysis, Market, Technical, Financial, Economic and Ecological Pre-Feasibility Report, Project Estimates and Techno- Economic Feasibility Report, Detailed Project Report, Different Project Clearance procedure. UNIT III PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION AND CONTROL: Monitor and assess project performance, performance measurement, Methods to monitor, evaluate and control planned cost and schedule performance, quality management tools and techniques at different stages of project. UNIT IV PROJECT FINANCING: Source of capital, Debt-Equity Financing, Formal & Informal Agencies in Financing, Government grants and Subsidies, Seed, Angle & Venture Capital, DCF Techniques: NPV, IRR, PI and Non DCF Methods: BP, ARR for Project evaluation. UNIT V PROJECT RISK ASSESSMENT: Probabilistic cash flow approaches, sources, measures and perspectives of standalone risk analysis, Sensitivity Analysis, Scenario Analysis, Break-Even-Analysis, Simulation managing risk, Project selection Analysis. UNIT VI PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND TERMINATION: Introduction, Types of Project Termination, Natural Termination – The Closeout Process: Finishing the work, Handling over the project, Gaining acceptance for the Project, Harvesting the Benefits, Project Reviewing. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Clifford F Gray, Erik W Larson, ―Project management-The Managerial Process‖, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd

2. Financial Management by I M Pandey, Vikas Publishing House

REFERENCE BOOKS: 11. Jack Meredith, Samuel J. Mantel Jr, ―Project management-A Managerial Approach‖, John Wiley Sons

12. John M Nicholas ―Project management for Business and Technology‖ Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

13. James P Lewis ―Project Planning, Scheduling and Control Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd

14. Financial Management: M Y Khan & P K Jain, Text, Problem and Cases 6/e Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd

646

15. Project management: Engineering, Technology and Implementation, Shtub, Bard and Globerson, PH

Inc.

16. Project management Handbook, Lock, Gower.

17. Project management Handbook, Cleland and King, VNR


19. Project Scheduling and Monitoring in Practice, S. Choudhury, SAP.

20. Total Project management: The Indian Context, P. K. Joy, Macmillan India Ltd.

647

B. Tech. III Year I semester OPERATING SYSTEMS CONCEPTS

(Open Elective-II)


x x x x

Code: 4E607 L T P/D C 3 - - 3 COURSE OUTCOMES:








UNIT I





UNIT II







recovery.










TEXT BOOKS:


edition.




648

REFERENCES:

13. Operating system By Peterson , 1985, AW. 14. Operating system By Milankovic, 1990, TMH. 15. Operating system Incorporating With Unix & Windows By Colin Ritche, 1974, TMH. 16. Operating systems by Mandrik & Donovan, TMH 17. Operating systems By Deitel, 1990, AWL. 18. Operating systems – Advanced Concepts By Mukesh Singhal , N.G. Shivaratri, 2003, T.M.H

649

B. Tech. III Year II semester SAP – II



x x x x x x

Code: 4EC27 L T P/D C 3 - - 3

SAP ABAP Workbench Concepts Course Objectives 1. Write object oriented programs with ABAP 2. Understand the techniques in enhancements and modifications 3. Create simple Web Dynpro for ABAP applications Course Outcomes 1. To carry out enhancements and modifications to SAP standard, in future proof manner 2. To develop simple Web Dynpro for ABAP applications 3. To be able to understand Functional Specifications and write Technical Specifications Unit Content

1 ABAP Objects-Part 1


2. Fundamentals Object-Oriented syntax 3. Inheritance and casting

4. Interfaces and casting 5. Events

2 ABAP Objects-Part2 1. Global Classes and Interfaces 2. Exception handling 3. ABAP Object-Oriented examples-ALV and BAdls 4. Abstract classes, factory methods, singletons 3 Shared Objects and shared Memory Areas 1. Shared Objects 2. Shared Memory Access 4 Dynamic programming 1. Generic data types 2. Field symbols and data references 3. Runtime Type Identifications (RTTI) 4. Runtime Type Creation (RTTC) 5 Enhancements and Modifications 1. Adjustment of SAP Standard Software 2. Enhancing Dictionary elements 3. Customers Exits 4. Business Add Ins (BAdls) 5. Modifications of the SAP standard applications 6. Implicit and Explicit Enhancements 6 Fundamentals of Webdynpro for ABAP 1. Web Dynpro Components, Windows and Views 2. Web Dynpro Controllers 3. Web Dynpro Context 4. Web Dynpro User Interface 5. Controller and Context Programming

650

III year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4HC77 LOGICAL REASONING L T P C

3 2


x x x

UNIT I Series Completion: Number Series, Alphabet Series, Alpha – Numeric Series.

UNIT II Analogy: Completing the Analogous Pair, Simple Analogy, Choosing the Analogous pair, Double Analogy, Word Analogy, and Number Analogy.

UNIT III Classification / Odd One Out: Word Classification, Number Classification, Letter Classification.

UNIT IV Coding – Decoding: Letter Coding, Number Coding, Matrix Coding, Substitution, Deciphering Message Word Codes, Jumbled Coding.

UNIT V Blood Relations: Deciphering Jumbled up Descriptions, Relation Puzzle – Direction sense test.

UNIT VI Number, Ranking & Time Sequence Test – Arithmetical Reasoning – Mathematical Operations.

TEXT BOOKS Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning - R.S.Agarwal.

651

Syllabus for B. Tech. III Year II semester Code: 4A676 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA II

L T P/D C - - - 1


x x x


CO1 Explain the skills in the courses, undergone till the completion of that academic year.

CO2 Comprehend the concepts in the core subjects.

CO3 Elaborate his practical awareness earned in laboratories.

CO4 Discuss about elective subjects, Included in due course.

CO5 Evaluate the readiness to face the interview, if any.

CO6 Estimate the Employability skill with the help of responses to above

There shall be a Comprehensive Viva-Voce in III year II Semester. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce will be conducted by a Committee consisting of an external examiner, Head of the Department and two Senior Faculty members of the Department. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce is aimed to assess the students’ understanding in various subjects he/she studied during the B.Tech. Course of study up to III Year. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce is valued for 50 marks by the Committee. There are no internal marks for the Comprehensive Viva-Voce.

652



x x x x x x


653



x x x x x x

The Experiments in Power electronics Lab 1. Study of Characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT 2. Gate firing circuits for SCR’s 3. Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads 4. DC Jones chopper with R and RL Loads 5. Single Phase Parallel, inverter with R and RL loads 6. Single Phase Cycloconverter with R and RL loads 7. Three Phase half controlled bridge converter with R-load 8. Single Phase series inverter with R and RL loads 9. PSPICE simulation of single-phase full converter using RLE loads and single-phase AC voltage controller using RLE loads. 10. PSPICE simulation of resonant pulse commutation circuit and Buck chopper. 11. PSPICE simulation of single phase Inverter with PWM control. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Simulation of Electric and Electronic circuits using PSPICE – by M.H.Rashid, M/s PHI Publications. 2. PSPICE A/D user’s manual – Microsim, USA. 3. PSPICE reference guide – Microsim, USA. 4. MATLAB and its Tool Books user’s manual and – Mathworks, USA.

654


x x x x x x x


CODE: 3A690 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR - VI

L T P/D C 0 0 2 1








There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in third year second semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:



655


x x


CODE : 4GC33 CULTURE, VALUES, PROFESSIONAL ETHICS & IPR


2 1 0 2

Objectives of the Course: By studying this subject student will be able to know the importance of value education, values, morals, ethics, Indian culture and IPR and how valuable they are for each every individual in their day to day life and to mould themselves as real human being. Course Outcomes: 1. To understand the importance of Indian culture. Present its relevance in present age. And analyze the ancient wisdom. Apply core wisdom for professionals in modern age. 2. To analyze the importance of value system and its importance in present life. 3. To evaluate the core areas of ethics. Apply ethics in their professional and student life. 4. To Evaluate between organization and profession and List out professional ethics. Work towards techniques of implementing professional ethics in future 5. To Comprehend Invention and Creativity Appreciate the concept of intellectual property (IP) vis-à-vis physical property; Recognize the different kinds of intellectual property; Differentiate Industrial Property vs Copyrights Differentiate between types of IP Appreciate the rationale behind IP, and the underlying premises; Understand how a balance is sought to be achieved between the rights of the owner of IP on one hand and the rights of other individuals and the society in general on the other; UNIT-1 INDIAN CULTURE: A Introduction to Culture Values and Ethics, Bharata, The Indian Concept of Human Life, Indian Civilization, Sanskrit and Indian Languages, Festivals, Sculpture, Music, Dance, Drama, Ayurveda, Family and its Importance, Indian Marriage System, Status of Women in Indian Society, Education, Purpose, Ancient System, Value Education, Interfaith Understanding, Happiness, Modernism and its Effect on Lifestyle, Mind and its Operation, Control of Mind, Yoga, Exemplary Life Sketches-Albert Einstein, Abraham Lincoln UNIT-II VALUE SYSTEM: Human Value System, Truthfulness, Righteousness, Peace, Non-Violence, Love, Kindness and Compassion, Humility, Faith, Courage, Optimism, Forgiveness, Ceiling on Desires (Control of Sense organs), Exemplary Life Sketches-M K Gandhi, Abdul Kalam UNIT-III ETHICS: Ethics in Ancient India, Ethics, Morals, Ethics and Human Life, Core Areas for Ethics, Values, Morality, Integrity, Honesty, Character, Loyalty, Trustworthiness, Courage and Confidence, Confidentiality, Secrecy and Transparence, Justification, Contracts and Spirit Promises and Schedules, Quarrels, Selfishness, Obstacles, Supporting Measures, Reputation and its sale, Decision Making in Ethics, Exemplary Life Sketches-Vishveshwaraiah, , Jagadeesh Chandra Bose, Meghanad Saha UNIT- IV PROFESSIONAL ETHICS: Occupation, Profession, Professional, Professional Organization, Obligations Of a Professional, Temptations, Aptitude, Importance of Professional Ethics for Engineers, Code of Ethics, Need for a Code, Impact of Ethical Behavior, The Code of Ethics for Engineers, Fundamental Principles and Cannons, Commerce and Ethics, Marketing Ethics, Finance and Ethics, Science, Religion and Ethics, Medical Ethics, Genetics and Ethics, Politics and Ethics, Genders and Ethics, Media and Ethics, Computer Ethics, Exemplary Life Sketches- Narayan Murthy, Homi Jahangir Bhabha UNIT –V INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (IPR): Invention and Creativity, Basic Types of Property, Need for Protection of IPR, IP Types Industrial Property (Patents, Trade Marks, Trade Secrets, Industrial Designs and Integrated Circuits), Copyrights and Related Rights, Geographical Indications.

656

UNIT-VI WIPO Mission and Activities, GATT & Trips, Indian Position on WTO and strategies, Indian IPR legislations-commitments to WTO-Patent Ordinance and the Bill, Draft of a National Intellectual Property Policy, Case Studies on IP REFERENCES: 1. The ABCs of Ethics by Michael. L. Buckner, Universe. Inc, New York Lincoln, Shangahai

2. Science, Faith and Ethics by Denis Alexander and Robert.S.White, Hendrickson Publishers, Massachusetts,

USA, March 2006

3. Vedic Science Primer by PSR Murthy, BS Publications, Hyderabad

4. Medical Ethics-Global View Points, Edited by Diane Andrews, Hennig Feld, Green Haven Press

5. Divine Stories, Human Value Stories, Volume I and II, Sri Satya Sai Books and Publications

6. IPR, Nalsar Law University Course modules

657


Code: 4A714 POWER SYSTEMS - IV L T P C 4 4


x x x x x x








UNIT -I POWER SYSTEM NETWORK MATRICES: Graph Theory: Definitions, Bus Incidence Matrix, YBus formation by Direct and Singular Transformation Methods, Numerical Problems. FORMATION OF ZBUS: Partial network, Algorithm for the Modification of ZBus Matrix for addition element for the following cases: Addition of element from a new bus to reference, Addition of element from a new bus to an old bus, Addition of element between an old bus to reference and Addition of element between two old busses (Derivations and Numerical Problems), Modification of ZBus for the changes in network (Problems). UNIT – I SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS: Per Unit System of Representation, Per Unit equivalent reactance network of a three phase Power system, Numerical Problems. SYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS Short Circuit Current and MVA Calculations, Fault levels, Application of Series Reactors, Numerical Problems. UNSYMMETRICAL FAULT ANALYSIS: LG, LL, LLG faults with and without fault impedance, Numerical Problems. UNIT –III POWER FLOW STUDIES: Necessity of Power Flow Studies, Derivation of Static load flow equations, Load flow solutions using Gauss Seidel Method, Acceleration Factor, Load flow solution with and without P-V buses, Algorithm and Flowchart. Numerical Load flow Solution for Simple Power systems (Max. 3-Buses), Determination of Bus Voltages, Injected Active and Reactive powers (Sample One Iteration only) and finding Line Flows/Losses for the given Bus Voltages. Newton Raphson Method in Rectangular and Polar Co-Ordinates Form, Load Flow Solution with or without PV Busses, Derivation of Jacobian Elements, Algorithm and Flowchart. Decoupled and Fast Decoupled Methods, Comparison of Different Methods, DC load Flow. UNIT – IV LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL SINGLE AREA: Speed governor, turbine, generator and power system simplified models, excitation system model, Necessity of keeping frequency constant. Definitions of Control area, Single area control, Block diagram representation of an isolated power system, Steady state analysis, Dynamic response, uncontrolled case. UNIT – V LOAD FREQUENCY CONTROL TWO AREA: Load frequency control of 2-area system, uncontrolled case and controlled case, tie-line bias control. Proportional plus Integral control of single area and its block diagram representation, steady state response, Load Frequency Control and Economic dispatch control.

658

UNIT-VI ECONOMIC OPERATION OF POWER SYSTEMS: Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal Power Stations, Heat rate Curve, Cost Curve, Incremental fuel and Production costs, Input-output characteristics, Optimum generation allocation with line losses neglected. Optimum generation allocation including the effect of transmission line losses, Loss Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula. Hydrothermal scheduling. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Electrical Power systems – C.L.Wadhwa, Newage International, 3rd Edition. 2. Modern Power system Analysis –I.J.Nagrath & D.P.Kothari, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company

Ltd, 2nd

edition. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Power system Analysis and Design – J.Duncan Glover and M.S.Sarma., THOMPSON, 3

rd Edition.

2. Electric Energy systems Theory – O.I.Elgerd, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., Second edition.

3. Power system Analysis – Grainger and Stevenson, Tata McGraw Hill. 4. Power system Analysis – Hadi Saadat, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Edition.

659

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A715 NON–CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES L T P C 4 1 4


x x x x

OBJECTIVE: It introduces solar energy its radiation, Collection, storage and application. It also introduces the Wind energy, Biomass energy, geothermal energy and ocean energy as alternative energy sources. UNIT – I -PRINCIPLES OF SOLAR RADIATION: Role and potential of new and renewable source, The solar energy option, Environmental impact of solar power, Physics of the sun, the solar constant, Extraterrestrial and terrestrial solar radiation, Solar radiation on titled surface, Instruments for measuring solar radiation and sun shine, Solar radiation data. UNIT-II- SOLAR ENERGY COLLECTION STORAGE AND APPLICATIONS: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, Classification of concentrating collectors, orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors. Different methods, Sensible, Latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, photovoltaic energy conversion. UNIT – III WIND ENERGY: Sources and potentials, Horizontal and vertical axis windmills, Performance characteristics, Betz criteria BIO-MASS: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, Types of Bio-gas digesters, Gas yield, Combustion characteristics of bio-gas, Utilization for cooking, I.C.Engine operation and economic aspects. UNIT – IV GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, Potential in India. UNIT-V OCEAN ENERGY: OTEC, Principles utilization, Setting of OTEC plants, Thermodynamic cycles. Tidal and wave energy, Potential and conversion techniques, Mini-hydel Power Plants and their economics. UNIT-VI DIRECT ENERGY CONVERSION: Need for DEC, Carnot cycle, Limitations, principles of DEC. Thermoelectric generators, seebeck, Peltier and joul Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials, Applications, MHD generators, Principles, Dissociation and ionization, Hall effect, Magnetic flux, MHD accelerator, MHD Engine, Power generation systems, Electron gas dynamic conversion, economic aspects. Fuel cells – principles - Faraday’s law’s - Thermodynamic aspects - selection of fuels and operating conditions. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources - G.D. Rai 2. Renewable Energy Technologies - Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Renewable energy resources - Tiwari and Ghosal/ Narosa. 2. Non-Conventional Energy - Ashok V Desai /Wiley Eastern. 3. Non-Conventional Energy Systems - K Mittal /Wheeler 4. Solar energy - Sukhame

660

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A713 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVES L T P C 4 1 4


x x x

Course Objective: This course is an extension of Power electronics applications to AC and DC drives. Control of DC motor drives with single phase and three phase converters and choppers are given in detail. The control of AC motor drives with variable frequency converters and variable voltage are presented. Course Outcomes:

19) Identify the necessity of drive; understand the operation of different converters connected to

D.C separately excited motors and series motors derive the Speed - Torque expressions and

draw the Characteristics and solve problems.



22) Describe the operation of Induction motor with its equivalent circuit the student should be able

to describe the speed control of Induction motor with V/ F control and its speed torque

Characteristics- Constant torque and constant power modes, Understand the operation of

Voltage source and current source Inverter fed Induction motor in closed loop.

23) Explain the concept of slip power and deduce an expression for speed variation with slip

power


UNIT – I CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE CONVERTERS: Introduction to Thyristor controlled Drives, Single Phase and three phase semi and Fully controlled converters connected to d.c separately excited and d.c series motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current waveforms, Speed and Torque expressions, Speed, Torque Characteristics, Problems on Converter fed d.c motors. UNIT – II FOUR QUADRANT OPERATION OF DC DRIVES: Introduction to Four quadrant operation, Motoring operations, Electric Braking, Plugging, Dynamic and Regenerative Braking operations. Four quadrant operation of D.C motors by dual converters, Closed loop operation of DC motor (Block Diagram Only). UNIT-III CONTROL OF DC MOTORS BY CHOPPERS: Single quadrant, Two - quadrant and four quadrant chopper fed dc separately excited and series excited motors, Continuous current operation, Output voltage and current wave forms, Speed torque expressions, speed torque characteristics, Problems on Chopper fed D.C Motors, Closed Loop operation ( Block Diagram Only). UNIT – IV CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON STATOR SIDE: Variable voltage characteristics, Control of Induction Motor by AC Voltage Controllers, Waveforms, speed torque characteristics, Variable frequency characteristics, Variable frequency control of induction motor by Voltage source and current source inverter and cyclo converters, PWM control, Comparison of VSI and CSI operations, Speed torque characteristics, numerical problems on induction motor drives, Closed loop operation of induction motor drives (Block Diagram Only). UNIT –V CONTROL OF INDUCTION MOTOR ON ROTOR SIDE:

661

Static rotor resistance control, Slip power recovery, Static Scherbius drive, Static Kramer Drive, Their performance and speed torque characteristics, Advantages applications, problems. UNIT – VI CONTROL OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS: Separate control & self control of synchronous motors, Operation of self controlled synchronous motors by VSI and CSI cyclo converters. Load commutated CSI fed Synchronous Motor, Operation, Waveforms, Speed torque characteristics, Applications Advantages and Numerical Problems, Closed Loop control operation of synchronous motor drives (Block Diagram Only), Variable frequency control, Cyclo converter, PWM, VFI, CSI. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Fundamentals of Electric Drives – G K Dubey, Narosa Publications 2. Power electronic Circuits, Devices and applications – M.H.Rashid, PHI. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Power electronics – MD Singh and K B Khanchandani, Tata – McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. 2. Modern Power electronics and AC Drives – B.K.Bose, PHI. 3. Thyristor Control of Electric drives – Vedam Subramanyam Tata McGraw Hill Publications. 4. A First course on Electrical Drives – S K Pillai New Age International (P) Ltd, 2

nd Edition.

662


Code: 4ZC02 MANAGEMENT SCIENCE L T P C

4 1 4


x x x


13. Understand the significance of management, basic concepts and applicability of management principles in

changing paradigms.




management.

17. Explain the different dimensions of behaviour, personality, perception, attitudes overall to gain insights into

organizational behaviour.



UNIT – I: INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT: Management- Definitions, Levels of Management, functions of management Planning: types of planning, planning process; Organizing: Organizational Design and structure, staffing; Directing; Maslow’s Motivational theory, Leadership styles, Controlling: Basic control process. UNIT – II: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT: Plant Location, plant layout, types of production, Work Study, Method study and Work Measurement, Basic Procedures, Project management: Network Analysis - Programme Evaluation and Review Techniques, Critical Path Method, Crashing of Simple Networks. UNIT – III: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT: Objectives of Materials, Need for Inventory Control, Economic Order Quantity, ABC Analysis, Inventory Control systems, Just In Time, Introduction to LSCM, Quality Control Techniques – Inspection, ISO standards, Six Sigma. UNIT - IV: (i) Human Resources Management: Objectives of HRM, Challenges of HRM, HR Planning process, HR functions and policies – Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, Performance Appraisal, Assessment of HR requirements. (ii) Marketing Management: Concept of Marketing, Functions, Marketing Mix, Product Life Cycle, Marketing Strategies, Channels of Distribution, Differences between products and services UNIT – V: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Definition, Nature and Scope, Perception – Perceptual selectivity and organization, Personality and Attitudes - Personality as a continuum – Meaning of personality, Communication – types - interactive communication in organizations –barriers to communication and strategies to improve the follow of communication. UNIT - VI: STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT CONROL SYSTEM: Concepts in Strategic Management, Vision, Mission, Objectives, SWOT Analysis, Concept of Strategic Planning, Competitive Advantage, Concept of Core Competence. An overview, Process and its Implementation, Target Setting, Balanced Score Card, Management Control in Empowered Organization – Conflict between Creativity and Control.

663

REFERENCES:

1 Dr. Y. Satyanarayana: Management control systems in competitive environment, Icfai books. 2. A R Aryasri: Management science, Tata Mc Graw Hill 3. Koontz & Weihrich: Essentials of Management, 6/e, TMH, 2005 4. Kotler Philip & Keller Kevin Lane: Market Management 12/e, PHI, 2005 5. Strategic Management, Text and Cases, VSP Rao, V Hari Krishna 6. Thomas N Duening & John M. Ivancevich Management – Principles and Guidelines, Biztantra, 2003.

664

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A717 HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-II) L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

Course Objective : This subject deals with the detailed analysis of Breakdown occur in gaseous, Liquids and solid dielectrics. Information about generation and measurement of High voltage and current. In addition the High voltage testing methods are also discussed. Course Outcomes:







UNIT - I INTRODUCTION TO HIGH VOLTAGE TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS: Electric Field Stresses, Gas / Vacuum as Insulator, Liquid Dielectrics, Solids and Composites, Estimation and Control of Electric Stress, Numerical methods for electric field computation, Surge voltages, their distribution and control, Applications of insulating materials in Transformers, Rotating machines, Circuit Breakers, Cable power capacitors and bushings. UNIT – II BREAK DOWN IN GASEOUS, LIQUID AND SOLID DIELECTRICS: Gases as insulating media, Collision process, Ionization process, Townsend’s criteria of breakdown in gases, Paschen’s law. Liquid as Insulator, Pure and commercial liquids, Breakdown in pure and commercial liquids. Intrinsic breakdown, electromechanical breakdown, Thermal breakdown, Breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice, Breakdown in composite dielectrics, Solid dielectrics used in practice. UNIT – III GENERATION AND MEASUREMENT OF HIGH VOLTAGES AND CURRENTS: Generation of High Direct Current Voltages, Generation of High alternating voltages, Generation of Impulse Voltages, Generation of Impulse currents, Tripping and control of impulse generators. Measurement of High Direct Current voltages, Measurement of High Voltages Alternating and impulse, Measurement of High Currents-direct, alternating and Impulse, Oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current measurements. UNIT – IV OVER VOLTAGE PHENOMENON AND INSULATION CO-ORDINATION: Natural causes for over voltages, Lightning phenomenon, Over voltage due to switching surges, system faults and other abnormal conditions, Principles of Insulation Coordination on High voltage and Extra High Voltage power systems. UNIT – V NON-DISTRUCTIVE TESTING OF MATERIAL AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS: Measurement of D.C Resistively, Measurement of Dielectric Constant and loss factor, Partial discharge measurements. UNIT – VI HIGH VOLTAGE TESTING OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS: Testing of Insulators and bushings, Testing of Isolators and Circuit Breakers, Testing of cables, Testing of Transformers, Testing of Surge Arresters, Radio Interference measurements. TEXT BOOKS: 1. High Voltage Engineering – M.S.Naidu and V. Kamaraju, TMH Publications, 3

rd Edition.

2. High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals – E.Kuffel, W.S.Zaengl, J.Kuffel by Elsevier, 2nd

Edition. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. High Voltage Engineering – C.L.Wadhwa, New Age Internationals (P) Limited. 2. High Voltage Insulation Engineering – Ravindra Arora, Wolfgang Mosch, New Age International (P) Limited.

665

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4CC12 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING


3 1 3


x x x

Course Objectives: The objective of this course is to make the students familiar with the most important methods in DSP, including digital filter design, transform-domain processing and introduction of DSP Processors. The course emphasizes intuitive understanding and practical implementations of the theoretical concepts. Course Outcomes: After studying this course, the students will be able to

1 Represent frequency domain of discrete time signals and systems and can find linearity, time invariant stability and causality.

2 Represent periodic signals using Fourier series and compute DFT

3 Compute the Fourier Transform of DT signals using the FFT algorithms.

4 Realize structures of Digital IIR and FIR filters in several forms and also familiar with applications of Z transforms.

5 Design IIR and FIR filters for the given specifications.

6 Understand the concepts of Decimation, Interpolation and sampling rate conversion.

UNIT-I

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Digital Signal processing: Discrete time signals & sequences, Linear

shift invariant systems, Stability and causality. Linear constant coefficient difference equations.

Frequency domain representation of discrete time signals and systems.

UNIT-II DISCRETE FOURIER SERIES:

Properties of discrete Fourier series, DFS representation of periodic sequences, Discrete Fourier

transforms: Properties of DFT, linear convolution of sequences using DFT, Computation of DFT.

Relation between Z-transform and DFS.

UNIT-III FAST FOURIER TRANSFORMS:

Fast Fourier transforms (FFT), Radix-2 decimation in time and decimation in frequency FFT

Algorithms, Inverse FFT and FFT for composite N.

UNIT-IV REALIZATION OF DIGITAL FILTERS:

Review of Z-transforms, Applications of Z – transforms, Solution of difference equations of digital

filters, Block diagram representation of linear constant-coefficient difference equations, Basic

structures of IIR systems, Transposed forms, Basic structures of FIR systems, System function.

UNIT-V IIR AND FIR DIGITAL FILTERS:

Analog filter approximations – Butter worth and Chebyshev, Design of IIR Digital filters from analog

filters, Design Examples: Analog-Digital transformations. FIR DIGITAL FILTERS: Characteristics of

FIR Digital Filters, frequency response. Design of FIR Digital Filters using Window Techniques,

Frequency Sampling technique, Comparison of IIR & FIR filters.

666

UNIT-VI MULTIRATE DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING:

Decimation, interpolation, sampling rate conversion, Implementation of sampling rate conversion,

Applications of Multi rate signal processing: Sub-band coding, Filter banks, Design of Phase Shifters.

WAVELET TRANSFORMS- Wavelet Transforms, Applications of Wavelets.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Digital Signal processing, Principles, Algorithms, and Applications: John G. Proakis, Dimitris

G. Manolakis, Pearson Education, PHI, 2007.

2. Discrete Time Signal processing – A.V.Oppenheim and R.W. Schaffer, PHI

3. S.J. Orfanidis, Optimum Signal processing, McGraw Hill, 1989.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1 Digital Signal processing: Andreas Antoniou, TATA McGraw Hill, 2006.

2. Digital Signal processing: MH Hayes, Schaum’s Outlines, TATA Mc-Graw Hill, 2007.

3. DSP Primer - C. Britton Rorabaugh, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2005.

4. Fundamentals of Digital Signal processing using MATLAB – Robert J. Schilling, Sandra L.

Harris, Thomson, 2007.

5. Digital Signal processing – Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, PHI Edition, 2006.

667



3 1 3


x x x x x


rd

edition, 1998. 2. Introductory Operations Research - H.S. Kasene & K.D. Kumar, Springer (India), Pvt .LTd. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1 Optimization Methods in Operations Research and systems Analysis – K.V. Mital and C. Mohan, New


th edition.


668


Code: 4FC10 NUERAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY SYSTEMS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – II)

L T P C 3 1 3


x x x x x

UNIT - I Characteristics of Neural Networks, Historical Development of Neural Networks Principles, Artificial Neural Networks: Terminology, Models of Neuron, Topology, Basic Learning Laws, Pattern Recognition Problem, Basic Functional Units, Pattern Recognition Tasks by the Functional Units. UNIT II Feed-forward Neural Networks: Introduction, Analysis of pattern Association Networks, Analysis of Pattern Classification Networks, Analysis of pattern storage Networks. Analysis of Pattern Mapping Networks. UNIT III Feedback Neural Networks: Introduction, Analysis of Linear Auto-associative FF Networks, Analysis of Pattern Storage Networks. UNIT IV From Classical Sets to Fuzzy Sets: A Grand Paradigm Shift: Introduction, Crisp Sets: An Overview, Fuzzy Sets: Basic Types, Fuzzy Sets: Basic Concepts, Characteristics and Significance of the paradigm Shift. Fuzzy Sets Vs Crisp Sets: Additional properties of α- Cuts, Representations of Fuzzy Sets, Extension Principle for Fuzzy Sets UNIT V Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Types of operations, Fuzzy Complements, Fuzzy intersections: t- Norms, Fuzzy Unions: t- Conorms, Combinations of Operations, Aggregation Operations. Fuzzy Arithmetic: Fuzzy Numbers, Lingustic Variables, Arithmetic Operations on Intervals, Arithmetic Operations on Fuzzy Numbers, Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers, Fuzzy Equations. UNIT VI Fuzzy Logic: Classical Logic: An Over View, Multivalued Logic, Fuzzy Prepositions, Fuzzy Quantifiers, Linguistic Hedges, Inference from Conditional Fuzzy Prepositions, Inference from Conditional and Quantified Prepositions, Inference from Quantified Prepositions, TEXT BOOKS 1. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic by George J. Klir/ Bo Yuan, Printice Hall of India P Ltd. 2. Artificial Neural Networks by B. Vegnanarayana, Printice Hall of India P Ltd. REFERENCES 1. Artificial Intelligence 2nd Edition by E.Rich and K.Knight (TMH). 2. Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems by Patterson, PHI. 3. Expert Systems: Principles and Programming- Fourth Edn by Giarrantana/ Riley, Thomson. 4. PROLOG Programming for Artificial Intelligence - Third Edition by Ivan Bratka, Pearson Education. 5. Neural Networks by Simon Haykin PHI 6. Artificial Intelligence - 3rd Edition by Patrick Henry Winston, Pearson Edition.

669


FUNDAMENTAL OF COMPUTER NETWORKS a b c d e f g h i j k l m

x x x Code: 4EC05 L T P/D C 3 1 - 3 Course Outcomes: 1 Identify the different types of network topologies and protocols useful for real time applications and

transmission medias. 2 Discuss design issues of data link layer and solve problems on Checksum and flow control. 3 Describe Channel allocation issues, MAC protocols such as ALOHA, CSMA and CSMA.CD and MAC

addresses with IEEE 802.X and wireless lans. 4 Discuss network layer design issues, routing algorithms and Internetworking concepts. 5 Discuss network layer sub netting concepts, its protocols of control and congestion and QOS. 6. Describe concepts and services and protocols of transport, Application layers along with the network

security issues and block ciphers. UNIT I Introduction: OSI, TCP/IP and other Networks models, Examples of Networks: Novell Networks, Arpaent, Internet, Network Topologies WAN, LAN, MAN Physical Layer: Transmission media, magnetic media, twisted pair, coaxial cable, fiber optics, wireless transmissions. UNIT II Data link layer: Design issues in data link layer: Logical Link layer, Logical Link control, framing flow control, Protocol-stop and wait, Sliding, Error detection and correction, CRC, HDLC, ATM. UNIT III Medium Access sub layer: ALOHA, MAC addresses, carrier sense multiple access, ISDN, IEEE 802 X Standard Ethernet, Wireless LANS, Bridges. UNIT IV Network Layer: Virtual circuit and Datagram subnets-Routing algorithm: Shortest path routing, Flooding, Hierarchical routing, Broad cast, Multi cast, distance vector routing UNIT V Congestion Control and Algorithm: General Principles of Congestion, Congestion Prevention Policies. Internetworking: The Network layer in the Internet and in the ATM Networks.

UNIT VI Transport Layer: Transport Services, Connection management, TCP and UDP protocols; ATM AAM Protocol layer. Application Layer: Network Threats, confidentiality, authenticity, DES and RSA algorithms. Domain name system, Electronic Mail, WWW, Multimedia. TEXT BOOKS 1. Computer Networks — Andrew S Tanenbaum, 4th Edition. Pearson Education/PHI 2. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A. Forouzan.Third Edition TMH. REFERENCES 1. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks-S.Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education 2. Understanding communications and Networks, 3rd Edition, W.A. Shay, Thomson

670




CODE: 4A779 PROJECT PHASE - I

L T P/D C - - 2 1






A project phase - I Seminar in fourth year first semester will be evaluated for 50 marks as follows. This is aimed at the students to identify a project on which they are likely to continue for their project in the fourth year second semester. Preliminary report on progress of work 10 marks Mid semester presentation 10 marks Final report 10 marks Final presentation and defense before a departmental committee consisting of Head, a senior faculty and supervisor 20 marks There shall be no external evaluation in project phase – I.

671


CODE: 4A780 INDUSTRY OREIENTED MINI PROJECT L T P/D C

- - - 2



Course Objectives: After studying this course, the students will be able to

CO1 Familiarize with surveying in the internet resources, journals and technical magazines in the library

CO2 Identify a topic from the current technical topics of their choice in the electronics and communication domain and the allied fields

CO3 Familiarize with arranging the contents of the presentation and scope of the topic, in an effective manner.

CO4 Ability to present the technical topic

CO5 Ability to face the questions posed

CO6 Ability to design a circuit

There shall be an industry-oriented mini-Project in their specialization that may be carried out in collaboration with an industry / R & B organization / Academic Institution, to be taken up during the vacation after III year II Semester examination. However, the mini project and its report shall be evaluated during IV year I Semester. The industry oreiented mini project shall be evaluated for a total of 75 marks with 25 marks for internal assessment and 50 marks for end examination. The mini project must be submitted in report form and should be presented before a committee, consisting of an external examiner, head of the department, a senior faculty member of the department and supervisor of the mini project.

The pattern of internal evaluation is as follows: Work in progress as evaluated by internal guide : 05 marks Work in progress as evaluated by External guide : 10 marks Report : 05 marks Seminar presentation and defense of project : 05 marks

If the mini project is conducted within the college, the work in progress is evaluated by the supervisor for 15 marks.

672

IV year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A781 ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP L T P C 3 2


x x x x x




673



x x x x x x


674


L T P C 3 2


x x x x

Objectives of the Course: Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; it can be transformed from one form into another. Out of all the forms of energies (which are available) electrical energy occupies top position in the hierarchy. So measurement of electrical quantity plays a vital role in the field of Engineering and Technology. In this lab students will be able to measure practically different electrical parameters and calibrate the meters. Course Outcomes:

34. To draw the graph between the distance and EMF for linear variable differential transformer and to measure the displacement.

35. To measure 3-Ф reactive power using single phase wattmeter. 36. To determine the value of given capacitor and to obtain its dissipation factor, and also the values of the


comparison with another current transformer whose errors are known. 40. To determine the value of the resistance of the given wire using Kelvin’s double bridge. 41. To apply Crompton’s DC potentiometer to, Calibrate a PMMC type ammeter. Voltmeter 42. To calibrate a given 1-Ф power factor meter by phantom loading. 43. To calibrate a given LPF watt meter by phantom loading. 44. To measure the 3-phase power with two number of CTs and a single wattmeter.

The following experiments are required to be conducted: 1. Calibration and Testing of single phase energy Meter 2. Calibration of dynamometer power factor meter 3. Crompton D.C. Potentiometer – Calibration of PMMC ammeter and PMMC voltmeter 4. Kelvin’s double Bridge – Measurement of resistance – Determination of Tolerance. 5. Measurement of % ratio error and phase angle of given C.T. by comparison. 6. Schering bridge & Anderson bridge. 7. Measurement of 3 phase reactive power with single-phase wattmeter. 8. Measurement of parameters of a choke coil using 3 voltmeter and 3 ammeter methods. 9. Calibration LPF wattmeter – by Phantom testing 10. Measurement of 3 phase power with single watt meter and 2 No’s of C.T. 11. LVDT and capacitance pickup – characteristics and Calibration

675

IV Year B.Tech – I Sem Code: 4A791 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING AND SEMINAR - VII

L T P/D C - - - 1 a b c d e f g h i j k l

x x x x x x x








There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in fourth year first semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:



676


x x


CODE: 4A820 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM L T P C

3 1 0 3 Course Objective: This course is an extension of Power system I& II. Knowledge of distribution system modeling, and understanding of various factors like coincidence factor, contribution factor, loss factor etc helps in how loads effects the system .Various models of feeders & substations and location of faults and protective devices gives awareness to students their usage in practical applications. Course Outcomes:

19) By the end of the unit the student will be able to: Know the importance of terms used in distribution

system such as load factor, loss factor etc and how these are interred related.

20) By the end of the unit the student will be able to: Know the importance of different voltages in primary

& secondary distribution systems and types of feeders in our country.

21) By the end of the unit the student will be able to: Identify the importance of location of optimal sub –

station through theoretical methods.

22) By the end of the unit the student will be able to: Calculate power loss and voltage drop in balanced

lines and derivations connected with these.

23) By the end of the unit the student will be able to: Understand various types of protective devices and

where and how these are used and the general procedure to coordinate protective devices.

24) By the end of the unit the student will be able to: Understand the importance of power factor voltage

control and how to improve it with various types of correction equipments and best location for them in

a system so as to give optimum results.

UNIT – 1 GENERAL CONCEPT Introduction to distribution systems, Load modeling and characteristics. Coincidence factor, contribution factor loss factor - Relationship between the load factor and loss factor. Classification of loads (Residential, Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and their characteristics. UNIT – II DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS Design Considerations of Distribution Feeders: Radial and loop types of primary feeders, Voltage levels, Feeder loading; Basic design practice of the secondary distribution system. UNIT – III SUBSTATIONS Location of Substations: Rating of distribution substation, Service area within primary feeders. Benefits derived through optimal location of substations. UNIT – IV SYSTEM ANALYSIS Voltage drop and power-loss calculations: Derivation for voltage drop and power loss in lines, Manual methods of solution for radial networks, Three phase balanced primary lines. UNIT – V PROTECTION & CO-ORDINATION Objectives of distribution system protection, Types of common faults and procedure for fault calculations. Protective Devices: Principle of operation of Fuses, Circuit Reclosures, line sectionalizes and Circuit Breakers. Coordination of Protective Devices: General coordination procedure. UNIT – VI POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT & VOLTAGE CONTROL Capacitive compensation for power-factor control. Different types of power capacitors, Shunt and series capacitors, Effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched), Power factor correction, capacitor allocation - Economic justification - Procedure to determine the best capacitor location.

677

Voltage Control: Equipment for voltage control, Effect of series capacitors, Effect of AVB / AVR, line drop compensation. TEXT BOOK: 1. “Electric Power Distribution system, Engineering” – Turan Gonen, Mc Graw-hill 2

nd edition.


edition. REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Electrical Power Distribution and Automation – S.Sivanagaraju, V.Sankar, Dhanpat Rai publishers. Rai & Co, 1

st edition.


edition.

678


x x


CODE : 4GC06 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (Common to all branches)

L T P/D C 4 0 0 4

UNIT I: ECOSYSTEMS Ecosystem definition, concept, Structure and Function, food chain and food web, Ecological pyramids, Biogeochemical cycles, Ecological niche and succession, Classification (Forest, Grassland, Desert, Pond, River, Marine, Estuarine, Wetlands), ecosystem value, services and carrying capacity. UNIT II: NATURAL RESOURCES Definition, classification, Forest resources-use and over-exploitation, deforestation, Forest Conservation Act, Energy resources-energy demand, renewable and non-renewable energy resources, alternate energy resources, Case studies. Food Resources-World Food problems, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, Mineral resources: Use and exploitation environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies. UNIT III: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS Atmosphere- Definition, layers, state (weather and climate) acid rain, green house effect, ozone layer depletion, Seasons in India, Global warming, Kyoto protocol, Montreal protocol, Carbon trading, Hydrosphere-Definition, Types (surface and groundwater), distribution, Water conservation, use and over-exploitation, floods, drought, dams-benefits and problems, conflicts over water, Lithosphere- Chemical composition of the earth (core, mantle, crust), mineral resources-environmental effects of mining, Rocks and soils, Plate tectonics UNIT IV: BIO DIVERSITY AND ITS CONSERVATION Introduction, Definition, Genetic species and Eco system diversity, Value of bio diversity, Hot spots, Threats to bio diversity, Conservation strategies: Insitu and Exsitu conservation, Biological Diversity Act 2002, Wild life Protection Act. UNIT V: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND CONTROL Air pollution: Definition, causes, effects and Control measures, Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Case study: Bhopal Gas Tragedy, London smog, Chernobyl disaster, Water Pollution- Definition, types, characteristics of domestic and industrial effluents – Water quality parameters, Drinking water treatment and standards, Waste water treatment, Case studies: Ganga Water Pollution, Mercury pollution-Minamata Bay diseases, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Definition, causes, effects and Control measures: Soil Pollution, Noise Pollution and Marine Pollution, Waste Management- Solid Waste, Hazardous waste and E-waste management, Disaster Management-Floods, Earthquakes and Cyclones. UNIT VI: SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Concept of Sustainable development, Threats to sustainability-population explosion, urbanization, over-exploitation of resources, Strategies for Sustainable development- Wasteland reclamation, Role of IT (Remote sensing and GIS) in environmental management, green technologies, Environmental Impact Assessment-overview TEXT BOOKS:

1. INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE –by Dr.Y. Anjaneyulu, B.S. Publications 2004. 2. ENVIONMENTAL STUDIES by Erach bharucha 2005, University grants commission, University press. 3. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-A NEW APPROACH by Purohit, shammi and Agarwal, Agrobios (India)

2004. 4. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-A Text book for Undergraduate by Dr. K.Mukkanti, S. Chand & Company

Ltd., 2010.

679

IV year B.Tech – II Sem Code: 4A819 FLEXIBLE AC. TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

(PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III) L T P C

4 4


x x x x x

UNIT I - FACTS CONCEPTS: Transmission interconnections power flow in an AC system, loading capability limits, Dynamic stability considerations, Importance of controllable parameters basic types of FACTS controllers, Benefits from FACTS controllers. UNIT II - VOLTAGE SOURCE CONVERTERS: Single phase three phase full wave bridge converters transformer connections for 12 pulse 24 and 48 pulse operation. Three level voltage source converter, Pulse width modulation converter, and Basic concept of current source Converters, Comparison of current source converters with voltage source converters. UNIT III - STATIC SHUNT COMPENSATION: Objectives of shunt compensation, Midpoint voltage regulation voltage instability prevention, Improvement of transient stability, Power oscillation damping, Methods of controllable var generation, Variable impedance type static var generators switching converter type var generators hybrid var generators. UNIT IV - SVC AND STATCOM: The regulation and slope transfer function and dynamic performance, Transient stability enhancement and power oscillation damping operating point control and summary of compensator control. UNIT V - STATIC SERIES COMPENSATORS: Concept of series capacitive compensation, Improvement of transient stability, Power oscillation. Damping. UNIT VI - GSC, TSSC AND TCSC: Functional requirements, GTO Thyristor controlled series capacitor (GSC), Thyristor switched series capacitor (TSSC) and thyristor controlled series capacitor (TCSC) control schemes for GSC TSSC and TCSC. TEXT BOOK: 1. “Understanding FACTS Devices” N.G. Hingorani and L. Guygi, IEEE Press Publications. 2. “Flexible AC Transmission Systems” Yong Hau Song & Allah T.Johns, published by IEE London. REFERENCES: 1. “Flexible AC Transmission Systems, modeling and control” - X.P.Zhang, C.Rehtanz, B.Pal, published by Springer. 2. “Thyristor based facts controllers for electrical transmission sytems” - R.Mohan Mathur, Rajiv K.Varma, ISBNO 471 – 20643 – 1, Wiley – IEEE Press. 3. “Facts modeling and Simulation in Power Networks”, Ensique, Acha, Hugo John Willey Psons. 4. “Application of Power electronics in Power systems” - Saifull Khalid, Neeraj Nivas, University Science Press, New Delhi.

680

B. Tech. IV Year II semester 4FC22 BIG DATA ANALYTICS (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III) L T P/D C 4 - - 4


x x x x

Course Objective: More and more organizations these days use their data a decision supporting tool and to build data-intensive products and services. This course will cover the basic concepts of big data, methodologies for analyzing structured and unstructured data with emphasis on the relationship between the Data Scientist and the business needs. UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA: Introduction to BigData Platform – Traits of Big data -Challenges of Conventional Systems - Web Data – Evolution Of Analytic Scalability - Analytic Processes and Tools - Analysis vs Reporting - Modern Data Analytic Tools - Statistical Concepts: Sampling Distributions - ReSampling - Statistical Inference - Prediction Error. UNIT II DATA ANALYSIS: Regression Modeling - Multivariate Analysis - Bayesian Modeling - Inference and Bayesian Networks - Support Vector and Kernel Methods - Analysis of Time Series: Linear Systems Analysis - Nonlinear Dynamics - Rule Induction - Neural Networks: Learning And Generalization - Competitive Learning - Principal Component Analysis and Neural Networks - Fuzzy Logic: Extracting Fuzzy Models from Data - Fuzzy Decision Trees - Stochastic Search Methods. UNIT III MINING DATA STREAMS : Introduction To Streams Concepts – Stream Data Model and Architecture - Stream Computing - Sampling Data in a Stream – Filtering Streams – Counting Distinct Elements in a Stream – Estimating Moments – Counting Oneness in a Window – Decaying Window - Real time Analytics Platform(RTAP) Applications - Case Studies - Real Time Sentiment Analysis, Stock Market Predictions. UNIT IV FREQUENT ITEMSETS AND CLUSTERING : Mining Frequent Itemsets - Market Based Model – Apriori Algorithm – Handling Large Data Sets in Main Memory – Limited Pass Algorithm – Counting Frequent Itemsets in a Stream – Clustering Techniques – Hierarchical – K-Means – Clustering High Dimensional Data – CLIQUE And PROCLUS – Frequent Pattern based Clustering Methods – Clustering in NonEuclidean Space – Clustering for Streams and Parallelism. UNIT V FRAMEWORKS AND VISUALIZATION: MapReduce – Hadoop, Hive, MapR – Sharding – NoSQL Databases - S3 - Hadoop Distributed File Systems – Visualizations - Visual Data Analysis Techniques - Interaction Techniques; UNIT VI: Systems and Analytics Applications - Analytics using Statistical packages-Approaches to modeling in Analytics – correlation, regression, decision trees, classification, association Intelligence from unstructured information-Text analytics-Understanding of emerging trends and technologies-Industry challenges and application of Analytics

681

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, “Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2007. 2. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”, Cambridge University Press, 2012. 3. Bill Franks, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data Streams with Advanced Analytics”, John Wiley & sons, 2012. 4. Glenn J. Myatt, “Making Sense of Data”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 5. Pete Warden, “Big Data Glossary”, O’Reilly, 2011. 6. Jiawei Han, MichelineKamber “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, Second Edition, Elsevier, Reprinted 2008.

682

IV year B.Tech – II Sem

Code: 4A821 HIGH VOLTAGE D.C. TRANSMISSION (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

L T P C 4 4


x x x x

OBJECTIVE: This subject deals with the importance of HVDC transmission, analysis of HVDC converters, Faults and protections, Harmonics and Filters. It also deals with Reactive power control and Power factor improvements of the system. UNIT – I BASIC CONCEPTS: Economics & Terminal equipment of HVDC transmission systems, Types of HVDC Links, Apparatus required for HVDC Systems, Comparison of AC &DC Transmission, Application of DC Transmission System, Planning & Modern trends in D.C. Transmission. UNIT – II ANALYSIS OF HVDC CONVERTERS: Choice of Converter configuration, analysis of Graetz, characteristics of 6 Pulse & 12 Pulse converters, Cases of two 3 phase converters in star, star mode, their performance. UNIT – III CONVERTER & HVDC SYSTEM CONTROL: Principal of DC Link Control, Converters Control Characteristics, Firing angle control, Current and extinction angle control, Effect of source inductance on the system, Starting and stopping of DC link, Power Control. UNIT-IV MULTI TERMINAL DC SYSTEM: Introduction, potential applications of MTDC systems, Types of MTDC systems, Series MTDC system, parallel MTDC system, comparison of series and parallel MTDC systems control and protection of MTDC system: current margin method, voltage limiting control, Decentralized current reference balancing, Two ACR method, protection of MTDC systems. REACTIVE POWER CONTROL IN HVDC Reactive power Requirements in steady state, Conventional control strategies, Alternate control strategies, sources of reactive power, AC Filters, Shunt capacitors-synchronous condensers. UNIT-V CONVERTER FAULT & PROTECTION Converter faults, Protection against over current and over voltage in converter station, Surge arresters, Smoothing reactors, DC breakers, Audible noise-space charge field, corona effects on DC lines, Radio interference. UNIT – VI HARMONICS- FILTERS Generation of Harmonics, Characteristics harmonics, calculation of AC Harmonics, Non- Characteristics harmonics, Adverse effects of harmonics, Calculation of voltage & Current harmonics. Types of AC filters, Design of Single tuned filters. TEXT BOOKS: 1. HVDC Power Transmission Systems Technology and system Interactions –K.R.Padiyar, New Age International (P) Limited, and Publishers. 2. EHVAC and HVDC Transmission Engineering and Practice – S.Rao. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. HVDC Transmission – J.Arrillaga. 2. Direct Current Transmission – E.W.Kimbark, John Wiley & Sons. 3. Power Transmission by Direct Current – E.Uhlmann, B.S. Publications

683


CODE: 4A823 CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DRIVES (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE – III)

L T P/D C 4 1 0 4


x

UNIT-I: Introduction of Electrical Control of Machines: Manual control – Magnetic control – Semi-automatic and Automatic control of Modern machinery – Development of Control Circuits – Two wires and three wire control – Remote control – Interlocking of drives. UNIT-II: Control Circuit Components: Symbols for control components – Fuses, Swiches and Fuse Switch units – Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB) – Contactors – Types of contactors – Contactor ratings. UNIT-III: Relays: DC Series current relay – Frequency responsive relay – Latching relay – Over load relays – Bimetallic Thermal over load relay – time delay relay (Timers) – Motor drivers Electronic timer – Phase failure relay – Push button Switches – Types, Limit switch – Float switch. UNIT-IV: Control of Three –Phase Induction Motors: Motor current at start and during acceleration – Automatic starters – Increment Resistor type starter – Automatic Auto-transformer starter – Open circuit and closed circuit transition – Par winding motor starters Two step and Three step starting – Automatic Star-Delta starters, Open circuit and closed circuit transition – Starters for multi-speed motors. Starters for Wound rotor motors – Control circuit using contactor and flux delay relays. UNIT-V: Control of DC Motors: Principles of acceleration – Types of starters for automatic acceleration – Control circuits for DCL, Current limit acceleration starters – Reviewing of DC Motors – Control circuit for direct reversing and forward stop reverse operation – Jagging operation of DC motor – Control circuits for braking action. UNIT-VI: Control of stepper motors: Control circuit for Stepper motor – Block diagram of typical step motor control – Types of drive circuits – simple power drive circuit – L/R drive Bi-level drive – Chopper drive – Linear constant current drive – Bipolar drives for Stepper motor – H type and L/R type bipolar drives – Bipolar Chopper drives. Trouble shooting in control circuits – Trouble spots – General procedure for trouble shooting. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bhattacharya S. K. and Brijider Singh, Control of Electrical machines, New Age International

Publishers, New Delhi, 1996. 2. Athani V. V. Stopper Motors – Fundamentals, Applications and Design, New Age International

Publishers, New Delhi, 1997. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Electric Drives by NK DE & PK SEN, Printice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2. Control of Electrical Drives by Werner Leonhard, 3rd Edition, Springer.

684


x x x

L T P C 4 0 4

IV Year B.Tech II Semester (PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE-III)

4ZC19 PROJECT MANAGEMENT & STRUCTURED FINANCE

Course Objective: The course has been designed to create an awareness of the need for systematic management of projects; highlight the components of CMBS issuance and establish a framework for understanding the fundamentals of CMBS. Course Outcomes: After studying this subject, the student will be able to

1. Describe the need for systematic management of projects.

2. Explain the procedure of project formulation.

3. Demonstrate the skills required for project planning, implementing and controlling.

4. Illustrate the sources of finance for venturing a project.

5. Infer the risk assessment procedure and methods for a project.

6. Describe the methods and methodology of project termination.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Concept and characteristics of a project - types of projects - Objectives of project management - Project Organizational structure - Project life cycle - Challenges and problems of project management - Qualities & functions of a project manager. UNIT II PROJECT FORMULATION: Generation of Project Ideas; Monitoring the environment; Tools for identification of Investment Opportunities; Preliminary Screening of Projects; Detailed Project Report: Market, Technical, Financial, Economic and Ecological feasibility report; Project Estimates; Project Selection. UNIT III PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION AND CONTROL: Pre-requisites for Successful Project Implementation; Forms of Project Organizations; Project Planning; Human Aspects of Project management; Control of in-progress Projects; Post-audit; Abandonment Analysis. UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURED FINANCE AND CMBS: Nature and Scope of Structured finance - Definition and characteristics of Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS) – CMBS Vs other mortgage backed securities – Phases in development of CMBS market: Design, Engineering, Manufacturing and Recycle phases, CMBS securitization market: Property level - Loan level - Bond level - Subordination level. UNIT V CMBS – SERVICING BUSINESS OVERVIEW: Servicing overview - History of Servicing – The securitization process – Originations and Refinancing overview, CMBS – Multifamily servicing – Role of servicer – Servicing approaches –– Ethics in commercial servicing – Servicer Specialization – Servicer Compensation. UNIT VI LIFE CYCLE OF COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) AND MULTIFAMILY LOAN: History of Commercial Real Estate - The loan cycle – Key Players in loan cycle – Property types & Characteristics – Property Performance - CMBS – Servicing Agreements and loan documents pooling – Servicing aspects – Sub Servicing Agreement - Borrower Lender loan documents – Property Related Documents.

685

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:


22. Mortgage Valuation Models - Embedded options, Risk and Uncertainty - 1 Edition by Andrew

Davidson – Alexander Levin (Author)

23. Mortgage – Based Securities: Products, Structuring & Analytical Technique - Frank J Fabozzi (Author) 24. Commercial Real Estate for Beginners : The Basics of Commercial Real Estate Inventory - By Peter

Harris (Author) 25. An Introduction to Real Estate Investment Deal Analysis - By J. Scott (Author) 26. Mortgage Loan Servicing - By Lawrence V. Conway (Author) 27. Foundation of Real Estate Financial Modeling By Roger STAIGER 28. The State Mortgage Loan Originator National Exam Study Guide - Second Edition by PATRICIA O

CONNOR

REFERENCES:

1. Jack Meredith, Samuel J. Mantel Jr, ―Project management-A Managerial Approach‖, John Wiley

Sons

2. John M Nicholas ―Project management for Business and Technology‖ Prentice Hall of India Pvt.

Ltd.

3. James P Lewis ―Project Planning, Scheduling and Control Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd

4. Financial Management: M Y Khan & P K Jain, Text, Problem and Cases 6/e Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd

5. Project management: Engineering, Technology and Implementation, Shtub, Bard and Globerson,

PH Inc.

6. Project management Handbook, Lock, Gower.


8. Project Scheduling and Monitoring in Practice, S. Choudhury, SAP.

9. Total Project management: The Indian Context, P. K. Joy, Macmillan India Ltd.

10. The Management of Construction - A Project Life Cycle Approach by F. Lawrence Bennett 11. The Complete Real Estate Documents by Mazyar M. Hedayat, John J. Oleary 12. The Fundamentals of Listing and Selling Commercial Real Estate - By Keim K. Loren (Author) 13. Structural Finance & Collateralised Debt Obligation - By Janet M. Tavakoli (Author)

686


CODE: 4A883 PROJECT PHASE - II L T P/D C

0 0 15 12




















687


CODE: 4A884 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA - III L T P/D C

0 0 0 1


x x x


CO1 Explain the skills in the courses, undergone till the completion of that academic year.

CO2 Comprehend the concepts in the core subjects.

CO3 Elaborate his practical awareness earned in laboratories.

CO4 Discuss about elective subjects, Included in due course.

CO5 Evaluate the readiness to face the interview, if any.

CO6 Estimate the Employability skill with the help of responses to above

There shall be a Comprehensive Viva-Voce in IV year II Semester. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce will be conducted by a Committee consisting of an external examiner, Head of the Department and two Senior Faculty members of the Department. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce is aimed to assess the students’ understanding in various subjects he/she studied during the B.Tech. course of study up to IV Year. The Comprehensive Viva-Voce is valued for 50 marks by the Committee. There are no internal marks for the Comprehensive Viva-Voce.

688


CODE: 4A892 TECHNICAL PAPER WRITTING AND SEMINAR - VIII L T P/D C

0 0 2 1


x x x x x x x x








There shall be a technical Seminar evaluated for 25 marks in fourth year second semester. The evaluation is purely internal and will be conducted as follows:

Preliminary Report on progress of the work and viva 05 marks


Presentation and Defence before a departmental committee consisting of Head, a senior faculty and supervisor 15 marks

department of electrical and electronics engineering (eee)

Documents

Transcript of department of electrical and electronics engineering (eee)